Skip to main content

Full text of "Summarized proceedings"

See other formats


ft       ^ 

PROCEEDINGS 


OF 


THE   AMERICAN    ASSOCIATION 


FOR  THE 


ADVANCEMENT  OF  SCIENCE 


FOR  THE  FORTY-FIFTH  MEETING 


HELD    AT 


BUKFALO,    N.    Y. 


AUGUST,    1896. 


SALEM : 

PLTBLISHED  BY  THE  PKRMANENT  SECRETARY. 

January,  1897. 


TiDITKD    BY 

Frederic  W.  Putnam. 
Permanent  Secretary. 


"Cbc  Salem  press. 
Salem,  iMass. 

1897. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


Oilicei-s  of  the  Buffalo  Meeting v 

Members  of  the  Council  for  the  Buffalo  Meeting vi 

Special  Committees  of  the  Association vii 

Local  Committee  of  an-angements  lor  the  Buffalo  Meeting       ....  viii 

Meetings  and  Officers  of  the  Amer.  Association  of  Geologists  and  Naturalists  x 

List  of  Meetings  of  the  Association xi 

Officers  of  the  Meetings  of  the  Association xii 

Act  of  Incorporation xx 

Constitution      .  ' xxi 

Members  of  the  Association 

Patrons xxx 

Corresponding  Members xxxi 

Members xxxi 

Surviving  Founders Ivi 

Honorary  Fellows '     .       .       .       .  Ivii 

Fellows Ivii 

Deceased  Members Ixxxii 

IN  GENERAL  SESSION. 

Address  by  Edward  W.  Morlet,  the  Retiring  President  ...  l 


SECTION  A.     MATHEMATICS  AND  ASTRONOMY. 

Officers  of  Section  A     .  .  ■ 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 

SECTION  B.     PHYSICS. 

Officers  of  Section  B 

Address  of  Vice  President,  Cakl  Leo  Mees 

Titles  of  "Papers  Read 

SECTION  C.     CHEMISTRY. 

Officers  of  Section  C 

Address  of  Vice  President,  William  a.  xoves 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 

Fourteenth  Report  of  committke  on  Indexing  Chemical  Litera- 
ture         

Resolutions  and  Reports 

(iii) 


■24 
■25 


28 
29 
49 


54 
55 
71 


81 


IV  CONTENTS. 

SECTION  D.     MECHANICAL  SCIENCE  AND  ENGINEERING. 

Officers  of  Section  D S4 

Address  of  Vice  President,  Frank  O.  Marvin S.> 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 97 

SECTION  E.     GEOLOGY  AND  GEOGRAPHY. 

Officers  of  Section  E 100 

Address  of  Vice  President,  Benjamin  K.  Emerson        ....  lOl 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 1-27 

Commemorative  Meeting  of  the  Sixtieth  Anniversary  of  James 

Hall's  connection  avith  the  Geological  Scrveyof  New  York  128 

Subsection  of  Pleistocene  Geology 129 

Resolutions  of  the  Section 131 

SECTION  F.     ZOOLOGY. 

Officers  of  Section  F 134 

Address  of  Vice  President,  Theodore  Gill 1.35 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 167 

SECTION  G.     BOTANY. 

Officers  of  Section  G 170 

Address  of  Vice  President,  N.  L.  Britton 171 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 185 

SECTION  H.     ANTHROPOLOGY. 

Officers  of  Section  H 190 

Address  of  Vice  President,  Alice  C.  Fletcher 191 

Titles  of  Papers  Read   .       .       .       .      , 211 

Resolutions,  in  Memory  of  Captain  Bourke 215 

Resolutions 215 

SECTION  I.      SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  SCIENCE. 

Officers  of  Section  I 21S 

Address  of  Vice  President,  W.  R.  Lazenby 219 

Titles  of  Papers  Read 235 

EXECUTIVE   PROCEEDINGS. 

Report  of  the  General  Secretary' 237 

Report  of  the  Permanent  Secretary 259 

Report  of  the  Treasurer .  262 

Cash  Account  of  the  Permanent  Secretary" 264 

INDEX. 

^4) 


OFFICERS 

OF   THE 

BUFFALO   MEETING. 


PRESIDENT. 

Edward  D.  Cope  of  Philadelphia. 

VICE  PRESIDENTS. 

A.  Mathematics   and  Astronomy — Alex.   Macfarlaxe  of  South 

Bethlehem,  Pa. 

B.  Physics — Carl  Lko  Mees  of  Terre  Haute,  lud. 

C.  Chemistry — W.  A.  Noyes  of  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

D.  Mechanical  Science  and  Engineering— Frank  0.  Marvin  of 

Lawrence,  Ivans. 

E.  Geology  and  Geography— Ben.  K.  Emkrson  of  Amherst,  Mass. 

F.  Zoology— Theoi)Ori<;  Gill  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

G.  Botany— N.  L.  Britton  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

H.    Anthropology — Alice  C.  Fleicher  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
I.    Social  and  Economic  Science— William  R.  Lazenby  of   Co- 
lumbus, Ohio. 

PERMANENT  SECRETARY. 

F.  W.  Putnam  of  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Office  Salem,  Mass.) 

GENERAL  SECRETARY. 

Charles  R.  Barnes  of  Madison,  Wis. 

SECRETARY  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

Asaph  Hall,  Jr.,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Micli. 

SECRETARIES  OF   THE  SECTIONS. 

A.  Mathematics  and  Astronomy— Edwin  B.   Frost  of  Hanover, 

N.  H. 

B.  Physics — Frank  P.  Whitman  of  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

C.  Chemistry— Frank  P.  Venable  of  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

D.  Mechanical  Science  and  Engineering— John  Galbraith  of 

Toronto,  Can. 

E.  Geology  and  Geography— William  North  Rice  of  Middletown, 

Conn. 

F.  Zoology — 1).  S.  Kellicott  of  Columbus,  Ohio. 

G.  Botany — George  F.  Atkinson  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

H.    Anthropology— George  H.  Perkins  of  Burlington,  Vt. 
I.    Social  and  Economic  Science— R.  T.  Colburn  of  Elizabeth, 
N.  J. 

TREASURER. 
K.  S.  Woodward  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 
(5)  (V) 


MEMBERS  OF  THE  COUNCIL 


FOR  THE 


BUFFALO  MEETING. 


Past  Presidents. — James  Hall  of  Albanj^ ;  B.  A.  Gould  of  Cambridge; 
Simon  Newcomb  of  Washington ;  O.  C.  Maesh  of  New  Haven ;  George 
F.  Barker  of  Philadelphia;  George  J.  Brush  of  New  Haven;  J.  W. 
Dawson  of  Montreal ;  Chas.  A.  Young  of  Princeton ;  J.  P.  Lesley 
of  Philadelphia;  Edward  S.  Morse  of  Salem;  Samuel  P.  Langley  of 
Washington;  J.  W.  Powell  of  Washington;  T.  C.  Mendenhall  of 
Worcester;  George  L.  Goodale  of  Cambridge;  Albert  B.  Prescott 
of  Ann  Arbor ;  Joseph  LeConte  of  Berkeley ;  William  Harkness  of 
Washington;  Daniel  G.  Brinton  of  Media;  Edward  W.  Morley  of 
Cleveland. 

Vice  Presidents  of  the  Springfield  Meeting.— 'Edgah  Frisby  of  Wash- 
ington ;  W.  LbConte  Stevens  of  Troy ;  William  McMurtrie  of  Brook- 
lyn; William  Kent  of  Passaic;  Jed.  Hotchkiss  of  Stamiton;  Lkland 
0.  Howard  of  Washington;  J.  C.  Arthur  of  Lafayette;  F.  H.  Gushing 
of  Washington;  B.  E.  Fernow  of  Washington. 

Officers  of  the  Buffalo  Meeting. — E.  D.  Cope  of  Philadelphia;  A.  Mac- 
FARLANE  of  South  Bethlehem ;  C.  L.  Meks  of  Terre  Hailte ;  W.  A.  No  yes 
of  Terre  Haute;  F.  0.  Marvin  of  Lawrence;  B.  K.  Emerson  of  Amherst; 
T.  Gill  of  Washington ;  N.  L.  Britton  of  New  York ;  A.  C.  Fletcher  of 
Washington;  W.  R.  LAZENBYof  Columbus;  F.  W.  Putnam  of  Cambridge; 
C.  L.  Barnes  of  Madison;  A.  Hall,  Jr.,  of  Ann  Arbor;  E.  B.  Frost  of 
Ha,nover;  F.  P.  Whitman  of  Cleveland;  F.  P.  Venable  of  Chapel  Flill; 
John  Galbraith  of  Toronto;  W.  N.  Rice,  of  Middletown;  D.  S.  Kklli- 
COTT  of  Columbus;  G.  F.  Atkinson  of  Ithaca;  G.  H.  Perkins  of  Bur- 
lington; R.  T.  CoLBURN  of  Elizabeth;  R.  S.  Woodward  of  New  York. 

From  the  Association  at  Large. — To  hold  over  until  successors  are 
elected.  A  fellow  elected  from  each  section. — E.  W.  Hyde  of  Cincinnati 
(A.);  Edward  L.  Nichols  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (B) ;  E.  A.  de  Schweinitz 
of  Washington  (C) ;  Thomas  Gkay  of  Terre  Haute  (D)  ;  Arthur  Hol- 
LicK  of  New  York  (E) ;  C.  L.  Marlatt  of  Washington  (F) ;  L.  JNI.  Un- 
derwood of  New  York  (G) ;  Franz  Boas,  New  York  (H) ;  W.  H.  Hale 
of  Brooklyn  (I). 

(vi)  (6) 


SPECIAL  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  ASSOCIATION.^ 


1.    Auditors. 
Emory  McClintock,  Morristowji,  and  B.  A.  Gould,  Cambridge. 

2.     Committee  on  Indexing  Chemical  Literature. 
H.  Cakkixgton  Bolton,  Chairman,  F.  W.  Clarke,  a.  K.  Leeds,  II.  W.  Wiley, 
J.  W.  Langley,  a.  li.  Pkescott,  Alfred  Tuckerman. 

3.     Committee  on  the  Association  Table  in  Biological  Laboratory  at 

Woods  Holl. 
Vice  Presidents  of  Sections  F  and  G,  aud  C.  O.  Whitman,  Chicago. 

4.     Committee  on  the  Policy  of  the  Association. 

The  President,  Chairman,  The  Permanent  Secretary,  R.  S.  Woodward,  T. 
C.  Mendenhall,  Jas.  Lewis  Howe,  Mansfield  Merriman,  H.  L.  Fairchild, 
C  S.  MiNOT,  C.  E.  Barnes,  Franz  Boas,  Wm.  H.  Brewer. 

5.     Committee  on  Standards  of  ^Measurements. 

T.  C.  Mendenhall,  Chuirmun,  W.  A.  Rogers,  E.  L.  Xichols,  E.  S.  Woodward, 
H.  A.  Roland,  H.  S.  Carhart.    With  power  to  add  to  its  number. 

6.     Committee  on  Standard  Colors  and  Standard  Nomenclature  of  Colors. 
O.  X.  Rood,  Chairman,  W.  LeConte  Stevens,  William  Hallock. 

7.     Committee  on  the  Association  Library. 
ALFRED  Springer,  Chairman,  A.  W.  Butler,  W.  L.  Dudley,  T.   H.  Norton, 
Thos.  French,  Jr. 

8.     Committee  for  the  study  of  the  White  Bace  in  America. 
X).  G.  Brinton,  Chairman,  J.  Mc  K.  Cattell,  W.  W.  Xewell,  W.  J.  McGee, 
Franz  Boas. 

9.     Committee  to  cooperate  with  the  National  Educational  Association  re- 
garding the  Teaching  of  Science  in  the  Secondary  Schools. 

R.  S.  Tarr,  Chairman,  H.  S.  Carhart,  A.  S.  Packard,  C.  F.  Maberry,  C.  E.  Bessey. 

10.     To  represent  the  Association  as  Member  of  the  American  Advisory 
Board  on  an  Liternational  Code  of  Zoological  Nomenclature. 
A.  S.  Packard. 

11.     Delegates  to  the  Liternational  Geological  Congress  in 

St.  Petersburg  in  1897. 

Edward  D.  Cope,  James  Hall,  B.  K.  Emerson,  W.  N.  Rice,  C.  D.  Walcott 
With  power  to  fill  any  vacancy. 

1  All  Committees  are  expected  to  present  their  reports  to  the  Council  not  later  than 
the  third  day  of  the  meeting.  Committees  sending  tlieir  reports  to  the  Permanent 
Secretary  one  month  before  a  meeting  can  liave  them  printed  for  use  at  the  meeting. 

(7)  (Vii) 


LOCAL  COMMITTEES 

FOR   THE 

BUFFALO    MEETING 


GENERAL  COMMITTEE  OF  ARRANGEMENTS. 

Hon.  Edgar  B.  Jewett,  Chairman. 
Eben  Pearson  Dorr,  Secretary. 
And  otherc:  as  given  on  page  31  of  Daily  Programme. 


EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE. 

Hon.  Edgar  B.  .Jewett,  Chairman. 
Eben  Pearson  Dorr,  Secretary. 
And  others  as  given  on  page  32  of  Daily  Programme. 


FINANCE  COMMITTEE. 

Dr.  Lee  H.  Smith,  Chairman. 
Williasi  C.  Cornwell,  Treasurer, 
And  otlicri*  as  given  on  page  33  of  Daily  Programme. 


COMMITTEE  ON  PRINTING. 

Ottomar  Eeinecke,  Chairman. 

Eben  Pearson  Dorr,  Secretary. 

And  others  as  given  on  page  33  of  Daih'  Programme. 

COMMITTEE  ON  EXCURSIONS  AND  ENTERTAINMENT. 

William  C.  Cornwell,  Chairman. 
Frederick  K.  Mixer,  Secretary. 
And  others  as  given  on  page  33  of  Daily  Programme. 

COMMITTEE  ON  MAILS  AND  TELEGRAPH. 

Frank  C.  Perkins,  Chairman. 
A.  C.  TERRY,  Secretary. 
And  others  as  given  on  page  33  of  Daily  Programme. 

(viii)  (8) 


LOCAL    COMMITTEES.  IX 


COMMITTEE  ON  RAILROADS. 

Edson  J.  Weeks,  Chairmim. 
Harry  Parry,  Secretary. 
And  others  as  given  on  page  34  of  Daily  Prograninie. 

LADIES'   RECEPTION  COMMITTEE. 

Mrs.  Robert  p.  Wilson,  Chairman. 
Mrs.  Lucien  Howe,  Vice-Chairman. 
Mrs.  LiLi'  Lord  Tifft,  Secrelary. 
And  otliers  as  given  on  page  34  of  Daily  Programme. 

COMMITTEE  ON  ROOMS  AND   PLACES  OF  MEETING. 

Hon.  H.  p.  Emerson,  Chairman. 

Frederick  A.  Yogt,  Secretari/. 

And  others  as  given  on  page  34  oi  Daily  Programme. 

COMMITTEE  ON  HOTELS  AND  LODGINGS. 

Dr.  Lee  H.  Smith,  Chairman. 
Dr.  Chauncey  p.  Smith,  Secretary. 
And  otliers  as  given  on  page  .35  of  Daily  Pi-ogramme. 

RECEPTION  COMMITTEE. 

Hon.  Chas.  Daniels,  Chairman. 
AViLLiAM  H.  Gratwick,  Secretary. 
And  others  as  given  on  page  3.t  of  Daily  Programme. 

9) 


MEETINGS  A.    A.    G.    N. 


H 

X 

<1 

W 

C-i 
<1 

12; 
C 

H 

CO 

3 

O 
O 

w 

C5 

P^ 
O 

o 

I— I 

o 
o 

CO 
CO 

<; 

o 

I— I 

PS 


K 
H 

P^ 
O 

CO 

Pi 
o 

o 
o 

CO 

O 

55 

t— I 


& 

CO 


to 


CO 


be      be 


o 
o 


o 

1-5 


s 

i£ 

•■— » 

o 

o 

' 

in 

a 

r; 

rt 

2 

to 

£ 

br 

bo 

• 

."^ 

s 

u 

r/1 

o 

o 

, 

Q 

Q 

■A 

M 

* 

,r; 

-k» 

*        *    P 

* 

•» 

* 

3 

•■-4 

•■-> 

S 

5^5  = 

« 

-^ 

^ 

« 

o 

C3 

(— 

.=  a.g  > 

2 

6 

6 

H 

« 

.  Sill 
.  P. 
.  Sill 
La\ 

■x 

O 

s 

i-i 

M 

d 

M 

03OP>-! 

P5 

*_ 

* 

M 

5 

#_ 

yT 

# 

« 

q" 
o 

V 

be 
o 

*    s 

3 
{/I 

•< 

^ 

.~ 

o 

ri 

o      « 
o 

o 

ca 

fa 

03 

t>) 

^    pa 

Irs 

C3 

^ 
« 

a 

John 
Wm. 

S 

u 
w 
■< 

J 

ft 

tft 

c 

3 

"e 
a 

a 

o 

c 

Si 

J3 

o 

OJ 

a) 

O 

Oh 

P^ 

M 

<1 

Z 

^; 

P3 

GCtxiooootnooootX) 

"^         ^        IN        CJ        <»        CO        ■?'        o> 

^    'I    r    ""S     >.   ^    -s,   -s, 


tfl      'C      '^ 
—       (N       to 


^       ^       J3 


cc 

a< 

~ 

c 

.^ 

03 

a; 

... 

V 

'ZS 

,-\ 

<v 

4-3 

= 

£ 

rr. 

"- 

.— 

%^ 

U 

"- 

o 

»J 

03 

a 

^ 

0) 

f— 

i> 

a 

S 

c 

« 

o 

t> 

j_i 

■ts 

t; 

a> 

.— 

-«5 

o 

o 

■^ 

< 

n 

c 

^ 

a 

«^ 

o 

ff 

'- 

4-3 

:i 

03 

c« 

O 

J= 

fl 

ou 

O 

<i 

O 

t» 

^ 

t^ 

o 

<! 

a 

CI 

o 

o 

o 

a 

!fl 

QJ 

o 

'T^ 

w 

bo 

o 

;3 

<J 

bo 

a; 

a 

•4-9 

-u 

^ 

<M 

o 

(-1 

4^ 

.-/> 

- 

•5 

■^ 

tp 

« 

« 

*^ 

to 
<1) 

i> 

rr 

5 

fl- 

'Tt 

A 

Ol 

Zw 

^ 

Ch 

OS 

o 

" 

a; 

J= 

br 

.2 

f/-; 

o 

ZJ 

< 

— 

CJ 

03 

a 

. 

m 

£ 

o 

.- 

E 

o 

a. 

O 

s 

•^ 

4-J 

a 

rn 

cS 

-3 

OS 

cj: 

r/7 

' 

aj 

a 

C5 
C 
C5 

4J 

be 

o 

(a 

<i) 

<u 

03 

t£ 

a 

o 

be 

'P 

c; 

Ph 

o 

a 

« 

-t- 

>, 

■^ 

5  a 


(10) 


MEETINGS. 

PLACE. 

DATE. 

MEMBERS 
IN  ATTEND- 
ANCE. 

I            KUMHEK  OF 
MEMBERS. 

1. 

Philadelphia 

Sept.  20,  1848 

? 

461 

2, 

Cambridge 

Aug.   14,  1849 

p 

540 

3. 

Charleston 

Mar.  12,  1850 

? 

622 

4. 

New  Ilaren 

Aug.   19,  1850 

9 

704 

5. 

Cincinnati 

May    5,  1851 

87 

800 

H. 

Albany 

Aug.  19,  1851 

194 

769 

7. 

Cleveland 

July  28,  1853 

V 

940 

8. 

Washington 

April  26,  1854 

168 

1004 

9. 

Providence 

Aug.  15,1855 

166 

605 

10. 

2nd  Albany 

Aug.  20,  1856 

381 

722 

11. 

Montreal 

Aug.   12,1857 

351 

046 

12. 

Baltimore 

April  28,  1858 

190 

962 

13. 

Springfield 

Aug.    3,  1859 

190 

862 

14. 

Newport 

Aug.    1,  1860 

135 

644 

15. 

Buffalo 

Aug.   15,  1866 

79 

637 

16. 

Burlington 

Aug.  21,1867 

i^5 

415 

17. 

Chicago 

Aug.    5,  1868 

259 

686 

18. 

Salem 

Aug.   18,1869 

244 

511 

19. 

Troy 

Aug.  17,  1870 

ISS 

5.{6 

20. 

Indianapolis 

Aug.   16,  1871 

196 

668 

'21. 

Dubuque 

Aug.  15'  1872 

164 

610 

22. 

Portland 

Aug.  20,  1873 

195 

670 

23. 

Hartford 

Aug.   12,1874 

224 

722 

24. 

Detroit 

Aug.   11,1875 

165 

807 

26. 

•2nd  Buffalo 

Aug.  23,1876 

215 

867 

26. 

Nashville 

Aug.  29,1877 

173 

953 

27. 

St.  Louis 

Aug.  21,1878 

134 

962 

28. 

Saratoga 

Aug.  27,  1879 

256 

1030 

29. 

Boston 

Aug.  25,  1880 

997 

1555 

30. 

2nd  Cincinnati 

Aug.   17,  1881 

500 

1699 

31. 

2nd  Montreal 

Aug.  23,  1882 

937 

1922 

32. 

Minneapolis 

Aug.   15,  1883 

328 

2033 

33. 

2nd  Philadelphia 

Sept.    3,  1884 

1261* 

1981 

34. 

Ann  Arbor 

Aug.  26,  1885 

364 

1956 

35. 

3d  Buffalo 

Aug.  18,  1886 

445 

1886 

36. 

New  York 

Aug.   10,  1887 

72!) 

1956 

37. 

2nd  Cleveland 

Aug.   14,  1888 

342 

1964 

38.  - 

Toronto 

Aug.  2  6,  1889 

424 

1952 

39. 

2d  Indianapolis 

Aug.   19.1890 

364 

1944 

40. 

2d  Washington 

Aug.   19,1891 

653t 

2054 

41. 

Rochester 

Aug.  17,  1892 

456 

2037 

42. 

Madison 

Aug.    17,  1893 

290 

1939 

43. 

Brooklyn 

Aug.   15,  1894 

488 

1802 

44. 

2d  Springfield 

A  ug.   28,  1895 

368 

1913 

45. 

4th  Buffalo 

Aug.  24,  1896 

333 

1890 

♦Including  members  of  the  British  Association  and  other  foreign  guests, 
flncluding  twent3--four  Foreign  Honorary  members  for  the  meeting. 


(11) 


(xi-) 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  MEETINGS  OF   THE  ASSOCIATION. 


[The number  before  the  name  is  that  of  the  meeting;  the  year  of  the 
meeting  folloAvs  the  name;  the  asterisk  after  a  name  indicates  that  the 
member  is  deceased.] 

PRESIDENTS. 


1.  f  Wm.  B.  Rogers,*  1848. 
I  W.  C.  Redfield,*  1848. 

2.  Joseph  Kenry,*  1849. 

8,  4,  5.  A.  I).  Bache,*  March  meet- 
ing, 1850,  in  absence  of  Jo- 
seph Henry.*  August  meet- 
ing, 1850.  May  meeting,  1851. 

6.  Louis  Agassiz,*  August  meet- 

ing, 1851. 
(No  meeting  in  1852). 

7.  Benjamin  Pierce,*  1853. 

8.  James  D.  Dana,*  1854. 
John   Torrey,*  1855. 

10.  James  H.vi>l,  1856. 

11,  12.     Alexis  Caswell,*  1857,  in 

place  of  J.  W.  Bailey,*  de- 
ceased. 1858,  in  absence  of 
Jeffries  Wyman.* 

13.  Stephen  .•\lexaxder,*  18.59. 

14.  Isaac  Lea,*  1860. 

(No  meetings  for  1861-65). 

15.  F.  A.  P.  Barnard,*  1866. 

16.  J.  S.  Newberry,*  1867. 

17.  B.  A.  Gould,*  1868. 

18.  J.  W.  Foster,*  1869. 

19.  T.  Sterry  Hunt,*  1870,  in  the 

absence  of  Wm.Chauvenet.* 

20.  Asa  Gray,*  1871. 

21.  J.  Lawrence  Smith,*  1872. 

22.  Joseph  Lovering,*  1873. 

23.  J.  L.  LeConte,*  1874. 

24.  J.  E.  HiLGARD,*  1875. 

25.  WiLLi.\M  B.  Rogers,*  1876. 

(xii) 


26.  Simon  Newco.mk,  1877. 

27.  O.  C.  Marsh,  1878. 

28.  G.  F.  Barker,  1879. 

29.  Lewis  H.  Mohgan,*  1880. 

30.  G.  J,  Brush,  1881. 

31.  J.  W.  Dawson,  1882. 

32.  C.  A.  Young,  1883. 

33.  J.  P.  Lesley,  1884. 

34.  H.  A.  Newton,*  1885. 

35.  Edward  S.  Morse,  1886. 

36.  S.  P.  Langley,  1887. 

37.  J.  W.  Powell,  1888. 

38.  T.  C.  Mendenhall,  1889. 

39.  G.  Lincoln  Goodale,  1890. 

40.  Albert  B   Prescott,  1891. 

41.  Joseph  LeConte,  1892. 
.42.  WiLLiAiM  Harkness,  1893. 

43.  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  1894. 

44.  E.  W.  MORLEY,  1895. 

45.  Edward  D.  Copk,  1896. 

46.  Wolcott  Gibbs.  1897. 


(12) 


OFFICERS    OF    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


XUl 


VICE  PRESIDENTS. 
There  Avere  no  Vice  Presidents  until  the  11th  meeting  when  there  was  a 
single  Vice  President  for  each  meeting.  At  the  24th  meeting  the  Associa- 
tion met  in  Sections  A  and  B,  each  presided  over  by  a  Vice  President.  At 
the  31st  meeting  nine  sections  were  organized,  each  Avith  a  Vice  President 
as  its  presiding  officer.  In  1886,  Sectioii  G  (Microscopy)  was  given  up. 
In  1892,  Section  F  was  divided  into  F,  Zoology;  G,  Botany. 

1867-1874. 


11.  Alexis  Caswell,*  1857,  acted 

as  President. 

12.  John  E.  Hoi.brook,*  1858,  not 

present. 

13.  Edward  Hitchcock,*  1859. 

14.  B.  A.  Gould,*  1860. 

15.  A.  A.  Gould, *1866,  in  absence 

of  R.  W.  Gibbes. 

16.  WOLCOTT  GiBBS,  1867. 


17.  Charles  Whittlesey,*  1868. 

18.  Ogden  N.  Rood,  1869. 

19.  T.  Steury  Hunt,*  1870,  acted 

as  President. 

20.  G.  F.  Barker,  1871. 

21.  Alexander  Win'chell,*  1872. 

22.  A.    H.    WORTHEN,*    1878,    not 

present. 

23.  C.  S.  Lyman,*  1874. 


1875-1881. 


Section  A.  — Mathematics,   Fhysics 

and   Chemistry.  24 

H.  A.  Newton,*  1875.  25 

C.  A.  Young,  1876.  26 

R.  H.  Thurston,  1877,  in  the      27 

absence  of  E.  C.  Pickering.       28 
R.  H.  Thurston,  1878.  29 

S.  P.  Langley,  1879.  30 

Asaph  Hall,  1880. 
"William  Harkness,    1881,   in 

the  absence  of  A.  M.  Mayer 


24. 
25. 
26. 

27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


Section  B. — Natxiral  History. 

J.  W.  Dawson,  1875. 
Edward  S.  Morse,  1876. 
O.  C.  Marsh,  1877. 
Aug.  R.  Gkotk,  1878. 
J.  W.  Powell,  1879. 
Alexander  Agassiz,  1880. 
Edward  T.  Cox,  1881,  in  the 
absence  of   George   Engel- 

MANN.* 


24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 

28. 

29. 
30. 


26. 
27. 


Chairmen  of  Subsections,  1875-1881. 
Subsection  of  Chemistry. 
S.  W.  JoHXSOX,  1S75. 


G.  F.  Barker,  187(i. 
N.  T.  LUPTON,*  1877. 
F.  W.  Clarke,  1878. 

F.  W".  Clarke,  1879,  in  the  absence 
of  Ira  Remsen. 

J.  M.  Ordway,  1880. 

G.  C.  Caldwell.  1881.  in  the  absence 
of  W.  R.  Nichols,* 

Subsection  of  Microscopy. 

R.  H.  Ward,  1876. 
R.  H.Ward,  1877. 

R.  H.  Ward,  1878,  in  the  absence  of 
G.  S.  Blackie.* 


28. 
29. 
30. 


E.  W.  Morley,  1879. 
S.  A.  Lattimore,  1880. 
A.B.  Hervey,  1881. 


24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


30. 


Subsection  of  Anthropology. 

Lewis  H.  Morgan,*  1875. 

Lewis  H.  Morgan,*  1876. 

Daniel  Wilson.*  1877,  not  present. 

United  with  Section  B. 

Daniel  Wilson,*  1879. 

J.  W.  Powell,  1880. 

Garrick  Mallery,*  1881. 

Sxibsection  of  Entomology. 
J.  G.  Morris,  1881. 

(13) 


XIV 


OFFICERS    OF    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


31 


32. 
33. 
34. 


35. 
36. 

37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 

43. 
44. 

45. 


Vice  Presidents 

Section  A. — Mathematics  and 
Astronomy. 

W.   A.   Rogers,    1882,   in  the 
absence  of   Williaji  Hark- 

XESS. 

W.  A.  Rogers,  1883. 

H.  T.  Eddy,  1884. 

William  Harkxess,    1885,   in 

the  absence   of   J.  M.   Van 

Vleck. 
J.  W.  GiBBS,  1886. 
J.  R.  Eastmax,   1887,  in  place 

of  W.  Ferrel,*  resigned. 
Ormond  Stoxe,  1888. 
R.  S.  Woodward,  1889. 
S.  C.  Chaxdlkr,  1890. 
E.  W.  Hyde,  1891. 
J.  R.  Eastmax,  1892. 

C.  L.  DOOLITTLE,  1893. 

f  G.  C.  CoMSTOCK,  1894. 
I  Edgar  Frisby,  1894. 
Edgar  Frisby,  1895,  in  place 
of  E.  H.  HoLDEX,  resigned. 
Alex.   Macfarlaxe,    1896    in 


OF  Sectioxs,  1882- 

Section  C  —  Chemistry. 

31.  H.  C.  Bolton,  1882. 

32.  E.  W.  Morley,  1883. 

33.  J.  W.  Laxgley,  1884. 

34.  X.  T.  Luptox,*  1885,  in  absence 

of  W.  R.  XlCHOLS.* 

35.  H.  W.  Wiley,  1886. 

36.  A.  B.  Prescott,  1887. 

37.  C.  E.  MuxKOE,  1888. 

38.  W.  L.  DCDLEY,.  1889. 

39.  R.  B.  Warder,  1890. 

40.  R.  C.  Kedzle.  1891. 

41.  Alfred  Sprixger,  1892. 

42.  Edward  Hart,  1893. 

43.  T.  H.  NoRTOX,  1894. 

44.  Wm.  McMurtrie,  1895. 

45.  W.  A.  Xoyes,  1896. 

46.  W.  P.  ilASOX,  1897. 


place  of  Wm.  E.  Story,  re- 

31. 

signed. 

32. 

46. 

W.  W.  Bem.\x,  1897. 

Section  B. — Physics. 

33. 
34. 

31. 

T.  C.  Mexdeniiall,  1882. 

35. 

32. 

H.  A.  RowLAXD,  1883. 

36. 

33. 

J.  Trowbridge,  1884. 

37. 

34. 

S.  P.  Laxgley,  1885,  in  place 

38. 

of  C.  F.  Brackett,  resigned. 

39. 

35. 

C.  F.  Brackett,  1886. 

36. 

W.  A.  Anthony,  1887. 

37. 

A.  A.  Michelsox,  1888. 

40. 

38. 

H.  S.  Carhart,  1889. 

41. 

39. 

Clicvelaxd  Abbk,  1890. 

42. 

40. 

F.  E.  NiPHER,  1891. 

43. 

41. 

B.  F.  Thomas,  1892. 

44. 

42. 

E.  L.  Nichols,  1893. 

45. 

43. 

Wm.  a.  Rogers,  1894. 

46. 

44. 

W.  LeCoxte  Stevens,  1895. 

45. 

Carl  Leo  Mees,  1896. 

4(;. 

Carl  Barus,  1897. 
(14) 

Section  D. — Mechanical  Science 
and  Engineering. 

W.  P.  Trowbridge,*  1882. 

De  Volsox   Wood,    1883,  ab- 
sent, but  place  was  not  filled. 

R.  H.  Thurston,  1884. 

J.  Burkitt  Webb,  1885. 

0.  Chaxute,   1886. 

E.  B.  Coxe,  1887. 

C.  J.  H.  WoopBURY,  1888. 

James  E.  Dkntox,  1889. 

James  E.  Dentox,  1890,  in 
place  of  A.  Beardsley,  ab- 
sent. 

Thomas  Gray,  1891. 

J.  B.  JOHXSOX,  1892. 
S.  W.  RoBixsox,  1893. 
Mansfield  Merriman,  1894. 
William  Kent,  1895. 
Frank  0.  Marvix,  1896. 
JoHX  Galbkaith,  1897. 


OFFICERS    OF    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


XV 


Vice  Presidents  of  Sections,  continued. 


Section  E. — Geology  and  Geography;. 

31.  E.  T.  Cox,   1882. 

32.  C.  H.  Hitchcock,  1883." 

33.  N.  H.  WiNCHELi.,  1884. 

34.  Edavaud  Okton,  1885. 

35.  T.  C.  Chambermn,  1880. 

36.  G.  K.  Gilbert,  1887. 

37.  George  H.  Cook,*  1888. 

38.  Charles  A.  White,  1889. 

39.  John  C.  Branner,  1890. 

40.  J.  J.  Stevenson,  1891. 

41.  H.  S.  Williams,  1892. 

42.  Charlks  D.  Walcott,  1893. 

43.  Samuel  Calvin,  1894. 

44.  Jed.  Hotchkiss,  1895. 

45.  B.  K.  Emerson,  1896. 

46.  I.  C.  White,  1897. 

Section  F. — Biology. 

31.  W.  H.  Dall,  1882. 

32.  W.  J.  Beal,  1883. 

33.  E.  D.  Cope.  1884. 

34.  T.  J.  BuRiiiLL,  1885,  In  the  ab- 

sence of  B.  G.  Wilder. 

35.  H.  P.  Bowditch,  1886. 

36.  W.  G.  Farlow,  1887. 

37.  C.  V.  KiLEY,*    1888. 

38.  George  L.  Good  ale,  1889. 

39.  C.  S.  MiNOT,  1890. 

40.  J.  M.  Coulter,  1891. 

41.  S.  H.  Gage,  1892. 

Section  F. —  Zoology. 

42.  Henry  F.  Osborn,  1893. 

43.  J.  A-  LiNTNEK,  1894,  in  place 

of  S.  H.  Scudder,  resigned. 

44.  L.  0.  Howard,  1895,  in  place 

of  I).  S.  Jordan,  resigned. 

45.  Theo.  Gill,  1896. 

46.  G.  Brown  Goode,*  1897. 

Section  G. — Microscopy. 
81.     A.  H.  Tuttle,  1882. 

32.  J.  D.  Cox,  1883. 

33.  T.  G.  Wormley,  1884. 

34.  S.  H.  Gage,  1885. 
(Section  united  with  F  in  1886.) 


Section  G. — Botany. 

42.     Charles  E.  Bessey,  1893. 
.„       r  L.  M.  Underwood,  1894. 
I  C.  E.  Bkssey,  1894. 

44.  J.  C.  Arthur,  1895. 

45.  N.  L.  Bkitton,  1896. 

46.  G.  F.  Atkinso.v,  1897. 

Section  H. — Anthropology. 

31.  Alexander  Win cheli.,*  1882. 

32.  Otis  T.  Mason,  1883. 

33.  Edward  S.  Morse,  1884. 

34.  J.  Owen    Dorse y,*    1885,    in 

absence  of  W.  H.  Dall. 

35.  Horatio  H.\le,  1886. 

36.  D.  G.  Brinton,  1887. 

37.  Charles  C.  Abbott,  1888. 

38.  Garrick  Mallery,*  1889. 

39.  Frank  Baker,  1890. 

40.  Joseph  Jastrow,  1891. 

41.  W.  H.  Holmes,  1892. 

42.  J.  Owen  Dorsey,*  1893. 

43.  Franz  Boas,  1894. 

44.  F.  H.  Gushing,  1895. 

45.  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  1896. 

46.  W  J  McGee,  1897. 

Section   I. — Economic    Science    and 
Statistics. 

31.  E.  B.  Elliott,*  1882. 

32.  Franklin  B.  Hough,*  1883. 

33.  John  Eaton,*  1884. 

34.  Edward  Atkinson,  1885. 

35.  Joseph  Cumjhngs,*  1886. 

36.  H.  E.  Alvord,  1887. 

37.  Charles  W.  Smiley,  1888. 

38.  Charles  S.  Hill,  1889. 

39.  J.  Richards  Dodge,  1890. 

40.  Edmund  J.  James,  1891. 

41.  Lester    F.     Ward,    1892,   in 

place  of   S.  Dana  Horton,* 
resigned. 

42.  William  H.  Brewer,  1893. 

43.  Henry  Farquhar,  1894. 

44.  B.  E.  Fernow,  1895. 

45.  W.  L.  Lazenby,  1896. 

46.  R.  T.  COLBURN,  1897. 

(15) 


XVI 


OFFICERS    OF    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THK    ASSOCIATION, 


SECRETARIES. 


General  Secretaries,  1848- 

1.  Waltek  R.  Johnson,*  1848. 

2.  Eben  N.  Horsford,*  1849,  in 

the     absence     of    Jeffries 
Wyman.* 

3.  L.  R.  GiBBS,  1850,  in  absence 

of  E.  C.  Herrick.* 

4.  E.  C.  Herrick,*  1850. 

5.  William  B.  Rogers,*  1851,  in 

absence  of  E.  C.  Herrick.* 

6.  William  B.  Rogers,*  1851. 

7.  S.  St.  John,*  1853,  in  absence 

of  J.  D.  Dana.* 

8.  J.  Lawrence  Smith,*  1854. 

9.  WOLCOTT  GiBBS,   1855. 

10.  B.  A.  Gould,*  1856. 

11.  John  LeConte,*  1857. 

12.  W.  M.  Gillespie,*  1858,  in  ab- 

sence of  Wm.  Chauvenet.* 

13.  William  Chauvenet,*  1859. 

14.  Joseph  LeConte,  1860. 

15.  EliasLoomis,*  1866,  in  the  ab- 

sence of  W.  P.  Trowbridge* 

16.  C.  S  Lyman,*  1867. 

17.  Simon     Newcomb,     1868,    in 

place  of  A.    P.   Rockwell, 
called  home. 

18.  O.  C.  Mahsh,  1869. 

19.  F.  W.    Putnam,    1870,    in  ab- 

sence  of  C.  F.  Hartt.* 

20.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1871. 

21.  Edward  S.  Morse,  1872. 

22.  C.  A.  White,  1873. 

23.  A.  C.  Hamlin,  1874. 

24.  S.  H.  ScUDDEii.  1875. 

25.  T.  C.  Mendknhall,  1876. 

26.  AUG.  R.   Grote,  1877. 

27.  H.  C.  Bolton,  1878. 

28.  H.  C.  Bolton,  1879,  in  the  ab- 

sence of  George  Little. 

29.  J.  K.  Rees,  1880. 

30.  C.  V.  Riley,*  1881. 

31.  William  Saunders,  1882. 

32.  J.  R.  Eastman,  1883. 

33.  Alfred  Springer,  1884. 

34.  C.  S.  MiNOT,  1885. 


35.  S.  G   Williams,  1886. 

36.  William  H.  Pbttee,  1887. 

37.  Julius  Pohlman,  1888. 

38.  C.  Leo  Mees,  1889. 

39.  H.  C.  Bolton,  1890. 

40.  H.  W.  Wiley,  1891. 

41.  A.  W.  Butler,  1892. 

42.  T.  II.  Norton,  1893. 

43.  H.  L.  Fairchild,  1894. 

44.  Jas.  Lewis  Howe,  1895. 

45.  Charles  R.Barnes,  1896. 

46.  A.  Hall,  jr.,  1897. 

Permanent  Secretaries,  1851- 

5-7.       Spencer  F.  Baiud,*  1851-3. 
8-17.     Joseph  Lovering,*  1854-68. 
18.     F.  W.  Putnam,  1869,  in  the 
absence  of  J.  Lovering.* 
19-21.  Joseph  Lovering,*  1870-72. 
22-23.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1873-74. 
24-28.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1875-79. 
29-33.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1880-84. 
34-38.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1885-89. 
39-43.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1890-94. 
44-48.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1895-99. 

Assistant  General  Secretaries^ 

1882-1887. 

J.  R.  Eastman,  1882. 
Alfred  Springer,  1883. 

C.  S.  MiNOT,  1884,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  E.  S.  Holden. 

S.    G.   Williams,    1885,  in  the 

absence  of  C  C.  Abbott. 
W.  H.  Pettee,  1886. 
J.  C.  Arthur,  1887. 

Secretaries  of  the  ConnciL  1888- 
37.     C.  Leo  Mees,  1888. 
H.  C.  Bolton,  1889. 
H.  W.  Wiley,  1890. 
A.  W.  Butler,  1891. 
T.  H.  Norton,  1892. 
H.  Lkroy  Fairchild,  1893. 
Jas.  Lewis  Howe,  1894. 
Charles  R.  Barnes,  1895. 
Asaph  Hall,  jr.,  1896. 

D.  S.Kellicott,  1897. 


31. 
32. 
33. 

34. 

35. 
36. 


38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 
43. 
44. 
45. 
46. 


OFFICKKS    OF    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


XVH 


24. 

25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


Secretaries  of  Section  A. — Mathemat- 
ics, Physics  and  Chemistry,  1875-81. 

r  S.  P.  Langley,  1875. 
It.  C.  Mendenh.\ll,  1875. 

A.  W.  Wright,  1876. 

H.  C.  Bolton,  1877. 

F.  E.  NiPHER,  1878. 

J.  K.  Rees,  1879. 

H.  B.  Mason,  1880. 

E.  T.  Tappan,  1881,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  John  Trowbridge. 


Secretaries  of  Section  B. —  Natural 
History,  1875-81. 

24.  Edward  S.  Morse,  1875. 

25.  Albert  H.  Tuttle,  1876. 

26.  William  H.  Dall,  1877. 

27.  George  Little,  1878. 

28.  William    H.    Dall,    1879,   in 

the  absence  of  A.  C.  Weth- 

ERBY. 

29.  Charles  V.  Riley,*  1880. 

30.  William  Saunders,  1881. 


Secretaries  of  Subsections,  1875-81. 


Subsection  of  Chemistry. 

24.  F.  W.  Clarke,  1875. 

25.  H.  C.  BoLTOK.  187(). 


26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30. 


30. 


P.  Schweitzer,  1877. 

A.  P.  S.  Stuart,  1878. 
W.  R.  Nichols,*  1879. 

C.  E.  MUNROE,  1880. 

Alfred  Sprjnger,  1881,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  II.  B.  Warder. 

Subsection  of  Entomology. 

B.  P.  Mann,  1881. 


Subsection  of  Anthropology. 

24.  F.  W.  Putnam,  1875. 

25.  Otis  T.  Mason,  1876. 

26.  27.    United  with  Section  B. 

28,  29,30.    J.  G.  Henderson,  1879-81. 

Subsection  of  Microscopy. 

23.     E.  VV.  MORLEY,  1870. 

26.  T.  O.  SOMMERS,  Jr.,  1877. 

27.  G.  J.  EngelmaN'N,  1878. 

28.  29.     A.  B.  Hervev,  1879-1880. 

30.    W.  H.  Seaman,  1881,  in  tlie  absence 
of  S.P.  Sharples. 


Secretaries  of  the  Sections,  1882- 


31. 
32. 

33. 
34. 
35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 
42. 

43. 

44. 

45. 
46. 


Section  A. — Mathematics    and 
Astronomy. 

H.  T.  Eddy,  1882. 
G.  W.  Hough,  1883,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  W.  W.  Johnson. 
G.  W.  Hough,  1884. 

E.  W.  Hyde,  1885. 
S.  C.  Chandler,  1886. 
H.  M.  Paul,  1887. 

C.  C.  DOOLITTLE,  1888. 

G.  C.  Comstock,  1889. 
W.  W.  Beman,  1890. 

F.  H.  Bigelow,  1891. 
WiNSLOw  Upton,  1892. 
C.    A.    W.\LDO,    1893,    in    the 

absence  of  A.  W.  Phillips. 
J.  C.  Kershner,  1894,  in  place 

of  W.  W.  Bemjvn,  resigned. 
Asaph  Hall,  jr.,  1895,  in  place 

of  E.  H.  Moore,  resigned. 
Edwin  B.  Frost,  1896. 
J.  McMahon,  1897. 

a.  a.  a.  s.  vol.  xlv        b 


Section  B.  —Physics. 

31.  C.  S.  Hastings,  1882. 

32.  F.  E.  Nipher,  1883,  in  the  ab- 

sence of  C.  K.  Wead. 

33.  N.  D.  C.  Hodges,  1884. 

34.  B.   F.    Thomas,  1885,  In  place 

of  A.  A.  MiCHELSON,  resigned. 

35.  H.  S.  Carhart,  1886. 

36.  C.  Leo  Mees,  1887. 

37.  Alex.  Macfarlank,  1888. 

38.  E.  L.  Nichols,  1889. 

39.  E.  M.  Avery,  1890. 

40.  Alex.  Macfarlane,  1891. 

41.  Brown  Ayres,  1892. 

42.  W.  LeConte  Stevens,   1893. 

43.  B.  W.  Snow,  1894. 

44.  E.  Merritt,  1895. 

45.  Frank  P.  Whitman,  1896. 

46.  F.  Bedell,  1897. 


(17) 


XVlll 


OFFICERS    OP    THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


Secretaries  of  the  Sections,  continued. 

Section  E. — Geology  and  Geography. 
H.  S.  Williams,  1882,  in  the 


Sectio  n  C. — Chemistry . 

31.     Alfred  Springer,  1882. 

32       r  J.  W.  Langley,  1883. 

t  W.  McMurtrie,  1883. 

33.  H.    Cahmichael,  1884,  in  the 

absence  of  E.  B.  Warder. 

34.  F.  P.  DUNNINGTON,  1885. 

35.  W.  McMurtrie,  1886. 

36.  C.  S.  Mabery,  1887. 

37.  W.  L.  Dudley,  1888. 

38.  Edward  Hart,  1889. 

39.  W.  A.  NoYES,  1890. 

40.  T.  H.  Norton,  1891. 

41.  Jas.  Lewis  Howe,  1892. 

42.  H.  N.  Stokes,  1893,  in  the  ab- 

sence of  J.  U.  Nep. 

43.  Morris  Loeb,   1894,  in    place 

of  S.  M.  Babcock,  resigned 
^^       f  W.  P.  Mason,  1895. 

X  W.  0.  Atwater,  1895. 

45.  Frank  P.  Venable,  1896. 

46.  P.  C.  Freer,  1897. 


Section  D. — Mechanical  Science  and 
Engineering. 

31.  J.  BurkittWebb,  1882,  in  the 

absence  of  C.  R.  Dudley. 

32.  J.    BURKITT   Webb,    1883,  pro 

tempore. 

33.  J.  BuRKiTT  Webb,  1884. 

34.  C.  J.  H.  Woodbury,  1885. 

35.  AVllliam  Ivent,  1886. 

36.  G.  M.  Bond,  1887. 

37.  Arthur  Beardsley,  1888. 

38.  W.  B.  Warner,  1889. 

39.  Thomas  Gray,  1890. 

40.  William  Kent,  1891. 

41.  O.  H.  Landreth,  1892. 

42.  D.  S.  Jacobus,  1893. 

43.  John  H.  Kinealy,  1894. 

44.  H.  S.  Jacoby,  1895. 

45.  John  Galbraith,  1896. 

46.  J.  H.  Flather,  1897. 

(18) 


31. 

absence  of  C.  E.  Dutton. 

32.  A.  A.  JuLiEN,  1883. 

33.  E.  A.  Smith,  1884. 

34.  G.   K.    Gilbert,    1885,   in  the 

absence  of  H.  C.  Lewis.* 

35.  E.  W.  Claypole,  1886. 

36.  W.  M.  Davis,  1887,  in  the  ab- 

sence of  T.  B.  COMSTOCK. 

37.  John  C.  Branner,  1888. 

38.  John  C.  Branner,  1889. 

39.  Samuel  Calvin,  1890. 

40.  W  J  McGee,   1891. 

41.  R.  D.  Salisbury,  1892. 

42.  W.  H.  HoBBs,  1893,  in  place  of 

R.  T.  Hill,  resigned. 

43.  Jed.  Hotchkiss,  1894,  in  place 

of  W.  M.  Davis,  resigned. 

44.  J.  Perrin  Smith,  1895. 

45.  W.  N.  Rice,  1896,  in  place  of 

A.  C.  Gill,  resigned. 

46.  C.  H.  Smyth,  1897. 

Section  F.— Biology,  1882-92. 

31.     William  Osler,    1882,   In  the 

absence  of  C.  S.  Minot. 
32/     S.  A.  Forbes,  1883. 

33.  C.  E.  Bessey,  1884. 

« 

34.  J.  A.  Lintner,   1885,  in  place 

of  C.  H.  Fernald,  resigned. 

35.  J.  C.  Arthur,  1886. 

36.  J.  H.  CoMSTOCK,  1887. 

37.  B.  H.  Fernow,  1888. 

38.  A.  W.  Butler,  1889. 

39.  J.  M.  Coulter,  1890. 

40.  A.  J.  Cook,  1891. 

41.  B.  D.  Halsted,  1892. 

Section  F. — Zoology. 

42.  L.  0.  Howard,  1893. 

43.  John  B.  Smith,  1894,  in  place 

of  Wm.  Libby,  jr.,  resigned- 

44.  C.  W.  Hargitt,  1895,  in  place 

of  S.  A.  Forbes,  resigned. 

45.  D.  S.  Kellicott,  1896. 

46.  C.  C.  Nutting,  1897. 


OFFICERS    OP   THE    MEETINGS    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


XIX 


Secretaries  of  the 
Section  G. — Microscopy,  1882-85. 


31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 

42. 

43. 
44. 

45. 
46. 


31. 
32. 
33. 

34. 
35. 
36. 

37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 

42. 
43. 


Robert  Bkowx.  jr.,  1882. 
Carl  Skiler,  1883. 
ROMYN  Hitchcock,  1884. 
W.  H.  Waxmsley,  1885. 

Section   G. — Botany. 

B.  T.  Galloway,  1893,  in  tlie 

absence  of  F.  V.  Coville. 
Charles  R.  Barnes,  1894. 

f  B.  T.  G.\LLOWAY,  1895. 

I  M.  B.  Waite,  1895. 
George  F.  Atkinson,  1896. 
F.  C.  Newcombe,  1897. 


Sections,  continued. 

Stewart  Culin  and  W. 
"W.  TooKER,  1895,  in  place 
of  Anita  N.  McGbe  re- 
signed. 

G.  H.  Perkins,  1896,  in  place 
of  J.  G.  BouRKE,*  deceased. 
H.  I.  SraTH,  1897. 


Section  H. — Anthropology. 

OtisT.  Mason,  1882. 

G.  H.  Perkins,  1883. 

G.  H.  Perkins,  1884,  in  the  ab- 
sence of  W.  H.  Holmes. 

Erminnie  a.  Smith,*  1885. 

A.  W.  Butler,  1886. 

Charles  C.  Abbott,  1887,  in 
absence  of  F.  W.  Langdon. 

Frank  Baker,  1888. 

W.  M.  Bkauchamp,  1889. 

Joseph  Jastrow,  1890. 

W.  H.  Holmes,  1891. 

W.  M.  Beauchamp,  1892,  in 
place  of  S.  Culin,  resigned. 

Warren  K.  Moorehead,  1893. 

A.  F.  Chamberlin,  1894. 


44. 


45. 


46. 


31. 

32. 
33. 
34. 

35. 
36. 
37. 
38. 
39. 
40. 
41. 


42. 
43. 
44. 

45. 

46. 


Section  I. — Economic  Science  and 
Statistics. 

/  Franklin  B.  Hough,*  1882. 
I  J.  Richards  Dodge,  1882. 
Joseph  Cummings,*  1883. 
Charles  W.  Smiley,  1884. 
Charles  W.  Smiley,  1885,  in 

absence  of  J.  W.  Chickering. 
H.  E.  Alvord,  1886. 
W.  R.  Lazenby,  1887. 
Charles  S.  Hill,  1888.     . 
J.  Richards  Dodge,  1889. 
B.  E.  Fernow,  1890. 
B.  E.  Fernow,  1891. 
Henry   Farquhar,    1892,    in 

place  of  L.   F.    Ward  made 

Vice-president. 
Nellie  S.  Kedzie,  1893. 
Manley  Miles,  1894. 
W.  R.  Lazenby,  1895,  in  place 

of  E.  A.  Ross,  resigned. 

R.  T.  COLBURN,  1896. 

Archibald  Blue,  1897. 


TREASURERS. 

1.  Jeffries  Wyman,*  1848.  8. 

2.  A.  L.  Elwyn,*  1849. 

3.  St.  J.  Ravenel,*  1850,  in  the  9-19. 

absence  of  A.  L.  Elwyn.*  20-30. 

4.  A.  L.  Elwyn,*  1850. 

5.  Spencer  F.  B.urd,*   1851,  in  32-42. 

absence  of  A.  L.  Elwyn.*  43-46. 
6-7.     A.  L.  Elwyn,"  1851-1853. 


J.  L.  LeConte,*  1854,  in  ab- 
sence of  A.  L.  Elwyn.* 

A.  L.  Elwyn,*  1855-1870. 

William  S.  Vaux,*  1871- 
1881. 

William  Lilly,*1882-1893. 

R.  S.  Woodward,  1894-97. 

(19) 


COMMONWEALTH  OF  MASSACHUSETTS. 


IN  THE  YEAR  ONE  THOUSAND  EIGHT  HUNDRED  AND  SEVENTY-FOUR. 


AN  ACT 

To   Incorporate   the   "  American  Association   for  the 

Advancement  op  Science." 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Eepresentatives,  in  General  Court 
assembled,  and  by  the  authority  of  the  same,  as  follows: 
Skction  1.  Joseph  Henry  of  Washington,  Benjamin  Pierce  of  Cam- 
bridge, James  D.  Dana  of  New  Haven,  James  Hall  of  Albany,  Alexis 
Caswell  of  Providence,  Stephen  Alexander  of  Princeton,  Isaac  Lea  of 
Philadelphia,  F.  A.  P.  Barnard  of  New  York,  John  S.  Newberry  of  Cleve- 
land, B.  A.  Gould  of  Cambridge,  T.  Sterry  Hunt  of  Boston,  Asa  Gray  of 
Cambridge,  J.  Lawrence  Smith  of  Louisville,  Joseph  Lovering  of  Cam- 
bridge and  John  LeConte  of  Philadelphia,  their  associates,  the  officers 
and  members  of  the  Association,  known  as  the  "  American  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science,"  and  their  successors,  are  hereby  made 
a  corporation  by  the  name  of  the  "  American  Association  for  the  Ad- 
vancement of  Science,"  for  the  purpose  of  receiving,  purchasing,  hold- 
ing and  conveying  real  and  personal  property,  which  it  noAv.is,  or  hereafter 
may  be,  possessed  of,  with  all  the  powers  and  privileges,  and  subject 
to  the  restrictions,  duties  and  liabilities  set  forth  In  the  general  laws 
which  noAv  or  hereafter  may  be  in  force  and  applicable  to  such  corpo- 
rations. 

Section  2.  Said  corporation  may  have  and  hold  by  purchase,  grant,, 
gift  or  otherAvise,  real  estate  not  exceeding  one  hundred  thousand  dol- 
lars in  value,  and  personal  estate  of  the  value  of  tAvo  hundred  and  fifty 
thousand  dollars. 

Section  3.  Any  two  of  the  corporators  above  named  are  hereby 
authorized  to  call  the  first  meeting  of  the  said  corporation  in  the  month 
of  August  next  ensuing,  by  notice  thereof  "by  mail,"  to  each  member  of 
the  said  Association. 

Section  4.     This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage. 

House  of  Representatives,  March  10,  1874. 
Passed  to  be  enacted, 

John  F.  Sanford,  Speaker. 
In  Senate,  March  17,  1874. 

Passed  to  be  enacted.  March  19,  1874. 

Geo.  B.  Loring,  President.  Approved, 

W.  B.  Washburn. 
Secretary's  Department, 
Boston,  April  3, 1874. 

A  true  copy,  Attest : 

David  Pulsifer, 
Deputy  Secretary  of  the  Commonwealth. 
(xx^  (20) 


CONSTITUTION 

OF    THE 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE  ADYANCEMENT  OF 

SCIENCE. 

Incorporated  by  Act  oi  tlie  Genera!  Court  of  the  Commouwealth  of  Massachusetts 


Objects. 


Article  1.  The  objects  of  the  Association  are,  by  periodical  and  mi- 
gratory meetings,  to  promote  intercourse  between  tliose  who  are  culti- 
vating science  in  difierent  parts  of  America,  to  give  a  stronger  and  more 
general  impulse  and  more  systematic  direction  to  scientific  research,  and 
to  procure  for  the  labors  of  scientific  men  increased  facilities  and  a 
wider  usefulness. 

Mbmbers,   Fellows,   Patrons  and  Honorary  Fellows. 
Arp.  2.     The  Association  shall  consist  of  Members,  Fellows,  Patrons, 
Corresponding  Members  and  Honorary  FelloM's. 

Art.  3.  Any  person  may  become  a  Member  of  the  Association  upon 
recommendation  in  writing  by  two  members  or  fellows,  and  election  by 
the  Council.  Any  incorporated  scientific  society  or  institution,  or  any 
public  or  incorporated  library,  may  be  enrolled  as  a  member  of  the 
Association  by  vote  of  the  Council  by  payment  of  the  initiation  fee; 
such  society,  institution  or  library  may  be  represented  by  either  the 
President,  Curator,  Director  or  Librarian  presenting  proper  credentials 
at  any  meeting  of  the  Association  for  which  the  assessment  has  been 
paid. 

Art.  4.  Fellows  shall  be  elected  by  the  Council  from  such  of  the 
members  as  are  professionally  engaged  in  science,  or  have  by  their  labors 
aided  in  advancing  science.  The  election  of  fellows  shall  be  by  ballot 
and  a  majority  vote  of  the  members  of  the  Council  at  a  designated 
meeting  of  the  Council. 

Art.  5.  Any  person  paying  to  the  Association  the  sum  of  one  thou- 
sand dollars  shall  be  classed  as  a  Patron,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  all  the 
privileges  of  a  member  and  to  all  its  publications. 

(21)  (xxi) 


XXn  CONSTITUTION. 

Art.  G.  Honorary  Fellows  of  the  Association,  not  exceeding  three 
for  each  section,  maybe  elected;  the  nominations  to  be  made  by  the 
Council  and  approved  by  ballot  in  the  respective  sections  before  election 
by  ballot  in  General  Session.  Honorary  Fellows  shall  be  entitled  to  all 
the  privileges  of  Fellows  and  shall  be  exempt  from  all  fees  and  assess- 
ments, and  entitled  to  all  publications  of  the  Association  issued  after  the 
date  of  their  election.  Corresponding  Members  shall  consist  of  such 
scientists  not  residing  in  America  as  may  be  elected  by  the  Council,  and 
their  number  shall  be  limited  to  fifty.  Corresponding  Members  shall  be 
entitled  to  all  the  privileges  of  members  and  to  the  annual  volumes  of 
Proceedings  published  subsequent  to  their  election. 

Art.  7.  The  name  of  any  member  or  fellow  two  years  in  arrears  for 
annual  dues  shall  be  erased  from  the  list  of  the  Association,  provided 
that  two  notices  of  indebtedness,  at  an  interval  of  at  least  three  months, 
shall  have  been  given ;  and  no  such  person  shall  be  restored  until  he  has 
paid  his  arrearages  or  has  been  reelected.  The  Council  shall  have  pow- 
er to  exclude  from  the  Association  any  member  or  fellow,  on  satisf ac- 
tor)' evidence  that  said  member  or  fellow  is  an  improper  person  to  be 
connected  with  the  Association,  or  has  in  the  estimation  of  the  Council 
made  improper  use  of  his  membership  or  fellowship. 

Art.  8.  No  member  or  fellow  shall  take  part  in  the  organization  of, 
or  hold  office  in,  more  than  one  section  at  any  one  meeting. 

Officers. 
Art.  9.  The  officers  of  the  Association  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  in 
General  Session  from  the  fellows,  and  shall  consist  of  a  President,  a 
Vice  President  from  each  section,  a  Permanent  Secretary,  a  General  Sec- 
retary, a  Secretary  of  the  Council,  a  Treasurer,  and  a  Secretary  of  each 
Section;  these,  with  the  exception  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  shall  be 
elected  at  each  meeting  for  the  following  one  and,  with  the  exception  of 
the  Treasurer  and  the  Permanent  Secretary,  shall  not  be  reeligible  for 
the  next  iavo  meetings.  The  term  of  office  of  Permanent  Secretary 
shall  be  five  years. 

Art.  10.  The  President,  or,  in  his  absence,  the  senior  Vice  President 
present,  shall  preside  at  all  General  Sessions  of  the  Association  and  at 
all  meetings  of  the  Council.  It  shall  also  be  the  duty  of  the  President 
to  give  an  address  at  a  General  Session  of  the  Association  at  the  meet- 
ing following  that  over  which  he  presided. 

Art.  11.     The   Vice   Presidents  sliall  be  chairmen  of  their  respective 
(22) 


CONSTITUTION.  XXUl 

Sections,  and  of  their  Sectional  Committees,  and  it  shall  be  part  of  their 
duty  to  give  an  address,  each  before  his  own  section,  at  such  time  as  the 
council  shall  determine.  The  Vice  Presidents  may  appoint  temporary 
Chairmen  to  preside  over  the  sessions  of  their  sections,  but  shall  not 
delegate  their  other  duties.  The  Vice  Presidents  shall  have  seniority  in 
order  of  their  continuous  membership  in  the  Association. 

Art.  12.  The  General  Secretary  shall  be  the  Secretary  of  all  General 
Sessions  of  the  Association,  and  shall  keep  a  record  of  the  business  of 
these  sessions.  He  shall  receive  the  records  from  the  Secretaries  of 
the  Sections,  which,  after  examination,  he  shall  transmit  with  his  own 
records  to  the  Permanent  Secretary  within  two  weeks  after  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  meeting. 

Art.  13.  The  Secretary  of  the  Council  shall  keep  the  records  of  the 
Council.  He  shall  give  to  the  Secretary  of  each  Section  the  titles  of 
papers  assigned  to  it  by  the  Council.  He  shall  receive  proposals  for 
membership  and  bring  them  before  the  Council. 

Art.  14.  The  Permanent  Secretary  shall  be  the  executive  officer  of 
the  Association  under  the  direction  of  the  Comicil.  He  shall  attend  to 
all  business  not  specially  referred  to  committees  nor  otherwise  constitu- 
tionally provided  for.  He  shall  keep  an  account  of  all  business  that  he 
has  transacted  for  the  Association,  and  make  annually  a  general  report 
for  publication  in  the  annual  volume  of  Proceedings.  He  shall  attend  to 
the  printing  and  distribution  of  the  annual  volume  of  Proceedings,  and 
all  other  printing  ordered  by  the  Association.  He  shall  issue  a  circular 
of  information  to  members  and  fellows  at  least  three  months  before 
each  meeting,  and  shall,  in  connection  Avith  the  Local  Committee,  make 
all  necessary  arrangements  for  the  meetings  of  the  Association.  He 
shall  provide  the  Secretaries  of  the  Association  with  such  books  and  sta- 
tionei-y  as  maybe  required  for  their  records  and  business,  and  shall  pro- 
vide members  and  felloAvs  with  such  blank  forms  as  may  be  required  for 
facilitating  the  business  of  the  Association.  He  shall  collect  all  assess- 
ments and  admission  fees,  and  notify  members  and  fellows  of  their 
election,  and  of  any  arrearages.  He  shall  receive,  and  bring  before  the 
Council,  the  titles  and  abstracts  of  papers  proposed  to  be  read  before  the 
Association.  He  shall  keep  an  account  of  all  receipts  and  expenditures 
of  the  Association,  aud  report  the  same  annually  at  the  first  meeting  of 
the  Council,  and  shall  pay  over  to  the  Treasurer  such  unexpended  funds 
as  the  Council  may  direct.     He  shall  receive  and  hold  in  trust  for  the 

(.23) 


XXIV  CONSTITUTION. 

Association  all  books,  pamphlets  and  manuscripts  belonging  to  the  Associ- 
ation, and  allow  the  use  of  the  same  under  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution 
and  the  orders  of  the  Council.  He  shall  receive  all  communications  ad- 
dressed to  the  Association  during  the  intervals  between  meetings,  and 
properly  attend  to  the  same.  He  shall  at  each  meeting  report  the  names 
of  fellows  and  members  who  have  died  since  the  preceding  meeting. 
He  shall  be  allowed  a  salary  which  shall  be  determined  by  the  Council,  and 
may  employ  one  or  more  clerks  at  such  compensation  as  may  be  agreed 
upon  by  the  Council. 

Akt.  15.  The  Treasurer  shall  invest  the  funds  received  by  him  in  such 
securities  as  may  be  directed  by  the  Council.  He  shall  annually  present 
to  the  Council  an  account  of  the  funds  in  his  charge.  No  expenditure  of 
the  principal  in  the  hands  of  the  Treasurer  shall  be  made  without  a  unan- 
imous vote  of  the  Council,  and  no  expenditure  of  ^the  income  received 
by  the  Treasurer  shall  be  made  without  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  Council. 
The  Treasurer  shall  give  bonds  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duty 
in  such  manner  and  sum  as  the  Council  shall  from  time  to  time  direct. 

Art.  16.  The  Secretaries  of  the  Sections  shall  keep  the  records  of 
their  respective  sections,  and,  at  the  close  of  the  meeting,  give  the  same, 
including  the  records  of  subsections,  to  the  General  Secretary.  They 
shall  also  be  the  Secretaries  of  the  Sectional  Committees.  The  Secre- 
taries shall  have  seniority  in  order  of  their  continuous  membership  in 
the  Association. 

Art.  17.  In  case  of  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  the  President,  one  of 
the  Vice  Presidents  shall  be  elected  by  the  Council  as  the  President  of  the 
meeting.  Vacancies  in  the  offices  of  Vice  President,  Permanent  Secre- 
tary, General  Secretary,  Secretary  of  the  Council,  and  Treasurer,  shall 
be  filled  by  nomination  of  the  Council  and  election  by  ballot  in  General 
Session.  A  vacancy  in  the  office  of  Secretary  of  a  Section  shall  be  filled 
by  nomination  and  election  by  ballot  in  the  Section. 

Art.  18.  The  Council  shall  consist  of  the  past  Presidents,  and  the  Vice 
Presidents  of  the  last  meeting,  together  with  the  President,  the  Vice  Pres- 
idents, the  Permanent  Secretary,  the  General  Secretary,  the  Secretary  of 
the  Council,  the  Secretaries  of  the  Sections,  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  cur- 
rent meeting,  with  the  addition  of  one  fellow  elected  from  each  Section 
by  ballot  on  the  first  day  of  its  meeting.  The  members  present  at  any 
regularly  called  meeting  of  the  Council,  provided  there  are  at  least  five, 
(24) 


CONSTITUTION.  XXV 

shall  form  a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business.  The  Council  shall 
meet  on  the  clay  preceding  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Association,  and  ar- 
range the  programme  for  the  first  day  of  the  sessions.  The  time  and  place 
of  this  first  meeting  shall  be  designated  by  the  Permanent  Secretary. 
Unless  otherwise  agreed  upon,  regular  meetings  of  the  Council  shall  be 
held  in  the  Council  room  at  9  o'clock,  a.m.,  on  each  day  of  the  meeting  of 
the  Association.  Special  meetings  of  the  Council  may  be  called  at  any  time 
by  the  President.  The  Council  shall  be  the  board  of  supervision  of  the 
Association,  and  no  business  shall  be  transacted  by  the  Association  that 
has  not  first  been  referred  to,  or  originated  with,  tlie  Council.  The 
Council  shall  receive  and  assign  papers  to  the  respective  sections ;  ex- 
amine and,  if  necessary,  exclude  papers ;  decide  which  papers,  discus- 
sions and  other  proceedings  shall  be  published,  and  have  the  general 
direction  of  the  puijlications  of  the  Association;  manage  the  financial 
affairs  of  the  Association ;  arrange  the  business  and  programmes  for 
General  Sessions;  suggest  subjects  for  discussion,  investigation  or  re- 
ports; elect  members  and  fellows;  and  receive  and  act  upon  all  invita- 
tions extended  to  the  Association  and  report  the  same  at  a  General  Ses- 
sion of  the  Association.  The  Council  shall  receive  all  reports  of  Special 
Committees  and  decide  upon  them,  and  only  such  shall  be  read  in  General 
Session  as  the  Council  shall  direct.  The  Council  shall  appoint  at  each 
meeting  the  following  sub-committees  who  shall  act,  subject  to  appeal  to 
the  whole  Council,  until  their  successors  are  appointed  at  the  folloAving 
meeting:  1,  on  Papers  and  Reports;  2,  on  Members;  3,  on  Fellows. 

Art.  19.  The  Nominating  Committee  shall  consist  of  the  Council,  and 
one  member  or  fellow  elected  by  each  of  the  Sections.  It  shall  be  the 
duty  of  this  Committee  to  meet  at  the  call  of  the  President  and  nominate 
the  general  officers  for  the  following  meeting  of  the  Association.  It  shall 
also  be  the  duty  of  this  Committee  to  recommend  the  time  and  place  for 
the  next  meeting.  The  Vice  President  and  Secretary  of  each  Section  shall 
be  recommended  to  the  Nominating  Committee  by  a  sub-committee  con- 
sisting of  the  Vice  President,  Secretary,  and  three  members  or  fellows 
elected  by  the  Section. 

Mektings. 

Art.  20.  The  Association  shall  hold  a  public  meeting  annually,  for  one 
week  or  longer,  at  such  time  and  place  as  may  be  determined  by  vote  of 
the  Association,  and  the  preliminary  arrangements  for  each  meeting  shall 
be  made  by  the  Local  Committee,  in  conjunction  with  the  Permanent  Sec- 
retary and  such  other  persons  as  the  Council  may  designate. 

(25) 


XXVI  CONSTITUTION. 

Art.  21.  A  General  Session  shall  be  held  at  10  o'clock,  a.  m.,  on  the 
first  clay  of  the  meeting,  and  at  such  other  times  as  the  Council  may  di- 
rect. 

Skctions  and  Subsections. 

Art.  22.  The  Association  shall  be  divided  into  Sections,  namely :— A' 
Mathematics  and  Astronomy;  B,  Physics;  C,  Chemistry,  including  its  ap- 
plication to  agriculture  and  the  arts ;  D,  3Iechanical  Science  and  Engineer- 
ing;  E,  Geology  and  Geography  ;  F,  Zoology  ;  G,  Botany  ;  H,  Anthropology  ; 
I,  Social  and  Economic  Science.  The  Council  shall  have  power  to  consol- 
idate any  two  or  more  Sections  temporarily,  and  such  consolidated  Sec- 
tions shall  be  presided  over  by  the  senior  Vice  President  and  Secretary 
of  the  Sections  comprising  it. 

Art.  23.  Immediately  on  the  organization  of  a  Section  there  shall  be 
three  fellows  elected  by  ballot  after  open  nomination,  who,  with  the  Vice 
President  and  Secretary  and  the  Vice  President  and  Secretary  of  the  pre- 
ceding meeting  shall  form  its  Sectional  Committee.  The  Sectional  Com- 
mittees shall  have  power  to  fill  vacancies  in  their  own  numbers.  Meetings 
of  the  Sections  shall  not  be  held  at  the  same  time  with  a  General  Session. 

Art.  24.  The  Sectional  Committee  of  any  Section  may  at  its  pleasure 
form  one  or  more  temporary  Subsections,  and  may  designate  the  officers 
thereof.  The  Secretary  of  a  Subsection  shall,  at  the  close  of  the  meeting, 
transmit  his  records  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Section. 

Art.  25.  A  paper  shall  not  be  read  in  any  Section  or  Subsection  until 
it  has  been  received  from  the  Council  and  placed  on  the  programme  of  the 
day  by  the  Sectional  Committee. 

Sectional  Committees. 

Art.  26.  The  Sectional  Committees  shall  arrange  and  direct  the  busi- 
ness of  their  respective  Sections.  They  shall  prepare  the  daily  programmes 
and  give  tliem  to  the  Permanent  Secretary  for  printing  at  the  earliest 
moment  practicable.  No  titles  of  papers  shall  be  entered  on  the  daily  pro- 
grammes except  such  as  have  passed  the  Council.  No  change  shall  be 
made  in  the  programme  for  the  day  in  a  Section  without  the  consent  of 
the  Sectional  Committee.  The  Sectional  Committees  may  refuse  to  place 
the  title  of  any  paper  on  the  programme ;  but  every  such  title,  with  the 
abstract  of  the  paper  or  the  paper  itself,  must  be  returned  to  the  Council 
with  the  reasons  why  it  was  refused. 

Art.  27.  The  Sectional  Committees  shall  examine  all  papers  and  ab- 
stracts referred  to  the  Sections,  and  they  shall  not  place  on  the  programme 
(26) 


CONSTITUTION.  XXVU 

any  paper  inconsistent  ■\vitli  the  cliaracter  of  tlie  Association ;  and  to  tliis 
€nd  they  have  power  to  call  for  any  paper,  the  character  of  which  may 
not  be  sufficiently  understood  from  the  abstract  submitted. 

P.\PERS  AND  Communications. 

Art.  28.  All  members  and  fellows  must  forward  to  the  Permanent 
Secretary,  as  early  as  possible,  and  when  practicable  before  the  conven- 
ing of  the  Association,  full  titles  of  all  the  papers  which  they  propose  to 
present  during  the  meeting,  with  a  statement  of  the  time  that  each  will 
occupy  in  delivery,  and  also  such  abstracts  of  their  contents  as  will  give 
a  general  idea  of  their  nature ;  and  no  title  shall  be  referred  by  the  Coun- 
cil to  the  Sectional  Committee  until  an  abstract  of  the  paper  or  the  paper 
itself  has  been  received. 

Art.  29.  If  the  author  of  any  paper  be  not  ready  at  the  time  assigned, 
the  title  may  be  dropped  to  the  bottom  of  the  list. 

Art.  30.  Whenever  practicable,  the  proceedings  and  discussions  at 
General  Sessions,  Sections  and  Subsections  shall  be  reported  by  pi'ofes- 
sional  reporters,  but  such  reports  shall  not  appear  in  print  as  the  official 
reports  of  the  Association  unless  revised  by  the  Secretaries. 

Printed  Proceedings. 

Art.  31.  The  Permanent  Secretary  shall  have  the  Proceedings  of  each 
meeting  printed  in  an  octavo  volume  as  soon  after  the  meeting  as  possible, 
beginning  one  month  after  adjournment.  Authors  must  prepare  their 
papers  or  abstracts  ready  for  the  press,  and  these  must  be  in  the  hands  of 
the  Secretaries  of  the  Sections  before  the  final  adjournment  of  the  meet- 
ing, otherwise  only  the  titles  will  appear  in  the  printed  volume.  The 
Council  shall  have  power  to  order  the  printing  of  any  paper  by  abstract 
or  title  only.  Whenever  practicable,  proofs  shall  be  forwarded  to  authors 
for  revision.  If  any  additions  or  substantial  alterations  are  made  by  the 
author  of  a  paper  after  its  submission  to  the  Secretary,  the  same  shall  be 
•distinctly  indicated.  Illustrations  must  be  provided  for  by  the  authors  of 
the  papers,  or  by  a  special  appropriation  from  the  Council.  Immediately 
on  publication  of  the  volume,  a  copy  shall  be  forwarded  to  every  member 
and  fellow  of  the  Association  who  shall  have  paid  the  assessment  for  the 
meeting  to  which  it  relates,  and  it  shall  also  be  offered  for  sale  by  the 
Permanent  Secretary  at  such  price  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Council. 
The  Council  shall  also  designate  the  institutions  to  which  copies  shall  be 
distributed. 

(27)     • 


xxviu  constitution. 

Local  Committee. 
Art.  32.  The  Local  Committee  shall  consist  of  persons  interested  in 
the  objects  of  the  Association  and  residing  at  or  near  the  place  of  the  pro- 
posed meeting.  It  is  expected  that  the  Local  Committee,  assisted  by  the 
officers  of  the  Association,  will  make  all  essential  arrangements  for  the 
meeting,  and  issue  a  circular  giving  necessary  particulars,  at  least  one 
mouth  before  the  meeting. 

Library  of  the  Association. 
Art.  33.  All  books  aud  pamphlets  received  by  the  Association  shall  be 
in  the  charge  of  the  Permanent  Secretary,  who  shall  have  a  list  of  the 
same  printed  and  shall  furnish  a  copy  to  any  member  or  fellow  on  appli- 
cation. Members  and  fellows  who  have  paid  their  assessments  in  full 
shall  be  allowed  to  call  for  books  and  pamphlets,  Avhich  shall  be  delivered 
to  them  at  their  expense,  on  their  giving  a  receipt  agreeing  to  make  good 
any  loss  or  damage  and  to  return  the  same  free  of  expense  to  the  Secre- 
tary at  the  time  specified  in  the  receipt  given.  All  books  and  pamphlets 
in  circulation  must  be  returned  at  each  meeting.  Not  more  than  five  books, 
including  volumes,  parts  of  volumes,  and  pamphlets,  shall  be  held  at  one 
time  by  any  member  or  fellow.  Any  book  may  be  withheld  from  circula- 
tion by  order  of  the  Council.  [The  Library  of  the  Association  was,  by 
vote  of  the  Council  in  1895,  placed  on  deposit  in  the  Library  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  Members  can  obtain  the  ijse  of  books  by 
writing  to  the  Librarian  of  the  University  Library,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.] 

Admission  Fee  and   Assess.ments. 
Art.  34.     The  admission  fee  for  members  shall  be  five  dollars  in  addi- 
tion to  the  annual  assessment.  On  the  election  of  any  member  as  a  fellow 
an  additional  fee  of  two  dollars  shall  be  paid. 

Art.  35.  The  annual  assessment  for  members  and  fellows  shall  be  three 
dollars. 

Art.  36.  Any  member  or  fellow  who  shall  pay  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars 
to  the  Association,  at  any  one  time,  shall  become  a  Life  Member,  and  as 
such,  shall  be  exempt  from  all  further  assessments,  and  shall  be  entitled 
to  the  Proceedings  of  the  Association.  All  money  thus  received  shall  be 
invested  as  a  permanent  fund,  the  income  of  which,  during  the  life  of 
the  member,  shall  form  a  part  of  the  general  fund  of  the  Association ;  but, 
after  his  death,  shall  be  used  only  to  assist  in  original  research,  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  unanimous  vote  of  the  Council. 
(28) 


CONSTITUTIOX.  XXIX 

Art.  37.     All  admission  fees  and  assessments  must  be  paid  to  the  Per- 
manent Secretary,  who  shall  give  proper  receipts  for  the  same. 

Accounts. 

Art.  38.     The  accounts  of  the  Permanent  Secretary  and  of  the  Treas- 
urer shall  be  audited  annually,  by  Auditors  appointed  by  the  Council. 

Alterations  of  the  Constitution. 
Art.  39.     No  part  of  this  Constitution  shall  be  amended  or  annulled, 
without   the  concuiTence  of  three-fourths  of  the  members  and  fellows 
present  in  General  Session,  after  notice  given  at  a  General  Session  of  a 
preceding  meeting  of  the  Association. 

(29) 


MEMBERS 


OF  THE 


AMERICAN    ASSOCIATION 


FOR  THE 


ADVANCEMENT  OF  SCIENCES 


PATRONS 


Thompson,  Mus.  Elizabeth,  Stamford,  Conn.  (22). 

Lilly,  Gkx.  William,  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa.  (28).     (Died  Dec.  1,  1893.) 

Herrman,  Mrs.  Esthkr,  59  West  o6th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 

CORRESPONDING    MEMBERS.^ 
Warington,  Robert,  F.R.S.,  Rothamsted,  Harpenden,  England    (40).     C 

MEMBERS.* 

Abbe,  Cleveland,  jr.,  2017  I  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.     (44).     E 
Abraham,  Abraham,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Adams,  C.  E.,  M.D.,  Ballentine  Gym.  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.    (43).     F 
Aitkin,  Miss  Clara  I.,  210  Madi.son  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.     (40).    H 
Aitkin,  Miss  Helen  J.,  210  Madison  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.     (40).     E   H 
Alden,  Jno.,  Pacific  Mills,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (36). 

'The  numbers  in  parentheses  indicate  the  meeting  at  which  the  member  was  elected. 
The  black  letters  at  the  end  of  line  indicate  the  sections  to  which  members  elect  to  be- 
long. The  Constitution  requires  that  the  names  of  all  members  two  or  more  years  in 
arrears  shall  be  omitted  from  the  list,  but  their  names  will  be  restored  on  payment  of 
arrearages.  Members  not  in  arrears  are  entitled  to  the  annual  volume  of  Proceedings 
bound  in  paper.  The  payj/ieni  of  ten  dollars  at  one  time  entitles  a  member  (o  the  subse- 
quent volumes  to  which  he  may  be  entitled,  bound  in  cloth,  or  by  the  payment  of  twenty 
dollars,  to  such  volumes  bound  in  half  morocco. 

^  Persons  contributing  one  thousand  dollars  or  more  to  the  Association  are  classed 
as  Patrons,  and  are  entitled  to  the  privileges  of  members  and  to  the  publications. 

The  names  of  Patrons  are  to  remain  permanently  on  the  list. 
'  See  Article  vi  of  the  Constitution. 

*  Any  Member  or  Fellow  may  become  a  Life  Member  by  the  payment  of  fifty  dollars. 
The  income  of  the  money  derived  from  a  Life  Membership  is  used  for  the  general  pur- 
poses of  the  Association  during  the  life  of  the  member;  afterwards  it  is  to  be  used  to 
aid  in  original  research.  Life  Members  are  exempt  from  the  annual  assessment,  and 
are  entitled  to  the  annual  volume.  The  names  of  Life  Members  are  printed  in  small 
capitals  in  the  regular  list  of  Members  and  Fellows. 

(xxxi)  (31) 


XXXll  MEMBERS. 

Aldis,  Owen  F.,  230  Monadnock  Block,  Chicago,  111.   ;^41).    H 

Aldrich,    Prof.   William   Sleeper,    AVest  Virginia    Univ.,    Morgautown, 

W.  Va.  (43). 
Allderdice,  Wm.  H.,  P.  A.  Engineer,  U.  S.  Navy,  care  Navy  Department, 

Washington,  D.  C.   (33).     D 
Allen,  Miss  Augusta  A.,  42  Coulter  St.,  GermantoAvn,  Pa.  (44).     6 
Allen,  J.  M.,  Hartford,  Conn.   (22).    D 

Allen,  Prof.  Thomas  G.,  Armour  lust.,  Chicago,  111.   (43).     C 
Allen,  Walter  S.,  34  So.  Sixth  St.,  New  Bedford,  Mass.  (39).    C  I 
Anderson,  Alexander  P.,  University  of  Minnesota,  Miuneapolis,  Minn. 

(45).  G 
Andrews,  E.  R.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (41). 
Appleby,  Prof.  William  R.,  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.    (43). 

D  E 

Appleton,  Rev.  Edw.  W.,  D.D.,  Ashbourne,  Montgomery  Co.,  Pa.  (28). 
Appleton,  Prof.  William    H.,  Ph.D.,  Svrarthmore  College,  Swarthmore, 

Pa.   (43).    H  E 
Archambault,  U.  E.,  P.  0.  Box  1944,  Montreal,  P.  Q.,  Can.   (31). 
Avchbold,  Dr.  George,  65  Prospect  Place,  E.  42nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(40). 
Arms,  Miss  Jennie  M.,  18  W.  Cedar  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (44).     F 
Atkinson,  Jno.  B.,  Earlington,  Hopkins  Co.,  Ky.   (26).   D 
Atwood,  Dr.  Charles,  Moravia,  N.  Y.   (45).  G 
AvKRY,  Samuel  P.,  4  E.  38th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (30). 
Ayer,  Edward  Everett,  Room  12,  The  Rookery,  Chicago,  III.  (37 j.     H 
Ayres,  Horace  B.,  Allaniiichy,  N.  J.   (40). 

Backus,  Truman  J.,  LL.D.,  Pres.  Packer  Inst.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Bacon,  Chas.  A.,  Beloit,  Wis.    (36).    A 
Baker,  A.  G.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (44). 
Baker,  O.  M.,  499  Main  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44). 
Balch,  Samuel  W.,  Yonkers,  N.  Y.    (43). 
Balderstou,  C  Canby,  Westtown,  Chester  Co.,  Pa.    (33).     B 
Baldwin,  Herbert  B.,  215  Market  St.,  Newark,  N.  J.   (43). 
Baldwin,  Miss  Mary  A.,  28  Fulton  St.,  Newark,  N.  J.    (31).    E  H  I 
Bancroft,  Alonzo  C,  Elma,  Erie  Co.,  N.  Y.    (41). 
Banes,  Charles  H.,  1107  Market  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (31).     D 
Bangs,  Lemukl  Boi/roN,  M.D.,  127  E.  34th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Bannan,  John  F.,  North  Andover,  Mass.   (44).     G 
Barber,  1).  H.,  P.  O.  Box  83,  Springville,  Linn  Co.,  Iowa  (37). 
Barbour,  Prof.  Ervin  H.,  Univ.  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb.   (45).  E 
Barclay,  Robert,  A.M.,  M.D.,  3211  Lucas  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (30). 
Barge,  B.  F.,  Mauch  Chunk,  Pa.  (33). 

Barker,  Mrs.  Martha  M.,  26  Eleventh  St.,  Lowell,  Mass.   (31).    E  H 
15arker,  Mrs.  Mary  E.,  CoUiusville,  Conn.  (45). 

Barnard,  Charles,  866  Carnegie  Hall  Studios,  West  56th  St.,  New  York, 
N.  Y.    (43). 
(32) 


MEMBERS.  XXXm 

Barnett,  Miss  Katie  Porter,  Madison,  Georgia  (44).     A  H 

Barnhart,  Arthur  M.,  185  Monroe  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (42). 

Barrows,  David  Prescott,  Clareraont.  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Cal.   (43).     H 

Barrows,  Walter  B.,  Agricultural  College,  Ingham  Co.,  Mich.     (40).     F 

Barton,  Prof.  Samuel  .M.,  Kernstown,  Va.  (48).  A 

Bascom,  Miss  Florence.  Bryn  Mawr  Coll.,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa.   (42).  E 

Bastiii,  Edson  Sewell,  The  Philadelphia  Coll.  of  Pharmacy,  Philadelptiia, 

Pa.   (39). 
Bausch,  Henry,  P.  O.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41). 
Baxter,  James  N.,  care  H.  E.  and  C.  Baxter,  cor  Division  and  Bedford  Sts., 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (3(1). 
Bay,  J.  Christian,    Bacteriologist  of  the   Iowa   State  Board  of  Health, 

Ames,  Iowa  (42).    6 
Baylies,  Bradford  L.B.,  M.D.,  418  Putnam  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 
Beach,  Spencer  Ambrose,  N.  Y.  Experiment  Station,  Geneva,  N.  Y.  (41). 

G 
Bean,  Thos.  E.,  Box  441,  Galena,  111.   (28).    F 

Becher,  Franklin  A.,  406  Irving  Place,  Milwaukee,  Wis.    (41).     I  A 
Beckwith,  Miss  Florence,  394  Alexander  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (45).  ft 
Bell,  Miss  Clara,  Springfield,  Mass.  (43). 
Bkll,  C.  M.,  M.D.,  320  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (3C). 
Banner,  Henry  (40).  A 

Bennett,  Henry  C,  256  W.  42nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Berry,  Daniel.  M.D.,  Carmi,  White  Co.,  111.    (41).    BCE 
Beveridge,  David,  loAva  Alliance,  Des  Moines,  Iowa  (33).     I 
Biddle,  James  G.,  944  Drexel  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (39). 
Bien,  Julius,  140  Sixth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (34).    E  H 
Bigelow,  Willard  Dell,  Chem.  Div.,  Dept.  of   Agric,  Washington,  D.  C. 

'  (44).     C 
Bisgar,  Hamilton  F.,  M.D.,  170  Euclid  Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (40).   B  F 
Billings,  Edgar  F.,  165  High  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (44).     C 
Birge,  Prof.  EdAV.  A.,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.   (42).    F 
Biscoe,  Prof.  Thomas  Dwiglit,  404  Front  St.,  Marietta,  Ohio  (41).     ft 
Bishop,  Hkbeii  R.,  Mills  Building,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (36). 
BlacUmar,  Abel  E.,  1074  Bergen  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 
Blair,  Mrs.  Helen  Quinche,  409  Broadway,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (40).     C 
Blake,  Edwin  Mortimer,  230  Washington  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 
Blatchford,  Eliphalet  W.,  375  No.  La  Salle  St.,  Chicago,  111.    (17).     F 
Bielle,  Albert  M.,  M.D.,  342  S.  Fourth  St.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (37).     F 
Bmsh,  W.  G.,  Niles,  Mich.    (33).  B  D 
Hodine,  Donaldson,  Prof,  of  Zoology  and  Geology,  Wabash  Coll.,  Craw- 

fordsville,  Ind.  (45).  E  F 
Bogne,  Rev.  Horace  P.  V.,  Avon,  N.  Y.   (41).    H  I 
Booraem,  J.  V.  V.,  204  Lincoln  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Horner,  William,  The  Majestic,  52  and  54  Walton  Place,  Chicago,  111.  (44). 
Bourland,  Addison  M.,  M.D.,  Van  Buren,  Ark.  (29).    C  E  F 
B.)Uton,  Chas.  L.,  M.S.,  2909  Park  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.   (40).    A  D 

A.  A.   A.   S.   VOL.  XLV.  C  (33) 


XXXIV  MEMBERS. 

Bovvditch,  Charles  P.,  28  State  St.,  Boston,  Mass.    (43).   H 

Bowers,  Miss  Virginia  K.,  61  3(1  St..  Newport,  Ky.  (27).    FH  B  C 

Bowker,  R.  R.,  28  Elm  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (43).  B 

Boynton,  May  O.,  Ph.B.,  69  North  Prospect  St.,  Burlington,  Vt.     (44).     C 

Br.\Ckenridge,  Geo.  W.,  San  Antonio,  Texas  (41).    I 

Brackett,  S.  H.,  St.  Johnsbnry,  Vt.  (43). 

Bradley,  Arthur  C,  Newport,  N.  H.  (43). 

Bradley,  Charles  S.,  P.  0.  Box  259,  Avon,  N.  Y.   (40). 

Bradley,  M.  J.,  36  Hart  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 

Bradley,  Milton,  Springfield,  Mass.   (44).     B 

Bram-well,  Geo.  W.,  335  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (43).     D 

iBrayton,  Miss  Sarah  H.,  M.D.,  Evanston,  111.  (33). 

Breckenridge,  Prof.  Lester  P.,  Champaign,  111.  (41). 

Brewster,  Mrs.  Mary  S.,  Monntainville,  Orange  Co.,  N.  Y.  (13). 

Brice,  Judge  Albert  G.,  19  Camp  St.,  New  Orleans,  La.   (32).   H 

Briggs,  Thomas  B.,  115  E.  73d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (43). 

Brigham,  Prof.  Albert  P.,  Hamilton,  Madison  Co.,  N.  Y.   (41). 

Britton,  Wiley,  Kansas  City,  Kansas  (40).  F 

Bromwell,  Wm.,  Port  Deposit,  Md.   (40). 

Brooks,  Prof.  VV Ml.  P.,  Amherst,  Mass.    (38).     CF 

Brown,  Henry  A.,  Westport  Point,  Mass.    (38).    I 

Brown,  Jonathan,  390  Broadway,  Somerville,  Mass.  (29). 

BroAvn,  Samuel  B.,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.   (40).   E 

Brundage,  Albert  H.,  Ph.G.,  M.D.,  1153  Gates  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

F  G  H 
Brush,  Geo.  W.,  M.D.,  2  Spencer  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43).    B  H 
Bryant,  Miss  D.  L.,  998  Spring  Garden  St.,  Greensboro,  N.  C.   (42).  E      ■ 
Buckingham,  Ciias.  L.,  195  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (28). 
Bnffum,  Prof.  Burt  C,  State  Univ.,  Laramie,  Wyo.  (42).  G 
Bull,  Prof.  Storm.  Madison,  Wis.    (44).     D 
Bur  lie,  Arthur  N.,  A.B.,  Principal  of  Monson  Academy,  Monson,  Mass. 

(44). 
Burr,  Mrs.  Laura  E.,  Commercial  Hotel,  Lansing,  Mich.   (34).   B 
Burt,  Milo  Cudwortli,  Amherst,  Mass.   (44).     C 
Bnrwell,  .Artliur  W.,  Ph.D.,  208  Superior  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (37). 

Calkins,  Dr.  Marsiiail,  Springfield,  Mass.   (29). 

Cannon,  George  L.,  jr.,  High  Scliool,  Denver,  Col.    (39).   F  H 

Card,  Fred  W.,  Prof,  of  Horticulture,  Univ.  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb. 

(45). 
Carpenter,  Mrs.  Benjamin,  50  Cedar  St.,  Chicago,  111.  (41).  H 
Carpenter,  Ford  A.,.U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  San  Diego,  Cal.   (44).     B 
Carpenter,  Geo.  O.,  jr.,  care  St.  Louis  Lead  and  Oil  Co.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

(29). 
CAitrER,  Jame,s  C.,  277  Lexington  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Carter,  John  E.,  Knox  and  Coulter  Sts.,  Germantown,  Pa.    (33).    B  H 
Cary,  Albert  A  ,  28  Cliff  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36).  D 

(34) 


MEMBERS.  XXXV 

Cary,  Mrs.  Elizabeth  M.  L.,  Baftalo,  N.  Y.  (45;.  E 

Cliadbourn,  Erloii  K.,  Lewiston,  Me.  (29). 

Chase,  Frederick  L..  Yale  Univ.  Observ.,  New  Haveu,  Coun.  (43). 

Chase.  ]{.  Stuart,  53  Summer  St.,  Haverhill,  Mass.  (18).  F 

Chester,  Commander  Colby  M.,  U.  S.  X.,  U.  S.  Naval  Academy,  Aiina|iolis, 

Md.   (28).    E 
Child,  C.  D.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (4-t).     B 
Christian,  Ira  W.,  Nobksville,  Ind.  (39). 

Chrystie,  Wm.  F.,  Hastings-on-Hudson,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Church,  Koyal  Tyler,  Turin,  Lewis  Co.,  N.  Y.    (38).    DF 
Clancy,  Michael  Albert,  1426  Corcoran  St.,  Washin-^loii,  D.  C.   (40).    H 
Clapp,  Geo.  H.,  116  Water  St.,  Pittsburg,  Pa.    (33).     H  C 
Clark,  Alex.  S.,  AVestlield,  N.  J.   (33). 
Clark,  Edward,  417  Fourth  St..  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
Clarke,  John  Mason,  Ass't  State  Geol.  and  Paleontologist  of  N.  Y.,  State 

Hall,  Albany,  N.  Y.   (4.")).  E 
Clark,  Jo.seph  E.,  M.D.,  184  Clinton  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43).  A  E 
Clark,  Oliver  Durfee,  590  Halsey  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (41).    F  E 
Clark,  S.  Wellman,  M.D.,  110  Mercer  St.,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.   (44).     H 
Clarke,  Sherman,  805  Wilder  Building,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (4  1).    C 
Clark,  Thomas  H.,  22  Lancaster  St.,  Worcester.  Mass.  (40). 
Clark,  Wm.  Brewster,  M.D.,  50  E.  31st  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (33).  F  C 
Clough,  Albert  L.,  S.  B.,  Box  14,  Manchester,  N.  H.  (4.j).  B 
Cluett,  J.  W.  Alfred,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Cobleigh,  Wm.  Merriam,  K.M.,  Bozeman,  Mont.   (45).  C 
Cochran,  C.  B.,  Food  Inspector  to  State  Board  of  Agric,  51+  South  High 

St.,  West  Chester,  Chester  Co..  Pa.   (43).    C 
CoK,  Henky  W.,M.D.,  Oregonian  Building.  Portland,  Oregon  (32).  H  F 
Coffin,  Amory,  Phoenixville,  Chester  Co.,  Pa.  (31).     D 
Coit,  J.  Milner,  Ph.D.,  Saint  Paul's  School,  Concord,  X.  H.  (33).    B  C  E 

Colgate,  Abner  W.,  Morristown,  N.  J.  (44). 

Colie,  Edw.  M.,  East  Orange,  X.  J.    (30).    E  I 

Collie,  Prof.  Geo.  L.,  Beloit  College,  Beloit,  Wis.  (42).  E 

Collin,  Rev.  Henry  P.,  Coldwater,  Mich.  (37).     F 

Colton,  Buel  P.,  Normal,  IMcLeau  Co.,  111.  (34).  F 

Comstock,  Dr.  T.  Grisvvold,  3401  Washington  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (29). 

F  H 
Conant,  Miss  E.  Ida,  42  West  48th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (33).    H  I  F 

Couklin.  Prof.  Roland  E.,  A.M.,  Enreka  College,  Eureka,  111.   (-12).    F 

Cook,  Dr.  Charles  D..  133  Pacific  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (25). 

Cook,  Melville  1'.,  Greencastle,  Ind.  (45).  6 

Coon,  Henry  C,  M.D.,  Alfred  Univ.,  Alfred  Centre,  N.  Y.(29).     B  C  F 

Cope,  Thos.  P.,  Awbury,  Germantown,  Pa.   (33).    I 

Copeland,  Edwin  Bingham,  Monroe,  Wis.   (45).  6 

Coquillett,  Daniel  William,  Dep"t  of   Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (43).     F 

Corbitt,  James  II..  L^niversity  of  Virginia,  Charlottesville,  Va.   (44). 

Corcoran,  Dr.  Luke,  Maple  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44).     H 

(35) 


XXX  VI  MEMBERS. 

CoweU,  Jno.  F.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (35). 

Cowles,  Alfred  H.,  656  Prospect  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio     (37).     B,C 

Cowles,  James  Lewis,  Farmington,  Conn.   (44). 

Cox,  Charles  F.,  Pres.  Council  Scientific  Alliance  of  New  York,  Grand 

Central  Depot,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (43). 
Crafts,  Kobert  H.,  2329  So.  6th  St.,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  (32).    I  B 
Craig,  John,   Horticulturist,   Experimental  Faruis,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Can. 

(41). 
Crawford,  John,  Leon,  Nicaragua,  C.  A.    (40).    E  H 
Crawley,  Edwin  S.,  Ph.D.,  Springfield  Ave.,  Chestnut  Hill,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.  (45). 
Crehore,  Mary  L.,  care  Wm.  W.  Crehore,  Hackensack,  N.  J.  (43).   B 
Crowell,  a.  F.,  Woods  HoU,  Mass.  (30).    C 

Cruilishank,  James,  LL.D.,  206  So.  Oxford  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Cunningham,  Francis  A.,  1618  Wallace  St..  Phihvdelphia,  Pa.   (33).  DEB 
Cunningham,  Prof.  Susan  J.,  Swarthmore  College,  Swartlimore,  Pa.  (38).  A 
Cuntz,  Johannes  H.,  325  Hudson  St.,  Hobol^en,  N.  J.  (36). 
Curtis,  William  E.,  Post  Buildiug,  Washington.  D.  C.  (40).     H  I 
Cutler,  Dr.  Andrew  S.,  Kankakee,  HI.  (32).    I  E 

Daly,  Hon.  Charles  P.,  84  Clinton  Place,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (36).    E  H 
Daniells,  Prof.  William  W.,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.   (42).       C 
Davenport,   Prof.    Eugene,   Dean   of  the   Coll.    of  Agric,   Univ.  of  HI., 

Champaign,  111.     (39). 
Davidson,  R.  J.,  Experiment  Station,  Blacksburgh,  Va.  (40).    C 
Davis,  Abial  B.,  A.M.,  129  East  Lincoln  Ave.,  Mt.  Vernon,  N.  Y.   (44).    A 
Davis,  Bradley  Moore,  Dep't  of  Botany,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111. 

(45).  G 
Davis,  G.  C,  Agricultural  College,  Mich.-  (43). 
Davis,  J.  C.  Bancroft,  1621  H  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
Davis,  J.  J.,  M.D.,  1119  College  Ave.,  Racine,  Wis.  (31).    F  G 
Davison,  John  M.,  60  Oxford  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (38).       C 
Dean,  Seth,  Glenwood,  Iowa  (34).  D 

Deane,  Walter,  29  Brewster  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (44). 
DeCourcy,  Bolton  Waller,  911  North  10th  St.,  Tacoma,  Washington  (41) 

I  D 
Deeds,  Edward  A.,  Denison  Univ.,  Granville,  Ohio  (45).  B 
DeForest,  Henry  S.   (32).  H  I 

Deghu6e,  Joseph  A.,  247  Harrison  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (40).  C 
Delafleld,  Maturin  L.,  jr.,  Fieldston,  Riverdale,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).  G 
Densmore,  Prof.  H.  D.,  Beloit,  Wis.   (41).     G 
Dewey,  L.  H.,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).  F 
Dittenhoefer,  A.  J.,  96  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Dodge,  Charles  Wright,  M.S.,  Universitv  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

(39).    F 
Dodge,  Melvin  Gilbert,  Hamilton  College,  Clinton,  N.  Y.   (42).     C 
Dodge,  Philip  T.,  Tribune  Building,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (44).     B  D 
(36) 


MEMBERS.  XXXVll 

Dodge,  Wm.  C,  116  B  St..  N.  E.,  Washiiigtou,  D.  C.  (40).  H 

Doty,  P.  A.,  211  Park  Ave..  Patersou,  N.  J.  (43).   D 

Doubleday,  H.  H.,  715  H  St.,  N.W.,  Washiiigtou,  D.  C.  (40).  H 

Doughty,  John  W.,  165  Johnston  St.,  Nevvburgh,  N.  Y.  (19).   E 

Dow,  Mrs.  Frederick  C,  North  Elm  St.,  Manchester,  N.  H.  (42).  E  F  G  H 

Drescher,  Williijald  A.  E.,  P.  O.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).    F 

Druinmond,  Isaac  Wymau,  Ph.D.,  436  W.  22iid  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.  (36). 

Dryer,  Chas.  R.,  Fort  Wayne,  Iiid.   (38).    E 

Dudek,  Miss  Katie  M.,  54  W.  55th  St.,  New  Yorii,  N.  Y.  (36).     E 

Duffy,  Rev.  James  S.,  474  Sackett  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Duggar,  Beujiimiu  Minge,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (45). 

Du  Pre,  Prof.  Daniel  A.,  WoffordCoUege,  Spartanburg,  S.  C.  (28).  B  C  E 

Durand,  Elias  J.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (41).     F 

Durfee,  W.  F.,  Birdsboro,  Berks  Co.,  Pa.  (33).  D  C  B  A  E  I 

Dyar,  Harrison  G.,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  243  W.  99Lh  St.,  Xew  York,  N.  Y.    (43). 

Dyer,  Clarence  M.,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (22). 

Edelheim,  Carl,  253-259  N.  Broad  St.,  Pliiladelpliia,  Pa.  (33). 

Edson,  Hubert,  Patieison,  La.     (40). 

Edwards,  J.  W.,  P.  O.  Box  282,  Rico,  Col.   (32). 

Edwards,  W.  F.,  535  Boylston  St.,  Seattle,  Wash.  (33).     B  C 

Ekeley,  Prof.  John  B.,  The  Cathedral  School  of  Saint  Paul,  Garden  City, 

L.  I.   (42).     C 
Ellms,  Joseph  Wilton,  Framingham  Center,  Mass.   (44).     C 
Elmer,  Howard  N.,  St.  Paul,  Minn.  (32).    D  I 
Emery,  Frank  E.,  No.  Caro.  Experiment  Station,  Agric.  and  Median.  Coll., 

Raleigh,  N.  C  (38).     F 
English,  Geo.  L.,  733  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
EsTES,  Dana,  Bi-ookliiie,  Mass.   (29).  I  H 

Evans,  Alexander  W.,  M.D.,  12  High  St.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (4.j)  6 
Evans,  Samuel  G.,  211  Main  St.,  Evansville,  Ind.  (39).    F 
Evers,    Edward.   M.D  ,    1861   North   Market   St.,    St.    Louis,    Mo.    (28). 

FH 
Ewell,  Marshall  D  ,  M.D. ,  Rooms  618  and  614,  Ashland  Block,  59  Clark  St., 

Chicago,  111.  (40). 

Fairchild,  B.  T.,  P.  0.  Box  1120,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (36). 

Fairchild,  Gen.  Lucius,  302  Monona  Ave.,  Madison,  Wis.   (42).       I 

Fairfield,  W.  B.,  U.  S.  C.  and  G.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).    E 

Falconer,  Wm.,  Glen  Cove,  Queens  Co.,  N.  Y.   (29). 

Fearey,  Thomas  Healey,  901  D.  S.  Morgan  Building,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (45).  B 

Felt,  Ephraim  Porter,  Northboro,  Mass.  (44).     F 

Fernald,  F.  A.,  72  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).  C 

Fireman,  Peter,  Ph.D.,  The  Columbian  Univ.,  Washington,  1).  C.   (45). 

Fischer,  E.   G.,   U.    S.   Coast  and   Geodetic  Survey,   Washiu^iton,  D.   C. 

(40).  A 
Fisher,  Geo.  E.,  37  and  39  Wall  St..  New  York,  N.  Y.  (37). 

(37) 


XXXVUl  MKMBKKS. 

Flanders,  Charles  S.,  Fraukiin,  Mass.   (42).     E 

Fletcher,  C.  R.,  82  Equitable  Bnildiiifr,  Boston,  Mass.    (29).    C  E 

Floody,  Rev.  Robert   John,  Sc.M.,    S.T.U.,    South   Ashburuliam,    Mass. 

(44).  H 
Focke,  Theodore  M.,  80  So.  Professor  St.,  Oberlin,  Ohio    (44).     B 
Forwood,  Dr.  W.  H.,  Soldiers'  Home,  Washington,  1).  C.  (40). 
Frankforter,  Prof.  Geo.  B.,  The  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(43).     C 
Freeman,  Prof.  T.  J.  A.,  Woodstock  Coll.,  Howard  Co.,  Md.  (33).    B  C 
Freley,  Prof.   Jasper  Warren,  Wells   Coll.,  Aurora,  Cayuga    Co.,  N.  Y. 

(45).  B  E 
Frick,  Prof.  John  H.,  Central  Wesleyan  Coll.,  Warrentoii,  Mo.  (27).  E  FB  A 
Fries,  Dr.  Harold  H.,  92  Reade  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (40).  C 
Frisbie,  J.  F.,  M.D.,  Box  4.55,  Newton,  Mass.    (29).    E  H 
Frothixgha:m,  Mhs.  Lois  R.,  Milton,  Mass.  (31).  F  A  I 
Fuller,  Chas.  G.,  M.D.,  38  Central  Music  Hall,  Chicago,  HI.  (35).    F 
Fuller,  Levi  K.,  Brattleboro,  Vt.  (.34).    D  A 

Fuller,  Melville  W.,  LL.D.,  Chief  Justice  U.  S..  1800  Mass.  Ave.,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.   (40). 
Furbish,  Miss  Kate,  13  Lincoln  St.,  Brunswick,  Me.   (44).     6 

Gable,  George  D.,  Ph.D.,  Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pa.  (40).    A  B 
Galloway,  Prof.    Thomas  Walton,  IMissouri  Valley  Coll.,  Marshall,  Mo. 

(45).  F  G 
Gardner,  Rev.  Corliss  B.,  Ripley,  N.  Y.    (29).    A  B  I 
G.\Ri.AND,  James,  2  Wall  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Garman,  Harrison,  Lexington,  Ky.  (38). 
Garnett,  Algernon  S.,  M.D.,  Hot  Springs,  Ark.  (23). 

Gamier,  Madame  Laure  Russell,  116  W.  •59th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (40). 
Gates,  Nelson  J.,  1141  Dean  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Gault,  Franklin  B.,  Univ.  of  Idaho,  Moscow,  Idaho  (43). 
Gause,  Frederick  T.,  128  Pearl  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (40). 
Gay,  Miss  E.  J.,  214  1st  St.,  S.  E.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (44).     H 
Genth,Fred.  A.,  Lansdowne,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.   (32).    C  E 
Georgeson,  Charles  C,  M.Sc,  Manhattan,  Kan.    (42).  I 
Gerrodette,   Frank    Honore.    Columbia  Univ.,    New  York,   N.  Y.      (45). 

H  E  I 
Getman,  Frederick  H.,  196  Atlantic  St.,  Stamford.  Conn.  (45).  B 
Gibbons,  John  T.,  M.D.,  U.   S.  N.,  1297  Bushwick  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(43).  E 
Gil.son,  George  Fredom,  Pleasanton,  Alameda  Co.,  Cal.   (41).  H 
Glexny,  William  H.,  .jr.,  Buflalo,  N.  Y.  (25). 
Golden,  Miss  Katherine  E.,  Lafayette,  Ind.   (42).  G 

Goldsborough,  W.  E.,  M.E.,  164  Columbia  St.,  Lafayette,  Ind.     (44).      D 
Goodnow,  Henry  R.,  95  Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (32).    B 
Goodridge,  E.  A.,  M.D.,  85  Maine  St.,  Flushing,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Goodyear,  William  H.,  222  E.  69th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 
(38) 


MEMBERS.  XXXIX 

•        4 

Gottlieb,  J.  Adelphi,  A.M..  M.l).,  Sc.D.,  304  \V.   104th  St.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.  (43).  CEFGHI 
Gould,  Sylvester  C,  Manchester,  N.  H.  (22).  A  B  E  H 
Grabau,  Amadeus  W.,  S.B.,  Mass.  Inst.  Technology,  Boston,  Mass.   (45). 
Graef,  Edw.  L.,  58  Court  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (28).  F 
(iraf,  Louis,  Van  Buren,  Crawford   Co.,  Ark.   (30).  E  F  H 
Green,  Edgar  Moore,  M.l).,  Easton,  Pa.  (36). 

Greene,  Prof.  Edward  Lee,  Univ.  of  Cal.,  Berkeley,  Cal.   (42).     G 
Greene,  G.  K.,  195  West  1st  St.,  New  Albany,  Ind.  (38). 
Greene,  Jacob  L.,  Pres.  Mut.  Life  Ins.  Co.,  Hartford,  Conn.  (23). 
Greene,  Jeannette  B.,   M.D.,  Sci.D.,  F.E.C.,  5G   W.  55th  St.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.   (33).  F  E  C 
Green,  Milbrey,  M.I).,  5G7  Columbus  .\ve.,  Boston,  Mass.  (2!)). 
Greenleaf,  John  T.,  Owego,  N.  Y.   (33).  F 

Greenleaf.  R.  P.,  M.D.,  803  Market  St.,  Wilmington,  Del.  (31).    B  F 
Greve,  Theodor  L.  A.,  M.D.,  260  W.  8th  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30). 
Griscoin,  Wni.  W.,  Haverford  College  P.  O.,  Pa.  (33).     BCD 
Grower,  George  G.,  Ansonia,  Conn.  (43).    B  D 
Gruener,  Hippolyte,  Adelbert  College,  Cleveland,  Ohio    (44). 
Gulliver,  F.  P.,  Norwich,  Conn.   (40).  E 

Gunckel,  Lewis  W.,  care  The  Seybold  Machine  Co.,  Dayton,  Ohio  (41).  H 
Gurley,  Wui.  F.  E.,  Danville,  Vermilion  Co.,  111.     (37).  E 
Guthe,  Karl  E.,  Ph.D.,  Instructor  in  Physics  at  the  Univ.  of  Mich.,  36 

Kingsley  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (45).  B  D 

Hacker,  William,  General  Offices,  Peun.  R.  R.  Co.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33). 

F  E 
Hagemann,  John,  125  Rusk  St.,  Houston,  Texas    (29).    C 
Hagar,  Stansbury,  372  AVashington  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Haight,  Stephen  S.,  C.E.,  1266  Clover  St.,  West  Farms,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(31).  D 
Hale,  George  D.,  5  Gibbs  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41). 
Hall,  James  P.,  6  Poplar  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (40).   A  B 
Hall,  Winfleld  S  ,  M.D.,  Northwestern  Univ.    Medical  School,    2421-2431 

Dearborn  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (40). 
Halstead-,  D.  B.,  335  Washington  Ave..  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (48). 
Hammon,  W.  H.,  Forecast  Official,  Weather  Bureau,  San  Francisco,  Cal 

(37).     B 
Harmon,  Miss  A.  Maria,  189  Maclaren  St.,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Can.    (31).  H  F 
Harper,  Henry  Winston,  M. D.,  Univ.  of  Texas,  Austin,  Texas  (45).  C 
Harrington,  Prof.  Mark  W. ,  Pres.  Univ.  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Wash. 

(40).   B 
Harris,  Prof.  Elmo  G.,  Missouri  School  of  Mines,  RoUa,  Mo.  (43). 
Harris,  Miss  Emma  G.,  Woonsocket,  R.  I.   (44).     H  FE 
Harris,  I.  H.,  Waynesville,  Warren  Co.,  Ohio  (30).    E  H 
Harris,  Mrs.  Robert,  Buckingham  Hotel,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Harrison,  Caleb  N.,  1010  N.  Arlington  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (42).     A  B 

(39) 


Xl  MEMBERS. 

Harrison,  Miss  Carrie,  U13  N  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (42).     6 

Harrison,  Edwin,  520  Olive  St.,  Room  620,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (11).  E 

Hart,  C.  Porter,  M.U.,  Wyoming,  Hamilton  Co.,  Ohio    (30).  F 

Hart,  Rev.  Prof.  Samuel,  Trinity  College,  Hartford,  Conn.  (22).   A 

Hartz,  J.  D.  Aug.,  College  Point,   N.  Y.  (43). 

Harvey,  A.  P.,  Kirkwood,  Mo.  (40). 

Hatliaway,  Nath'l,  New  Bedford,  Mass.  (30).    C 

Haven,  Franklin,  jr..  New  England  Trust  Co.,  Boston,  Mass.   (29). 

Hays,  Joseph  A.,  Ph.G.,  147  So.  18th  St..  Pittsburgh,  Pa.   (44).     B  C  G  H 

Hays,  Prof.  U'illet  M.,  Saint  Anthony  Park,  Saint  I'aul,  Minn.   (45). 

Haywood,  Prof.  John,  Otterbein  Univ.,  Westerville,  Ohio  (30).    A  B 

Head,  W.  R.,  5407  JeflVisoii  Ave.,  Hyde  Park,  Cliicago,  111.  (38).    E 

Hedge,  Fred.  H.,  Public  Library,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (28).    F  H 

Hediick,  Henry  B.,  A.B.,  Nautical  Almanac  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

Henderson,  Mrs.  Alice    Palmer,  2301  Clinton    Ave.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(42).     H 
Hendricks,  Henry  H.,  49  Cliff  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (30). 
Henry,  Chas.  C,  M.D.,  56  Clark  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Hershey,  Oscar  H.,  Galena,  Stone  Co.,  Mo.     (42).     E 
Hertzberg,  Prof.  Constantine.   181   S.  Oxford  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.   V.  (29). 

BF 
Hexamkh,  C.  John,  C.E.,  419  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).  C  B 
Heyer,  Wm.  D.,  IG  South  Reid  St.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  (33).   B  D 
Hice,  Richard  R.,  Beaver,  Beaver  Co.,  Pa.   (41).    E 
Hicks,  Gilbert  II.,  2221  15th  St.,  N.  W  ,  Washington,  D.  C.  (43). 
Higbee,  H.  H.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (43). 
Higley,  Warren,  120  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Hill,  John  Edward,  Brown  Univ.,  Providence,  R.  I.   (44).     D 
Hinton,  John  H.,  M.D.,  41  West  32nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).  F  H 
Hitchcock,  Miss  Fannie  R.  M.,  300  William  St.,  E.  Orange,  N.  J.   (35).    F 
Hoadley,  Geo.  A.,  A.M.,  Sw.'utlnnoi'e  Collese,  Swarthmore,  Pa.   (40). 
Hobbs,    Prof.    Perry   L.,    Western   Reserve  Medical   College,  Cleveland, 

Ohio  (41).     C 
Hodge,  J.  M.,  Big  Stone  Gap,  Va.  (29).    D  E 
Hodges,  Julia,  139  W.  41sl  St.,  New  York.  N.  Y.  (36).  E  FH 
Hodskins,  Miss  G.  A.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44).     F6 
Hoe,  Mks.  R.,  jr.,  U  E.  36th  St.,  New  York.  N.  Y.  (36). 
Hoe,  Mrs.  Richard  M.,  11  E.  71st  St..  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Hoeltge,  Dr.  A.,  322  Lime  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30). 
Hoffman,  The  Rev.  Eugene  Aug.,  D.D.,  Dean  of  Gen.  Tlieol.  Seminary, 

426  W.  23d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Holden,  E.  F.,  530  W.  Onondaga  St.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.  (43).    A 
Holden,  L.  E.,  The  Ilollenden,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (32). 
HoLDEX,  Mks.  L.  E.,  The  Hollenden,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (35). 
HoUey,  George  W..  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (19).  B  I 
Hollingsworth,  Jno.  E.,  Austin.  Texas  (40). 

Hollinshead,  Warren  H  ,  Vanilerbilt  Univ.,  Nashville,  Tenn.   (37). 
(40) 


MEMBERS.  Xli 

Holmes,  W.  Newton,  rrilcliett  Scliool  Inst.,  Glas.i^ovv,  Mo.   (36). 

Holstein,  Geo.  Wolf,  Albany,  Shackelford  Co.,  Texa.s  (28).    E  H 

Holt,  Henry,  29  West  23d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 

Holton,  Henry  D.,  Brattleboro,  Vt.   (44).     I 

Hoinburg,  Frederick,  40  Clll'ton  Ave.,  Cincinnati,  Oliio  (31)).  C 

Homer,  Chas.  S.,  jr.,  of  Valentine  &  Co.,  245  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y., 

(29). 
Hood,  Gilbert  E.,  Lawrence,  Mass.    (29).    H  E  B 
Hood,  William,  512  Van  Ness  Ave.,  San  Francisco,  Cal.   (35).  D 
Hooker,  Prof.  Henrietta  E.,   Mt.    Holyoke    Coll.,  South   Hadley,  Mass. 

(45)  G 
Hooper,  Prof.  Franklin  W.,  Curator  Brooklyn  Inst.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 
Hopkins,  A.  D.,  Kxper.  Station,  Morgautown,  W.  Va.   (42).     F 
Hopkins,  Prof.  A.  J.,  Amherst  College,  Amherst,  Mass.   (44).     C 
Hopkins,  Grant  S.,  Itliaca,  N.  Y.   (41).  F 

Hopkins,  Thos.  C,  Geologist,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.   (38).  E 
Horr,  Asa,  M.D.,  1311  Main  St.,  Dubuque,  Iowa  (21).     B  E 
Horsford,  Miss  Cornelia,  27  Craigie  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (43).  H 
Hoskins,  William,  La  Grange,  Cook  Co.,  111.  (34).  C 
Hotchkiss,  Homer  J.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (45).  B 
Hough,  Romeyn  B.,  Lowville,  N.  Y.  (37). 
Howe,  Lucien,  M.D.,  183  Delaware  Ave.,  cor.  Huron  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

(45). 
Hoyt,  James    T.,  Temple  Court,  Beekman  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (38). 

A  H 
Hudson,  George  H.,  Plattsburgh,  Clinton  Co.,  N.  Y.  (31).     F 
Hume,  Alfred,  C.  E.,  University,  Miss.  (39).  A 
Humphrey,  Daniel,  M.D.,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (18).     F  H 
Humphrey,  James  Ellis,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.   (44).     6 
Hungerford,  W.  S.,  care  W.  Ames  &  Co.,  Jersey  City,  N.  J.    (43).  D 
Hunt,  J.  H  ,  M.D.,  1085  Bedford  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Hunt,  Richard  M.,  Metropolitan  Building,   1  Madison  Ave.,   New  York, 

N.  Y.   (36). 
Hunt,  Miss  Sarah  E.,  Salem,  Mass.  (20). 

Hunter,  Prof.  Joseph  Rufus,  Richmond  Coll.,  Richmond,  Va.   (45).  C 
Huntington,  Elon,  762  N.  St.  Paul  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  B  E 
Huntington,  F.  W.,  Montclair,  N.  J.   (45).  B 
Hurd,  E.  O.,  Plainville,  Hamilton  Co.,  Ohio  (30).    EF 
Hutchinson,  Wm.  M.,  M.D.,  207  Clinton  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (40).    C  B 
Hyde,  B.  T.  B.,  20  W.  53d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).  D 
Hyde,  E.  Francis,  522  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (43).  A 
Hyde,  Frederick  E.,  M.D.,  20  W.  53d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).     E 
Hyde,  Frederick  E.,  jr.,  20  W.  53d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).  H 

Iles,  George,  5  Brunswick  St.,  Montreal,  Can.  (31).  I 
Ingham,  Wm.  A.,  320  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (33).    EI 
Innes,  Murray,  care  O.  D.  Copper  Mining  Co.,  Globe,  Arizona  (45). 

(41) 


xlii 


MEMBEKS. 


Irwell,  Lawrence,  7G  West  Tnpper  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (45).  F 
Ives,  Frederick  E.,  2750  N.  11th  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (4-1).     B 
Ives,  James  T.  B.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (43).  E 

James,  Bushrod  W.,  M.D.,  N.  E.  cor.  18th  and  Green  8ts.,  Philadelpliia, 

Pa.  (29).  F 
James,  Darwin  R.,  220  Gates  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
James,  Mrs.  Darwin  R.,  22G  Gates  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
James,  Davis  L.,  131  West  7th  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30).    F 
Jefferis,  Wm.  W.,  1836  Green  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (33).  E 
Jenks,  Wm.  H.,  Brookville.  Pa.   (88). 
Jenner,  Cliarles    H.,    Prof,  of  Natural  and  Applied  Sciences,   Brockport,. 

N.  Y.   (41).  ABD 
Jennings,  Walter  L.,  900  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (45). 
Jesunofsky,  Lewis  N.,  U.  S.  Weatlier  Bureau,  Charle.ston,  S.  C.    (3(;).    B 
Jewett,  Dr.  Frederic  A.,  282  Hancock  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Johnson,  Henry  Clark,  27  and  29  Pine  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (42).     I 
Johnson,  Dr.  Henry  L.  E.,  1400  L  St.,  N.   W.,    Washington.   D.  C.   (40).. 

F 
Johnson,  Lorenzo  N.,  Boulder,  Col.   (39).    F 
Johnson,  Nels,  Manistee,  Mich.  (41).  AB 

Johnson,  Ro.swell  Hill,  2.34  Highland  Ave.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (44).     FH'G 
Jones,  Prof.  Forrest  R.,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.  (42).     D 
Jones,  Prof.  Frederick  S.,  The  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(45). 
Jones,  Paul  M.,  D.Sc,  Nasliville,  Tenn.  (40).    E  F 
Jordan,  Whitman  H.,  Director  N.  Y.  Agric.  E.\per.  Station,  Geneva,  X.  Y.  ' 

(45). 

Kedzie,  John  H.,  Evanston,  111.   (34).    B 

Keeler,  Aaron  Benedict,  70  N.  Pearl  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (45)  I 

Keep,  Wm.  J.,  Detroit,  Mich.  (37). 

Keith,  Walter  J.,  Ph.D.,  State  College,  Pa.   (44).     C 

Kelley,  Henry  S.,  208  Wooster  St.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (36).   D  C 

Kelley,  John  Harris,  Bentonville,  Ark.   (44).     C 

Kellogg,  David  S.,  M.D.,  Plattsburgh,  N.  Y.  (29).    H 

Kellogg,  John  H  ,  M.D.,  Battle  Creek,  Mich.  (24).    F 

Kendriek,  Prof.  Arthur,  Rose  Polj'technic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.  (45).  B 

Kennedy,  Dr.  George  Golding,  Roxbury,  Mass.  (40).   F 

Kennedy,  Harris,  284  Warren  St.,  Roxbury,  Mass.   (40).   E  F 

Kern,  Josiah  Quincy,  Ph.D.,  P.  O.  Box  265,  Treasury  Dept.,  Washington, 

I).  C.   (40).  I 
Kinder,  Miss  Sarah  A.,  28  Lockerbie  St.',  Indianapolis,  Ind.  (39).  H 
King,  A.  F.  A.,  M.D.,  1315  Mass.  Ave.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (29). 

F  H 
King,  Miss  Ada  M.,  8  Briggs  Place,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (39).  E  I 
King,  Miss  Harriet  M.,  Salem,  Mass.  (28). 
Kingsbury,  Prof.  All)ert,  Durham,  N.  H.  (43).  D 
(42) 


MEMBERS.  xUii 

Kingsbury,  Benj.  F.,  Itliaca,  N.  Y.   (45).  F 

Kinner,  Hugo,  M.D.,  1517  South  Seveiilh  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.    (21).  F  H 

Kirkpatrick,  Walter  G.,  2102  West  End  Ave.,  Nashville,  Tenn.   (41). 

Kittredge,  Miss  H.  A.,  North  Andover,  Mass.  (37).     F 

Klie,  G.  H.  Carl,  M.D.,  5100  No.  Broadway,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (39).  C  F 

Kneeland,  Stillmau  F.,  LL.D.,  110  Berkeley  PI.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).    I 

Knight,  Chas.  H.,  M.D.,  20  W.  31st  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Knight,  Prof.  Charles  M.,  219  So.  Union  St.,  Akron,  Ohio  (29).    C  B 

Knox,  Wilra,  Society  for  Savings  Building,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (38). 

Koons,  B.  F.,  Storrs,  Conn.   (43). 

Kost,  John,  LL.D.,  Adrian,  Mich.   (34).  E 

Koues,  Mi.ss  Elizabeth  L.,  The  Cathedral  School  of  Saint  Mary,  Garden 

City,  N.  Y.  (41).    I 
Kr^csy,  Prof.  B61a,  Gyor,  Hungary  (41).     C 
Kuhne,  F.  W.,  19  Court  St.,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.  (38).    A  F 

Ladd,  G.   IC,  Bradford,  Mass.  (39).  E 

La  Forge,  Lawrence,  Alfred  Univ.  Observ.,  Alfred,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Lambert,  Preston  A.,  215  S.  Center  St.,  Bethlehem,  Pa.   (41).     A 

Lampard,  Henry,  102  Shuter  St.,  Montreal,  Can.   (40).  C  D  E 

Landero,  Carlos  F.  de,  Ass't  Director,  Pachuca  and  Real  del  Monte 

Mining  Co.,  Pachuca,  Mexico  (36).     C  B 
Lang,  Prof.  Henry  R.,  Yale  Univ.,  New  Haven,  Conn.   (41).  H 
Langmann,  Gustav,  M.D.,  115  W.  57th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Lasche,  Alfred   (39).  CFG 

Latham,  Woodville,  32  E.  21st  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (48). 
Law,  Benedict  W.,  Pasadena,  Cal.  (45).  E 
Lawrance,  J.  P.  S.,   Past  Ass't  Engineer,   U.  S.  N.,  Navy  Yard,  Norfolk, 

Va.    (35).  D 
Lawrence,  Harry  E.,  Rochester  Univ.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (44).  B 
Laws,  Miss  Annie,  100  Dayton  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30).  I 
Leavitt,  R.  G.,  Easthampton,  Mass.  (44).     B 
Lee,  Mrs.  William,  1382  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (36). 
Leeds,  James  S.,  109  Produce  Exchange,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (41). 
Leiter,  L.  Z.,  81  South  Clark  St.,  Chicago,  111.  (40). 
Lemp,  William  J.,  cor.  Cherokee  and  2nd  Carondelet  Avenue,  St.    Louis, 

Mo.  (27). 
Leslie,  Geo.  L.,  Prin.  High  School,  Rock  Island,  111.   (40). 
Lewis,  Geo.  S.,  jr.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (44).     6 
Lewis,  Joseph  Volney,  Prof,  of  Geol.  and  Mineral.,  (Uemson  College,  S.C. 

(45).  E  C 
Lewis,  Wm.  J.,  M.D.,  145  W.  43d  St.,  NeAv  York,  N.  Y.  (33).   F  E 
Lincoln,  Prof.  David  F.,  M.D.,  18  Sidney  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (41). 
Lindenkohl,    Adolphus,   U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (40).  E 
Lindsay,  Alexander  M.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41). 
Livermore,  Mrs.  M.  A.  C.  1569  Mass.  Ave.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (29).  F 

(43) 


Xliv  MEMBERS. 

Loeser,  Gustav,  Fulton  St.,  opp.  De  Kalb  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 

Loewy,  Benno,  206  and  208  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (41). 

Logan,  F.  G.,  2919  Prairie  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.   (42).     H 

Logan,  "Walter  S.,  58  William  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Lomb,  Adolph,  P.  O.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41). 

Lomb,  Henry,  P.  O.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41). 

Lomb,  Henry  C,  P.  0.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Lonsdale,   Elston    H.,  Ass't   Missouri  Geol.   Survey,  JeflFerson  City,  Mo. 

(41).  E 
Lord,  Benjamin,  34  W.  28th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Lord,  Prof.  H.  C,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio    (44).     A 
Lovejoy,  Frederick  W.,  348  Hancock  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Low,  A.  A.,  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).   A 
Lowell,  Aug.,  60  Stale  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (29). 
Lowman,  John  H.,  M.D.,  345  Prospect  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (37). 
Ludlow,  Wm.,  Lt.  Col.  U.  S.  A.,  care  War  Dep't,  Washington,  D.  C   (33). 

D  B 
Lufkin,  Albert,  Newton,  Iowa  (31).  D  E 
Lull,  Richards.,  Amherst,  Mass.  (43).    FH 
Lund,  James,  142  Hawthorne  St.,  Maiden,  Mass.  (45). 
Lyman,  Benj.  Smith,  708  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (15).  E 
Lyman,  Henry  H.,  74  McTavish  St.,  Montreal,  P.  Q.,  Can.  (29).    F  E 
Lyon,  Edmund,  110  So.  Fitzhugh  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.    (41). 

MacArthiir,  Charles  L.,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (39). 

McCammou,  Gen.  Joseph  K.,  1420  F  St.,  Washington,  D.  C  (40). 

McCartney,  Dr.  James  H.,  138  East  Main  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  B 

McClinlock,  A.  H.,  Wilkes  Barre,  Pa.  (33).  H 

McCIintock,  Frank,  Grand  Junction,  Col,   (43).  A  B  D 

McCormick,   L.  M.,  Curator   Glen   Island  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  Glen  Island, 

N.  Y.  (43) . 
McCulloch,  Champe  Carter,  jr.,  Ph.D.,  M.D.,  Fort  Ringgold,  Texas   (39). 

E 
Mac  Dougal,  Daniel  T.,  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.   (44).     G 
McFadden,  Prof.  L.  H.,  Westerville,  Ohio  (32).  B  C 
McFarland,  Robert  W.,  LL.D.,  Oxford,  Ohio  (33).  A 
McGee,  Miss  Emma  R.,  Farley,  Iowa  (33).  H 
McGiffert,  James.  169  8th  St.,  Troy,  N.  Y.   (44).  A 
MacGregory,  A.  C,  36  Fremont  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (43). 
McHenry,  Prof.  B.  F.,  Union  Clirislian  College,  Merom,  Ind.   (39).  A  E 
McLean,  T.  C,  Lieut.  U.  S.  N.,  New  Hartford,  Oneida  Co.,  N.  Y.   (33). 
McMillan,  Smith  B.,  Signal,  Columbiana  Co.,  Ohio  (37). 
McMillin,  Emerson,  40  Wall  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (37). 
McPherson,  Prof.  Wm.,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (45).  C 
McWilliams,  D.  W.,  39  So.  Portland  Ave.,  Brooklyn.  N.  Y.  (43). 
Macdougall,  Alan,  32  Adelaide  St.  East,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.  (38).  D  H 
Macfarlane,  Dr.  John  M.,  Lanstlovvne,  Del.  Co.,  Pa.     (41).  F 
(44) 


MEMUKRS.  xW 

Magruder,  Wra.  T.,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Coluiubns,  Ohio  (37). 

Malliuckrodt,  Edw.,  P.  O.  Sub-station  A,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (29).    C 

Malone,  Rev.  Sylvester,  69  So.  3d  St.,  Broolilyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Mann,  Abram  S.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (39).  E 

Mann,  Albert,  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Univ.,  Delaware,  Ohio  (43).  F  6 

Mann,  Thomas  Wm.,  35  Hampden  St.,  Holyoke,  Mass.  (44).     D 

Manning,  Charles  H.,  U.  S.  N.,  Manchester,  N.  H.   (35).  D 

Manning,  Warren  H.,  Brookline,  Mass.   (31).     FHE 

Mapes,  Charles  Victor,  60  W.  40th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (37).    C 

Marble,  Manton,  532  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Marble,  J.  Russel,  Worcester,  Mass.  (31).   C  E 

Mar1)le,  Miss  Sarah,  W^oonsocket,  R.  I.  (29).  C 

Marindin,  Henry  Louis,  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  Wasliington» 

D.  C.  (40).  E 
Markley,  Joseph  L.,  Ph.D..  50  Thompson  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (40). 
Marple,  Charles  A.,  717  W.  Chestnut  St.,  Louisville,  Ky.  (39).  B 
Marsden,    Samuel,    1015  North   Leffenwell   Ave.,    St.    Louis,   Mo.    (27). 

AD 
Mateer,  Horace  N.,  M.D.,  Wooster,  Wayne  Co.,  Ohio  (36).    F  E 
Mathews,  Miss    Mary  Elizabeth,  Lake  Erie  Seminary,  Painesville,  Ohio- 

(41).    F 
Mattison,  Joseph  G.,  20  West  14th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (30).     C 
Mattoon,  Laura  I.,  Springfield, .Mass.   (44).     F 
Maxwell,  Henry  W.,  70  First  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   ('43). 
Maynard,  Geo.  C,  1227  19th  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (35).   B  D 
Maynard,  Prof.  Samuel  T.,  Agricultural  College,  Amherst,  Mass.  (38). 
Maynard,  Washburn,  Lieut.  Com'd  U.  S.  N.,  Bureau  of  Ordnance,  Navy 

Dep't,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).   B 
Means,  John  H.,  Cal.  State  Mining  Bureau,  24  Fourth  St.,  San  Francisco,. 

Cal.   (38).     E 
Meeds,  Alonzo  D.,  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.   (42). 
Meehan,  Mrs.  Thos..  Germantown,  Pa.   (29). 
Mellor,  Chas.  C,  77  Fifth  Ave.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.     (38). 
Merrick,  Hon.  Edwin   T.,   P.   O.   Box  606,    New   Orleans,  La.  (29).  E  A 
Merrill,  Miss  Harriet  Bell,  449  Marshall  St.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.   (43 j.    F 
Merrill,  Mjs.  Winifred  Edgerton,  Ph.D.,  2  Sprague  Place,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

(35).  A 
Merrow,  Miss  Harriet  L.,  Kingston,  R.  I.  (44). 
Merry  weather,  George  N.,  cor.  6th  and  Race  Sts.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30^. 

FH 
Metcalf,  Oiu.ando,  424  Telephone  Building,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  (35).    D 
Miller,  Prof.  Arthur  M.,  State  College,  Lexington,  Ky.   (45).  E 
Miller,  Prof.  Dayton  C,  Case  School  of  Applied  Science,  Cleveland.  Ohio 

(44).     B 
Miller,  Edgak  G.,  213  E.  German  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.(29).   E  F  A 
Miller,  Prof.  Frank  E.,  Westerville,  Ohio    (44).     A 
Miller,  John  A.,  2500  Park  Ave.,  Cairo,  III.  (22).   D 

(45^ 


Xh'i  MEMBERS. 

Minns,  Miss  S.,  1-t  Louisburg  Square,  Boston,  Mass.  (32). 

Mittiiig,  E.  Kennarcl,  416  Huron  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (40). 

Mixer,  Fred.  K.,  427  Delaware  Ave.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (35).  E 

Mohler,  John  F.,  Dickinson  Coll.,  Carlisle,  Pa.  (44).  B 

Molson,  John  H.  R.,  Montreal,  P.  Q.,  Can.  (31). 

Moody,  Lucius  W.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (43).  H 

Moody,  Mrs.  Mary  B.,  M.D.,  Fair  Haven  Heights,  New  Haveii,  Conn. 
(25).  E  F 

Moore.  Burton  E.,  Lincoln,  Xeb.   (41).  B 

Moore,  Clarence  B.,  1321  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (44).     H 

Moore,  Geo.  D.,  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Worc«;ster,  Mass.   (40). 

Moore,  Prof.  Willis  L.,  Chief  of  Weather  Bureau,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.   (44).     B 

Morehead,  J.  Turner,  Spray,  N.  C.   (44).     C 

Morgan,  Wm.  F.,  Short  Hills,  N.  J.   (27). 

Moseley,  Edwin  L.,  A.M.,  High  School,  Sandusky,  Ohio  (34). 

Moss,  Mrs.  J.  Osborne,  Sandusky,  Ohio  (35).  F 

Moulton,Prof.  Chas.  W.,  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y.   (44).  C 

Mowry,  Wra.  A.,  17  Riverside  Square,  Hyde  Park,  Mass.    (29).   I 

Moxom,  Philip  Stafford,  D.D.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (44).  H  I 

Muckey,  Floyd  S.,  care  W.  Hallock,  Columbia  College,  New   York   (44).  B 

Muir,  John,  Martinez,  Cal.   (22). 

Mulford,  Miss  A.  Isabel,  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (45). 
G 

Mulliken,  Samuel  P.,  46  High  St.,  Newburyport,  Mass.  (43). 

Munson,  Prof.  Welton  M.,  Maine  State  College,  Orono,  Me.   (41). 

Murphy,  Edward,  M.D.,  New  Harmony,  Ind.  (39).     C 

Myer,  Mrs.  Isaac,  21  E.  60th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (44). 

Myers,  William  S.,  S.B.,  F.C.S.,  Rutgers  Coll.,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 
(43).    C 

Myrick,  Herbert,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44). 

Nardroft',  Ernest  R.  von,  360"^  Tompkins  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (44).     B 

Needham,  James  G..  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (45).  F 

Neft',  Peter,  jr..  Consulting  Eng.  and  Supt.,  The  Arctic  Machine  Mfg.  Co., 

10  West  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (34)  B 
Nelson,  Julius,  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  (43). 
Nelson,  Wm.,  Rooms  7  and  8,  Paterson  Nat'l  Bank,  Paterson,  N.  J.  (42). 
Nesmith,  Ileury  E.,  jr.,  28  South  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (30).  B  F  C 
Newson,  Jolm  F.,  Ass't  Prof.  Geol.,  Univ.  of  Indiana,  Bloomington,  Ind. 

(44).     E 
Nichols,  Austin  P.,  4  Highland  Ave.,  Haverliiil,  Mass.   (37). 
Nichols,  Miss  Mary  A.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (45). 
Niven,  William,  853  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (44). 
Norton,  Prof.  Wm.  H.,  Mt.  Vernon,  Iowa  (39).  E 
Nourse,  Prof.  David  0.,  Blacksburgh,  Va.  (43). 

Noyes,  Miss  Mary  C,  Ph.D.,  Lake  Erie  Seminary,  Painesville,  Ohio  (43). 
Nunn,  R.  J.,  M.D.,  119  York  St.,  Savannah,  Ga.   (33).  B  H 

(46) 


MKMBEKS.  Xlvii 

O'Connor.  Joseph,  146  Frank  St.,  Kochester,  N.  Y.   (41   . 

OUls,  Prof.  George  D.,  Aniher.st,  Mass.   (38).     A 

O'Neill,  Wm.  Lane,  Downing  Building,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Orleman,  Miss  Daisy  M.,  M.D.,  Peekskill  Military  Acad.,  Peekskill,  N.  Y. 

(40).    F 
Osborne,  Amos  O.,  Waterville,  Oneida  Co.,  N.  Y.  (19).  E 
O.sgooil,  Joseph  B.  F.,  Salem,  Mass.  (31). 

Ostrauder,  Mrs.  Sarah  E..  910  Lafayette  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 
O'SuUivan,  Rev.  Denis  T.,  S.J.,  27  and  29  W.  Kith  St  ,  New  York.  N.  Y. 

(40).    B  A 
Oviatt,  David  B.,  Georgia  School  of  Technology,  Atlanta,  Ga.  (40).    D 
Oweu,  Prof.  D.  A..  Franklin,  Ind.  (34).  E 

Page,  Dr.  Dudley  L.,  46  Merrimack  St.,  Lowell,  Mass.  (33).  F 

Pack,  Mrs.  Nellie  K.,  46  Merrimack  St.,  Lowell,  Mass    (33).  F 

Palmer,  Dr.  Edward,   care  F.   V.   Coville,  Dep't  of  Agric,   Wu.siiingtou, 
D.  C.  (22).   H 

Park,  Dr.  Roswell,  Pres.  Buff.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  510  Delaware  Ave.,  Buffalo, 
N.  Y.   (45).  H 

Parker,  Hari'iet  P..  2  Grace  Court,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Parker,  Herschel  C,  21  Fort  Greene  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 

Parks,  C.  Wellmau,  U.  S.  Patent  Office,  Washington,  D.  r.   (42). 

Parks,  Prof.  R.  M.,  Bedford,  Ind.    {39).  C 

Parmelee,  H.  P.,  Charlevoix,  IMich.  (42).     H  E 

Parsons,  Jno.  E    (36). 

Patten,  John,  care  The  E.  1).  Onion  Ice  Co.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (43). 

Patterson,  Mrs.    Flora  Wambaugh,  Ass't  Pathologist,  Dep't  of    Agric, 
Washington.  D.  C.    (44).     C 

Patterson,  Geo.  W..  jr.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (44). 

Patterson,  Prof.  James  L  ,  Union  Coll..  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  (45). 

Patton,  Horace  B.,  Golden,  Col.   (37).  E 

Paul,  Caroline  A.,  M.D.,  Vineland,  Cumberland  Co.,  N.  J.  (23). 

Payne,  Frank  Fitz,  Meteorological  Office,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.   (38;. 

Peale,  Albert  C,  M.D.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36).    E 

Peck,  Mrs.  Emma  J.,  44  Billings  Park,  NeAvton,  Mass.  (40). 

Peck,  Mrs.  John  H.,  3  Irving  Place,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (28). 

Peck,  W.  A.,  C.E.,  1051  Clarkson  St.,  Denver,  Col.  (19).  E 

Peckham.    Wheeler  H.,    Drexel    Building,    Wall  St.,   New   York.    N.    Y. 
(36). 

Pedi'ick,  Miss  Catherine  F.,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (43). 

Peirce,  Cyrus  N.,  D.D.S.,  1415  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (31).  F 

Peirce,  George  James.  Botanical  Dep't,  Tlie  Univ.  of  Indiana.  Blooming- 
ton,  Ind.   (44).     G 

Pell,  Alfred,  Highland  Falls,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Ph-.inaxs,  Arthur,  14  State  St.,  Hartford,  Conn.  (31).  B  A 

Perkins,   Frank  K.,  Principal  Grammar  School   No.  26,  Gates  Ave.,    near 
Ralph,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (43). 

(47) 


Xlviii  MEMBEKS. 

Perry,  Hon.  Andrew  J.,  30  First  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Petitdidier,  O.  L.,  Mt.  Ciirmel,  111.  (39).  ABD 

Pettee,  Rev.  J.  T.,  Meriden,  Conn.  (31)). 

Pettegrew,  David  Lyman,  P.  O.  Box  1004,  Worcester,  Mass.  (44).     A 

Pfister,  Joseph  Clement,  240  Sixth  Ave.  (Roseville),  Newark,  N.  J.    (43). 

Phillips,  Orville  P.,  University,  Los  Angeles  Co.,  Cal.  (43). 

Pickett,  Dr.  Thos.  E.,  Maysville,  Mason  Co.,  Ky.    (25).    H  F 

Pickett,  W.  D.,  Wise,  Big  Horn  Co.,  Wyo.   (41).    D  I 

Pierce,  Josiab,  jr.,  922  Equitable  Building,  Baltimore,  Md.   (40).  E 

PxERREPONT,  Hexry  E.,  21(5  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Pike,  J.  W.,  Mahoning,  Portage  Co.,  Ohio     (29).  EOF 

Pilling,  J.  W.,  1301  Mass.  Ave.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

Pillsbury,  J.  E.,  Lieut.  U.  S.  N.,  225  Commonwealth  Ave.,  Boston,  jMass. 

(33).    E  B 
Pinney,  Mrs.  Augusta  Robinson,  350  Central  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (44). 

FG 
Pitkin,  Lucius,  138  Pearl  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 
Pitt,  Prof.  William  H  ,  2  Arlington  Place,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (25). 
Place,  Edwin,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.   (33).   B 

Pollard,  Charles  Louis,  1839  r.th  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  T>.  C.   (44).      Q 
Pomeroy,  Charles  Taylor,  cor.  Passaic  &  Reynolds   Ave's,  East  Newark,^ 

N.  J.  (43). 
Pope,  Edward  S.,  235  Blackford  St.,  Indianapolis,  Ind     (39). 
Porteous,  John,  176  Falmouth  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (22). 
Porter,  Miss  Edna,  77  Bryant  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (41).  F  G 
Porter,  Prof.  James  Madison,  Lafayette  Coll.,  Easton,  Pa.  (45).     D 
Post,  Prof.  Charles  M.,  Alfred  Centre,  N.  Y.    (39).   B 
Potter,  Mrs.  Charles  B.,  Ill  Spring  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  H 
Potter,  Rev.  Henry  C,  804  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 
Potter,  Henry  Noel,  111  Spring  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  B 
Potter,  0.  B.,  20  Lafayette  Place,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Prang,  Louis,  45  Centre  St.,  Roxbury,  Mass.   (29).  D 
Price,  J.  Sergeant,  709  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (33). 
Proctor,  Miss  Edna  Dean,  Framingham,  Mass.  (44).     H 
Proctor,  Miss  Mary,  29  E.  4Gth  St.,  Ncav  York,  N.  Y.    (43).     A 
Pi-osser,  Col.  Win.  F.,  North  Yakima,  Yakima  Co.,  Washington  (26).  EI 
Pruyn.  John  V.  L.,  jr.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (29). 
Pulsifer,  Mrs.  C.  L.  B.,  Newton  Centre,  Mass.  (33). 
Putnam,  Chas.  P  ,  M.D.,  63  Marlborough  St..  Boston,  Mass.  (28^. 
Putnam,  Miss  Elizabeth  D.,  2013  Brady  St.,  Davenport,  Iowa  (45). 
Putnam.  Henry  Cleveland,  Eau  Clair,  Wi.s.  (43). 
Pntnam,  Joseph  E.,  123  State  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (45).  B 
Pynchon,  William  Harry  Chichele,  Trinity  Coll.,  Hartford,  Conn.    ('44).    E. 

Quick,  Robert  W.,  Georgia  School  of  Technology,  Atlanta,  Ga.   (43). 

Rand,  C.  F.,  M.D.,  1228  15th  St.  N.  W.,  Wasiiington,  D.  C.  (27).    E  H 
Randolph,  Prof.   L.  S.,  Blacksburgli,  Va.   (33).  D 

(48) 


MEMBERS. 


xlix 


Rane,  Frank  Wm.,  Exper.  Station,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.  (42). 
Reber,  Prof.  Louis  E.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.  (35).  D 
Reche,  Miss  Eugenie  M.,  31  Howell  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  E  H 
Redding,  Prof.  Allen  C,  1000  No.  Cory  St.,  Findlay,  Oliio  (39).  C 
Redfleld,  William  C,  107  Macon  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (U).     D 
Reed,  Charles  J.,  3313  North  lOth  St.,  Phihidelphia,  Pa.   (34).    C  B 
Reed,  John  0.,  34  E.  Kingsley  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (44). 
Reed,  Taylor,  Princeton,  N.  J.  (38).     A 

Reichel,  Rev.  George  V.,  Ph.D.,  Lock  Box  85,  Brockport,  N.  Y.  (41)  F  H 
Remington,  Cyrus  K.,  HE.  Seneca  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.   (.35).  E 
Renninger,  John  S.,  M.D.,  Marshall,  Minn.  (31).  C  F 
Reyburn,  Robert,  M.D.,  2129  F  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).    F 
Reynolds,  George,  P.  O.  Box  B,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  (44).  H 
Rice,  Arthur  L.,  Pratt  Institute,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,    (43). 
Rice,  Edward  L.,  A.B.,  Allegheny  Coll.,  Meadville,  Pa.   (43). 
Rice,  Rev.  William,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44). 

Rich,  Jacob  Monroe,  50  W.  38th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (33).   B  A 
Rich,  Michael  P.,  50  W.  38th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (40). 
Ricketts,  Col.  R.  Bruce,  Wilkes  Barre,  Pa.  (33).   E 
Rideout,  Bates  S.,  Norway,  Me.  (31).   E  H 

Ries,  Ellas  E.,  E.  E.,  1031  Temple  Court,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (33).  B^I  D 
Ries,  Heinrich,  Ph.B.,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (41).  E 
Riggs,  Chauncey  Wales,  care  of  H.  C.  Warinner,  14  Madison  St.,  Mem- 
phis, Tenn.   (41).  H 
Riggs,  Geo.  W.,  Summit,  N.  J.  (26).  C 
Ripley,  William  Z.,  Ph.D.,  Newton,  Mass.  (44).     HI 
Ritter,  Homer  P.,  U.  S.  C.  and  G.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
RiVEKA,  Josfi  DE  (29). 

Roberts,  Miss  Jennie  B.,  Round  Hill,  Conn.  (43). 

Robertson,  James  D.,  411  and  412  Roe  Building,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (41).  E 
RoBKKTSON,  Thomas  D.,  Rockford,  111.  (10).  E  H 

Robinson,  Prof.  Otis  Hall,  273  Alexander  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (23).  B  A 
Rochester,  DeLancey,  M.D.,  469  Franklin  St.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (35).    F 
Rockwood,  Charles  G.,  Drawer  A,  Newark,  N.  J.  (36). 
Roessler,  Franz,  73  Pine  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (39). 
Rolfe,  Charles  W.,  Urbana,  111.  (32). 

Rolfs,  P.  H.,  Florida  Agricultural  College,  Lake  City,  Fla.  (41). 
Rolker,  Charles  M.,  30  Broad  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).   D 
Roosevelt,  Mrs.  Marion  T.,  57  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (31). 

H  I 
Rosell,  Claude  A.  0.,  1131  9tli  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
Ross,  Prof.  Bennett  Battle,  A.  &  M.  Coll.,  Auburn,  Ala.   (45).  C 
Ross,  Denmau  Waldo,  Ph.D.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (29). 
Roth,  Filibert,  U.  S.  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.   (39).  F 
Rothe,  Wm.  G.,  226  Stuyvesant  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Rotzell,  W.  E.,  M.D.,  Narberth,  Montgomery  Co.,  Pa.   (45).  FH 
Ruland,  M.  A.,  292  Green  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

.\.  A.   A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  D  (49) 


1  MEMBERS. 

Rupp,  August,  A.B.,  College  of  City  of  New  York,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (35). 

Russell,  A.  H.,  Captain  of  Orduance,  U.  S.  A.,  Rock  Island  Arsenal,  Rock 
Island,  111.  (38).  D 

Russell,  Frank,  Assistant  in  Anthropology,  Harv.  Univ.,  Peabody  Mu- 
seum, Cambridge,  Mass.  (45).  H 

Rust,  Horatio  N.,  Colton,  San  Bernardino  Co.,  Cal.  (20).  H 

Ryker,  J.  N.,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Lynchburg,  Va.  (41). 

Sackett,  Miss  Eliza  D.,  Cranford,  N.  J.   (35).     FH 
Sage,  John  H.,  Portland,  Conn.  (23).  F 
Sander,  Dr.  Enno,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (27).  C 
Saunders,  Walter  M.,  Olueyville,  R.  I.  (43). 
Sayre,  Robert  H.,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.  (28).  D 
SCHAFFER,  Chas.,  M.D.,  1309  Arch  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (29).  F  E 
SCHAFFER,  Mrs.  Mary  Townsksd  Sharpless,  1309  Arch  St.,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.  (38).  F  E 
Scharar,  Christian  H.,  2073  N.  Main  Ave.,  Scranton,  Pa.   (33).    A  D  E  H 
SCHERMKRHORN,  F.  AUG.,  61  Uuivcrsity  Place,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
SciiERMERHORN,  Wm.  C. ,  49  W.  23d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Schiereu,  Hon.  Charles  A.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43).    I  C 
Schimpf,  Prof.  Henry  W.,  365  Franklin  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Schmid,  Dr.  H.  Ernest,  White  Plains,  N.  Y.  (25). 
Schneck,  Jacob,  M.D.,  Mount  Carmel,  111.   (41).  E  F  H 
Schobinger,  John  J.,  2101  Indiana  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.  (34).   B 
Schoney,  Dr.  L.,  68  East  104th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).  F 
Schryver,  Miss  Annie  A.,  Teachers  College,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (41). 
Schuette,  J.  H.,  Green  Bay,  Wis.  (34).  FEB 
Schultz,  Carl  H.,  430-440  First  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 
Scott,  Martin  P.,  M.D.,  Maryland  Agri'c,  Coll.,  College  Park,  Md.   (31). 
Scoville,    S.  S.,  M.D.,  Lebanon,  Ohio  (30).   E  F 
Searing,  Anna  H.,  M.D.,  Escoudido,  San  Diego  Co.,  Cal.   (41).    6 
Sebert,  William  F.,  353  Clinton  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (41).  A  E 
Selby,  Augustine   DaAvson,  Ohio  Agric.   Exper.    Station,  Wooster,   Ohio 

(44).     6 
Serrell,  Lemuel  W.,  140  Nassau  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (36).  D 
Sharp,  Dr.  Clayton  H.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (45). 
Shaw,  Cyrus  W.,  Mountainville,  Orange  Co.,  N.  Y.  (43).   I 
Sheafer,  a.  W.,  Pottsville,  Pa.  (28). 
Shepardson,  Prof.  Geo.  D.,  1107  S.  E.  7th  St.,  Miimeapolis,  ]\Iinu.   (45). 

BD 

Shepherd,  Elizabeth,  253  W.  128tli  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (39). 
Sherman,  Orray  Taft,  379  Harvard  St..  Cambridge,  Mass.  (39). 
Shultz,  Charles  S.,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (31).  F 
Siebel,  John  E.,  Director  Zymoteclmic  Inst.,  1424  Montana  St.,  Chicago, 

111.   (39).    CBFE 
Sieraon,  Rudolph,  191  Calhoun  St.,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.  (40).    A  F 
Silver,  L.  B.,  172  Summit  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (37). 
(50) 


MEMBERS.  li 

Simonds,  Hon.  Wm.  E.,  Hartford,  Coun.  (44). 

Sirrine,  F.  AtAA^ood,  Jamaica,  Lona;  Island,  N.  Y.  (44"). 

Skift',  F.  J.  v.,  Director  Field  Columbian  Museum,  Chicago,  HI.  (43). 

Skiltou,  Georjre  S.,  372  Decatur  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Slade,  Elisha,  Somerset,  Bristol  Co.,  Mass.  (29).  F 

Slocum,  Chas.  E.,  IM.D.,  Defiance,  Ohio  (34).  F 

Slosson,  Prof.  Edwin  E.,  Univ.  of  Wj'^oming,  Laramie,  Wyo.   (42). 

Small,  John  Knnkel,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (44). 

Siiiillie,  Thomas  W.,  IJ.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.   (40).    F 

Smith,  Anna  A.,  Y*''est  Camden,  N.  Y.   (45). 

Smith,  Arthur  Whitmoie,  Middletown,  Conn.   (44).     B 

Smith,  Benj.  G.,   11  Fayerweather  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (29).  I 

Smith,  Miss  Cora  A.,  Lansingbnrg,  N.  Y.   (44).     F  6 

Smith,  De  Cost,  Skaneateles,  N.  Y.  (38).  H 

Smith,  Ernest  Ellsworth,  262  Fifth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Smith,  E.  Eeuel,  Skaneateles,  N.  Y.  (38). 

Smith,  Prof.  Harold  B.,  AVorcester  Polytechnic  lust.,  Worcester,  Mass. 

(43).   B 
Smith,  Henry  L.,  149  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (26). 
Smith,  Prof.  Herbert  S.  S.,  Princeton  Univ.,  Princeton,  N.  J.   (29).    D 
Smith,  Herbert  W.,  Corn  Exchange,  Minneapolis,  Minn.    (45).  E 
Smith,  Miss  J.  Angelina,  State  Normal  School.  Framingham,  Mass.  (45).  E 
Smith,  James  Hervey,  Baldwin  Univ.,  Berea,  Ohio  (40). 
Smith,  Miss  Jane,  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (29).    H 
Smith,  Jos.  R.,  Col.  U.  S.  A.,  2300  De  Laney  Place,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (43). 
Smith,  Lee  Herbert,  M.D.,  224  Elmwood  Ave.,  Bufialo,  N.  Y.   (45).  H 
Smith,  Mrs.  Marshall  E.,  4608  Wayne  St.,  Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(40).  H  I 

Smith,  Prof.  Thomas  A.,  Beloit,  Wis.   (33).  B  A 

Smith,  Uselma  C,  1515  Green  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).  F 

Smyth,  Prof.  Jas.  D.,  Burlington,  Iowa  (28).   I 

Snyder,  Prof.  Harry,  St.  .Anthony  Park,  Minn.   (44).     C 

Snyder,  John  F.,  M.D.,  Virginia,  Cass  Co.,  111.   (42). 

Soule,  Wm.,  Ph.D.,  Alliance,  Ohio  (33).    B  C  E 

Southwick,  E.  B.,  Arsenal  Building,  Central  Park,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (36). 

Soavielle,  Mathieu,  M.D.,  Box  355,  Jacksonville,  Fla.   (36).    B  E  F 

Souvielle,  Mrs.  M.,  Box  355,  Jacksonville,  Fla.   (24).     A  B  F 

Spencer.  Arthur  Coe,  B.S.,  Substation  No.  2,  Cleveland,  Ohio    (41).     E 

Speyers,  Clarence  L.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  (36).  C 

Spilsbury,  E.  Gybbon,  13  Burling  Slip,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (33).  E  D 

Spinney,  L.  B.,  (42).     B 

Spofford,  Paul  N.,  P.  O.  Box  1667,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Spkaguk,  C.  H.,  Maiden,  Mass.  (29). 

Sprague,  Frauk  J.,  182  AVest  End  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (29). 

Spurr,  Josiah  E.,  A.B..  8  Gerring  St.,  Gloucester,  Mass.  (43).   E 

Squibb,    Charles  F.,   A. B.,  150  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

Squibb,  Edward  Hamilton,  M.D.,  148  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(41).     F 

(51) 


lii 


MEMBERS. 


Stam,  Colin  F.,  Chestertown,  Md.  (33).  C  F 

Stearns,  John  Brainord,  U.S.,  U  So.  Willard  St.,  Bnrliniiton,  Vt.    (44).     C 

Stebbius,  Mi.ss  Fannie  A.,  480  Union  St.,  Springtield,  Mass.   (44).     6  F 

Stebbins,  George  S.,  M.D.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44).    H 

Steiger,  George,    Chem.  Laboratory,  U.  S.    Geol.    Survey,  Washington, 

D.  C.    (40).    C  E  B 
Stein,  Dr.  S.  G.,  IVruscatine,  Iowa  (43). 

Stevens,  Frank  Lincoln,  North  High  School,  Columbus,  Ohio    (44).    6 
Stevens,  Geo.  T.,  M.D.,  33  West  33d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (28).  B  F 
Stewart,  Fred.  Carlton,  Jamaica,  N.  Y.   (44).     G 
Stickney,  Gardner  P.,  124  Grand  Ave.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.  (44).     H 
Stillman,  Prof.  John  M.,  Palo  Alto.  Cal.  (41). 
Stine,  Prof.  W.    M.,   Director  Elect.  Dept.,  Armour  Institute,  Chicago, 

111.  (37).  A  C 
Stockwell,  Chester  Twitchell,  381  Main  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (44).     HI 
StoUer,  Prof.  James  H.,  Union  College,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  (3G).    E  F 
Stone,  D.  D.,  Lansing,  N.  Y.  (39).  F 

Stone,  Miss  Ellen  Appleton,  280  Waterman  St.,  Providence,  K.  I.  (42).  E  F 
Stone,  Lincoln  R.,  M.D.,  Newton,  Mass.  (31). 
Stoueman,  Miss  Bertha,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (45). 
Stowell,  John,  48  Main  St.,  Charlestown,  Mass.  (21). 
Stradling,  Prof.  George  F.,  Hatboro,  Montgomery  Co.,  Pa.  (41). 
Streeruwitz,  W.  H.  von,  Austin,  Texas  (40). 

Strong,  Wendell  M.,  307  Welch  Hall,  New  Haven,  Conn.   (44).     A  B 
Stubbs,  W.  C,  Andubon  Park,  New  Orleans,  La.  (40). 
Sullivan,  J.  A.,  308  Main  St.,  Maiden,  Mass.  (27).   A 
Sullivan,  J.  C,  M.D.,  Cairo,  111.  (40).   A 
Summers,  Henry  E.,  Champaign,  111.  (42).     F 
Sweet,  Henry  N.,  89  State  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (40).  H  D 
Sweetnam,  Geo.  Booker,  39  St.  Vincent  St.,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.   (38). 
Sylvester,  Isaiah  W.,  Passaic,  N.  J.  (44).     C 

Taft,  Elihu  B.,  Burlington,  Vt.  (36).  H 

Talbott,  Mrs.  Laura  Osborne,  927  P  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36). 

Talmage,  Prof.  James  E.,  D.S.D..  Ph.D.,  Curator  Deseret  Museum,  Salt 

Lake  City,  Utah  (41).    C  F 
Taylor,  C.  F.,  M.D.,  1520  Chestnut  St.,  Pliiladelphia,  Pa.  (45). 
Taylor,  Edward  Randolph,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (39).    C 
Taylor,  F.  B.,  Box  2019,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.  (39). 
Taylor,  Hudson  K.,  61  Fowler  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (42).     C 
Taylor,  Prof.  Jas.  M.,  Hamilton,  Madison  Co.,  N.  Y.   (33).    A  D 
Taylor,  Robert  S.,  Box  2019,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.  (39). 

Taylor,  William  Alton,  1516  Caroline  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
Ternan,  James  C,  P.  O.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Thaw,  Mrs.  Mary  Copley,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  (41).  H 
Theilmann,  Emil,  1020  E.  10th  St.,  Kansas  City,  Mo.  (41). 
Thompson,  Alton  Howard,  721  Kansas  Ave.,  Topeka,  Kan.   (33).   H 
(52) 


membp:rs.  liii 

Thompson,  Daniel  G.,  120  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29). 
Thompson,  Mrs.  Frank,  283  South  4th  St.,  Philadelphiii,  Pa.  (3S). 
Thompson,  Fked'k  F.,  283  Madison  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Thompson,  J.  L.,  M.D.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  (39).  F 
Thornburg,  Charles  L.,  Prof.  Math,  and  Astron.,  Lehigh  Univ.,  South 

Bethlehem,  Pa.     (44).     A 
Tiffany,  Asa  S.,  1221  Rock  Island  St.,  Davenport,  Iowa  (27).  E  H 
Tight,  Prof.  William  George,  Granville,  Ohio  (39).    F 
Tilden,  Dr.  J.  N.,  Peekskill,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Tindall,    Willoughby   C,  Associate   Prof,  of  MatJi.,    Univ.  of  Missouri, 

Columbia,  Mo.  (40). 
Todd,  Albert  M.,  Nottawa,  Mich.   (37).  C 
Towle,  Wm.  Mason,  State  College,  Center  Co.,  Pa.  (44).     D 
Townsend,  Prof.  Charles  0.,  Macon,  Ga.  (41).  F 
Townsend,  Clinton  P.,  Donaldsonville,  La.  (40).  C 
Townsend,  Franklin,  4  Elk  St.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (4). 
Treat,  Erastus  B.,  Publisher  and  Bookseller,  5  Cooper  Union,  cor.  4th  Ave. 

and  8th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).    F  I 
Trowbridge,  Luther  H.,  East  Grand  Circus  Park,  Detroit,  Mich.  (29). 
Trowbridge,  Mrs.  M.  E.  D.,  East  Grand  Circus  Park,  Detroit,  Mich.  (21). 

I  6 
Tudor,  Joseph  H.,  State  College,  Pa.  (39).     A 
Turner,  J.  Spencer,  109  Duane  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).  B 

Vail,  Prof.  Hugh  D.,  Santa  Barbara,  Cal.  (18). 

Valentine,  Benj.  B.,  Richmond,  Va.  (33).   H 

Valentine,  Edw.  P.,  Richmond,  Va.  (33).   H 

Van  Bkukex,  Fredkkick  T.,  21  W.  14th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Van  Brunt,  Cornelius,  319  E.  57th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (28). 

Van  Slyke,  James  M.,  Madison,  Wis.   (42).     F 

Varney,  A.  L.,  Major  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,  Indianapolis  Arsenal,  Indi- 
anapolis, Ind.   (44).     H 

Vaux,  Geo.,  jr.,  404  Girard  Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).  E  A 

Vermyn6,  J.  J.  B.,  M.D.,  2  Orchard  St.,  New  Bedford,  Mass.  (29).   F 

Villard,  Fanny  G.,  Dobbs  Ferry,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Vinal.  W.  Irving,  1106  East  Capitol  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.    r40).     E 

Volk,  Ernest,  Trenton,  N.  J.  (42).     H 

Voorliees,  Chas.  H.,  M.D.,  P.  O.  Lock  Box  120,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 
r29).    F  H 

Vredenburgh,  Edw.  H.,  122  So.  Fitzhugh  St.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (29). 

Wagner,  Frank  C,  care  Wm.  AVagner,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (34).    D 
Wales,  Salem  H.,  25  E.  55th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36). 
Walker,  Byron  Edmund,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.  (38).  E 
Walker,  George  C,  Room  519,  Rookery  Building,  Chicago,  111.    (17). 
Walker,   James,    Seth  Thomas  Clock   Co.,   49  Maiden   Lane,  New  York, 
N.  Y.    (43). 

(53) 


liv  MEMBERS. 

Walworth,  Rev.  Clarence  A.,  -11  Chapel  St.,  Albany,  X.  Y.  (28).  E 

Wappenhaus,  C.  F.  R.,U.  S.  Weatlier  Bureau,  Indianapolis,  Ind.  (39).     B 

Ward,  Frank  A.,  16-26  College  Ave.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (40). 

Ward,  J.  Langdon,  120  Broadway,  New  Yorlv,  N.  Y.  (29).  I 

Wardwell,  George  J.,  Rutland,  Vt.  (20).  D  E 

Ware,  Wm.  R.,  Columbia  Coll.,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (36). 

Waring,  John,  Ovid,  N.  Y.    (33).    D  B 

Warren,  Eugene  C,  611  W.  Main  St.,  Louisville,  Ky.  (37). 

Warren,  Mrs.  Susan  E.,  67  Mt.  Vernon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (29). 

Warrington,  James  N.,  127  Park  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.    (34).    DAB 

Washburn,  Prof.  F.  L.,  State  Univ.,  Eugene,  Oregon    (44).     F 

Washington,  Dr.  Heury  S.,  Locust,  N.  J.   (44).     E 

Watkks,  Gko.  F.,  6  Somerset  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (29).    B  F  H  E  D 

Watkins,  L.  D.,  Manchester,  Mich.  (34).  F 

Watson,  Miss  C.  A.,  Salem,  Mass.  (31).  D 

Watson,  Elizabeth  S.,  Weymouth,  Mass.  (42).     E 

Watson,  Thomas  A.,  Weymouth,  Mass.  (42).     E 

Watson,  Thomas  L.,  Agric.  Exper.  Station,  Agric.  and  Median.  College, 

Blacksburgh,  Va.  (42). 
Watters,  William,  M.D.,  26  So.  Common  St.,  Lynn,  Mass.   (40).  E  6 
Watts,  A.  J.,  M.D.,  1123  Bedford  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43). 
Waugh,  D.  W.,  M.D.,  388  Clinton  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43). 
Weaver,  Gerrit  E.  Hambleton,  A.M.,  203  De  Kalb  Square,  West  Philadel- 
phia, Pa.    (38).  G  I 
Webster,  Mrs.  N.  B.,  Vineland,  N.  J.    (43). 
Weed,  H.E.,  Agricultural  College,  Miss.    (40).    F 
Weed,  J.  N.,  71  Water  St.,  Newburgh,  N.  Y.    (37).    EI. 
Weeden,  Hon.  Joseph  E.,  Randolph,  Cattaraugus  Co.,  N.  Y.   (31). 
Weeks,  Fred  Boughton,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (44).     E 
Weeks,  Joseph  D.,  Editor  Amer.  Manufacturer,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.     (35)      D 
Weems,  J.  B.,  Ph.D.,  Iowa  Agric.  College,  Ames,  Iowa    (44).     C 
Weinzirl,  John,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.  (45).  6 
Wells,  Mrs.  C.  F.,  27  E.  21st  St,,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (31).    H  F  I  D  B 
Wells,  Samuel,  31  Pemberton  Square,  Boston,  Mass.  (24).  H 
Wells,  William  H.,  jr.,  274  Ashland  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.  (39).  E 
Wernicke,  Prof.  Paul,  107  E.  Maxwell  St  ,  Lexington,  Ky.   (44).     A  B 
Werum,  Jno.  H.,  Toledo,  Ohio  (40). 
Wetzler,  Jos.,  203  Broadway,  New  York,  N,  Y.  (36). 
Wheeler,  Herbert  A.,  2700  Pine  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (33).  E  I 
Wheeler,  T.  B.,  M.D,,  123  Metcalfe  St.,  Montreal,  P.  Q.,  Can.  (11). 
Wheeler,  William,  C.E.,  Concord,  Mass.   (41). 

Whetstone,  John  L.,  Summit  Ave.,  Mt,  Auburn,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30).    D 
White,  LeRoy  S.,  Box  924,  Waterbury,  Conn.  (23). 
White,  Thaddeus  R.,  257  W.  45th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (42).     A 
Whitehead,  John  M.,  Att'y  at  Law,  Janesville,  Rock  Co.,  Wis.   (41).    I 
Whitfleld,  Thomas,  Ph.D.,  240  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.    (41).  C 
Whiting,  Mrs.  Francis,  914  W.  Lafayette  St.,  Norristown,  Pa.  (40). 

(54) 


MEMBERS.  IV 

Whiting,  S.  B.,  11  Ware  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (33).  D 

Whitman,  Prof.  Charles  O.,  Chicago  Univ.,  Chicago,  111.   (43).   F 

Whitney,  E.  R.,  20  North  St.,  Biiigharatou,  N.  Y.   (41). 

AViegand,  Karl  McKay,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (45).  6 

Wilbour,  Mrs.  Charlotte  B.,  Little  Coniptoii,  R.  I.  (28). 

Wilbur,  Miss  F.  Isabel,  1719  15th  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (42). 
E  H 

Wilcox,  Miss  Emily  T.,  Meridefi,  Conn.  (33).    B  A 

Wilder,  Geo.  Walker,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.  (45).  B 

Wilkinson,  J.  Henderson,  320  E.  Capitol  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (35).  E 

Willard,  Prof.  Joseph  A.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.   (44).     A 

Willetts,  Joseph  C,  Skaneateles,  N.  Y.  (29).  E  F  H 

Williams,  HenrySmith,  M.D.,  165  West82nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (34).  F 

Willltts,  George  E.,  709  S.  Grand  St.,  Lansing,  Mich.  (39).  F 

Willonghby,  Charles  C,  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (45).  H 

WiLMARTH,  Mrs.  Henky  D.,  51  Eliot  St.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (40). 

Wilmot,  Thos.  J.,  Commercial  Cable  Co.,  Waterville,  County  Kerry,  Ire- 
land (27).  B 

Wilson,  Prof.  AndrcAv  G.,  Lenox  Coll.,  Hopkiuton,  Iowa    (43).   E 

Wilson,  Fred.,  337  Fourth  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (43). 

Wilson,  G.  Reed,  Townsend  Block,  Main  cor.  Swan  St.,  Buflalo,  N.  Y. 
(45).   H 

Wingate,  Miss  Hannah  S.,  103  W.  132nd  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (31).  E  I 

Wolcott,  Mrs.  Henrietta  L.  T.,  Dedham,  Mass.  (29). 

Woll,  Fritz  Wilhelm,  Madison.  Wis.  (42).     C 

Wood,  Rev.  Charles,  D.D.,  West  Walnut  Lane,  GermantoAvn,  Pa.    (48). 

Wood,  Mrs.  Cynthia  A.,  171  W.  47th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (43). 

Wood,  Thomas  Bond,  LL.D.,  care  U.  S.  Legation,  Lima,  Peru   (43). 

Wood,  Walter,  400  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (83).    F  I 

Woodhull,  John  Francis,  Teachers'  College,  Morningside  Heights,  New 
York,  N.  Y.    (43). 

Woodrow,  Miss  Marion  W.,  Winthrop  Normal  Coll.,  Rock  Hill,  S.C.  (45). 
E  C 

Woods,  Albert  F.,  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C  (43). 

Woodworth,  William  McMichael,  Ph.D.,  149  Brattle  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
(44)'.     F 

Wrenshall,  John  C,  Baltimore,  Md.  (40).    H 

Wright,  Jonathan,  :SLT>.,  73  Remsen  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (43). 

Wright,  John  S.,  care  Eli  Lilly  &  Co.,  Indianapolis,  Ind.    (42).   6 

Wright,  Rufus,  333-339  Lake  St.,  Chicago,  111.  (87).     B 

Wright,  S.  G.,  La  Fayette,  Ind.  (42).     G 

Wuuderlich,  Frederick  W.,  M.D.,  165  Remsen  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (45). 
Wiirtele,  Miss  Minnie,  Acton  Vale,  P.  Q.,  Can.  (32).   H 

Youmans,  Mrs.  Celia  G.,  Mount  Vernon,  N.  Y.  (36). 

Youmans,  Vincent  J.,  Mt.  Vernon,  N.  Y.   (43). 

Yowell,  Everett  I.,  Station  "C,"  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (41).     A 

(55) 


Ivi  MEMBERS. 

Zeng,  Miss  Nellie  E.  de,  Clyde,  Wayne  Co.,  N.  Y.  (41).  B  H 
Ziegler,  William,  45-49  Cedar  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (43). 

[994  Patrons,  Corresponding  Members  and  Members.] 

Note.— The  omission  of  an  address  in  the  foregoing  list  indicates  that  letters 
mailed  to  that  last  printed  were  returned  as  uncalled  for.  Information  of  the  present 
address  of  the  members  so  indicated  is  requested  by  the  Permanent  Secretary. 


SURVIVING  POUNDERS. 

[At  the  Brooklyn  Meeting,  1894,  a  resolution  was  unanimously  adopted 
by  which  all  surviving  founders  of  the  Association  who  have  maintained 
an  interest  in  science  were  made  Honorary  Life  Members  of  the  Associa- 
tion in  recognition  of  their  pioneer  work  in  American  Science.] 

Boy6,  Martin  H.,  Coopersburg,  Pa. 

DixwELL,  Epes  S.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Grken,  Tkaill,  Easton,  Pa. 

Hall,  James,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

HuBB.tRD,  Oliver  Paysox,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

West,  Charles  E.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

(56) 


FELLOWS.  Ivii 


HONORARY  FELLOWS.' 

RoGKRS,  Prof.  William  B.,  Boston,  Mass.  (1).    1881.  (Born  Dec.  7,  1804. 

Died  May  30,  1882.)     B  E 
CuEVREUL,  Michel  Eugene,  Paris,  France  (35).     1886.     (Born  Aug.  31, 

1786.     Died  April  9,  1889.)    C 
Gknth,  Dr.  F.  a.,  3937  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (24).     1888.    (Born 

May  17,  1820.     Died  Feb.  2,  1892.)  C  E 
Hall,  Prof.  James,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (1).     1890.     E  F 
Gould,   Dr.    Benjamin   Apthorp,  Cambridge,   Mass.  (2).  1895.      Born 

Sept.  27,  1824.     Died  Nov.  26,  1896.     A  B 
Leuckakt,  Prof.  Rudolf,  Leipsic,  Saxony,  Germany.  (44).  1895.     F 
GiBBS,  Prof.  Wolcott,  Newport,  R.I.  (45).  1896.    CB 

FELLOWS.* 

Abbe,    Professor   Cleveland,    Meteorologist,   Weather  Bureau,  Dept.  of 

Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (16).     1874.    BA 
Abbe,  Dr.  Robert,  11  W.  50th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36).     1892. 
Abert,  S.  Thayer,   1108  G    St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.    (30).      1891. 

ABDEI 
Adriauce,  John  S.,  231  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (39).  1895.     C 
Alden,  Prof.  Geo.  I.,  Worcester,  Mass.  (33).     1885.  D 
Allen,  Dr.  T.  F.,  10  E.  36th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (35).     1887.  6 
Alvord,  Major  Henry  E.,  Lewinsville,  Fairfax  Co.,  Va.  (29).     1882.     I 
Alwood,  Prof.  Wm.  B.,  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  and  Experi- 
ment Station,  Blacksburg,  Va.  (39).     1891,  F 
Andrews,  Prof.  Launcelot  W.,  Iowa  City,  Iowa  (39).     1891.  C 
Anthony,  Prof.  Wm.  A.,  5  Beekman  St.,  Temple  Court,  Ncav  York,  N.  Y. 

(28).     1880.  B 
Arthur,  J.  C,  Lafayette,  Ind.  (21).     1883.  G 

Ashmead,  Wm.  H.,  1833  M  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (40).   1892.    F 
Atkinson,  Edward,  31  Milk  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (29).     1881.   I  D 
Atkinson,  George  F.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (39).     1892.     G 
Atwater,  Prof.  W.  O.,  Wesleyan  Univ.,  Middletown,  Conn.  (29).  1882.    C 
Atwell,  Charles  B.,  1938  Sherman  Ave.,  Evanston,  111.  (36).     1890.   F 
Auchincloss,  Wm.  S.,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa.  (29).   1886.  D  A 
Austen,  Prof.  Peter  T.,  99  Livingston  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (44).     1896. 

G 

Avery,  Elroy  M.,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  657  Woodland  Hills  Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

(37).     1889.  B 
Ayres,  Prof.  Brown,  Tulane  Univ.,  New  Orleans,  La.   (31).     1885.  B 

"  See  Article  VI  of  the  Constitution.    '  See  Article  IV  of  the  Constitution. 

***  The  number  in  parenthesis  indicates  the  meeting  at  which  the  member  joined 
the  Association;  the  date  following  is  the  year  when  made  a  Fellow;  the  black  letters 
at  end  of  line  are  those  of  the  sections  to  which  the  Fellow  belongs. 

When  the  name  is  given  in  small  capitals,  it  designates  that  the  Fellow  is  also  a 
Life  Member. 

(57) 


Iviii  FELLOWS. 

Babcock,   Prof.  S.  Moulton,  Madisou,  Wis.   (33).     1885.  C 
Bailey,  E.  H.  S.,  Lawrence,  Douglas  Co.,  Kan.  (25).     1889.  C  E 
Bailey,  Prof.  Liberty  IL,  Cornell  Univ.,  Itliaca,  N.  Y.  (31).     1887.     G 
Baker,  Frank,  M.D.,   1315  Corcoran   St.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (31).    1886. 

F  H 
Baker.     Marcus,   U.    S.    Geological  Survey,    Washington,    D.    C     (30). 

1882.  A 

Ballard,  Harlan  H.,  50  South  St.,  Pittsfleld,  Mass.   (31).     1891.  E  F 
Barker,  Prof.  G.  F.,  3909  Locust  St.,  Pliiladelphia,  Pa.  (13).    1875.    B  C 
Barnard,  Edward  E.,  care  Yerkes  Observatory,  Lake  Geneva,  AVillianis 

Bay  P.  O.,  Wis.   (26).   1883.     A 
Barnes,  Chas.  Reid,  Prof.  Botany  University  of  Wisconsin,  G16  Lake  St., 

Madison,  Wis.   (33).     1885.     G 
Barnes,  David  Leonard,  A.  M.,  Suite  1750,  Tlie  Mouadnock,  Chicago,  HI. 

(43).      1890.     D 
Barnum,  Miss  Charlotte  C.  Ph.D.,  144  Humphrey  St.,  Xew  Haven,  Conn. 

(36).   1896.     A 
Bartlett,    Prof.    Edwin   J.,   Dartmouth   College,    Hanover,   N.    H.     (28). 

1883.  C 

Bartlett,  John  R.,  Commander  U.  S.  N.,  Lonsdale,  R.  I.  (30).     1882.    E  B 
Bartley,  Ellas  H.,  M.D.,  21  Lafayette  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.   (33).    1894.   C 
Barus,  Carl,  Ph.D.,  2808  N  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).    1887.    B 
Baskerville,  Charles,  Univ.  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel   Hill,  N.  C.   (41). 

1894.     C 
Bassett,  Homer  F.,  Waterbury,  Conn.  (23).     1874.  F 
Bates,   Henry    H.,    Ph.D.,  U.  S.  Patent  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.    (33), 

1887.     B  A  C  D 
Battle,  Herbert  B.,  Pli.D.,  Director  N.  C.  Agric.  Exper.  Station,  Raleigh, 

N.  C.  (33).     1889.  C 
Bauer,  Louis  A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (40).  1892.  A 
Bausch,  Edw.,  P.  0.  Drawer  1033,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (26).    1883.     A  B  C  F 
Beal,    Prof.  Wm.   James,  Agricultural  College,  Ingham  Co.,  Midi.  (17). 

1880.    G 
Beardsley,  Prof.  Arthur,  C.E.,  Ph.D.,  Swarthmore  College,  Swarthmore, 

Del.  Co.,  Pa.   (33).     1885.  D 
Beauchamp,  Rev.  Wra.  M.,  Baldvvinsville,  N.  Y.  (34).     1886.    H 
Becker,  Dr.  Geo.  F.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  AVashingtou,  D.  C  (36).   1890.  E 
Bedell,  Frederick,  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (41).    1894.   B  A 
Bell,  Alex.  Melville,  1525  35th  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (31).     1885.  H 
^  Bell,  Rol)ert,  M.D.,  Ass't  Director  Geological  Survey,  0ttaw;i.  Ontario, 

Can.    (38).     1889.  E  F 
Betnan,  Wooster  W.,  19  So.  5th  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (34).      1886.    A 
Benjamin,    Marcus,    Smithsonian    Institution,   Washington.  1).  C.   (27). 

1887.    C 
Benjamiu,  Rev.  Raphael,  M.A.,  28  E.  76  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (34).    1887. 

E  F  6  H 
Bessey,  Prof.  Cliarles  E.,  Univ.  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb.   (-Jl).    1880.    6 

(58) 


FELLOWS.  liX 

Bethune,  Rev.  C.  J.  S.,  Triuity  College  School,  Pt.  Hope,  Out.,  Can.  (18). 

1875.     F 
Beyer,  Dr.  Heury  G.,    U.  S.  N.,   U.  S.  Naval  Acad.,  Annapolis,  Mel.   (31). 

1884.  F 
Bickmore,  Prof.  Albert  S.,  American   Museum   of  Natural   History,    8th 

Ave.  and  77th  St.,  Central  Park,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (17).     1880.  H 
Bigelow,  Prof.  Frank  H.,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36). 

1888.     A 
Billings,  John  S.,  Surgeon  U.  S.  A.,  Surg.  General's  Office,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (32).     1883.  F  H 
BiXBY,  W.  H.,  Major,  Corps  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.,  L.  H.  Eng.  Office, 

Room  20,  4th  Floor,   P.  O.   Building,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (34).  1892.  D 
Blackham,  George  E.,  M.D.,  Dunkirk,  N.  Y.  (25).     1883.    F 
Blair,  Andrew  A.,  406  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (44).     1896.     C 
Blake,  Clarence  J.,  M.D.,  226  Marlborough   St.,  Boston,   Mass.     (24). 

1877.  B  F 
Blake,  Francis,  Auburndale,  Mass.  (23).     1874.    B  A 
Boardman,  Mrs.  William    D.,  care  of  Baring  Brothers  &  Co.,  London, 

England    (28).     1885.    E  H 
Boas,  Dr.  Franz,  Amer.    Museum  Natural   History,  Central  Park,  New 

York,  N.  Y.   (36).   1888.  H  I 
Boerner,  Chas.  G.,  Vevay,  Switzerland  Co.,  Ind.  (29).     1886.     ABE 
BoUey,  Henry  L.,  North  Dakota  Exper.  Station,  Fargo,  North  Dakota 

(89).     1892.     G 
Bolton,  Du.    H.  Carringtox,  Cosmos   Club,  Washington,  D.    C.  (17). 

1875.  C 
Bond,  Geo.  M.,  care  of  The  Pratt  &  Whitney  Co.,  Hartford,  Conn.     (33). 

1885.  D 
Booth,  Miss  Mary  A.,  32  Byers  St.,  Springfield,  Mass.  1894.   FIG 
Bowditch,  Prof.  H.  P.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (28).     1880.    F  B  H 
Bowser,  Prof.  E.  A.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  (28).    1881. 
Boy6,  Martin  H.,  M.I).,  Coopersburg,  Lehigh  Co.,  Pa.   (1).     1896.     C 
Boynton,    Prof.    C.    Smith.    69   No.  Prospect  St.,  Burlington,  Vt    (44). 

1896.  C 
Brackett,  Richard   N.,  Associate   Prof,  of  Chemistry,  Clemson  College, 

S.  C:  (37).  C  E 
Bradford,  Royal  B.,  Commander  U.  S.  N.,  care  Navy  DepL.,  Washington, 

D.  C.   (31).  1891.  B  D 
Brauner,  Prof.  John  C,  Stanford  University,  Cal.   (34).     1886.    E  F 
Brashear,  Jno.  A.,  Allegheny,  Pa.  (83).     1885.    A  B  D 
Brewer,  Prof.  Wni.  H.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (20).     1875.    E  F  I 
Brinton,  D.  G.,  M.D.,  Media,  Pa.  (83).     1885.    H 

Bristol,  Wm.  H.,  Stevens  Institute,  Hobokeu,  N.J.  (86).     1894.     A  B  D 
Britton,  N.  L.,  Ph.D.,  Director-in-chief  N.  Y.  Botanical  Garden,  41  E. 

49th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (29).   1882.  G  E 
Broadhead.  Prof.  Garland  Carr,  University,  Columbia,  Mo.    (27).   1879.  E 
Brooks,  Wra.  R.,  Box  714,  Geneva,  N.  Y.    (35).    1886.    A  B  D  G 

(59) 


Ix  FKLLOWS. 

Brown,  Robert,  care  of   Yale  College  Observatory,    New  Haven,    Conn. 

(11).     187i. 
Brown,  Mrs.  Robert,   New  Haven,  Conn.   (17).     1874. 
Briihl,  Gustav,  cor.  John  and  Hopkins  Sts.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (28).  1886.    H 
Brush,   Charles    F..   Brush    Electric   Light   Co.,   Cleveland,    Ohio    (35). 

1886.  B 
Brush,  Phof.  George  J.,  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (4).  1874.    C  E 
Buckhout,  W.  A.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.  (20).     1881.    F 
Burgess,  Dr.  Thomas  J.  W.,  Med.  Sup't,  Protestant  Hospital  for  the  In- 
sane, Montreal,  P.  Q.,  Can.   (38).     1889.  G 
Burr,  Prof.  William  H.,  School  of  Mines,   41   East  49th  St.,   New  York, 

N.  Y.     (81).     1883. 
Butler,  A.  W.,  Brookville,  Franklin  Co.,  Ind.  (30).     1885.    F  H 

Caldwell,  Prof.  Geo.  C,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (23).     1875.    C 
Calvin,  Prof.  Samuel,  State  Univ.  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa  (37).     1889. 

EF 
Campbell,  Prof.  Douglas  H.,  Menlo  Park,  Cal.  (34).   1888.    G 
Campbell,  Prof.  Edw.  D.,  .\nn  Arbor,  Mich.   (44)   1896.  C 
Canby,   William  M.,    1101    Delaware   Avenue,   Wilmington,    Del.     (17). 

1878.  G 
Carhart,  Prof.  Henry  S.,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (29). 

1881.  B 
Carleton,  M.  A.,  Dep't  Agric,  Div.  of  Vegetable  Pathology,  Washington, 

D.  C.    (42)    1894.   G 
Carpenter,  Louis  G.,  Agric.  Coll.,  Fort  Collins,  Col.  (32).   1889.    AB 
Carpenter,  Capt.  W.  L.,  U.  S.  A.,  care  Adjutant  General,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(24).     1877.   F  E 
Carter,  James  Madison  G.,  M.D.,  Waukegan,  111.  (39).  1895.     F 
Carus,  Paul,  Ph.D.,  La  Salle,  111.  (40).  1895.     H 

Casey,  Thomas  L.,  1419  K  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (38).    1892.   F 
Catlin,  Charles  A.,  133  Hope  St.,  Providence,  R.  I.   (33).     1895.     C 
Cattell,  Prof.  James  McKeen,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (44). 

1896.     BFHI 
Chalmot,  G.  de,  Spray,  N.  C.  (44).     1896.     C 

Chamberlain,  Alexander  F.,  Clark  Univ.,  Worcester,  Mass.  (38).     1890.    H 
Chamberliu,  T.  C,  5041  Madison  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.   (21).    1877.    EBFH 
Chandler,  Prof.  C.  F.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  Coll.,  East  49th  St., 

cor.  4th  Ave.,  New  York.  N.  Y.  (19).   1875.  C 
Chandler,  Prof.  Charles  Henry,  Ripon,  Wis.  (28).     1883.    A  B 
Chandler,  Seth  C,  16  Craigie  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (29).     1882.  A 
Chandler,  Prof.  W.  H.,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.    (19).    1894.   C 
Chanute,  0.,  413  E.  Huron  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (17).     1877.    D  I 
Charbonnier,  Prof.  L.  H..  University  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Ga.    (26).  1894. 

ABD 
Cheney,  Lellen  Sterling.  1081  W.  Johnson  St.,  Madison,  Wis.    (42).    1894. 

6 

(60) 


FELLOWS.  Ixi 

Chester,  Prof.    Albert  H.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  (29). 

1882.    C  F 
Christie,  James,  Peucoyd,  Pa.    (33).    1894.    D 
Christy,  Prof.  Samuel  B.,  Box  41,  Berkeley,  Cal.    (35).    1894.     D 
Chute,  Horatio  N.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (34).     1889.    B  C  A 
Clark,  Alvan  G.,  Cambridgeport,  Mass.  (28).     1880.    A  B 
Clark,  Prof.  John  E.,  445  Orange    St.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (17).    1875.    A 
Clark,  Wm.  Bullock,  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.   (37). 

1891.  E 
Clarke,  Prof.  F.  W.,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (18). 

1874.  C 
Clarke,  Robert,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  (30).     1895.     H 

Claypole,  Prof.  Edw.  W.,  603  Buchtel  Ave.,  Akron,  Ohio   (30).     1882.  E  F 
Cloud,  John  W.,  974  Rookery,  Chicago,  111.  (28).     1886.    A  B  D 
Coffin,  Prof.  Selden  J.,   Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pa.  (22).      1874.    A  I 
Cogswell,  W.  B.,  Syracn.se,  N.  Y.   (33).   1891.    D 
COLBUKX,  Richard  T.,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.    (31).    1894.    IFH 
Cole,  Prof.  Alfred  D.,  Denison  Univ.,  Granville,  Ohio    (39).   1891.    BC 
Collin,  Prof.  Aloiizo,  Cornell  College,  Mount  Vernon,  Iowa  (21).   1891.  B  C 
Colliugwood,  Francis,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.  (36).    1888.   D 
Colvin,  Verplanck,  Supt.  N.  Y.  State  Adirondack  Survey,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

(28).     1880.     E 
Comstock,  Prof.  Geo.  C,  Washburn  Observ.,Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 

Wis.  (34).     1887.    A 
Comstock,  Milton  L.,  641  Academy  St.,  Galesburg,  111.  (21).  1874.     A 
Comstock,  Prof.  Theo.  B.,  President  Univ.  of  Arizona,  Tucson,  Arizona 

(24).     1877.    DEB 
Conant,  Prof.  L.  L.,  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Worcester,  Mass.  (39).    1892.     A 
Cook,  Prof.  A.  J.,  Pomona  College,  Claremont,  Cal.  (24).     1880.    F 
Cook,  Prof.  Orator  F.,  Huntington,  N.  Y.  (40).  1892.  G 
Cooley,  Prof.  Le  Roy  C,  Vassar  College,  Poughkeepsie,  N.  Y.  (19).  1880. 

B  G 

Cooley,  Prof.  Mortimer  E.,  Univ.  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (33). 

1885.    D 
Cope,  Prof.  Edward  D.,  2102  Pine  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (17).     1875.    FE 
Corthell,.  Elmer  L.,  71  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (34).  1886.    DIE 
Coulter,  Prof.  John  M.,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (32).  1884.      G 
Coville,  Frederick  v.,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.   (35).     1890.    G 
Cox,   Hon.   Jacob  D.,  Gihnan  Ave.,  Mt.  Auburn,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30). 

1881.  F 
Cragin,  Francis  W.,  Colorado  College,  Colorado  Springs,  Col.  (29).  1890. 

F  E  H 
Crampton,  Chas.  A.,  M.D.,  Office  of  Internal  Revenue,  Treasury  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  D.  C.  (36).     1887.    C 
Crandall,  Prof.  Charles  S.,  Fort  Collins,  Col.    (40).    1894. 
Crawford,  Prof.  Morris  B.,  Middletown,  Conn.   (30).     1889.    B 
Crockett,    Charles  W.,    Rensselaer  Polytechnic   Inst.,  Troy,  N.  Y.     (39). 

1894.    A  D  • 

(61) 


jjjjj  FELLOWS. 

Cross,  Prof.  Chas.  R.,  Mass.  Institute  Technology,  baton,  Mass.  (29). 

1880.  B 

Culin,  Stewart,  Univ.  of  Pa.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  '"      H 

CiimminKS,  John,  Cummingsvilie,  Woburn.  M:is^.     1^  1890.    F 

Cushins^FrankH.,  Bureau  of  Ethnoloijy.Wji^'-'  r      \0).  1893.  H 

Gushing,  Henry  Piatt,  Adelbert  CoUesjre,  CI. ■  ■).     1888.     E 

Dall,   William   H.,  Smithsonian     Institution     U' .sliirf.m     l)     r     (\S). 

1874.  H  F 

Dana,  Edward  Salisbury,  New  Haven,  Conn,  (l'  B  E 

Dana,  Gen.  James  J..  U.  S.  \..  1412  21st  St..  -N    u       asliington.  D.  C. 

(40).     1890. 
Daniel,  John,  Vanderbilt  Univ.,  Nashville.  Tenn  -  'J     B 

Darton,  Nelson  H.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey.  Wn~  '  :   .    1893. 

Davis,  C.  H.,  Commander  U.  S.  N..  Navy  n<pi  ,'tou,  D.  C.  (40). 

189G. 
Davis,  Prof.  Wm.  Morris,  Cambrldpe,  Ma«».   (;  E  B 

Dawson,  Geo.   M.,  S.S.C,  F.G.S.,  Gcol.  Survey.  Ottwa,  Ontario,  Can. 

(38).  1895.     E 
Dawson,  Sir    William     Prin,  in.il    MrGill  roII.„  real.    Can.    (10). 

1875.  E 

Day,  David  ¥.,  Buflalo,  N.  Y.  (35).     1887.    0 

Day,  Fisk  II.,  M.l)..  .^09  Sycamore  St.,  LanMin;:,    vm.   i.'u;,     1874.    £ 

H  F 

Dean,  George  W.,  P.  O.  Box  92.  Fall  Hlver,  M«i«8.  fl6     1874.  A 
Dennis,  Louis  Monroe,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca.  N  1895.     C 

Denton,  Prof.    James  E.,  Slovens  Institute.  H<f.'  ^'    J.   (36).  1888. 

DB  A 

Derby,  Orville  A.,  San  Pauh».  Brazil,  S. 
Dexter,  Julius,  Cincinnati,  Ohio    (30). 

Dinimock,  George,  079  State  St..  Sprln(jfleUl.  M:i"  i^74      F 

DixwKLL,  Erivs  S,  Cambridgf,  Mans.   (1^.      I^'.•^..     H' 
Dolbear,  Prof.  A.  Emerson.  Tufts  College.  Mm«.  (  B 

Doolittle,  Prof.  C.  L.,  Univ.  of  IVnn.,  Phlln  -       A 

Dorsey,  Gi-orge  A..  Ph.  I).,  As.«'t  in  Anthropi'i'i;;jt ,  in    *  iinmiviaii  .Mu- 
seum, Chicago,  111.   (39).     1H92.     H 
Douglass.  Andrew  E.,  .\raer.  Mus.  of  Nat.  Hist..  CentrfiPark,  New  York, 

N.  Y.   (31).     1885.    H 
DiiAPKH,  Dan'i..  Ph.D.,  Diri-ctur  N.  Y.  >'   • ■  -  -:     '   '^-.-frvatorj-.  Cen- 
tral Park,  04th  St..  Fifth  Avenue,  :>  -  ')•    1«81.  B  D 
F  A 
Drown,  Prof.  Thos.  M.,  Lehigh  Univ.,  South  B<"                a.   (29).  1881.  C 
Du  Bois,  PnoF.  .\l'G.  J.,  New  Haven,  Conn                        A  B  D 
Du  Bois,  Patterson.  Ass't  Editor  S.S.T.,   1  .   Philadelphia, 

Pa.  (33).     1887.   H  C  I 
Dudley,  Charles  B.,  Drawer  334.  Altoona.  Pa.    (23).     i-'2.    C  B  D 
DUDLKY,  Wm.  L..  Prof,  of  Cheraii^try,  Vanderbilt  Unlv  Nashville,  Tenn. 
(28).     1881.     C 
(62) 


FKKLOWs.  Ixiii 

Dudley,  Prof.  Wm.  i;  . and  Stanford  jr.    Uuiv.,  Falo  Alto,  Cal.     (29). 

1883.   G 

Dumble,  E.  T.,  Aiisi  ,^   (^37).     1^91.  E 

Dunham,  Edw.  K..  .'  -'i.tli  St.,  New  York.  N.  Y.  (30).     1890. 

DunningtoD,  Prof.  1-  niversity    Station,  Charlottesville,  Va.   (26). 

1880.  C 

Du  Pont,  Francis  *.  ington,  Del.  (;5o).      ISDG.     ABD 

Dwight,   Prof.    WiH!:i  .,    Vassar   College,   Poughkeepsie,   N.  Y.  (30). 

1882.  E  F 

Earle,  F.  S  ,  Proi.  "g.\ ,  Alaliama  Polytecluiic  Inst.,  .Vubiirn,  Ala. 

(39).  189r..  G 
Eastman,  Charles    !;"•  iKier,    Mus.    Conip.    Zoology,  Canibritlge,  Mass. 

(41).     1S9C.  E 
Eastman,  Prof.  .T.  i;  .  Naval  Observatory,  \Va.shington,  D.  C.  (26). 

1879.    A 
Eaton,  Prof.  James  i;     1  erty,  Mo.  (29).     1885.    C  B  E 
Eccles,  Uol)ertG.,  MH  .  tl  Dean  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (31).     1804.    F  C 
Eddy,  Prof.  H.  T..  Kuirintring  and  Mechanics.  The  Univ.  of  Minnesota, 

Minneapolis,  Minn. s.a  (24).  1875.  ABD 
Edison,  Thos.  A..  Oim.-  N.  J.  (27).  1878.  B 
Egleston,    Prof.  TIk-        .<5  W.  Washington  Square,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(27).   1879.    ODE 
Eichelberger.  Willian!  ^nier,  Ph.D.,  Nautical  Almanac  Office,  U.  S.  Naval 

Observ.,  Washin-    .   1).  C.  (41).  1896.     A 
Eimbeck.  William,  l'   ^      and  G.  Survey,  Washington,  I).  C.   (17).    1874. 

ABD 
Elkin,  William  L.,  Y:ii.'  oil.  Observ.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (33).     1885.    A 
Ely,  Theo.  N.,  Chief  ..f  [otive  Power,  Penn.  K.  !{.,  Broad  St.  Station, 

Philadelphia,  P:t      :) .     1886. 
Emerson,  Prof.  Bt'iii:ii;n  K.,  Box  203,  Amherst,  Mass.  (19).     1877.     E  F 
Emery,  Charles E..  B.  nn.t  Building, New  York,  N.  Y.  (34).  1886.     DBA 
Emmons,  S.  F.,  U.  S.  Uh.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (26).     1879.    £ 
Engelmann.  George  .T      .D.,  336  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.    (25).    1875. 

FH 
Ewell,  Ervin  E..  :?tM  i    Urteenth  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

1896.  C 
Eyerman,  John.  "UaKmat,"  Easton,  Pa.  (33).     1881>.  E  C 

Fairbanks,  Henry,  Ph.D.St.  Johnsbury,  Vt.  (14).     1874.    B  D  A 
Fairchild.  Prof.  H.  L,   biversity  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.  Y.     (28). 

1883.  E  F 

Fanning,  John  T..       Multing  Eng.,   Kasota  Block,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(29).     1885.    D 
Fargis,  Rev.  Geo.  A..  <  .rgetown  College,  Georgetown,  D.  C.   (40).  1892. 
Farlow,  Dr.  W.  G.,  L't  cncy  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (20).     1875.     G 
Farquhar,  Henry,  Din  t  .   Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).  1886.   AI  GB 

(63) 


Ixii  FELLOWS. 

Cross,  Prof.  Chas.  R.,  Mass.  Institute  Technology,  Boston,  Mass.  (29). 

1880.  B 
Culin,  Stewart,  Univ.  of  Pa.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).     1890.     H 
Cummings,  John,  Cummingsville,  VVoburn,  Mass.  (18).     1890.    F 
Cushiuc:,  Frank  H.,  Bureau  of  Ethnology.  Washington,  D.C.   (40).  1893.  H 
Cushiug,  Henry  Piatt,  Adelbert  College,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (33).     1888.     E 

Dall,   William   H.,  Smithsonian     Institution,    Washington,    D.    C.    (18). 

1874.  H  F 

Dana,  Edward  Salisbury,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (23).     1875.   B  E 

Dana,  Gen.  James  J.,  U.  S.  A.,  1412  21st  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  1).  C. 

(40).     1896. 
Daniel,  John,  Vanderbilt  Univ.,  Nashville,  Teun.    (38).    1894.   B 
Darton,  Nelson  H.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (37).    1893. 
Davis,  C.  H.,  Commander  U.  S.  N.,  Navy  Dept.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

1896. 
Davis,  Prof.  Wm.  Morris,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (33).     188.5.    E  B 
Dawson,  Geo.   M.,  S.S.C.,  F.G.S.,  Geol.  Survey,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Can. 

(38).  1895.     E 
Dawson,  Sir   William,   Principal  McGill  College,  Montreal,    Can.    (10). 

1875.  E 

Day,  David  F.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (35).     1887.    G 

Day,  Fisk  H.,  M.D.,  309  Sycamore  St.,  Lansing,  Mich.   (20).     1874.    E 

H  F 
Dean,  George  W.,  P.  O.  Box  92,  Fall  River,  Mass.  (15).     1874.  A 
Dennis,  Louis  Monroe,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (43).   1895.     C 
Denton,  Prof.    James  E.,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J.   (36).  1888. 

DBA 
Derby,  Orville  A.,  San  Paulo,  Brazil,  S.  A.   (39).     1890. 
Dexter,  Julius,  Cincinnati,  Ohio    (30). 

Dimmock,  George,  679  State  St.,  Sprlnglield,  Mass.  (22).     1874.     F 
DixwKLL,  Epes  S.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (1).     1896.     HF 
Dolbear,  Prof.  A.  Emerson,  Tufts  College,  Mass.  (20).     1880.      B 
Doolittle,  Prof.  C.  L.,  Univ.  of  Penn.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (2.5).  1885.   A 
Dorsey,  George  A.,  Ph.  D.,  Ass't  in  Anthropology,  Field  Columbian  Mu- 
seum, Chicago,  111.  (39).     1892.     H 
Douglass,  Andrew  E.,  Amer.  Mus.  of  Nat.  Hist.,  Central  Park,  New  York, 

N.  Y.   (31).     1885.    H 
Draper,  Dan'l,  Ph.D.,  Director  N.  Y.  Meteorological  Observatory,  Cen- 
tral Park,  64tb  St.,  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (29).    1881.  B  D 

F  A 

Drown,  Prof.  Thos.  M.,  Lehigh  Univ.,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.   (29).   1881.  C 

Du  Bois,  Prof.  Aug.  J.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (30).     1882.  A  B  D 

Du  Bois,  Patterson,  Ass't  Editor  S.S.T.,  1031  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.  (33).     1887.    H  C  I 
Dudley,  Charles  B.,  Drawer  334,  Altoona,  Pa.    (23).     1882.     C  B  D 
Dudley,  Wm.  L.,  Prof,  of  Chemistry,  Vanderbilt  Univ.,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

(28).     1881.     C 
(62) 


FEi.LOWs.  Ixiii 

Dudley,  Prof.  Wm.  K.,  Lekuid  Stanford  jr.    Univ.,  Palo  Alto,  Cal.     (29). 

1883.   G 
Diimble,  E.  T.,  Austin,  Texas  (37).     1891.  E 

Dunham,  Edw.  K.,  338  East  2Ctli  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (30).     1890. 
Duniiiiigton,  Prof.  F.  P.,    University    Station,  Charlottesville,  Va.   (26). 

1880.  C 
Du  Pont,  Francis  G.,  Wilmington,  Del.  (33).     1896.     A  B  D 
Dwight,   Prof.    William    B.,   Vassar   College,   Poughkeepsie,   N.  Y.  (30). 

1882.  E  F 

Earle,  F.  S  ,  Prof,  of  Biology,  Alabama  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Auburn,  Ala. 

(39).   1896.   G 
Eastman,  Charles   Kochester,    Mus.    Conip.    Zoology.  Cambridge,  Mass. 

(41).     1896.  E 
Eastman.  Prof.  J.  R.,  U.  S.  Naval  Observatory,  Washington,  D.  C.  (26). 

1879.    A 
Eaton,  Prof.  James  R.,  Liberty,  Mo.  (29).     1885.    C  B  E 
Eccles,  Robert  G.,  M.D.,  191  Dean  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.    (31).     1894.    FC 
Eddy,  Prof.  II.  T.,  Engineering  and  ISIechanics,  The  UniA".  of  Minnesota, 

Minneapolis,  Minnesota  (24).  1875.  ABD 
Edison,  Thos.  A.,  Orange,  N.  J.  (27).  1878.  B 
Egleston,    Prof.  Thomas,  35  W.  Washington  Square,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(27).  1879.    C  D  E 
Eichelberger,  William  Snyder,  Ph.D.,  Nautical  Almanac  Office,  U.  S.  Naval 

Observ.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (41).  1896.     A 
Eimbeck,  William,  U.  S.  C.  and  G.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.   C17).    1874. 

ABD 
Elkiu,  William  L,  Yale  Coll.  Observ.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (33).     1885.    A 
Ely,  Theo.  N.,  Chief  of  Motive  Power,  Penn.  R.  R.,  Broad  St.  Station, 

Philadelphia,  Pa.   (29).    1886. 
Emerson,  Prof.  Benjamin  K.,  Box  203,  Amherst,  Mass.  (19).     1877.     E  F 
Emery,  Charles  E.,  Bennett  Building,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (34).   1886.     DBA 
Em.mons,  S.  F.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.   (26).     1879.    E 
Engelmann,  George  J.,  M.D.,  336  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.    (25).    1875. 

FH 
Ewell,  Ervin  E.,  3644  Thirteenth  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

1896.  C 
Eyerman.  John,  "Oakhurst,"  Easton,  Pa.  (33).     1889.  E  C 

Fairbanks,  Henry,  Ph.D.,  St.  Johnsbury,  Vt.  (14).     1874.    B  D   A 
Fairchild,  Prof.  H.  L.,  University  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.  Y.     (28). 

1883.  EF 

Fanning,  John  T..  Consulting  Eng.,   Kasota  Block,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(29).     1885.    D 
Fargis,  Rev.  Geo.  A.,  Georgetown  College,  Georgetown,  D.  C.   (40).  1892. 
Farlow,  Dr.  W.  G.,  24  Quiucy  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (20).     1875.     G 
Farquhar,  Henry,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).  1886.   A  I  6  B 

(63) 


Ixiv  FELLOWS, 

Feruow,  Bernhaid  E.,  Chief  of  Forestry  Division,  Dep't  of  Agriculture^ 

Wasliington,  D.  C.  (31).     1887.    6  I 
Ferry,  Ervin  S.,  Univ.  of  WLscousin,  Madison,  Wis.  (41).  1896. 
Firmstone,  F.,  Easton,  Pa.   (;33).  1887.  D 
Fiske,  Thos.  S.,  A.M.,  Pli.D.,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (88). 

1891.     A 
Fitch,  Edward  H.,  Jefferson,  Ashtabula  Co.,  Ohio  (11).     1874.  I  E 
Flather,  Prof.  John  J.,  160  South  St.,  Lafayette,  lud.   (44).  189G.  D 
Fletcher,  Miss  Alice  C,  care  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (29). 

1883.    H 
•  Fletcher,  James,  Dominion  Entomologist,   Experimental  Farm,  Ottawa^ 

Ontario,  Can.    (31).  1883.     F 
Fletcher,  Dr.  Robert,  Army  Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.    (29). 

1881.  F  H 

Flint,  Albert  S.,  Washburn  Observ.,  Madison,  Wis.   (30).     1887.    A 
Flint,  James  M.,  Surgeon  U.  S.  N.,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (28).     1882.    F 
Ford,  Prof.  D.  R.,  Elraira,  N.  Y.   (41).    1894.     A  B 

Fox,  Oscar  C,  U.  S.  Patent  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36).  1891.    B  D  A 
Franklin,  William  S.,  Ames,  Iowa  (36).     1892. 
Frazer,  Dr.  Pkrsifor,  Drexel  Building,  Room  1042,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (24). 

1879.     E  C 
Frazier,  Prof.  B.  W.,  The  Lehigh  University,  So.  Bethlehem,  Pa.  (24). 

1882.  E  C 

Frear,  Wm.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.  (33).    1886.    C 

Freer,  Prof.  Paul  C,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.     (39).   1891.    C 

French,  Prof.  Thomas,  jr.,  Ridgeway  Ave.,  Avondale,  Cincinnati,   Ohio' 

(30).     1883.    B 
Frisby,  Prof.  Edgar,  U.  S.  N.  Observ.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (28).     1880.  A 
Frost,  Edwin  Brant,  Hanover,  N.  H.   (38).     1890.     A  B 
Frost,  Howard  v.,  Ph.D.,  Arlington,  Mass.   (38).  1895.     C 
Fuller,  Andrew  S.,  Ridgewood,  Bergen  Co.,  N.  J.   (24).     1882.  F 
Fuller,  Prof.  Homer  T.,  Pres.  Drury  Coll.,  Springfield,  Mo.   (35).   1891. 

G  E 
Fulton,  Robert  B.,  Chancellor  Univ.  of   Miss..  Prof,  of  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy, University,  Miss.  (21).     1887.     BA 

Gaffleld,  Thomas,  54  Allen  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (29).     1889.   C  B 

Gage,  Prof.  Simon  Henry,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (28).     1881.      F 

Galbraith,  Prof.  John,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.  (38).     1889. 

Galloway,  B.  T.,  Dep't  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.    (37).   1890.  6 

Gibbs,  Prof.  J.  Willard,  New  Haven,  Conn.   (33).     1885.  B 

Gilbert,   G.   K.,  U.  S.  Geol.   Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.     (18).     1874.     E 

Gill,  Adam  Capen,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.    (38).    1894.    E 

Gill,  Augustus  Herman,  Mass.  Inst.  Technology,  Back  Bay,  Boston,  Mass.. 

(44).     1896.  C 
Gill,  Prof.  Theo.,  Columbian  Univ.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (17).  1874.     F 
(64) 


FELLOWS.  IXV 

Gillette,  Clarence  P..  Fort  Collins,  Col.  (37).     1893. 

Gillman,  Henry.  183  Fort  St..  West,  Detroit,  Mich.   (24).   1875.     H  F 

Gilman,  Daniel  C  President  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore.  Md. 

(10).   1875.  E  H 
Glenn,  William,  1348  Block  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.   (33).     1893.     C 
Goessnian,  Prof.  C.  A.,  Mass.  Agricultural  College,  Amherst,  Mass.  (18). 

1875.     C 
Goff,  E.  S.,  1113  University  Ave.,  Madison,  Wis.  (35).     1889. 
Gold,  Theodore  S.,  West  Cornwall,  Conn.  (4).    1887.    B  C 
Goldschmidt,  S.  A.,  Ph.D.,  43  Sedgwick  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (24).     1880. 

C  E  B 
Goldsmith,  Edw..  G58  No.  10th  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (29).   1892.    C  B 
Gooch,  Frank  A.,  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (25).     1880.  C 
Goodale,  Prof.  G.  L.,  Botanic  Gardens,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (18).     1875.  G 
Goodfellow,  Edward,  Ass't  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (24).     1879.     A  H 
Goss,  Prof.  Wm.  F.  :m.,  Lafayette,  End.  (39).     1896. 
Grant,  Mrs.  Mary  J.,  36  Division  St.,  Daubury,  Conn.  (23).     1874.    A 
Grant,  Ulysses  S.,  Ph.D.,  Geol.  Survey  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

(39).   1893.  E 
Gratacap,  L.  P.,  Ph.B.,  77th  St.  and  8th  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (27).     1884. 

C  E  F 
Gray,  Prof.  Thomas,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.  (38).     1889. 
Green.  Arthur  L..  Purdue  Univ.,  Lafayette,  lud.    ("33).     1888.  C 
Green,  Traill,  M.D.,  Easton,  Pa.  (1).     1874.  C  F 
Grimes,  J.  Stanley,  Room  18,  115  Monroe  St.,  care  Newark  Life  Ins.  Co., 

Chic:igo,Tll.   (17).   1874.    EH 
Grinnell,  George  Bird,  40  Park  Row,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (25).     1885.  F  E 
Griswold,  Leon  Stacy,  238  Boston  St.,  Dorchester,  Mass.  (38).     1893.  E 

Hague,  Arnold,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (26).     1879. 
Haines,  Reuben,  Haines  and  Chew  St.,    Germantown,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

(27).     1889.     C  B 
Hale,  Albert  C,  Ph.D.,  No.  551  Putnam  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (29).   1886. 

G  B 
Hale,  Geo;  E.,  Director  of  the   Observatory,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Cliicago, 

Hi.   (37).  1891.     ABC 
Hale,   William  H.,  Ph.D.,  40  First  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.   Y.    (19).     1874. 

I  F  H  G  B  E  A 
Haliburton,  R.  G.,  Q.C..  99  State  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (43).  1895.     H 
Hall.  Arthur  G.,  36  Oakland  Ave.,  Ann  Arbor.  Mich.  (41).     1896.  A  B 
Hall,  Prof.  Asaph,  2715  N  St.,  Georgetown,  D.  C.     (25).     1877.     A 
Hall,  Asaph,  jr.,  Univ.  of  Mich.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (38).    1890.     A 
Hall,  Prof.  C.  W.,  Dean  Coll.  Eng.  Met.  and  Mcchan.  Arts,  University  of 

:\Iinnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  (28).  1883.     D  E 
Hall,  Prof.  Edwin  H.,  5  Avon  St.,  Cambridge,  :^L1ss.  (29).     1881.  B 
Hall,  Prof.  Lyman  B..  Haverford  College,  Haverford,  Pa.  (31).     1884.    G 

A.   A.  A.   S.    VOL.   XLV.  E  (65) 


Ixvi  FELLOWS. 

Hallock,  Albert  P.,  Ph.D.,  440  First  Ave.,  New  York.  N.  Y.   (.SI).   1896.    C 
Hallock,  Dr.  Wm.,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  X.  Y.   (40).     1893.    B  E 
Hallowell,  Mi.ss  Susan  M.,  Wellesley  Coll.,  Wellesley,  Mass.  (33).  1890.    6 
Halsted,  Byron   D.,  New  Jersey  Aiiricnltural  Experiment  Station,  New 

Brunswick,  N.  J.  (29).     1883.    G 
Halsted,  Prof.  George  Bruce,  Austin.  Texas  (43).     1896. 
Hambach,  Dr.  G.,  1319  Lami  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.   (26).   1891.  F  E 
Hanamax,  C.  E.,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (19).     1883.  F 

Hardy,  Prof.  A.  S.,  Dartmonth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.  (28).   1883.  A 
Hargitt,  Prof.  Charles  W..  Syracuse  Univ.,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.   (38).  1891.     F 
Harkkess,  Prof.  William,  U.  S.  N.  Observatory.    Washington,  D.    C. 

(26).     1878.    A  B  C  D 
Harris,  Abram  Wiuegardner,   Sc.D.,  Pres.  Maine  State  College,  Orotio, 

Me.     (40).  1895.     C 
Harris,  Prof.  E.  P.,  Amherst  College,  Amherst,  Mass.   (44).   1896. 
Harris,  Gilbert  D.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (37).    1893.    FE 
Harris,  Uriah  R.,  Lieutenant  U.  S.  N.,  U.   S.  S.  Adams,  care  Navy  Pay 

Office,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  (34).   1886.    A 
Harris,  W.  T.,  1303  P  St.,  N.  W.,  Washingtou,  D.  C.  (27).    1887.    H  I    ^ 
Hart,  Edw.,  Ph.D.,  Lafayette  Coll.,  Easton,  Pa.  (33).     1885.  C 
Hasbrouck,  Prof.  I.  E.,  364  Carlton  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (23).  1874.    DAI 
Haskell,  Eugene  E.,  U.  S.  Engineer  Office,  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  Mich.   (39). 

1896.   ABD 
Hastings,  C.  S.,  Slieffield  Scientific  School  of  Yule  College,  New  Haven, 

Conn.   (25).     1878.    B 
Hathaway,  Prof.  A.  S.,  Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  lud.  (41). 

1893.     A 
Haynes,  Prof.  Henry  W.,  239  Beacon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (28).     1884.    H 
Heal,  Wm.  E.,  Marion,  lud.  (39).   1891.     A 
Hering,  Rudolph,  Civil  and  Sanitary  Engineer,  277  Pearl  St.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.     (33).     1885.    DEI 
Herty,  Chas.  Holmes,  Ph.D.,  Univ.  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Ga.  (42).  1895. 

G 

Hervey,  Rev.  A.  B.,  Bath,  Me.   (22).    1879.    F 

Hilgard,    Prof.    E.    W.,    University   of  California,   Berkeley,    Cal.     (11). 

1874.    C  E  B 
Hill,  David  J.,  Pres.  Univ.  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (41).  1895.  H  I 
Hill,  Robert  Thomas,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.    (36).  1889. 

E 

Hillyer,  Homer  W.,  Ph.D.,  Chem.  Laboratory,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madi- 
son, Wis.   (42).    1896.    C 
Himes,  Prof.  Charles  F.,  Carlisle,  Pa.  (29).     1882.   B  C 
Hinriclis,  Dr.  Gustavus,  3132  Lafayette  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.    (17).     1874. 

C  B 

Hitchcock,  Albert  Spear,  Manhattan,  Kan.   (39).     1892.     6 
Hitchcock,  Pkof.  Charles  H.,  Hanover,  N.  H.  (11).     1874.    E 
Hobbs,  William  Herbert,  Ph.D.,  Madison,  Wis.  (41).     1893.     E 

(66) 


FELLOWS.  IxVli 

Hodges,  N.  D.  C,  874  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).    1882.   B 
Hodgkins,  Prof.  H.  L.,  Columbian  Univ.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).    1896. 

AB 

Hoffmann,  Dr.   Fred.,  "Rundschau,"  P.  O.  Box  1680,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(28).     1881.   C  F 
Holden,  Prof.  E.  S.,  Mt.  Hamilton,  Cal.   (23).   1875.    A 
Holland,  W.  J.,  D.D.,  LL.D.,    Chancellor  of  the  Western  Univ.  of  Pa., 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.   (37).   1896.  F 
HoUick,  Arthur,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (31).  1892.  GE 
Holmes,  Prof.  Jos.  A.,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.   (33).   1887.    E  F 
Holmes,  Wra.  H.,  Field  Columbian  Mus.,  Chicago,  111.   (30).  1883.    H 
Hoi  way,  E.  W.  D.,  Decorah,  Iowa  (33).    1890.  G 

Hosea,  Lewis  M.,  Johnston  Building,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (30).     1883.    B  H 
Hotchkiss,  Major  Jed.,  Staunton,  Va.  (31).     1883.  E  H  I 
Hough,  Prof.  G.  W.,  Northwestern  Univ.,  Evaustou,  111.    (15).    1874.      A 
Hough,  Walter,  U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.  (38).     1890. 
Hovey,  Edmund  O,  Amer.   Mus.  Nat.   History,   Ne^v  York,   N.   Y.  (36). 

1895.     C  E 
Hovey,  Rev.  Horace  C,  60  High   St.,  Newburyport,  Mass.    (29).    1883. 

E  H 
Howard,  Prof.  Curtis  C,  97  Jefferson  Ave.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (38).    1892.    C 
Howard,  Leland  O.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.  (37).     1889.    F 
Howe,  Charles  S.,  Prof,  of  Mathematics,  Case  School  of  Applied  Science, 

Cleveland,  Ohio  (34).   1891.     A 
Howe,  Prof.  Jas.  Lewis,  Washington  and  Lee  Univ.,  Lexington,  Va.   (36). 

1888.  C 
Howell,  Edwin  E.,  612  17th  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (25).   1891     E 
Hubbard,  Gardiner  Greene,  1328  Conn.  Ave.,  Washington,  D.  C.    (40). 

1893.    E 
Hubbard,  Henry  Guernsey,  230 New  Jersey  Ave.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (41). 

1895.     F 
HuiJBAHD,  Prof.  Oliveij  Paysox,  65  W.  10th  St..  New  York,  N.  Y.  (1). 

1896. 
Hulst,  Rev.  Geo.  D.,  15  Himrod  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (29).     1887.    F 
Humphreys,  W.  J.   (42).    1894.     B 

Hunt.  Alfred  E.,  116  AVater  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.   (35).   1891.    C  D 
^>5j.  Hunter,  Andrew  Frederick,  Barrie,  Ontario,  Can.  (38).  B  H  I 

Hyatt,   Prof.    Alpheus,    Natural    History    Society,    Boston,    Mass.     (18). 

1875.    E 
Hyde,  Prof.  E.  W.,  Station  D,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (25).     1881.    A 

Iddings,  Joseph  P.,  The  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (31).    1884.    E 

Jack,  John  G.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.   (31).     1890.     G 

Jackson,  Prof.  Charles  L  ,  Harvard  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (44).   189."..  C 
Jack-ion,  Robert  T.,33  Gloucester  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (37).  1890.    F 
Jacobus,  David  S.,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (36).   1889.      DBA 
Jacoby,  Harold,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (38).   1891.    A 

(67) 


1887. 

H  F 

1884. 

F  H 

1881. 

FH 

Ixviii  FELLOWS. 

Jacoby,  Henry  S.,  Associate  Prof,  of  Bridge  Eu.nineering  and  Grapliics^ 

Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (36).  1892.    D 
James,  Jos.  F.,  M.S.,  Hingliam,  Mass.   (30).  1881.'.    E  G 
JastroAv,  Dr.  Jos.,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.   (35). 
Jayne,  Horace  F.,  1826  Chestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (29). 
Jeffries,  B.  Joy,  M.D.,  15  Chestnut  St.,    Boston,  Mass.  (29). 
Jenkins,  Edw.  H.,  DraAver  101,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (33).     1885.  C 
Jenks,  Elisha  T.,  Middleborough,  Mass.  (22).     1874.    D 
Jesup,  Prof.  Henry  G.,  Dartmouth  College,  Hanover,  N.  H.  (36).   1891.    F 
Jesup,  Morris  K.,  44  Pine  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).  1891.    I 
Jewell,  Theo.  F.,  Commander  U.  S.  Navy,  Navy  Yard,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(25).     1882.    B 
Jillson,  Dr.  B.  C,  6045  Bond  St.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.   (14).     1881.  E  H  F 
Johnson,  John  B.,  Washington  Univ.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.   (33).     1886.    D 
Johnson,  Otis  C,  52  Thayer  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (84).   1886.    C 
Jones,  Lewis  R.,  Burlington,  Vt.    (41).    1894.   G 
Jones,  Prof.  Marcus  E.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  (40).     1893. 
Jordan,  Prof.  David  S.,  Palo  Alto,  Menlo  Park  P.  0.,  Cal.  (31).    1883.  F 
Jnlien,  A.  A.,  New  York  Acad,  of  Sciences,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (24).     1875. 

EG 

Kedzie,  Mrs.  Nellie  S.,  Manhattan,  Kan.   (84).    1890.     I  F 

Kedzie,  Prof.  Robert  C,  Agricultural  College,  Mich.  (29).     1881.    C 

Kellerman,  Prof.  William  A.,  Ohio  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (41).     1893.  G 

Kellicott,  David  S.,  Columbus,  Ohio     (31).     1883.    F 

Kemp,  James   F.,  School   of  Mines,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(36).     1888.     E 
Kendall,  Prof.  E.  Otis,  3826  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa'.  (29).     1882.   A 
Kent,  William,  Passaic,  N.  J.  (26).     18'81.   D  I 
Kershner,  Prof.  Jefferson  E.,  Lancaster  City,  Pa.  (29).     1883.   A  B 
Kinealy,  John  H.,  Washington  Univ.,  St.  Louis,  IMo.    (36).    1891.    D 
King,  F.  H.,  Experiment  Station,  Madison,  Wis.   (32).     1892.     E  F 
Kinnicutt,  Dr.   Leonard   P.,   Polytechnic   Inst.,  Worcester,  Mass.    (28). 

1883.  C 
Klotz,  Otto  Julius,  437  Albert  St.,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Can.  (38).     1889. 
KnoAvltou,  Frank  H.,  U.  S.  National  Museum,   Washington,  D.  C.   (33). 

1898.     G  E 

Kober,  Geo.  Martin,  M.D.,  1819  Q  St.  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.    (40). 

1896.     H 
Kunz,  G.  F.,  care  Messrs.  Tiffany  &  Co.,  Union  Square,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(29).     1883.  EHC 

Lacoe,  Ralph  D.,  Pittston,  Pa.  (31).     1898.     E  F 

Ladd,  Prof.  E.  F.,  Agricultural  Coll.,  Fargo,  No.  Dakota  (36).     1889.  C 
Laflamme,  Prof.  J.  C.  K.,  Laval  Univ.,  Quebec,  Can.  (29).     1887.    E  B 
LaFlesche,  Francis,   Indian  Bureau,  Interior  Dep't,   Washington,  D.  C. 
(33).     1885.  H 
(68) 


FELLOWS.  Ixix 

Lamb,  Daniel  S.,  M.I).,  800  10th  St.,  N.  ^Y.,  Washington,  T>.  C.   (40). 

189-4.   H 
Landreth,  Olin  H.,  Prof,  of  Civil  Engineering,  Union  College,  Schenec- 
tady, N. Y.  (28).   1883.    D 
Langenbeck,  Karl,  27  Orchard  St.,  Zanesville,  Ohio  (39).     1890.     C 
Laugley,  Prof.  J.  \V.,  Case  School  of  .\pplied  Science,  Cleveland,    Ohio 

(23).     1875.     C  B 
Langley,  Prof.  S.   P.,    Secretary  Smithsonian   Institution,   Washington, 

D.  C.   (18).  1874.    A  B 
Lanza,  Prof.  Gaetano.  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology,  Boston,  Mass.  (29). 

1882.  DAB 
Larkin,  Edgar  L.,  Director  Knox  College   Observatory,    Galesburg,    111. 

(28).     1883.  A 
Lattimore,  Prof.  S.  A.,  University  of  Rochester,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (15). 

1874,  C 
Laudy,  Louis  H.,  Ph.D.,  School  of  Mines,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.   (28).     1890.  C 
Lawrence,  George  N.,  45  E.  21st  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (7).     1877.    F 
Lazenby,  Prof.  Wm.  R.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (30).     1882.   B  I 
Leach,    Miss   Mary   F.,    Mt.    Holyoke   Coll.,  South   Hadley,  Mass.  (44). 

1896.     C 
LeBrun,  Mrs.  Michel,  222  West  23d  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (H5).     1892.     F 
LeConte,  Prof.  Joseph,  Univ.  of  Cal.,  Berkeley,  Cal.  (29).     1881.   E  F 
Ledoux,  Albert  R.,  Ph.D.,  9  Cliff  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (26).   1881.    C 
Leeds,  Prof.  .AlbertR.,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (23),     1874.    C  F 
Lefavour,  Prof.  Henry,  Williams  Coll..  WilliamstoAvn,  Mass.    (42).  1894. 
Lehmaun,  G.  W..  Ph.D.,  412  East  Lombard  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (30).  1885. 

GB 
Leuuon,  WiUiamH.,  Brockport,  N.  Y.    (31).    1894.    GC 
Lesley,  Prof.  J.  Peter,  State  Geologist  of  Pennsylvania,  1008  Clinton  St., 

Philadelphia,  Pa.  (2).     1874.   E 
Leverett,  Frank,  Denmark,  Iowa  (37).     1891.     E 
Libbey,  Prof.  William,  jr.,  Princeton,  N.  J.  (29).     1887.     E  F 
Lindahl,  Josua,  Ph.D.,  Society  of  Natural  History,  Cincinnati,  Ohio    (40). 

1892.     F  E 
Liudentha'l,  Gustav,  C.E.,   45  Cedar  St.,  New   York,  N.  Y.     (37).     1891.    I 
Lintner,  J.  A.,  N.  Y.  State  Entomologist,  Room  27,  Capitol,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

(22).     1874.  F 
Livermore,  Win.  R.,    Maj.  of  Eng.  U.  S.  A.,    P.    O.    Building,    Boston, 

Mass.   (38).    1895.  C 
Lloyd,  John  Uri,  Pharmaceutical  Chemist,  Court  and  Plum  Sts.,  Cincin- 
nati, Ohio  (38).     1890.    CF 
Lloyd,  Mrs.  Rachel,  Box  675,  Lincoln,  Neb.   (31).     1889.  C 
Locy,  Prof.  Wm.  A.,  Lake  Forest,  111.  (34).    1890.    F 
Loeb,  Morris,  Ph.D.,  37  E.  38th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36).     1889.  C 
Lon-.',  Prof.  John  H.,  40  Dearborn  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (41).  1895.     C 
Lord.  Prof.  Nat.  AV.,  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (29).     1881.     C 

(69) 


IXX  FELLOWS. 

Loud.  Prof.  Frank  H.,  1203  N.  Tejon  St.,  Colorado  Springs,  Col.   (29). 

AB 
Loughridge,  Dr.  K.  II.,  Ass't  Prof.  Agric.  Chem.  and  Agric.  Geol.,  Univ. 

of  California,  Berkeley,  Cal.     (21)       1874.    EC 
Love,  Edward  G.,  80  E.  55th  St.,  New  York,  N.    Y.  (24).     1882.     C 
Low,  Seth,  President  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (29).     1890. 
Lo-well,  Percival,  58  State  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (3f>).     1896.     A 
Lyford,  Edwin  F.,  Springfield,  Mass.   (33).     1896.     B  C  H 
Lyle,  David  Alexander,  Captain  Ordnance  Dept.  U.  S.  A.,  Ordnance  Office, 

War  Dept.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (28).     1880.     D 
Lyon,  Dr.  Henry,  34  Monument  Sq.,  Charlestown,  Mass.  (18).     1874. 

McAdie,  Alexander  George,  U.  S.  Weather  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(40).  1892.     B 
McCauley,  Major  C.  A.  H.,  Q.  M.,  U.  S.  A.,  1428  Arch  St.,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.  (29).     1881. 
McClintock,  Emory,  Morristown,  N.  J.  (43).  1895.    A 
McCreath,  Andrew  S.,  223  Market  St.,  Harrisburg,  Pa.  (33).     1889.  C  E 
McCurdy,  Chas.  W.,  Sc.D.,  Prof,  of  Chem.,  Univ.   of  Idaho,    Moscow, 

Idaho    (35).  1895.     PE 
McDonnell,  Prof.  Henry  B.,  College  Park,  Md.  (40).  1893.     C 
McGee,  Dr.  Anita  Newcomb,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.   (37).     1892.    H 
McGee,  W  J,  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology,  Washington,  D.  C.    (27). 

1882.    H  E 
McGill,  John  T.,  Pli.D.,  Vanderbilt  Univ.,  Nashville,  Tenn.    (36).   1888.  'C 
McGregory,  Prof.  J.  F.,  Colgate  Univ.,  Hamilton,  N.  Y.   (35).     1892.      C 
McMahon,  James,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (36).'    1891.     A 
MacMillan,  Prof.  Conway,  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.    (42). 

1894.    G 
McMurtrie,  William,  106  Wall  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (22).     1874.    C 
McNeill,  Malcolm,  Lake  Forest,  111.  (32).     1885.   A 
McRae,  Austin  Lee,  Consulting  Electrical  Eng.,  306  Oriel  Building,  St. 

Louis,  Mo.   (39).     1891.     B 
Mabery,  Prof.  C.  F.,   Case  School  of  Applied   Science,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

(29).     1881.    C 
Macbride,  Prof.  Thomas  H..  Iowa  City,  Iowa  (38).     1890.    G 
Macfarlane,  Prof.  A.,  Lehigh  Univ.,  So.  Bethlehem,  Pa.   (34).   1886.  B  A 
Macloskie,  Prof.  George,  College  of  New  Jersey,  Princeton,  N.  J.  (25). 

1882.       F 
Magie,  Prof.  Wm.,  F.,  Coll.,  of  New  Jersey,  Princeton,  N.  J.    (35).   1887. 
Mann,  B.    Pickman,    1918  Sunderland   Place,    Washington,   D.   C.  (22). 

1874     I  F 
Marcy,  Oliver,  LL.D.,  Evanston.  111.  (10).     1874.  E 
Mark,  Prof.  E.  H.,  Louisville,  Ky.   (39).     1893.     B 
Marlatt.  Charles  L.,  1st  Ass't  Entomologist,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington, 

D.  C.   (40).    1895.     F 

(70) 


V 

% 


FELLOWS.  IXXl 

Marsh,  Prof.  C.  Dwight,  Ripoii,  Wis.   (84).   1893.     F  E 
Maksh,  Pkof.  0.  C,  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (15).     1874.    F  H 
Martin,  Arteraas,  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.   (38).     1890.    A 
Martin.  Prof.  Daniel   S.,  236  West  4th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (23).      1879. 

E  F 
Martin,  Miss  Lillie  J.,  Girls'  High  School,  San  Francisco,  Cal.    (32).  1886. 

F  C 
Martin,  Prof.  Wra.  J.,  Davidson  College,  N.  C.  (31).     1884.    C  E 
Marvin,  C.  F.,  U.  S.  AVeather  Bureau,  Washington,  D.  C.   (39).    1892.     B 
^Marvin,  Frank  O.,  Univ.  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kan.    (35).    1894.   D 
Mason,  Dr.  William  P.,  Prof.  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Troy,  N.  Y. 

(31).  1886.    C 
Matthews,    Dr.  Washington,  1262  New  Hampshire   Ave.,  cor.  21st  St., 

N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (37).    1888.    H 
Mayer,  Prof.   A.  M.,  Stevens  Inst,  of  Technology,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (19). 

1874. 
Meehan,  Thomas,  Germantown,  Pa.  (17).     1875     G 
Mees,  Prof.  Carl  Leo,  Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.      (24). 

1876.   B  C 
Mell.  Prof.  P.  H.,  Polytechnic  Inst,  Auburn,  Ala.   (39).     1895.     EG 
Mendenhall,    Prof.    T.    C,   President  Worcester  Polytechnic   Institute, 

Worcester,  Mass.  (20).  1874.     B 
Menocal,  Anicito  G.,  C.  E.,  U.  S.  X.,  Navy  Yard,  Washington,  D.  C.   (36). 

1888.    D 
Mercer,  H.  C,  Doylestown,  Bucks  Co.,  Pa.   (41).    1893.     H 
Merrill,  Frederick  J.  H.,  Ph.D.,  Ass't  Director  New  York  State  Museum, 

Albany,  N.  Y.   (35).   1887.  E 
Merriman,  C.  C,  1910  Surf  St.,  Lake  View,  Chicago,  111.  (29).     1880.     F 
Merriman,  Prof.  Mansfield,  So.  Bethlehem,  Pa.  (32).    1885.     A  D 
Merritt,  Ernest,    Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (33).     1890.  B 
Metcalf,  William,  Pittsljurgh,  Pa.    (33).   1894.  D 
Michael,  Mrs.  Helen  Abt)Ott,  44  Mount  Vernon  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (33). 

1885.    C  F 
Michelson.  Prof.  A.  A..  Chicago  Univ.,  Chicago,  111.     (26).     1879.     B 
Miles,  Prof.  Manly,  Lansing,  Mich.  (29).     1890.     F  I 
Miller,  Prof.  William  S.,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.  (42).    1894.    F 
Mills,  James,  M.A.,  Guelph,  Ontario,  Can.  (31).  1895.     I  C 
Mills,  Prof.  Wesley,  McGill  College,  Montreal,  P.  Q.,Can.  (31).'l886.  F  H 
Minot,  Dr.  Charles  Sedgwick,  Harvard  aiedical  School,  Back  Bay,  Bos- 
ton, Mass.    (28).     1880.    F 
Minot,  Francis,  M.D.,  Keadville,  Mass.  (29).     1884. 
Mixter,  Prof.  Wm.  G.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (30).     1882.      C 
Mohr,  Dr.  Charles,  Mobile,  Ala.   (40).  1895.     6 
Moler,  Geo.  S.,  106  University  Ave.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (38).     1892. 
Moody,  Robert  O.,  M.D.,  Fair  Haven  Heights,  New  Haven,  Conn.   (35). 

1892.    F 
Mooney,  James,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washington,  D.  C.  (38).     1890.    H 

("1) 


Ixxii  FELLOWS. 

Moore,  E.  Hastings,  The  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Cliicago,  111.   (39).   1891.      A 
Moore,  Prof.  J.  W.,  M.D.,  Lafayette  College,  Easton,    Pa.  (22).     1874.    B 

DA 
Moore,  Veranus  A.,  M.D.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (40).     1892.     F 
Moorehead,  Warren  K.,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Colmubns,  Ohio  (38).  1890.    H 
Morelaud,  Prof.  S.  T.,  Lexington,  Va.    (33).    1894.   B  D 
Morley,  Prof.    Edward    W.,    23   Cutler   St.,    Cleveland,  Ohio  (18).     1876. 

C  B  E 
Morse,  Prof.  E.  S.,  Salem,  Mass.  (18).     1874.  F  H 
Morton,  H.,  Stevens  Institute  Technology,  Hoboken,  N.  J.   (18).     1875. 

BG 
Moser,  Lieut.  Comd'r  Jefl".  F.,  U.  S.  N.,  Com'dg  U.  S.  F.  S.  Str.  Albatross, 

Navy  Pay  Office,  San  Francisco,  Cal.  (28).  1889.  E 
Moses,  Prof.  Thomas  F.,  Urbana  University,  Urbana,  Ohio  (25).  18«3.  HF 
Munroe,  Prof.  C.  E.,  Columbian  Univ.,  Washisigtoii,  D.   C.   (22).    1874.    C 
Murdoch,  John,  Rocli,  Plymouth  Co.,  Mass.  (29).     1880.     F  H 
Murtfeldt,  Miss  Mary  E.,  Kirkwood,  Mo.   (27).     1881.    F 
Myers,  John  A.,  Agric.Exper.  Station,  Morgantown,  W.  Va.  (30).    18il9.    C 

Nagle,  Prof.  James  C,  A.  and  M.  Coll.,  College  Station,  Texas  (-10).   1893- 

D  B 
Nason,  Frank  L.,  5  Union  St.,  New  Brunswick,  X.  J.  (36).  1888.      E 
Nef,  J.  U.,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.    (39).     1891.     C 
Nelson,  Prof.  A.  B.,  Centre  College,  Danville,  Ky.   (30).     1882.    A  B  D 
Newcomb,  Prof.  S.,  Navy  Dep't,  Washington,  D.  C.  (13).     1874.  A  B 
Newcombe,  Frederick  Chas.,  51  E.  Liberty  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (43). 

1896.  6 
Newell,  F.  H.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washiuarton,  D.  C.    (40).    1893. 
NeAvell,  William  Wells,  Editor  Journal  American  Folk  Lore,  Cambridge, 

Mass.    (41).    1893.     H 
Nichols,  Ernest  Fox,  Hamilton,  N.  Y.   (41).     1893.     B 
Nichols,  E.L.,Ph.D.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Itliaca,  N.  Y.  (28).   1881.  B  C 
Nicholson,  Prof.  H.  H.,  Box  675,  Lincoln,  Neb.  (36).  1888. 
Niles,  Prof.  W.  H.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (16).     1874.      E 
Norton,  Pkof.  Thomas  H.,  Univ.  of  Cincinnati,  Cincinnati,  Ohio    (35). 

1887.     C 
Novy,  Dr.  Frederick  G..  UniA.  of   Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.     (36). 

1889.      C 
Noyes,  Prof.  Wm.   A.,  Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.   (32). 

1885.  C 
Nuttall,  Mrs.  Zelia,  care  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (35).    1887. 

H 
Nutting,    Prof.    Charles    C.,    State    Univ.  of  Iowa,  Iowa  City,  Iowa  (40). 

1892.     F 

Ogden,  Herbert  G.,  U.  S.  Coast  and  G.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (38). 
1891.    E 

(72) 


FELLOWS.  Ixxiii 

Orel  way,  Prof.  Joliii  M.,  Tiilane  Uuiv.,  New  Orleans,  La.  (9).     1875.    C 
Orndorff,  Dr.  William  Rid^ely.  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (41).  1893.    C 
Orr,  William,  jr.  30  Firglade  Ave.,  Spriugfleld,  Mass.  (39).  1895.     F  B 
Orton,  Prof.  Edward,  President  Ohio  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College, 

Columbus,  Ohio  (19).     1875.  E 
Osborn,  Henry  F.,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (29).     1883.     F 
Osborn,  Herbert,  Ames,  Iowa  (32).     1884.    F 
Osmond,  Prof.  I.  Thornton,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa.  (33).     1889. 

BAG 

Packard,  Dr.  A.  S..  115  Angcll  St.,  Providence,  R.  I.  (10).    1875.    F  E 
Paine,  Cyrus  F.,  800  Granite  Building,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (12).     1874.  B  A 
Palache,  Charles,  University  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (44).   1890.    E 
Palfray,  Hon.  Charles  W.,  Salem,  Mass.  (21).     1874. 

Pammel,  Prof.  L.  H.,  Iowa  Agricultural  College,  Ames,  Iowa  (39).   1892. 
Parke,  John  G.,  Gen.  {].  S.  A  ,   16  Lafayette  Square,  Washington.  1^.  C. 

(29).     1881.     D 
Parkhukst,  Hexry  M.,  173  Gates  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (23).     1874.    A 
Parsons,  Prof.  C.  Lathrop,  Durham,  N.  H.   (41).     1896. 
Patrick,  Geo.  E.,  Ames,  Iowa  (86).     1890.     C 

Patterson,  Harry  J.,  College  Park,  Prince  George's  Co.,  Md.  (30).    1890.    C 
Paul,  Prof.  Henry  M.,  U.  S.  Naval  Observatory,  Washington,  D.  C.   (33). 

1885.     A   B 
Peabody,  Selim  H.,  4200  Berkeley  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.  (17).  1885.     DBF 
Pedrick,  Wm.  R.,  Lawrence,  Mass.  (22).     1875. 
Peet,  Rev.  Stephen  D.,  Good  Hope,  lU.   (24).   1881.     H 
Penrose,  Dr.  R.  A.  F.,  1331  Spruce  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.     (38).   1890.      E 
Perkins,  Prof.  George  H.,  Burlington,  Vt.  (17).     1882.   H  F  E 
Perry,  Arthur  C,  226  Halsey  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).     1890.    A  B 
Peter,  Alfred  M.,  236  E.  :\Iaxwell  St.,  Lexington,  Ky.   (29).     1890.     C 
Peters,  Edw.  T.,  P.  O.  Box  265,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).     1889.    I 
Pettee,  Prof.  Wm.  H.,  52  Thompson  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (24).   1875.   E 
Phillips.  Prof.  A.  W.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (24).     1879. 
Phillips,  Prof.  Francis  C,  Western  Univ.,  Allegheny,  Pa.  (36).   1889.    C 
Phillips,  Dr.  Wm.  A.,  i<:vanstou.  III.   (41).   1895.     H 
Pickering,  Prof.  E.  C,  Director  of  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (18). 

1875.    A  B 
Pierce.  Perry  Benj.,  U.  S.  Patent  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).  1895. 

H 
Pillsbury,  Prof.  John  II.,  Stoneham,  Mass.   (23).  1885.     FH 
Piatt,  Franklin,  Ass't  Geologist,  2nd  Geol.  Survey  of  Pa.,   1017  Chestnut 

St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (27).     1882.    E 
Pohlman,  Dr.  Julius,  Buflalo,  N.  Y.  (32).     1884.     E  F 
Porter,  Thos.  C,  LL.D.,  Lafayette  College,  Easton,  Pa.  (33).     1887.     G 
Powell,  Major  J.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (23).    1875.     EH 
Power,  Frederick  B.,  care  Messrs.  Burroughs,  Wellcome  &  Co.,  42  Snow 

Hill,  London,  E.  C,  Eng.   (31).   1887.    C 

(73) 


Ixxiv  FELLOWS. 

Prentiss,  D.  Webster,  M.D.,  1101  14th  St.,  N.  AV.,  Washington,  D.  C  (29). 

1882.     F 
Prentiss,  Robert  W.,  Prof,  of  Mathematics  and  Astronomy,  Rutijers  Col- 
lege, New  Brunsvvicls',  N.  J.   (40).   1891.    A 
Prescott,  Prof.  Albert  II.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (23).     1875.  C 
Prosser,   Charles   S.,  Prof,   of  Geology,  Union  Coll.,  Schenectadj',  N.  Y. 

(33).  1891.     EF 
Pulsifer,  Wm.  H.,  Newton  Centre,  Mass.   (26).     1879.    A  H 
Pupin,  Dr.  M.  I.,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York.  N.  Y.   (44^.     189r>.     B 
Putnam,  Prof.  F.  W.,  Curator  Peabody  Museum  American  ArchiBology  and 
Ethnology,  Cambridge,  Mass.  ;  Curator  Dept.  Anthropology,  Amer. 
Museum  Nat.  History,  Central  Park,  NeAV  York,  N.  Y.  (Address  as 
Permanent  Secretary  A.  A.  A.  S.,  Salem,  Mass.)   (10).     1874.    H 
Pynchon,  Rev.  T.  R.,  Trinity  College,  Hartford,  Conn.   (23).     1875. 

Rathbun,  Richard,  care  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.   (40). 

1892.    F 
Raymond,  Rossiter  W.,  13  Burling  Slip,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (15).    1875.    E  I 
Raymond,  Prof.  Wm.  G.,  Rensselaer  Pol.yteclinic  Inst.,  Troy.N.  Y.    (44). 

1896.  D 
Rees,  Prof.  John  K.,  CoInmbiaUniv.,  New  York,  N.Y.   (26).     1878.    AEB 
Reese,  Charles  L.,  1801  Linden  Ave.,  Baltimore,  Md.    (39).     1892.     C 
Reese,  Jacob,  400  Cliestnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).   1891.    D  B 
Reid,  Harry  Fielding,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (36).    1893.  B 
Remsen,  Prof.  Ira,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.   (22).    1875.      C 
Rice,  Prof.   Wm.   Nortl),   Wesleyan  University,  Middletovvn,  Conn.  (18). 

1874.    E  F 
Richards,  Prof.  Charles    B.,  137   Edwards    St.,  New  Haven,  Conn.     (33). 

1885.    D 
Richards,  Edgar,  1621  H  St.,  Wasliington,  D.  C.  (31).  1886.     C 
Richards,  Prof.  Robert  H.,  Mass.  Inst.  Tech.,  Back  Bay,  Boston,  Mass. 

(22).     1875.  D 
Richards,  Mrs.  Robert  IL,  Prof.  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech.,  Back  Bay,  Boston, 

Mass.   (23).     1878.   C 
Richardson,  Clifford,  Sup't  of  Tests,  Barber  Asphalt  Paving  Co.,  Long 

Island  City,  N.  Y.   (30).     1884.   C 
Ricketts,  Prof.  Palmer  C,  17  1st  St.,  Troy,  N.  Y.   (33).     1887.     D  A 
Ricketts,  Prof.  Pierre  de  Peyster,  104  John  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (26). 

1880.     C  D  E 
Risteeu,  Allen  D.,  Hartford,  Conn.  (38).  1890.    A  B  D 
Ritchie,  E.  S.,  Newton  Highlands,  Mass.  (10).     1877.  B 
Robinson,  Benjamin  Lincoln,  Curator  Harvard  Herbarium,   Cambridge, 

Mass.   (41).    1893.     G 
Robinson,   Prof.    Franklin    C,    Bowdoin    College,    Brunswick,  Me.   (29). 

1889.  C  D 
Robinson,  Prof.  S.  W.,  1353  Highland  St.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (30).  1883. 

DBA 

(74) 


X 


FELLOWS.  IxXV 

Rockwell,  Gen.  Alfred  P.,  Manchester,   Mass.  (10).     1882.    E 
Kockwell,  Chas.  H..  Box  293,  Tarry  town,  N.  Y.   (28).     1883.    A  D 
Kockwood,  Prof.  Charles  G.,  jr.,  College  of  New  Jersey,  Princeton,  N.  J. 

(20).     1874.    A  E  B  D 
Rogers,  Prof.  W.  A.,  Colby  Univ.,  Waterville,  Me.  (15).    1875.    A  B  D 
Rominger,  Dr.  Carl,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (21).     1879.    E 
Rood,  Prof.  0.  N.,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (14).     1875.    B 
Rosa,  Edward  Bennett,   Prof,  of  Physics,  "Wesleyan  Univ.,  Mlddletown, 

Conn.   (39).     1892.     A  B 
Ross,  Prof.  Edward  A.,  Stanford,  Cal.  (41).    1894.   I 
Ross,  Waldo  O.,  1  Chestnut  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (29).     1882. 
Rotcli,  A.  Lawrence,  Readville,  Mass.   (39).    1896. 
Rowland,  Prof.  Henry  A.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (29).     1880.  B 
Rowlee,  W.  \V.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (41).     1894.  G 
Ruukle,  Prof.  J.  D.,  Mass.  Institute  of  Technology,  Boston,  Mass.    (2). 

1875.    A  D 
Rushy,  Henry  H.,  M.D.,  College  of  Pharmacy,  211  E.  23d  St.,  New  York, 

N.  Y.     (36).     1890.  G 
Russell,   Prof.  H.   L.,   University   of  Wisconsin,    Madison,   Wis.    (41). 

1894.  G 
Russell,  I.  C,  Univ.  of  Mich.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.   (25).     1882.    E 
Ryan,  Harris  J.,  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (38).     1890.  B 

Sadtler,  Sam'l  P.,  1042  Drexel  Building.  Philadelphia,  Pa.    (22).  1875.     C 
Saegmuller,  G.  N.,  132  Maryland  Ave.,  S.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (38). 

1891.    A  B 
Safford,  Dr.  James M.,  Nashville,  Tenn.  (6).     1875.    E  C  F 
Safford,  Prof.  Truman  H.,  Williamstown,  Mass.     (41).     1892.     A 
Salisbury,  Prof.  R.  D.,  Chicago  Univ.,  Chicago,  HI.     (37).     1890.  B  E 
Salmon,  Daniel  E.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.   (31).     1885.   F 
Sampson,  Commander  W.  T.,  U.  S.  N.,  Navy  Dept.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(25).  1881.     B  A 
Saunders,  Prof.  Charles E.,  32  St.  Mary  St.,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Can.  (41). 

1895.     C 
Saunders,    William,  Director   Canadian   Experimental    Farms,   Ottawa, 

Ontario.  Can.  (17).     1874.  F 
Saville,  Marshall  H.,  Amer.  Mus.   Nat.    Hist.,  Central  Park,  New  York, 

N.  Y.  (39).     1892.    H 
ScHAEBERLE,  J.  M.,  Astrouomcr  in  the  Lick  Observatory,  San  Jos6,  Cal. 

(34).   1886.    A 
Schanck,  Prof.  J.  Stillwell,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  (4).     1882.     C  B  H 
Schott,  Charles  A.,  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Office,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (8).     1874.    A 
Schurman,  Jacob  G.,  Pres.  Cornell  Univ.,  Ithaca,  N.Y.  (41).  1895.     H 
Schwarz,  E.  A.,  230  New  Jersey  Ave.,  Washington,  D.  C   (29).  1895.     F 
Schweinitz,  Dr.  E.  A.  de,  Dep't  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36). 

1889.    0 

(75) 


Ixxvi  FELLOWS. 

Schweitzer,  Prof.  Paul,  State  University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Mo.  (24) . 

1877.    C  B 
Scovell,  M.  A.,  Director  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Lex- 
ington, Ky.   (35).     1887. 
ScuDDER,  Samuel  H.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (13).     1874.  F 
Scull,  Miss  S.  A.,  1100  M    St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (40).   1895.     H 
Seaman,  W.  H.,  Chemist,  1424  11th  St.  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (23). 

1874.   C  F 
Searle,  Prof.  Geo.  M.,  Catholic  Univ.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (39).  1891.    A 
See,  Horace,  1  Broadway,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (34).    1886.  D 
Seymour,  Arthur  Bliss,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (36).     1890.  6 
Seymour,  Paul  Henry,  479  Second  Ave.,  Detroit,  Mich.   (.44).     1896.     C 
Sharpies,  Stephen  P.,  13  Broad  St.,  Boston,  Mass.   (29).     1884.    C 
Shaw,  Prof.  James  Byrnie,  1030  Grove  St.,  Jacksonville,  Rl.   (43).  1896.  A 
Sheldon,  Samuel,   A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Inst.,   Brooklyn.   N.  Y.    (42). 

1894.  B  -r--.-  \l^ 

Shelton,  Prof.  Edward  M.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Brisbane,  Queensland,  Aus- Mjy>»J-'^' 
tralia  (32).    1892.     F  r-vv^'*'^ 

Shimer,  Porter  W.,  E.M.,  Easton,  Pa.  (38).     1889.     C 
Shufeldt,  Dr.  K.  W.,  Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 

1892.     F 
Sias,  Solomon,  M.D.,  Schoharie,  Schoharie  Co.,  N.  Y.  (10).     1874. 
Sigsbee,  Chas.  D.,  Com'd'r  U.  S.  N.,  U.  S.  Hydrographic  Office,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C.    (28).    1882.     D  E 
Simon,  Dr.  Wm.,  1348  Block  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (29).  1895.     C 
Skilton,  James  A.,  115  Broadway,  Nevi- York,  N.  Y.   (43).  1895.     I 
Skinner,  Aaron  N.,  U.  S.  Naval Observ.,  Wasliington,  D.  C.  (40).     1893. 

A 
Skinner.  Joseph  J.,  Massachusetts  Inst.  Technology,  Boston,  Mass.  (23). 

1880.    B 
Smith,  Alex.,  Ph.D.,  The  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (40).     1892.     C 
Smith,  Prof.  Chas.  J.,  35  Adelbert  St.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (32).     1885.     A  B 
Smith,  Prof.  Edgar  F.,  Univ.  of  Penn.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (33).   1891.  C 
Smith,  Edwin,  Rockville,  Montgomery  Co.,  Md.  (30).     1882.     A  B 
Smith,  Prof.  Erastus  G.,  Beloit  College,  Beloit,  Wis.  (34).     1887.    C 
Smith,  Erwin  F.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.   (34).     1890.    G 
Smith,  Prof.  Eugene  A.,  University,  Ala.   (20).     1877.    EC 
Smith,  Harlan   I.,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  History,  Central   Park,  New  York, 

N.  Y.   (41).     1896.     H 
Smith,  James  Perrin,  Ph.D.,  Ass'tProf.  of  Paleontology,  Leland  Stanford 

Junior  Univ.,  Palo  Alto,  Cal.    (37).    1894.    CE 
Smith,  John  B.,  Professor  of  Entomology,  Rutgers  College,  New  Bruns- 
wick, N.  J.    (32).     1884.  F 
Smith,  QuiNTiusC.,M.D.,  No.  617  Colo.  St.,  Austin,  Texas  (26).  1881.    F 
Smith.  Dr.  Theobald,  41  Orchard  St.,  Jamaica  Plain,  Mass.  (35).  1887.  F 
Smock,  Prof.  John  Conover,  Trenton,  N.  J.  (23).  1879.    E 
Smyth,  C.  H.,  jr.,  Clinton,  N.  Y.    (38).    1894.   E 

(76) 


FELLOWS.  IxXVii 

Snow,  Prof.  Benj.  W.,  .AFadison,  Wis.     (35).     1889.     B 

Snow,  Prof.  F.  H.,  Lawrence,  Kan.  (29).  1881.     F  E 

Snow,  Julia  W.,  La  Salle,  111.  (39).     1892.     F 

Snyder,  Henry,  B.Sc,  .Miami  Univ.,  Oxford,  Ohio  (30).   1888.     B  C 

Soule,  R.  H.,  Roanoke,  Va.   (33).     1886.  D 

Spencer,  Prof.  J.  William,  1320  Corcoran  St.,  Washington,  D.  C.   (28). 

1882.  E 
Spexzer,  John  G.,  M.U.,  370  Central  Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (37).  1895.  C 
Springer,  Dr.  Alfred,  Box  621,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (24).     1880.  C 
Squibb,  Edward  R.,  M.D.,  152  Columijia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43). 

1896. 
Starr,  Frederick,  Ph.D.,  Prof.  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  III.   (30).   1892. 

H  E 
Stearns,  Robert  E.  C,  Shaffer  House,  525  Sand    St.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

(18).     1874.  F 
Stedman,  John  M..  Prof,  of  Entomology,  Univ.  of  the  State  of  Missouri, 

Columbia,  Mo.  (40).     1892.     F 
Steinmetz,  Chas.  Proteus,  General  Electric  Co.,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  (40). 

1895.  B 
Stejneger,  Leonhard,  Curator  Dept.  of  Reptiles,  National  Museum,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C.  (40).     1892.     F 
Stephens,  W.  Hudson.  Lowville,  N.  Y.   (18).     1874.    E  H 
Sternberg,  George  M.,  M.D.,  LL.D.,  Surgeon  GeneralU.  S.  A.,  WarDep't, 

Washington,  D.  C.   (24).     1880.  F 
Stevens,  Prof.  W.    LeConte,   Rensselaer  Polytechnic   lust.,   Troy,  N.  Y. 

(29).     1882.    B 
Stevenson,  Mrs.  Cornelius,  237  So.  21st  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).  1895.  H 
Stevenson,  Prof.  John  J.,  Univ.  Heights,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36).   1888.     E 
Stevenson,   Mrs.  Matilda  C,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washington,   D.  C. 

(41).     1893.     H 
Stieglitz,  Dr.  Julius,  Univ.  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.   (39).   1895.     C 
Stiles,  Dr.  Chas.  W.,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.   (40).     1892.     F 
Stoddard,  Prof.  John  T.,  Smith  College,  Northampton,  Mass.  (35).  1889. 

B  C 
Stokes,   Henry  Newlin,  Ph.D.,   U.   S.  Geol.    Survey,  Washington,  D.  C". 

(38).,  1891.    C  E 
Stone,  Ormond,  Director  Leander  McCormick  Observatory,  University  of 

Virginia,  Va.  (24).     1876.    A 
Stone,  Prof.  Winthrop  E.,  Purdue  Univ.,  Lafayette,  lud.   (39).     1891.     C 
Story,  Prof.  Wm.  E.,  Clark  Univ.,  Worcester,  Mas.s.  (29).     1881.    A 
Stowell,  Prof.  T.  B.,  Potsdam,  N.  Y.  (28).     1885.  F 
Stuart,  Prof.  A.  P.  S..  Lincoln,  Nebraska  (21).     1874.  C 
Sturgis,  Wm.  C,  384  Whitney  Ave.,  New  Haven,  Conn.   (40).     1892.     G 
Sturtevant,  £.  Lewis,  M.D.,  So.  Framingham,  Mass.  (29).     1882.     6 
Swingle,  W.  T.,  Eustis,  Florida  (40).     1892.     G 

'fainter,  Charles  Sumner.  Central  Power  Station, Washington,  D.  C.  (29). 

1881.     B  D  A 

(77) 


Ixxviii  FELLOWS. 

Talbot,  Hpory  P.,  Prof.  Analytical  Chemistry,  Mass.  Inst.  Technology, 

Back  Bay,  Boston,  Mass.  (44).     1896.     C 
Taylor,  Thos.,  M.D.,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  (29). 

1885.   F  C 
Tesla,  Nikola,  LL.D.,  55  W.  27th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43).    1895.     B 
Thomas,  Benj.  F.,  Ph.D.,  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (29).     1882.    B   A 
Thomas,  Prof.  M.  B.,  Crawfordsville,  Ind.    (41).    1894.   G 
Thompson,  Joseph  Osgood,  Amherst,  Mass.   (41).     1893. 
Thomson,    Eliliu,    Tlionison-Houston  Electric   Co.,   Lynn,    Mass.      (37). 

1888.     B 
Thomson,  Wm.,  M.D.,  1426  Walnut  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).     1885.   B 
Thruston,  Gates  Phillips,  Nashville,  Tenn.  (38).     1890.    H 
Thruston,  R.  C.  Ballard,  care  Ballard  &,  Ballard  Co.,  Louisville,  Ky.  (36). 

1896.     E 
Thurston,  Prof.  R.  H.,  Sibley  College,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

(23).   1875.    D 
Tittmann,  Otto  H.,  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Office,  Washington, 

D.  C.  (24).    1888.     A 
Todd,    Prof.    David  P.,  Director  LaAvreuce  Observ.,    Amherst   College, 

Amherst,  Mass.  (27).  1881.    A  B  D 
Todd,  Prof.  James  E.,  Box  22,  Vermillion,  So.  Dak.    (22).     1886.  E  F 
Tooker,  William  Wallace,  Sag  Harbor,  N.  Y.   (43).   1895.     H 
Tracy,  Sam'l  M.,  Agricultural  College,  Miss.  (27).     1881.  G 
Traphagen,  Frank  W.,  Ph.D.,  Bozeman,  Montana  (35).     1889.     C  F  E 
Trelease,  Dr.  Wm.,  Director  Missouri  Botanical  Gardens,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

(39).  1891.  6 
Trenholm,  Hon.  W.  L.,  Pres.  Araer.    Surety  Co.,    160  Broadway,  N6w 

York,  N.  Y.   (35).     1896. 
Trimble,  Prof.  Henry,  145  No.  10th  S.t.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.   (34).     1889.     C 
Tucker,  Willis  G.,  M.D.,  Albany  Med.  Coll.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (29).    1888.    C 
TuCKEUMAN,  Alfred,  Ph.D.,  342  W.  57th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y.   (39).   1891. 

G 

Tuttle,  Prof.    Albert   H.,    Univ.    of  Virginia,    Charlottesville,  Va.     (17). 

1874.  F 
Twitchell,  E.,  10  Bellevue  Ave.,  Mt.  Auburn,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  (39).   1891. 

G 

Uhler,  Philip  R.,  254  W.  Hoffman  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (19).     1874.    F  E 

Uline,  Edwin  Burton,  Lake  Forest,  111.    (42).    1894.    6 

Underwood,  Lucien  M.,  Prof,  of  Botany,  Columbia  College,  New  York, 

N.  Y.    (83).     1885.    6 
Upham,  Warren,  Librarian  of  the  Minnesota  Historical  Society,  St.  Paul, 

Mixm.     (25).     1880.     E 
Upton,  Winslow,  Brown  Univ.,  Providence,  R.  I.  (29).     1883.  A 

Van  Dyck,  Prof.  Francis  Cuyler,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.  (28).     1882.    B  G  F 
Van  Hise,  Charles  R.,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis.   (37).     1890. 

(78) 


FELLOWS.  Ixxix 

Van   Vleck.   Prof.    John  M.,  Wesleyan  Univ.,  Middletown,  Conn.      (23). 

1875.    A 
Veeder,  Major  Albert,  M.D..  Lyons,  Wayne  Co.,  N.  Y.  (36).     1895. 
Venable,  Prof.  F.  P.,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.  (39).     1891.     C 
Viniug,  Edward  P.,  care  Clias.   B.  Griggs,  Washington  St.,  Brookline, 

Mass.    (32).     1887.    H 
Vogdes,  A.  W.,  Capt.  5th  Art'y,  Fort  Mason,  San  Francisco,  Cal.    (32). 

1885.     E  F 
Voorhees,  Louis  A.,  Agric.  Exper.  Station,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.    (43). 

1895.  C 

Wadsworth,  Prof.  M.  Edward,  Ph.D.,  Director  of  the  Michigan  Mining 
School,  State  Geologist  of  Michigan,  Houghton,  Mich.  (23).     1874.  E 
Waite,  M.  B.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.  C.    (37).    1893.   G 
Walcott,  Charles  D.,  Director  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(^5).  1882.    E  F 
Waldo,  Prof.  Clarence  A.,  Purdue  Univ.,  Lafayette,  Ind.   (37).      1889.     A 
Waldo,  Leonard,  S.  D.,  Bridgeport,  Conn.  (28).     1880.     A 
Wallace,  Wm.,  Ansonia,  Conn.  (28).     1882. 
Waller,  E.,    School  of  Mines,  Columbia  Univ. ,  New  York,  N.  Y.     (23). 

1874. 
Walmsley,  W.  H.,  134-136  Wabash  Ave.,  Chicago,  111.     (28).     1883.  F 
Wanner,  Atreus,  York,  York  Co.,  Pa.  (36).  1890.     H 
Ward,  Prof.  Henry  A.,  Rochester,  N.  Y.   (13).     1875.    F  E  H 
Ward,  Lester   F.,    U.    S.    Geological  Survey,   Washington,  D.   C.     (26). 

1879.     E  G 
Ward,  Dr.  R.  H.,  53  Fourth  St.,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (17).     1874.    6  F 
Ward,  Samuel  B.,  M.D.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (29).     1896.     F  C  A 
Ward,  Wm.  E.,  Port  Chester,  N.  Y.  (36).     1889.  D 
Warder,  Prof.  Robert  B.,  Howard  Univ.,  AVashington,  D.  C.  (19).  1881. 

G  B 
Warner,  Prof.  A.  G.,  Leland  Stanford  jr.  Univ.,  Palo  Alto,   Cal.    (38). 

1892.    I 
Warner,  James  D.,  199  Baltic  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (18).     1874.   A  B 
Warner,  Worcester  R.,  887  Case  Ave.,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (33).    1888.    A  B  D 
Warren,  Dr.  Joseph  W.,  Bryu  Mawr  Coll.,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa.  (31).    1886.  F 
Warren,  Prof.  S.  Edward,  Newton,  Mass.  (17).    1875.   A-I 
Watson,  Prof.  Wm.,  107  Marlborough  St.,  Boston,  Mass.    (12).  1884.    A 
Webb,  Prof.  J.  Burkitt,  Stevens  Inst.,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (31).     1883.    DBA 
Weber,  Prof.  Henry  A.,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (35).    1888.    F 
Webster,  F.  M.,  Wooster,  Ohio  (35).   1890.      F 
Webster,  Prof.  N.  B.,  Vineland,  N.  J.  (7).     1874.     B  0  E 
Weed,  Clarence  M.,  Durham,  N.  H.    (38).     1890.  F 
Weld,   Prof.    Laenas   G.,  State  Univ.  of  Iowa,  Iowa   City,  Iowa     (41). 

1895.     A 
West,  Dr.  Charles  E.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (1).  1895. 

(79) 


IXXX  FELLOWS. 

Wheeler,  Orlando  B.,  Office  Mo.  River  Com.,  1515  Lucas  Place,  St.  Louis 

Mo.   (24).     1882.    AD 
White,  Prof.  C.  A.,  Le  Droit  Park,  Washington,  D.  C.  (17).     1875.    E  F 
White,  David,    U.  S.  National    Museum,    Washington,    D.   C  (40).    1892. 

EF 
White,  Prof.  H.  C,  Univ.  of  Georjria,  Athens,  Ga.   (29).     1885.    C 
Whitk,  Prof.  I.  C,  Univ.  of  W.  Va.,  Morgantowu,  W.  Va.  (25).  1882.  E 
-Whiteaves,    J.    F.,    Geol.    Survey,    Ottawa,    Ontario,    Can.     (31).     1887. 

E  F 
Whitfield,  J.  Edward,  406  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (44).     189'o.     C 
Whitfield,  R.  P.,  American  Museum  Natural  Histor}-,  77th  St.  and  8th  Ave- 
nue, New  York,  N.  Y.  (18).     1874.    E  F  H 
Whiting,  Miss  Sarah  F.,  Wellesley  College,  Wellesley,  Mass.  (31).     1883- 

BA 
Whitman,  Prof.  Frank  P.,  Adelbert  College,  Cleveland,  Ohio  (38).      1885. 

A  B 
Wilbur,  A.  B.,  Middletown,  N.  Y.  (23).     1874.     E 

Wiley,  Prof.  Harvey  W.,  Dep't  of  Agric,  Washington,  D.C.  (21).  1874.    C 
Williams,  Benezette,  171  La  Salle  St.,  Chicago,  111.   (33).     1887.    D 
Williams,  Charles  H.,  M.D.,  15  Arlington  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (22).     1874. 
Williams,  Prof.  Edw.  H.,  jr.,  117  Church  St.,  Bethlehem,  Pa.  (25).    1894. 

E  D 
Williams,   Prof.    Henry   Shaler,  Yale  College,  New  Haven,  Conn.       (18). 

1882.     E  F 
Williams,  Prof.  Thomas  A.,  Division  of  Agrostology,  Dept.  <>f   Agric, 

Washington,  D.  C.    (42).  1894.    6 
WilUs,  Bailey,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington.  D.  C     (36).     1890. 
Willson,  Prof.  Frederick  N.,  Princeton,  N.  J.  (33).     1887.    A  D 
Willson,  Robert  W.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (30).  1890.     B  A 
Wilson,  Joseph  M.,  Room  1036,  Drexel  Building,  Piiiladelphia,    Pa.    (33). 

1886.    D 
Wilson.  Robert  N.,  Macleod,  Alberta,  Can.   ^;42).  1895.     H 
Wilson,  Thomas,  U.  S.  Nat'l  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C  (36).    1888.      H 
Wilson,  Prof.  William  Powell,  Dept.  of  Biology,  Univ.  of  Pa.,  Philadelphia, 

Pa.  (38).     1889.     G 
Winchell,  Horace  V.,  1306  S.  E.  7th  St.,  Minneapolis,  Minn.   (34).     1890. 

E  C 
Winciiell,  Prof.  N.  H.,Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  (19).  1874. 

EH 
Wing.  Henry  H.,  3  Reservoir  Ave.,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.   (38).     1890. 
Winlock,  Wm.    C.,    Smithsonian   Institution,    Washington,  D.    C.    (33). 

1885.    A  B 
WinsloAV,  Arthur,  care  Mo.  Kans.  &  Tex.  Trust  Co.,  Kansas  City.   .Mo. 

(37).     1889.     E 
Winterhalter,  A.  G.,  Lt.   U.  S.  N.,  care  Navy   Dept.,  Washington,   I).  C. 

(37).     1893.     A 

(80)  I 


FELLOWS.  Ixxxi 

Withers,  Prof.  W.  A.,  Agric.  and  Mechanical  College,  Ealeigh,  N.  C  (33). 

1891.     C 
Wittliaus,  Dr.  R.  A.,  303  W.  77th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (35).     1890. 
Wolff,  Dr.  J.  E.,  15  Story  St.,  Cambridge,  Mass.   (36).     1894.    E 
Wood,  Prof.  De  Volson,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (29).     1881. 
Woodbury,  C.  J.  H.,  Amer.  Bell  Telephone  Co.,  125  Milk  St.,  Boston, 

Mass,  (29).     1884.    D 
Woodman,  Dr.  Durand,  80  Beaver  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.    (41).     1890. 
Woodrow,  James,  Pres.    So.    Carolina   College,   Columbia,    S.  C.    (43). 

1895.  E 
Woodward,  Prof.  Calvin  M.,  17G1  Missouri  Ave.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.   (32). 

1884.     D  A  I 
Woodward,  R.  S.,  Columbia  Univ.,  New  York,  N.  Y.   (33).     1885.     A  B  D 
Wormley,  T.  G.,  Univ.  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (20).     1878. 
Worthen,  W.  E.,  63  Bleeker  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (36).  1888.    D 
Wrampelmeier,  Theo.  J.,  Room  17,  Appraiser's  Building,  San  Francisco, 

Cal.  (34).     1887.    C 
Wright,  Prof.  Albert  A.,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio  (24).     1880.    E  F 
Wright,  Prof.  Arthur  W.,  Yale  Coll.,  New  Haven.  Conn.  (14).     1874.    A  B 
Wright,  Carroll  D.,  LL.D.,  Dep't  of  Labor,  Washington,  D.  C.     (41> 

1894.    I 
Wright,  Rev.  Geo.  F.,  Oberlin  College,  Oberlin,  Ohio  (29).     1882.   EH    • 
Wright,  Prof.  Thos.  W.,  Union  College,  Schenectady,  N.  Y.  (36).     1889. 
^  Wiirtele,  Rev.  Louis  C,  Acton  Vale,  P.  Q.,  Can.  (11).     1875.    E 

Youmans,  Wm.  Jay,  M.D.,  Popular  Science  Monthly,  72  Fifth  Ave.,  New 

York,  N.  Y.    (28).     1889.    F  C 
Young,  A.  V.  E.,  Northwe.stern  Univ.,  Evanston,  111.    (33).     1886.    C  B 
Young,    C.    A.,   Prof,    of  Astronomy,    Princeton   Univ.    Princeton,  N.  J. 

(18).     1874.     ABD 

Zalinski,  E.  L.,  U.  S.  A.,  care  U.  S.  Legation,  Tokio,  Japan    (36).     1891. 

D 

Ziwet,  Alexander,  44  Madison  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (38).     1890.  A 

[808  HoNOHART  Fellows  and  Fellows.] 

SU.MMART.— Patrons,  2 ;  Corresponding  Members,  1;  Members,  991;  Honorary 

Fellows,  3 ;  Fellows,  805. 
December  31, 1896,  Total  Number  of  Members  of  the  Association,  1802. 

a.  a.  a.  s.  vol.  xi.v.  f  (81) 


DECEASED  MEMBERS. 


A  list  of  deceased  members  of  the  Association,  so  far  as  known,  to 
tlic  time  of  publisMng  the  volume  of  Proceedings  of  the  Springfield  meet- 
ing, Maj'  189G,  is  given  in  that  volume.  At  the  Buffalo  meeting  the  Council 
directed  the  Permanent  Secretary  to  omit  the  printing  of  tlie  full  list  of 
deceased  members  in  the  annual  volumes  and  to  print  onh*  the  additions 
to  the  list. 

The  Secretary  requests  information  as  to  dates  and  places  of  birth  and 
death  of  members  when  not  given  in  the  list. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  list  in  the  Springfield  volume,  notices  have 
been  received  of  the  decease  of  the  following  members : 

John  G.  Bourke,  Washington,  D.  C.  (33).     Bora  in  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  in 

1843.     Died  in  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  June  8,  189G. 
Thomas  T.  Bouve,  Boston,  Mass.  (1.)     Born  in  Boston,  Mass.,  Jan.  14, 

1815.     Died  in  Hingham,  Mass.,  June  3,  1896. 
"Stephen  Bush,  Waterford,  N.  Y.  (19).     Born  in  Nassau,  N.  Y.,  May  30, 

1818.     Died  in  Waterford,  N.  Y.,  July  15,  1896. 
'Oscar  Craig,  Rochester,  N.  Y.  (41).     Died  Jan.  — ,  1894. 
Charles  O.  Curtman,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (39). 
J.  C.  Foye,  Chicago.  111.   (29).     Died  July  3,  1896. 
G.  Brown  Goode,  Washington,  D.  C.  (22).     Born  in  New  Albany,  Ind., 

Feb.  13,  1851.     Died  in  AVashington,  D.  C,  Sept.  6,  1896. 
Benjamin  Apthorp  Gould,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (2).    Born  in  Boston,  Mass., 

Sept.  27,  1824.    Died  in  Cambridge,  Mass.,  Nov.  26,  1896. 
Horatio  Hale.  Clinton,  Ontario,  Can.    (30).     Died  Dec.  28,  1896. 
Robert   Hay,   Junction   City,   Kan.    (36).      Born  in   Ashton-under-Lyne, 
Lancashire,  Eng.,  May  19,  1835.     Died  in  Junction  City,  Kan.,  Dec. 
14,  1895. 
Bela  Hubbard,  Detroit,  Mich.  (1).     Died  in  June,  1896. 
Charles  McK.  Leoser,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (32).     Died  Feb.  23,  1896. 
N.  T.  Lupton,  Auburn,  Ala.  (17).     Died  June  10,  1893. 
Tyler  McWhorter,  Aledo,  111.   (20).     Boru  in  Avoca,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  29,  1815. 

Died  in  Aledo,  111.,  March  5,  1896. 
Hubert  A.  Newton,  Ncav  Haven,  Conn.    (6).     Born  in  Sherburne,  N.  Y., 

March  19,  1830.     Died  in  New  Haven,  Conn.,  Aug.  12,  1896. 
George  Dean  Phippen,  Salem,  Mass.  (18).     Born  in  Salem,  Mass.,  April 
13,  1815.     Died  in  Salem,  Mass.,  Dec.  27,  1895. 

(Ixxxii)  (82) 


UECKASED    MEMBERS.  Ixxxiii 

Albert  Nelson  Prentiss,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (35).     Born  in  Cazenovia,  N.  Y., 

May  22,  1836.     Died  in  Itliaca,  N.  Y.,  Aug.  U,  1896. 
Mark  Samuel,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (43). 
Justus  Mitchell ISilliman,  Easton,  Pa.  (19).     Born  in  New  Canaan,  Conn. 

Jan.  25,  1842.     Died  in  Easton,  Pa.,  April  15,  1896. 
Samuel^L.  Smedley,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (33).     Died  July  21.  1894. 
Charles  Speck,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  (27).     Died  in   St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Oct.  25, 

1896. 
Charles  Wachsmuth,  Burlington,  Iowa  (30).  Born  in  Hannover,  German}' 

Sept.  13,  1829.     Died  in  Burlington,  Iowa,  Feb.  7,  1S96. 
Josiah  D.  Whitney,  Cambridge,  Mass.    (1).   Born  in  Northampton,  Mass., 

Nov.  23,  1819.     Died  in  New  London,  N.  H.,  Aug.  19,  1896. 
John  B.  Woodward,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).     Died  March  6,  1896. 

(83) 


ADDRESS 


BY 


EDWARD  W.  MORLEY. 


THE    RETIRING    PRESIDENT    OF    THE    ASSOCIATION. 


A   COMPLETED   CHAPTER  IN  THE  HISTORY  OF   THE 

ATOMIC   THEORY. 


The  great  discovery  of  the  law  of  gravitatiou  was  left  reason- 
ably complete  by  its  author.  The  explanation  of  this  fact  is 
obvious.  No  otlier  force  of  sensible  magnitude  complicates  the 
action  of  gravitation ;  its  law  appeals  to  simple  geometrical  rela- 
tions; and  the  facts  had  been  well  observed  and  reduced  to  order. 
Accordingly,  by  a  few  numerical  comparisons  of  the  hypothesis 
with  the  facts,  Newton  established  the  truth  of  his  conjecture  so 
that  it  has  been  generally  accepted  as  a  law  of  nature.  The  first 
suggestion  of  the  theory  was  quickly  followed  by  its  final  triumph. 

Very  different  has  been  the  history  of  the  discovery  which 
most  chemists  regard  as  next  in  importance  to  that  of  Newton. 
The  discovery  that  matter  consists  of  an  aggregation  of  infini- 
tesimal units  or  individuals  was  made  by  Dalton;  but  the  first 
suggestion  of  this  kind  had  been  made  at  least  twenty-two  cen- 
turies before  Dalton.  Leucippus  and  Democritus  were  the 
earliest  recorded  believers  in  this  doctrine;  Epicurus  adopted  it; 
Lucretius  expounded  it  in  strains  of  noble  eloquence.  But  all 
the  early  suggestions  were  quite  barren  and  unfruitful  for  the 
advancement  of  science,  for  no  one  before  the  present  century 
was  in  a  position  to  make  any  verifiable  hypothesis ;  and  science 
grows  by  means  of  hypotheses  so  closely  in  touch  with  facts  as 
to  be  verifiable.  In  later  times,  Leibnitz  accepted  the  notion  of 
a  certain  kind  of  atomic  structure  of  matter;  Newton  accepted, 

A.  A.  A.  8.       VOL.  XLV.  1 


'J.  ADDRESS    BY 

and  reasoned  soundly  upon,  a  view  which  Dalton  recognized  as 
akin    to    his    own.     Kant  seems  to   have    adopted    the  contrary 
opinion,  and  to  have  believed  that  matter  is  infinitely  divisible. 
But  Bernouilli  made  the  conjecture,  which  has  since  been  verified, 
that  a  given  volume  of  a  gas  consists  of  a  very  large  number  of 
ver}^  small  discrete  particles,  which  we  now  call  molecules;  and 
Higgins,  an  English  chemist,  a  contemporary  of  Dalton,  was  the 
first  to  apply  the  notion  of  atoms  to  the  explanation  of  chemical 
phenomena,  although  he  did  not  think  clearly  in  regard  to  the 
weight  of  atoms,  and  so  formed  no  useful  hypothesis.     Accord- 
ingl3\  the  net  result  of  twenty-two  centuries  of  thought  on  this 
subject  was,    to  form  a   conception  of    a  possible    structure  of 
matter,  without  imagining  any  wa}'  of  establishing  the  truth  or 
error  of  this  conception,  or  even  of  gaining  any  evidence  what- 
ever in  regard  to  it.     But,  if  any  are  inclined  to  visit  this  failure 
with  reproach,  it  is  interesting  to  notice  that  the  first  man  who 
was    aware    of    the    quantitative  relations  which  are  adapted  to 
throw  light  on  the  matter  did  not  fail  to  make  the  most  full  and 
complete  use  of  this  knowledge. 

Dalton,  and  not  the  ancients,  ought  to  be  regarded  as  the 
discoverer  of  the  atomic  structure  of  matter,  because  he  invented  a 
hypothesis,  involving  such  a  structure,  which  was  capable  of  being 
so  compared  with  facts  as  to  be  proved  or  contradicted;  because 
he  actually  began  such  a  comparison  of  the  hypothesis  with  the 
facts;  and  because  all  the  evidence  from  facts,  varied  as  it  has 
since  become,  supports  the  hj^pothesis  substantially  in  the  form 
which  he  gave  it.  He  who  suggests  that  a  certain  benefit  is 
desirable,  or  who  conjectures  that  it  is  possible,  shall  not  fail  of 
due  credit;  but  he  who  confers  the  benefit  will  receive  the  credit 
due  the  benefactor. 

Since  Dalton's  discovery,  much  has  been  done  to  confirm  and 
enlarge  our  knowledge  of  the  atomic  structure  of  matter.  New 
evidence  has  been  acquired  in  favor  of  it,  because  the  theory  has 
been  ready  to  extend  over  whole  realms  of  facts  of  a  kind  un- 
known to  Dalton,  to  explain  them,  to  facilitate  their  study;  and 
also  ready  to  predict  facts,  unknown  till  they  were  sought  in  con- 
sequence of  the  prediction,  but  found  when  the}'  were  sought. 

The  history  of  the  atomic  theory  for  ninety  years  would  fall 
into  several  distinct  chapters.  One  of  these  chapters,  not  the 
least  interesting  of  them,  would  tell  of  a  very  large  amount  of 


EDWAHD    W.    MORLEY.  3 

work,  some  of  it  of  consummate  accuracy,  of  which  the  object 
was  to  attain  some  knowledge  of  the  nature  or  construction  of 
atoms.  Since  the  last  meeting  of  our  Association  in  this  city, 
work  has  been  accomplished  which,  if  I  rightl}'  judge,  has  ended 
this  particular  chapter.  That  the  chapter  may  at  some  future 
time  be  resumed  is,  of  course,  not  absolutely  impossible;  but 
for  the  present  it  has  come  to  a  definite  close.  My  own  interest 
in  the  matter  suggests,  and  the  coincidence  in  time  now  men- 
tioned perhaps  justifies,  m}^  selection  of  this  completed  chapter 
in  the  history  of  the  atomic  theory  as  the  subject  of  the  address 
which  our  constitution  requires  of  me  this  evening. 

This  chapter  naturally  concerns  more  intimately  the  members 
of  the  sections  of  Ph3'sics  and  Chemistry.  To  these  I  can  hardly 
hope  to  say  anything  not  already  well  known- to  them;  but  mem- 
bers of  other  sections  may,  perhaps,  not  be  entirely  uninterested 
in  an  account  of  the  conclusions  reached. 

Dalton's  theory  was  founded  on  three  facts.  These  facts  are 
often  called  Dalton's  laws;  one  of  them,  because  he  discovered 
it,  the  others  because  he  first  recognized  their  important  relations 
to  chemical  theory.  One  of  these  is  the  law  of  definite  propor- 
tions: in  any  chemical  compound,  the  ratio  of  the  components  is 
constant,  is  invariable,  is  definite.  This  truth  had  been  recog- 
nized by  others;  it  was  finally  established  as  a  result  of  the  dis- 
cussion between  Berthollet  and  Proust;  a  discussion  well  worth 
recalling  for  the  dignified  courtesy  and  simple  love  for  truth 
shown  by  both  the  disputants.  A  second  of  these  laws  of  Dalton 
is  the  law  of  equivalent  proportions:  if  two  elements,  which 
combine  with  each  other,  combine  also  with  a  third,  then  the 
ratio  in  which  they  combine  with  each  other  (or  a  simple  multiple 
of  it)  is  also  the  ratio  of  the  quantities  of  those  which  combine 
with  the  same  quantity  of  the  third.  That  this  was  true,  at  least 
in  some  cases,  was  known  before  Dalton.  The  third  law  is  the 
law  of  multiple  proportions:  if  two  bodies  combine  in  more  than 
one  ratio,  those  ratios  are  simple  multiples  of  each  other.  This 
truth  was  discovered  by  Dalton. 

These  three  laws  are  statements  of  facts.  Cai'eful  and  multi- 
plied experiments  have  convinced  us  that,  if  these  statements  are 
not  rigorously  exact,  their  deviation  from  accuracy  is  less  than  the 
accidental  errors  of  the  best  experiments  used  to  test  them. 

Perhaps  it  is  worth  while  to  delay  for  a  moment,  in  order  to 


4  ADDRESS    BY 

state  to  what  degree  of  precision  such  experiments  have  been 
brought.  The  degree  of  precision  with  which  any  supposed  law 
can  be  verified  depends  on  the  skill  of  the  investigator,  on  the 
instrumental  equipment  available,  and  on  the  conditions  of  the 
problem.  Often  the  conditions  of  the  pi-oblem  impose  very 
stringent  limitations  on  the  precision  of  our  experiments.  For 
instance,  the  truth  known  as  Ohm's  law  has  been  verified,  in  the 
case  of  metallic  conductors,  to  one  part  in  a  million  millions;  but 
in  the  case  of  liquid  conductors,  the  conditions  are  such  that  the 
precision  attainable  so  far  has  been  only  a  millionth  as  much. 
Huyghens'  law,  relating  to  double  refraction,  has  been  verified 
to  one  part  in  half  a  million,  and  there  seems  to  be  no  possibility 
of  attaining  any  considerable  increase  in  the  precision  of  the 
observations.  These  are  examples  of  the  very  highest  degree  of 
precision  which  has  been  secured  in  the  verification  of  supposed 
laws  of  nature. 

The  precision  which  can  be  attained  in  chemical  analysis,  even 
of  the  most  elaborate  kind,  is  much  less  than  in  the  cases  just 
mentioned.  The  determination  of  atomic  weights  is  the  chemical 
process  in  which  the  highest  degree  of  precision  is  demanded.  If 
we  denote  the  precision  of  such  determinations  by  the  words 
"good,"  "excellent,"  "admirable,"  "consummate,"  then  we  may 
fairly  say  that  in  a  good  series  of  determinations  the  average 
difference  from  the  mean  of  all  will  be  less  than  one  thousandth 
part  of  the  ratio  sought;  in  an  excellent  series,  less  than  one 
three-thousandth  part;  in  an  admirable  series,  less  than  one  ten- 
thousandth  part;  and  in  a  consummate  series,  less  than  one  fifty- 
thousandth  part. 

Now  the  work  of  Stas  was  all  admirable  in  precision,  and 
much  of  it  was  consummate,  and  he  made  experiments  expressly 
intended  to  verify  the  law  of  definite  proportions.  The  average 
error  in  this  series  of  experiments  was  not  more  than  one  part  in 
thirty  thousand;  and  his  result  was,  that,  if  the  composition  of  the 
compounds  examined  is  not  rigorously  constant,  the  variations 
are  too  small  to  be  detected.  The  law  of  equivalent  proportions 
was  verified  with  the  same  degree  of  precision :  the  accuracy  of 
the  law  of  multiple  proportions  has  been  thought  to  be  deducible 
from  the  truth  of  the  two  other  laws. 

To  some  such  degree  of  precision,  then,  Dalton's  laws  are  the 
expression  of  facts.     With  these  facts  for  a  guide,  and  with  no 


EDWAKU    W.    MOKLEY. 


tbeoiT  founded  on  the  facts  and  explaining  the  facts,  all  chemical 
computations  could  be  made,  and  chemical  formuhe  could  be 
established.  And,  if  a  theory  should  be  devised,  and  accepted, 
and  finall}^  overthrown,  these  facts  would  remain,  unchanged, 
for  our  perpetual  guidance.  Some  of  Dalton's  contemporaries 
accepted  the  facts  as  a  sufficient  guide,  and  refused  to  burden 
them  with  the  weight  of  the  theory.  Some  were  engrossed,  for 
the  time,  in  following  out  practical  consequences  of  the  facts; 
some  distrusted  conclusions  supported  by  but  a  single  line  of 
evidence;  some,  perhaps,  distrusted  the  capacities  of  the  human 
mind.     But  the  facts  were  accepted. 

All  scientific  men,  all  sensible  men,  have  a  great  respect  for 
facts.  Perhaps  one  cannot  have  too  great  a  respect  for  facts; 
but  his  respect  may  be  wrongly  directed.  Facts  are  often  very 
interesting  in  themselves;  they  often  have  an  important  relation 
to  human  welfare;  their  discovery  is  often  a  great  intellectual 
triumph:  and  we  may  regard  them  as  the  miser  regards  his  gold, 
forgetting  that  the  most  precious  use  of  facts  is  to  help  us  to  see 
beyond  them.  Facts  are  evidence;  but  we  seek  a  verdict.  Facts 
are  a  telescope;  we  desire  enlargement  of  vision,  further  insight 
into  nature.  Facts  are  openings  which  we  laboriously  hew  in  the 
walls  which  shut  us  in;  they  cost  enough  to  be  valuable,  but 
their  real  value  is  in  that  which  they  promise  or  disclose.  Facts 
are  a  foundation  for  our  building;  the  structure  must  rigorously 
respect  the  lines  of  the  foundation;  but  it  is  a  pity  to  believe 
that  the  basement  walls  are  the  chief  beauty  desired  by  the  archi- 
tect or  owner.  As  Tyndall  phrased  it  in  a  lecture  at  Manchester, 
"Out  of  experience  in  science,  there  always  grows  something 
finer  than  mere  experience.  Experience,  in  fact,  only  furnishes 
the  soil  for  plants  of  higher  growth." 

In  the  present  case  the  soil  was  fertile,  the  finer  growth  has 
been  rapid  and  vigorous.  Dalton  inferred  that  chemical  elements 
consist  of  very  small  units  or  individuals;  that  all  the  units  or 
individuals  of  any  given  element  are  equal  in  weight;  and  that 
combination  takes  place  by  the  grouping  together  of  different 
units  or  individuals.     This  is  Dalton's  atomic  theory. 

In  Dalton's  time  there  was  no  fact  opposed  to  this  novel  con- 
clusion ;  but  there  was  no  second  set  of  facts  to  support  it.  The 
progress  of  chemistr}'  depended  on  making  due  use  of  Dalton's 
three  laws,  and  they  were  quickly  and  generally  accepted;    but 


6  -  ADDRESS    BY 

whether  tlie  h3'pothetical  chemical  units  or  individuals  actually 
exist  or  not,  although  a  most  interesting  question,  did  not  press 
for  instant  decision.  Most  chemists  regarded  with  favor  the  idea 
of  the  actual  existence  of  the  chemical  units  or  individuals.  Dal- 
ton  called  them  atoms,  and  perhaps  the  name  brought  misfor- 
tune; for  man}' thought  that  the  new  theory  was,  that  matter  is 
made  up  of  units  or  individuals  which  cannot  be  divided  by  any 
possible  force.  The  word  "atom,"  the  word  "indivisible,"  like 
the  word  "individual,"  properly  mean  that  which  is  not  divided 
in  the  phenomena  considered.  An  absolutely  indivisible  atom, 
like  an  irresistible  wave  or  an  immovable  rock,  can  be  spoken  of 
to  puzzle  children;  but  for  adults,  as  Clifford  said,  "If  there  is 
an3'thii]g  which  cannot  be  divided,  we  cannot  know  it,  because 
we  know  nothing  about  possibilities  and  impossibilities;  only 
about  what  has  or  has  not  taken  place."  I  judge  that  man}', 
probably  most,  chemists  and  physicists  understand  the  word 
"atom  "  correctly;  many  others  understand  it  to  mean  that  which 
cannot  be  divided  by  any  possible  force,  and  so  misunderstand 
it.  For  instance,  the  author  of  the  "History  of  the  Inductive 
Sciences"  failed  to  understand  the  word  as  chemists  and  physi- 
cists understand  it,  and  so  supposed  that  he  rejected  the  atomic 
theory.  Many  chemists  would  reject  the  theory  that  matter  con- 
sists of  very  small  units  which  cannot  be  divided:  I  suppose  that 
very  nearly  all  believe  that  matter  is  made  up  of  small  units  which 
are  not  divided  in  any  chemical  or  physical  change  yet  observed. 
This  is  the  atomic  theory  of  Dalton. 

A  few  years  after  Dalton  had  formed  the  atomic  theorj',  and 
had  obtained  the  first  experimental  evidence  on  a  matter  which 
had  enlisted  attention  for  more  than  two  thousand  years,  Davy 
showed,  by  brilliant  experiments,  that  certain  bodies  were  com- 
pounds, although  they  had  resisted  all  previous  attempts  to 
decompose  them.  Since  the  first  use  of  electricity  had  so 
important  results,  men  were  ready  to  suspect  that  even  supposed 
elements  might  ultimateh'  prove  to  be  compounds.  It  was  there- 
fore in  a  congenial  soil  that  Front's  hj'pothesis  took  root.  Trust- 
ing to  experiments  of  not  nuich  accuracy,  Front  suggested,  in 
the  year  1815,  that  probably  the  atomic  weights  of  other  elements 
were  divisible,  without  remainder,  hy  the  atomic  weight  of  hydro- 
gen; or,  in  other  words,  that  they  are  whole  numbers,  if  the 
atomic  weight  of  hydi'ogen  be  taken  as  unity. 


EDWARD    W.    MORLEY.  7 

The  new  suggestion  was  most  attractive,  for  two  reasons.  On 
the  one  hand,  the  truth  of  the  new  suggestion  would  lead  to  a 
very  great  practical  advantage.  The  labor  of  determining  atomic 
weights  would  be  immensely  simplified  and  lessened  if  we  could 
know  beforehand  that  the  numbers  to  be  found  were  integers. 
And,  on  the  other  hand,  the  new  suggestion,  if  approved,  would 
promise  a  most  interesting  and  valuable  hint  as  to  the  nature  of 
matter  and  the  structure  of  atoms.  If,  for  instance,  the  atoms  of 
carbon  and  nitrogen  and  oxygen  weigh  precisely  as  much  as 
twelve  and  fourteen  and  sixteen  atoms  of  hydrogen,  then  it  is  a 
very  plausible  hypothesis  that  each  of  these  atoms  is  really  com- 
posed of  the  material  of  twelve  and  fourteen  and  sixteen  atoms 
of  hydrogen,  compacted  into  a  new  atom.  Davy  had  led  many  to 
suspect  that  perhaps  some  atoms  might  be  compound,  and  the 
new  suggestion  looking  in  the  same  direction  was  received  with 
favor  by  many,  among  whom  were  great  discoverers,  and  great 
experimenters,  and  great  teachers  of  chemistry.  In  England, 
where  Davy  and  Prout  both  lived,  Thomson  had  great  influence. 
It  was  Thomson  who,  in  the  "Journal  of  Chemistry,"  of  which 
he  was  the  editor,  first  announced  Dalton's  discover}'.  Thomson 
wrote  the  history  of  chemistry.  Thomson's  "System  of  Chem- 
istry "  was  thought  worthy  of  translation  into  French  at  a  time 
when  French  was  the  mother  tongue  of  chemistr3\  And  Thom- 
son accepted  Front's  h3'pothesis  as  probably  true.  But  Turner 
made  more  accurate  and  more  numerous  determinations  of  atomic 
weights  than  any  other  English  chemist;  and  he  rejected  Front's 
hypothesis.  Berzelius,  the  great  Swedish  chemist,  whose  deter- 
minations of  the  atomic  weights  of  all  the  elements  then  known 
were  regarded  with  so  much  admiration  by  all  chemists,  pro- 
nounced Front's  hypothesis  a  pure  illusion.  But  Dumas,  than 
whom  none  in  France  stood  higher,  whose  opinion  had  great 
weight 'on  account  of  the  excellence  of  his  many  determinations 
of  atomic  weights,  accepted  Frout's  hypothesis  with  a  slight 
modification,  and  believed  that  his  experiments  had  established 
its  truth.  Stas,  the  distinguished  pupil  of  Dumas,  began  his 
work  with  a  bias  in  favor  of  the  hypothesis ;  but  when  his  first 
series  of  admirable  determinations  of  atomic  weights  was  pub- 
lished, he  pronounced  the  hypothesis  a  pure  illusion,  entirely 
irreconcilable  with  the  numerical  results  of  experiment.  But 
Mallet,  who  has  made  several  excellent  determinations  of  atomic 


8  ADDRESS    BY 

weights,  and  Clarke,  who  has  recomputed  and  reduced  to  order  all 
the  published  determinations,  declared  themselves  forced  to  give 
Front's  hypothesis  a  most  respectful  consideration.  It  is  obvious, 
then,  that  ten  years  ago  it  was  not  finally  settled  whether  the 
hypothesis  was  or  was  not  true. 

The  hypothesis,  then,  has  disappointed  our  hopes  of  any  prac- 
tical advantage  in  conducting  to  a  knowledge  of  the  exact  value 
of  any  atomic  weight.  But  nevertheless  the  hypothesis  has  not 
been  neglected.  As  was  said,  if  it  is  true,  we  may  expect  from 
it  new  insight  into  the  nature  of  atoms.  Accordingly^  an  immense 
amount  of  labor  has  been  expended  in  attempting  to  determine 
whether  the  atomic  weights  of  certain  elements  are  or  are  not 
divisible  without  remainder  by  the  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen. 
Now  since  our  last  meeting  in  this  city  results  have  been 
attained  which  show  that  further  effort  in  this  direction  is  not 
justified  by  the  hope  of  any  theoretic  advantage.  The  chapter 
has  come  to  an  end.  Front's  hypothesis  cannot  be  proved  by 
experiment. 

When  we  attempt  to  decide  b}^  experiment  whether  Front's 
hypothesis  is  true,  the  nature  of  the  problem,  and  the  limitations 
of  our  present  knowledge  and  of  our  available  manipulative  skill, 
impose  three  conditions  to  Avhich  we  must  conform. 

In  the  first  place,  we  can  more  readily  test  the  correctness  of 
Front's  hypothesis  by  determinations  of  the  smaller  atomic 
weights.  The  reason  is  obvious.  All  analytical  work  is  affected 
with  some  accidental  error  or  uncertainty.  When  Herschel  v/rote 
his  admirable  "Discourse  on  the  Study  of  Natural  Philosoph}-," 
he  said  that  it  was  doubtful  whether  we  could  depend  on  the  result 
of  a  chemical  analj'sis  as  having  an  uncertainty  less  than  one 
part  in  four  hundred.  Work  of  much  greater  accuracy  has  been 
done  since  this  statement  was  made;  but,  for  the  moment,  let  us 
assume  that,  even  now,  the  uncertainty  of  a  determination  of 
an  atomic  weight  is  a  four-hundredth  part.  This  uncertainty 
affects  a  large  atomic  weight  much  more  unfavorably  for  our  pur- 
pose than  it  affects  a  small  atomic  weight.  For  instance,  Stas 
found  the  atomic  weight  of  lead  to  be  206.91,  if  we  take  the 
atomic  weight  of  oxygen  as  16.00.  The  assumed  uncertainty, 
one  four-hundredth  part  of  this,  is  0.53;  so  that,  on  our  assump- 
tion, the  true  value  is  somewhere  between  206.38  and  207.44. 
These  numbers  differ  more  than  a  unit ;  no  one  has  a  right,  on 


KDWARD    W.    MORLEY.  9 

this  showing,  to  assert  that  the  true  value  is  the  whole  number 
207.00,   nor  that  it  is  not  so. 

But  a  small  atomic  weight  may  be  much  less  unfavorably 
affected  by  the  same  proportionate  uncertainty.  For  instance, 
recent  determinations  show  that  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is 
15.88,  when  the  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen  is  taken  as  unity. 
The  assumed  uncertaint}',  one  four-hundredth  part  of  this,  is 
0.04;  so  that,  on  our  assumption,  the  true  value  is  between  the 
limits  15.84  and  15.92.  These  numbers  differ  by  only  one  twelfth 
of  a  unit ;  and  both  of  them  differ  much  from  the  nearest  whole 
number,  16.00.  It  is,  therefore,  by  determinations  of  small 
atomic  weights  that  we  may  hope  to  decide  the  truth  of  Prout's 
hj'pothesis. 

But  among  the  smaller  atomic  weights,  some,  in  the  present 
state  of  our  knowledge,  can  be  more  accurately  determined  than 
others.  Accordingly,  a  second  condition  imposed  on  us  by  the 
limitations  of  our  knowledge  is,  that  we  must  determine,  with 
what  precision  we  can,  those  small  atomic  weights  which  admit 
of  the  maximum  of  precision.  There  are  eight  atomic  weights 
upon  which,  with  the  experimental  data  now  available,  the  de- 
cision of  the  matter  may  be  fairly  made  to  depend.  These  ele- 
ments are  lithium,  carbon,  nitrogen,  oxygen,  sodium,  sulphur, 
chlorine,  and  potassium :  the  atomic  weights  are,  in  round  num- 
bers, 7,  12,  14,  16,  23,  32,  35.50,  and  39.  If  numerous  and  care- 
ful experiments  show  that  these  atomic  weights  are  whole 
numbers,  Prout's  hypothesis  has  a  solid  basis  in  fact;  if  seven 
are  whole  numbers  and  the  other  is  35.50,  then  Dumas's  modified 
statement  of  the  h3'pothesis  has  a  solid  basis  in  fact,  for  35.50 
is  divisible  without  a  remainder  by  half  the  atomic  weight  of 
hydrogen. 

One  more  condition  is  imposed  on  us  by  the  limitations  of  our 
knowledge  and  manipulative  skill.  Our  experiments  determine 
most  atomic  weights,  not  with  reference  to  h3'drogen,  but  with 
reference  to  oxygen.  Experiment,  for  instance,  does  not  deter- 
mine directly  that  the  atomic  weight  of  lithium  is  seven  times 
that  of  hydrogen,  but  that  it  is  seven  sixteenths  that  of  oxygen. 
If  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is  uncertain,  the  atomic  weights 
of  the  other  seven  elements  with  reference  to  hydrogen  are  all 
uncertain  in  the  same  proportion,  although  with  reference  to 
oxygen    they  are  now  determined  with  very  small    uncertainty. 


10  ADDRESS    BY 

Accordingly,  the  third  condition  imposed  on  us  in  attempting  to 
learn  the  truth  about  Front's  hypothesis  is,  that  the  atomic  weight 
of  ox^'gen  must  be  well  determined. 

It  may  be  remarked  that  it  would  be  a  great  gain,  as  all  chem- 
ists will  see,  if  several  other  atomic  weights  could  be  determined 
by  direct  comparison  with  hydrogen,  provided  the  precision 
attainable  was  of  the  degree  which  I  have  called  admirable,  or 
even  excellent.  Now,  methods  have  been  devised  by  which  the 
atomic  weights  of  lithium,  sodium,  and  potassium,  as  well  as  of 
several  other  metals,  could  be  referred  directly  to  hydrogen,  by 
experiments  which  present  no  great  difficulty,  and  which  are 
capable  of  the  required  precision.  Further,  a  method  has  been 
devised  by  which  the  atomic  weight  of  chlorine  can  be  deter- 
mined with  direct  reference  to  hydrogen,  by  experiments  capable 
of  the  required  degree  of  precision,  but  involving  considerable 
difficulty  in  manipulation.  But  until  some  such  methods  shall 
have  been  employed  by  some  one,  we  must  be  content  with  the 
inferences  which  can  be  drawn  f]-om  data  of  the  kind  now 
available,  which  depend  on  our  knowledge  of  the  atomic  weight 
of  oxygen  as  the  corner  stone  of  the  system. 

Our  knowledge  of  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen,  ten  years  ago, 
depended  largely  on  the  experiments  of  Dumas.  His  results 
differed  from  the  whole  number  16.00  by  one  four-hundredth  paj:t; 
he  himself  judged  that  the  uncertainty  remaining  might  be  one 
two-hundredth  part.  If  we  accept  this  estimate  of  uncertainty, 
we  may  say  that  he  proved  that  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is 
included  between  the  limits  1.5.88  and  16.04.  No  one  could 
assert  that  the  true  number  is,  or  that  it  is  not,  the  whole  num- 
ber 16.00.  A  proportionate  uncertainty,  therefore,  existed  in 
the  other  seven  atomic  weights  just  mentioned.  Accordingly, 
ten  years  ago  we  could  not  well  discuss  the  question  whether 
these  atomic  weights  were  divisible,  without  remainder,  by  the 
atomic  weight  of  hydrogen. 

The  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is,  accordingly,  doubly  important 
for  our  purpose.  The  atomic  weight  is  a  small  one,  well  adapted 
to  aid  in  the  solution;  and,  further,  many  other  atomic  -weights, 
also  well  adapted  to  aid  in  the  solution,  depend  on  a  prior  knowl- 
edge of  this  constant.  It  is  for  this  twofold  reason  that  the  work 
done  since  our  last  meeting  at  Buffalo  is  important  and  interest- 
ing.    The  members  of  this  association  have  not  failed  to  take 


EDWARD    W.    MORLEY.  11 

upon  themselves  a  fair  proportion  of  the  considerable  labor 
involved. 

Since  that  time  not  less  than  ten  or  eleven  independent  deter- 
minations of  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  have  been  successfully 
concluded. 

Cooke  and  Richards  were  the  first  to  complete  and  publish  their 
result;  they  used  a  new  and  ingenious  process.  Keiser  was  next; 
he  employed  a  method  for  weighing  hydrogen  which  he  had  inde- 
pendently invented  (though  it  had  been  previously  invented 
elsewhere),  which  is  the  best  yet  used.  In  both  these  series  of 
experiments,  the  hydrogen  was  combined  with  oxygen  by  manipu- 
lation something  like  that  of  Dumas;  but  the  improvement  which 
permitted  the  direct  weighing  of  the  hydrogen  made  the  essence 
of  the  process  novel.  Then  Noyes  devised  a  new  method  of 
weighing  hydrogen  directly,  and  a  new  manipulation  for  com- 
bining it  with  oxygen,  and  carried  out  the  process  in  an  apparatus 
having  the  advantage  of  great  simplicity.  Further,  since  our 
last  meeting  the  Smithsonian  Institution  has  published  a  work 
containing  three  series  of  determinations  of  the  value  in 
question. 

In  England,  Lord  Eayleigh  used  another  novel  method  of 
combining  oxygen  and  hydrogen,  in  which  he  weighed  both 
elements  in  the  form  of  gas.  He  also  made  two  series  of  deter- 
minations of  the  ratio  of  the  densities  of  the  gases.  Scott  deter- 
mined the  ratio  of  the  volumes  of  the  gases  which  combine,  in 
several  series  of  experiments  of  great  accuracy.  Dittmar  and 
Henderson  rendered  an  important  service  by  repeating,  with 
many  modifications,  the  experiments  of  Dumas ;  with  the  advan- 
tage which  the  later  experimenter  commonly  has  over  the  earlier, 
they  were  able  to  secure  a  much  higher  degree  of  precision,  and 
to  eliminate  the  sources  of  constant  error  which  Dumas  detected 
too  late. ' 

In  France,  Leduc  repeated  the  experiments  of  Dumas,  and  also 
determined  the  ratio  of  the  densities  of  the  two  gases. 

In  Denmark,  Thomsen  has  applied  a  different  process,  in  which 
the  atomic  weight  of  a  given  metal  is  compared  with  those  of 
oxygen  and  of  hj'drogen  successively. 

We  have,  then,  eleven  series  of  determinations  of  the  atomic 
weight  of  oxygen.  One  of  these,  for  reasons  which,  so  far,  are 
chiefly  matter  of  conjecture,  differs  much  from  the  mean  of  all  the 


12  ADDRESS    BY 

others.  These  other  ten  are  concordant:  they  differ,  on  the 
average,  only  one  part  in  twenty-two  hundred  from  their  mean, 
and  the  greatest  difference  from  the  mean  is  about  one  part  in  a 
thousand. 

Since  these  experiments  have  been  made  by  different  processes, 
by  different  men,  under  varied  conditions,  and  since  the  greatest 
difference  from  the  mean  of  the  whole  is  only  one  part  in  a  thou- 
sand", it  is  probable  that  the  mean  of  all  differs  from  the  truth  by 
much  less  than  one  part  in  a  thousand.  The  errors  of  our  experi- 
ments are  of  two  kinds,  —  accidental  and  svstematic.  If  we 
shoot  a  hundred  times  at  a  mark,  about  half  of  our  shots  fall  a 
little  to  the  right,  and  about  half  a  little  to  the  left.  These  are 
accidental  errors:  accidental  errors  are  lessened  as  our  manipu- 
lation improves,  and  they  but  slightly  affect  our  final  mean. 
Systematic  errors  affect  all  our  results  in  the  same  direction. 
Suppose  we  fire  a  hundred  shots  at  a  target  one  thousand  yards 
distant,  not  examining  the  target  till  the  shots  are  all  fired.  If, 
now,  the  sights  of  our  rifle  were  set  for  five  hundred  j^ards,  all 
our  shots  would  strike  too  low.  This  is  a  systematic  error: 
systematic  errors  diminish  as  our  knowledge  increases. 

Accidental  errors  can  be  rendered  harmless  by  taking  the  mean 
of  numerous  determinations  made  by  the  same  method.  But 
systematic  errors  must  be  detected  and  avoided.  That  they  have 
been  detected  and  avoided  in  any  given  cage  can  never  be 
definitely  known;  it  can,  at  best,  be  presumed  from  the  fact  that 
experiments  by  different  methods  give  the  same  result. 

As  to  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen,  accidental  errors  have  now 
been  fairly  eliminated,  and  we  can  make  definite  numerical 
statements  on  this  point.  If  each  of  the  ten  sets  of  experiments 
were  to  be  repeated  with  the  same  skill  and  knowledge,  there  is 
not  one  chance  in  a  thousand  that  the  new  mean  would  differ  from 
the  present  mean. by  as  much  as  one  part  in  sixteen  thousand. 
Again,  if  ten  new  sets  of  experiments  were  to  be  made  by  new 
methods  and  new  experimenters,  there  is  not  one  chance  in  a 
thousand  that  the  new  mean  would  differ  from  the  present  mean 
by  as  much  as  one  part  in  twenty-five  hundred. 

As  to  possible  systematic  errors,  modesty  in  statement  is  in- 
cumbent on  all  scientific  men.  But  we  have  now  ten  independent 
results,  in  which  the  difference  from  the  mean  is  at  most  only 
one  part  in  one  thousand.     We  may  then  fairly  assume  that  the 


EDWARD   W.    MORLEY.  13 

systematic  error  of  the  mean  is  less  than  one  part  in  one  thou- 
sand. Again,  we  have  lately  been  able  to  take  one  step  in 
advance,  which  throws  needed  light  on  precisely  this  point.  It 
has  been  found  possible  to  weigh  some  hydrogen,  to  weigh  the 
requisite  oxygen,  and  to  weigh  the  water  which  the}^  produce.  If, 
now,  there  were  some  undetected  systematic  error  in  weighing 
either  one  of  these  three  substances,  occasioned,  for  instance,  by 
some  impurity  remaining  undetected  in  one  of  them,  the  sum  of 
the  weights  of  the  hydrogen  and  oxygen  would  differ  from  the 
weight  of  the  water  produced.  If  a  pound  of  sugar  and  a  pound 
of  water  produce  onl}'  one  pound  and  three  quarters  of  syrup, 
there  was  a  quarter  of  a  pound  of  sand  in  the  sugar.  Now  it 
has,  I  think,  been  proved  that,  if  the  sum  of  the  weights  of  the 
hydrogen  and  the  oxygen  is  not  precisely  equal  to  the  weight  of 
the  water  produced,  the  difference  is  too  small  to  be  detected,  and 
cannot  be  more  than  one  part  in  twenty-five  thousand.  If  there 
really  were  a  difference  of  this  amount,  and,  further,  if  this  differ- 
ence were  due  to  an  error  at  the  precise  point  where  it  would  be 
the  most  mischievous,  it  would  render  the  atomic  weight  of 
oxygen  uncertain  by  one  part  in  about  twentj'-eight  hundred. 

Taking  into  account  the  presumption  from  the  concordance  of 
the  results  of  different  experimenters  and  the  presumption  from 
the  agreement  just  mentioned,  I  think  we  are  justified  in  assum- 
ing that  the  remaining  systematic  error  is  not  more  than  one  part 
in  sixteen  hundred,  and  that  it  probably  is  not  more  than  one 
part  in  three  thousand. 

If  this  is  a  reasonable  assumption,  the  net  result  of  the  experi- 
ments made  in  Denmark,  France,  Great  Britain,  and  the  United 
States  is,  that  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is  between  15.87  and 
15.89,  and  that  probably  it  is  between  15.875  and  15.885.  By 
no  stretch  can  we  imagine  that  the  truth  lies  in  the  whole  number 
16.00,  nor  in  the  even  fraction  15.50.  We  cannot  sanely  believe 
it  to  lie  in  the  number  15.75,  having  modified  Front's  hj^pothesis 
into  the  new  statement  that  all  atomic  weights  are  divisible, 
without  remainder,  by  one  quarter  of  the  atomic  weight  of  hj'dro- 
gen.  It  will  be  obvious  that,  if  we  are  still  resolved  to  accept 
some  form  of  the  attractive  illusion,  we  must  assume  that  the  true 
divisor  is  as  small  as  one  eighth  of  the  atomic  weight  of  hydro- 
gen, for  the  value  15|  is  included  within  the  limits  given. 

Then  there  is    one   small  and  well  determined  atomic  weight 


14  ADDRESS    BY 

which  utterly  refuses  to  support  Prout's  hj^pothesis,  or  any  mocli- 
ticatiou  yet  stated  by  believers  in  the  hypothesis.  Further, 
now  that  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  is  well  established,  we  can 
compare,  with  hydrogen  taken  as  unit}',  the  seven  other  small 
and  well  determined  atomic  weights  which  have  been  mentioned.^ 
We  see  that  every  value  differs  from  an  integer;  for  lithium, 
nitrogen,  and  potassium,  the  difference  is  about  one  part  in  two 
hundred  thirty;  for  sodium,  sulphur,  and  chlorine,  about  one  part 
in  one  hundred  eighty;  for  carbon  and  oxygen,  about  one  part  in 
one  hundred  thirty.  On  the  average,  these  values,  which  are 
the  best  determined  in  chemistry,  differ  from  whole  numbers  by 
about  one  part  in  one  hundred  eighty.  There  is  less  than  one 
chance  in  a  thousand  that  these  numbers  can  possibly  be  so  much 
in  error.  These  are  the  numbers  best  fitted  to  test  Prout's 
hypothesis;  and  their  evidence  against  it  is  decisive.    , 

It  ought  to  be  added,  that  the  evidence  against  Prout's 
hypothesis  seemed  to  many  to  be  decisive,  even  without  the 
knowledge  of  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  which  has  recently 
been  acquired.  But  the  evidence  can  now  be  stated  in  a  much 
more  direct  and  simple  manner;  and  it  has  gained  in  force,  for 
to  the  seven  fit  instances  at  hand  before  there  is  added  an  eighth, 
which  happens  to  be  the  most  weighty  of  the  whole. 

In  order  to  present  the  evidence  against  Prout's  hypothesiis 
when  we  lack  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  atomic  weight  of 
oxygen,  we  have  first  to  assume. this  value.  We  may,  for  one 
trial,  assume  that  this  value  is  the  whole  number  16.00,  which  is 
required  by  Prout's  hypothesis,  and  see  whether,  on  this  assump- 
tion, the  other  seven  atomic  weights  in  question  are  very  nearly 
such  as  the  hypothesis  requires."  But  the  average  deviation  from 
the  numbers  required  by  the  hypothesis  is  one  part  in  five  hun- 
dred; and  one  deviation  amounts  to  more  than  one  part  in  three 
hundred.  We  may  make  another  trial  by  assuming  for  oxygen, 
not  the  whole  number  16.00,  but  that  value  which  shall  make 
the  sum  of  all  the  deviations  the  least  possible;  and  we  may  also 
take  one  quarter  of  the  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen  as  our  divisor."^ 

1  The  values  are  as  follows:  Li  =  6.97,  C-^11.91,  N  =  13.94,  0  =  15.88, 
Na  =  22.87,  S  =  31.83,  CI  =  3.5.19,  K  =  38.84. 

'^  The  values  on  tliis  assumption  are  as  follows:  Li  =  7.02,  C=  12.00, 
N  =  1404,  0  =  IG.OO  (assumed),  Na  =  23.07,  S  =  32.04,  CI  =  3.5.46,  K  =  39.14. 

3  The  values  are  as  follows  :  Li  =  7.00,  C  =  1 1.96,  N  =  13.99,  0  =  15.94, 
Na  =  22.96,  S  =  31 .96,  CI  =  35.33,  K  =  39.00. 


EDWARD    W.    MORLKY.  15 

But  the  average  deviatious  from  the  numbers  required  l)y  the 
theory  is,  even  in  this  ease,  one  part  in  six  hundred;  and  the 
atomic  weight  of  that  element  for  which  the  determinations  of 
friends  of  the  hypothesis  agree  with  those  of  its  opponents  to 
one  part  in  thirty-five  hundred,  is  supposed,  after  all,  to  be  in 
error  by  one  part  in  five  hundred.  The  atomic  weight  of  0x3'- 
gen,  computed  expressly  to  give  every  possible  advantage  to  the 
hj'pothesis,  differs  from  the  whole  number  required  by  the  theory 
by  one  part  in  two  hundred  fifty. 

"We  read  in  our  school-books  of  the  bed  of  Procrnstes,  to  which 
the  tyrant  fitted  his  compulsory  lodgers ;  if  they  were  too  short, 
he  stretched  them  on  the  rack,  if  they  were  too  long,  he  lopped 
off  the  superfluous  length.  This  fable  was  really  a  prophetic 
vision;  the  bed  is  Front's  hypothesis;  our  friends  who  admire 
it  want  to  stretch  the  most  unyielding  quantities,  and  to  lop  off 
numbers  which  have  been  determined  with  the  greatest  precision. 
Either  the  experiments  are  in  error  by  an  amount  which  seems 
incredible,  or  the  hypothesis  is  an  illusion.  If  the  supporters  of 
the  hypothesis  Avould  avoid  the  conclusion,  they  must  supply 
better  determinations,  or  they  must  detect  real  and  tangible 
sources  of  error  in  those  alread}'  made. 

The  hypothesis  was  most  interesting  and  attractive:  it  prom- 
ised, if  sustained  bj'  experimental  evidence,  to  give  the  means  of 
such  insight  into  the  nature  of  matter  and  into  the  intimate 
structure  of  atoms  that  it  was  well  worth  all  the  attention  which 
has  been  given  to  it.  That  it  should  fail  of  support,  that  its 
promises  could  not  be  kept,  is  a  matter  of  regret;  but  it  is  time 
to  recognize  that  our  hopes  are  quite  cut  off.  That  other  elements 
are  composed  of  the  same  substance  as  hydrogen  may  or  may 
not  be  true;  but  we  have  now  no  hope  of  proving  it  by  deter- 
minations of  atomic  weight.  It  would  not  be  difficult,  perhaps, 
to  modify  Front's  hj'pothesis  again  and  again,  so  as  to  bring 
it  into  some  accord  with  the  facts.  We  may  imagine,  if  we  will, 
that  the  observed  numbers,  if  determined  without  error,  would  all 
be  divisible  by  the  eighth  part  of  the  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen, 
or  the  ninth,  or  the  tenth,  or  by  some  smaller  fraction.  But 
such  a  hypothesis  is  of  no  interest  and  of  no  utility,  because  it  is 
incapable  of  proof  or  disproof  by  experiment.  The  reason  is 
obvious.  If  we  suppose  that  all  atomic  weights  are  divisible  by 
one  tenth  of  the  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen,  then,  in  case  the 


16  ADDRESS   BY 

theory  is  erroneous,  the  average  deviation  of  the  actual  atomic 
weights  from  those  required  by  the  theorj^  is  only  one  fortieth 
of  the  unit.  The  man  who  supports  a  theory  which  has  no  physi- 
cal basis  would  assert  that  all  such  ascertained  deviations  were 
due  to  errors  of  experiment.  Others  would  reply  that  3'ou  can- 
not prove  that  a  man  is  a  good  marksman  by  crowding  the  targets 
so  near  each  other  that  not  even  his  random  shots  can  miss  them 
all.     But  his  backers  might  make  so  uncritical  a  claim. 

No,  Prout's  hypothesis,  if  subdivided  far  enough,  may  be  true 
for  all  which  can  be  proved  with  the  balance ;  but  in  such  new 
form  it  is  of  no  use  and  of  no  interest,  for  it  cannot  be  proved 
so  as  to  become  a  safe  basis  for  further  inference.  In  its  present 
form,  there  is  no  root  of  truth  in  it. 

So  far,  I  have  argued  that  Prout's  hypothesis  is  not  true  as 
heretofore  enunciated;  and  that,  if  some  further  modification  of  it 
is  true,  we  cannot  know  it.  This  conclusion  has  been  sustained 
by  the  evidence  of  the  chemist's  balance.  A  conclusion  sup- 
ported by  a  single  kind  of  evidence  may  command  the  confidence 
of  one  who  has  been  long  familiar  with  the  evidence,  and  who  has 
become  capable  of  weighing  it.  But,  for  others,  the  concurrence 
of  evidence  of  different  kinds  rightly  adds  greatly  to  its  cogency. 
In  this  case,  there  is  such  concurrent  evidence.  There  is  other 
proof  that  the  atoms  of  some  well  studied  elements  are  ,not 
additive  structures.  Let  me  briefly  describe  the  nature  of  this 
evidence. 

When  certain  elements  are  volatilized  in  a  colorless  gas-flame, 
or  in  the  electric  arc,  their  molecules  are  made  to  vibrate,  so  as 
to  produce  light.  By  the  study  of  this  light  we  can  in  time  learn 
much  of  the  nature  of  the  vibrating  system.  The  observed  facts 
are  gradually  reducing  to  order;  and  one  result  is  very  striking. 
In  the  case  of  three  closely  similar  elements  before  mentioned, 
lithium,  sodium,  and  potassium,  the  complexity  of  vibration  is 
precisely  similar  in  all,  and  the  numerical  relations  among  the 
component  vibrations  are  precisely  similar  in  all.  Therefore  we 
are  compelled  to  assume  that  the  complexity  of  structure  is  the 
same  in  all,  and  that  the  relations  of  the  component  parts,  and  of 
the  forces  acting  between  them,  are  the  same  in  all.  To  illus- 
trate the  nature  of  the  argument:  the  complexity  of  vibration 
and  the  numerical  relations  among  the  component  vibrations  in 
the  ease  of  a  large  church  bell  are  precisely  similar  to  those  in 


EDWARD    TV.    MORLEY.  17 

the  case  of  a  bell  ouly  one  third  as  large.  Then,  even  without 
the  direct  evidence  of  other  senses,  we  must  presume  that  the 
two  bells  are  similar  structures,  having  similai-  parts,  similarly 
related.  "We  cannot  believe  that  the  larger  bell  is  made  of  a 
small  bell  loaded  with  weights,  nor  of  three  small  bells  bound 
closely  together.  The  larger  and  the  smaller  are  of  the  same 
order.  The  larger  is  not  made  of  more  parts  than  the  smaller; 
it  is  made  of  more  metal.  So  with  the  atoms  of  these  three 
elements;  the  larger  are  not  made  up  by  the  addition  of  parts 
which  preserve  their  identity  and  remain  undivided.  But  all  we 
know  of  chemical  combination  relates  to  structures  which  are 
made  by  the  addition  of  parts  which  preserve  their  identity  and 
remain  undivided.  Then  Prout's  hypothesis  assumes  an  analogy 
which  does  not  exist;  and  deductions  from  an  imaginary  analog}' 
will  themselves  differ  from  the  truth,  much  as  fairy  tales  differ 
from  history. 

There  are  still  other  sources  of  evidence  drawn  from  the  specific 
heats  of  the  elements;  the  evidence  is  of  the  same  kind,  and 
leads  to  the  same  conclusion,  but  I  simply  allude  to  it. 

It  seems  to  me,  then,  that  the  exact  quantitative  similarity  of 
the  spectra  of  these  elements  shows  that  they  are  not  compounds 
one  of  another,  subject  to  the  great  chemical  law  of  the  addition 
of  undivided  parts;  and  that  also  the  magnitudes  of  the  small 
and  well  determined  atomic  weights  differ  from  the  values  hith- 
erto suggested  by  applying  the  law  of  the  addition  of  undivided 
parts,  and  differ  by  five,  ten,  and  fifteen  times  the  greatest 
experimental  error  we  can  reasonably  assume. 

So  the  citadel  which  defends  the  secret  of  the  atom  cannot  be 
taken  by  way  of  Prout's  hypothesis.  We  have  carried  on  the 
assault  for  eighty  j^ears,  and  we  are  now  satisfied  that  the  way  is 
blocked;  we  tried  to  breach,  not  a  wall,  but  the  solid  mountain 
itself.  We  shall  doubtless  learn  the  structure  of  the  atom,  but 
we  cannot  learn  it  in  the  way  we  hoped.  This  chapter  in  our 
study  of  the  nature  of  atoms  has  been  fully  ended. 

If  Prout's  hj'pothesis  cannot  serve  us,  j'ou  will  doubtless  ask 
what  other  ways  are  open  by  which  we  may  learn  something  of  the 
structure  of  atoms.  To  answer  is  difficult;  to  answer  adequately 
is  impossible.  Perhaps  I  may  mention  four  lines  in  which  it  has 
been  hoped  by  some  that  the  desired  advance  could  be  made,  and 
may  indicate  what  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  of  each. 

A.  A.  A.  S.,  VOL.  XLV.  2 


18  ADDRESS    BY 

One  of  these  indications  of  a  possible  source  of  knowledge  as 
to  the  structure  of  atoms  was  suggested  by  certain  chemical 
observations  on  some  of  the  rare  earths.  My  brief  explanation 
will  not  do  justice  to  the  conception  of  the  eminent  chemist  who 
investigated  the  phenomena.  As  I  have  said,  the  atom  is  some- 
thing which,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  remains  undivided  in  all  chem- 
ical changes.  Most  atoms  seem  to  resist  every  force  which  we 
can  apply.  But  it  is  possible  that  the  amount  of  resistance 
which  they  can  offer  may  vary  greatly:  it  may  be  that  in  the  case 
of  some  elements  the  resistance  is  such  that  in  some  reactions 
the  atoms  remain  undivided,  and  not  in  others.  From  the 
stud}^  of  such  cases,  if  there  are  such,  we  might  expect  much  help. 
Now,  in  the  case  of  the  common  and  well  studied  elements,  the 
occurrence  of  such  cases  has  not  been  suspected ;  but  some  of  the 
rarer  elements,  examined  by  a  process  which  is  frightfully  labo- 
rious, have  exhibited  phenomena  which  suggest,  as  a  hj-pothesis 
to  be  further  studied,  such  a  subdivision  of  atoms.  But  it  is 
probable  that  we  have  mixtures  of  distinct  elements  which  we 
do  not  yet  know  how  to  separate  from  each  other  by  simple 
analytical  processes.  This  chapter,  we  may  fairly  presume,  will 
be  valuable;  but  not  because  it  will  tell  us  anything  new  about 
the  structure  of  atoms. 

Certain  spectroscopic  phenomena  have  suggested  that  some 
elements  may  be  decomposed  by  the  action  of  a  high  temperature. 
For  instance,  it  has  been  thought  not  impossible  that,  at  the  tem- 
perature of  the  electric  arc,  potassium  compounds  quite  free  from 
sodium  should  begin  to  show  the  spectrum  of  sodium,  because 
at  this  temperature  potassium  is  decomposed  so  as  to  produce 
sodium.  This  hypothesis  has  been  carefully  investigated;  in 
part,  by  the  accomplished  phj'sicist  who  is  its  author;  in  part,  at 
his  suggestion  and  invitation.  It  is  found  that,  if  years  are  given 
to  the  preparation  of  potassium  compounds  free  from  every  trace 
of  sodium,  then  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  from  them  any  phe- 
nomena suggesting  a  decomposition  into  sodium.  Here,  again, 
the  new  chapter,  as  far  as  it  relates  to  the  structure  of  the  atom, 
is  likely  to  be  but  short. 

A  third  suggestion  did  not  rest  upon  any  observed  chemical 
phenomena,  but  was  a  purely  intellectual  creation.  This  is  the 
hypothesis  that  atoms  are  vortex  rings  in  a  frictionless  fluid. 
It  belongs   to  the    mathematical    physicist,    rather   than   to   the 


EDWARD    W.    MORLET.  19 

chemist,  to  discuss  this  interesting  suggestion.  It  may  be  said 
that  it  has  seemed  not  impossible  that  the  chemist  should  find  a 
vortex  ring  capable  of  exerting  certain  chemical  forces.  But  the 
fate  of  the  h3"pothesis  rested,  not  with  the  chemist,  but  with  the 
mathematical  physicist;  and  it  has  been  found  that  the  theory 
demands  that  the  weight  of  a  body  composed  of  vortex  atoms 
should  increase  with  rise  of  temperature.  It  is  scarcely  possible 
that  this  can  be  the  fact;  if,  then,  the  mathematical  and  physical 
reasoning  involved  is  sound,  it  is  scarcely  possible  that  atoms 
consist  of  vortex  rings.  The  probability  is  thei-efore  but  small, 
that  we  are  to  learn  of  the  nature  of  atoms  by  means  of  this 
hypothesis. 

Some  spectroscopic  and  other  optical  phenomena  seem  to 
promise  more  light  as  to  the  structure  of  molecules  and  atoms, 
though  the  dawn  is  not  yet.  Thanks  to  the  concave  grating,  we 
can  determine  the  frequency  of  vibration  of  the  light  from  any 
source  with  great  accurac}'.  When  the  light  is  complex,  we  can 
determine,  with  great  accuracy,  the  relative  frequency  of  the 
component  vibrations.  In  the  cases  which  have  been  best 
studied,  the  observed  frequencies  have  been  reduced  to  rather 
simple  numerical  relations.  From  the  study  of  these  relations 
we  ma}'^  expect,  in  time,  to  determine  the  structure  of  the  vibrat- 
ing systems.  But  the  vrsxy  is  long  and  difficult.  Let  us  illustrate 
the  nature  of  the  method  by  means  of  a  familiar  example,  namely, 
by  the  study  of  the  structure  of  a  sonorous  vibrating  system  by 
means  of  the  study  of  the  sonorous  vibrations  produced  by  it. 

Let  ns  suppose  a  person  deprived  of  the  sense  of  hearing, 
but  master  of  the  whole  mathematical  theory  of  sound.  Sup- 
pose, further,  that  he  has  an  instrument  which  will  do  for  sound 
what  the  spectroscope  will  do  for  light.  With  this  instrument, 
let  him  observe  the  frequency'  and  the  relative  intensity  of  the 
vibrations  produced  by  certain  musical  instruments  which  we 
cause  to  vibrate  for  hiui,  but  withhold  from  his  inspection.  Let 
us,  first,  sound  for  him  a  single  note  on  a  piano.  The  vibra- 
tions produced  are,  as  3'ou  know,  somewhat  complicated.  Our 
imagined  experimenter,  with  his  instrument,  observes  vibrations 
whose  frequencies  are  100,  200,  300,  400,  500,  and  600  in  one 
second;  and  he  also  observes  that  the  vibrations  of  100  and 
500  are  of  nearly  equal  intensity,  that  the  vibrations  200,  300, 
and  400,  have  more    than  twice  as  great  an  intensity,   and  that 


20  ADDRESS    BY 

vibration  600  is  very  feeble.  From  these  facts,  if  his  attain- 
ments are  sufficient,  and  his  imagination  sufficient!}'  fertile,  he 
can  determine  -what  system  produced  the  sound.  He  imagines 
every  possible  vibrating  system,  —  drum,  cymbals,  trumpet, 
flute,  ox'gan-pipe,  harmonium-reed,  violin-string,  piano,  harp,  and 
more.  Next,  assuming  each  imagined  system  of  such  size  or 
tune  as  to  produce  one  hundred  vibrations  a  second  for  its 
gravest  tone,  he  computes  what  other  vibrations  will  also  be  pro- 
duced, and  what  the  intensity  of  each.  He  finds,  for  instance, 
that  a  closed  organ-pipe  will  give  only  the  frequencies  100,  300, 
500,  but  will  not  produce  the  other  observed  frequencies  200,  400, 
600.  Therefore,  he  concludes,  the  sound  we  produced  for  his 
study  is  not  due  to  a  closed  organ-pipe.  He  finds,  after  many 
trials,  that  the  observed  frequencies  and  intensities  could  be 
produced  by  striking  a  stretched  cord  with  a  soft  hammer,  at  a 
definite  point  near  the  end  of  the  cord,  so  quickly  that  the  cord 
and  hammer  remain  in  contact  about  the  six-hundredth  part  of  a 
second,  and  that  the  observed  phenomena  could  not  be  produced 
by  any  other  of  the  imagined  vibrating  systems.  Then  he  con- 
cludes that  the  observed  sound  was  probably  produced  by  the 
stretched  cord  of  a  piano.  He  will  have  detected  the  true  system, 
by  first  imagining  every  possible  system,  by  computing  the  fre- 
quencies and  corresponding  intensities  due  to  each  hypothetical 
system,  and  by  then  comparing  computation  and. observation. 

For  a  second  example,  suppose  we  ring,  for  our  imagined 
observer,  a  bell  of  a  certain  form,  and  that  he  notes  the  frequen- 
cies 200,  475,  845,  and  1295  in  one  second;  in  which,  also,  he 
finds  that  the  vibration  845  so  predominates  as  to  give  its  pitch 
to  the  compound  tone.  Our  observer  will  not  be  able  to  refer  this 
sound  to  any  stretched  cord,  or  to  any  organ-pipe  or  other  wind 
instrument;  for  all  these  are  limited  to  frequencies  contained  in 
the  series  200,  400,  600,  800.  A  uniform  metallic  bar,  suspended 
and  struck  like  the  triangle  of  an  orchestra,  will  give  frequencies 
not  contained  in  this  list,  but  they  will  be  200,  550,  1080,  and 
2670,  instead  of  200,  475,  845,  and  1295.  But  if  our  observer 
has  adequate  powers,  he  will  imagine  a  hemispherical  bowl  of 
suitable  dimensions,  and  will,  in  imagination,  add  mass  and 
rigidity  in  suitable  places,  until,  in  time,  he  will  have  devised  a 
system  whose  computed  vibrations  agree  in  frequency,  and  in 
distribution  of  energy,  with  those  of  the  invisible  sounding  body. 


EDWARD    W.    MORLET.  21 

Then  be  Avoiild  conclude  that  the  observed  sound  was  due  to  a 
bell  of  the  form  assumed  in  the  successful  computation. 

This  illustration  sketches,  imperfectly,  I  fear,  the  laborious 
method  by  which  we  may  learn  the  structure  of  a  vibrating 
system  from  a  study  of  the  vibrations  produced  by  it.  When  we 
attempt  to  use  this  method  in  order  to  learn  something  about  the 
structure  of  molecules  and  atoms,  our  powers  of  imagination  and 
our  mathematical  skill  are  none  too  much.  "We  know  but  little 
which  can  suggest  plausible  hypotheses.  The  facts  which  are  to 
be  explained  have  been  but  recently  reduced  to  order.  Accord- 
ingly, little  has  been  actually  accomplished.  But  there  are  some 
few  examples  of  the  use  of  this  method  of  studying  the  structure 
of  molecules  and  atoms. 

In  one  such  example,  the  structure  imagined  consisted  of  a 
system  of  concentric  spherical  shells,  each  connected  with  the 
adjacent  shells  by  springs.  This  complicated  structure  admits 
of  relatively  simple  computation,  and  was  taken  because  it  fairly 
well  represents  a  rather  simple  imagined  structure,  for  which,  how- 
ever, computation  is  difficult.  But  it  was  found  that  the  results 
computed  on  this  hypothesis  gave  little  promise  of  agreement  with 
facts. 

This  was  a  dynamical  hypothesis;  it  suggested,  not  only  vibra- 
tions, but  the  forces  which  were  to  produce  them.  A  second 
example  suggests  certain  possible  motions,  but  not  the  forces 
which  might  produce  the  hypothetical  motions;  it  is  not  dynamic, 
but  kinetic. 

As  we  know,  many  of  the  lines  in  the  spectra  of  the  elements 
are  double.  For  instance,  when  a  volatile  compound  of  sodium 
is  brought  into  a  colorless  gas-flame,  this  is  colored  yellow. 
When  we  examine  this  yellow  flame  with  a  spectroscope  of  suffi- 
cient power,  we  see  that  there  are  two  frequencies,  differing  from 
each  other  by  only  one  part  in  a  thousand.  Now  it  is  probable 
that  these  two  frequencies  are  due  to  the  vibrations  of  one  and 
the  same  body.  There  are  many  illustrations  of  the  fact  that  a 
given  body  may  perform  two  ditferent  vibrations  whose  frequen- 
cies differ  but  slightly.  For  instance,  if  we  suspend  a  ball  by 
means  of  a  cord  and  let  it  oscillate  as  a  pendulum,  it  is  well  known 
that  a  swing  of  six  feet  takes  a  little  more  time  than  a  swing  of 
three  feet.  Suppose,  then,  that  we  let  our  ball  swing  six  feet 
north  and  south,  and  also  three  feet  east  and  west  at  the  same 


22  ADDRESS    BY    EDWARD    W.    MORLET. 

time;  the  two  motions  may  be  combined  so  that  the  ball  moves  in 
an  ellipse,  — an  ellipse  whose  longer  axis  is  north  and  south.  If 
the  longer  and  the  shorter  swing  had  precisely  the  same  fre- 
quency, the  axis  of  the  ellipse  would  continue  in  this  direction ; 
but  since  the  frequencies  differ,  the  ellipse  slowly  revolves. 
Conversel}',  from  the  revolution  of  an  ellipse,  we  should  infer  a 
difference  of  frequency  in  the  two  component  vibrations.  So  it 
is  suggested  that  the  two  slightly  different  frequencies  in  the 
light  sent  out  by  ignited  sodium  are  due  to  an  elliptic  motion  in 
the  molecule  in  which  the  elliptic  orbit  slowly  revolves;  this 
suggestion  has  not  yet  been  carried  so  far  as  to  specify  any  hypo- 
thetical cause  for  the  revolution  of  the  ellipse. 

These  two  examples,  both  due  to  eminent  English  phj'sicists, 
may  serve  to  illustrate  the  method  by  which,  if  I  am  not  mis- 
taken, w^e  are  not  unlikely  to  learn  much  as  to  the  structure  of 
molecules  and  atoms.  We  must  not  expect  rapid  progress. 
Even  comparatively  simple  hj-potheses  may  require,  for  their  due 
examination,  the  invention  of  new  mathematical  methods.  And 
useful  hypotheses  are  rare:  like  the  finding  of  buried  treasures, 
they  are  not  to  be  counted  on.  But,  since  Front's  hypothesis  has 
rendered  us  its  final  service,  new  hypotheses  must  be  devised, 
competent  to  guide  us  further  on  our  wa}'.  Let  us  hope  that, 
before  this  city  again  honors  our  association  with  its  invitation  to 
meet  here,  American  chemists  and  phj'sicists  may  have  had  some 
honorable  share  in  such  new  advtince. 


SECTION    A. 


MATHEMATICS    AND    ASTRONOMY. 


OFFICERS    OF  SECTION   A. 


Vice-President,  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
Alexander  Macfarlane,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Secretary. 
Edwin  B.  Frost,  Hauover,  N.  H. 

Councillor. 
E.  W.   Hyde,  Cincinnati,  O. 

Sectional  Committee. 

Alex.  Macfarlane,  South  Bethleliem,  Pa.,  Vice-President,  1896. 

Edwin  B.  Frost,  Hanover,  N.  H.,  Secretary,  1896. 

Edgar  Frisby,  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice-President,  1895. 

Asaph   Hall,  Jr.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  Secretary,  1895. 

L.  A.  Bauer,  Chicago,  III. 

J.  A.  Brashear,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

J.  R.  Eastman,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Memher  of  Nominating  Committee. 
P.  A.  Lambert,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary  ;  and  G.  W.  Hough,  Evanston,  111. ;  H.  L. 
HoDGKiNS,  Washington,  D.  C. ;   L.  G.  Weld,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

Press   Secretary. 
Lawrence  La  Forge,  Alfred,  N.  Y. 


Professor  Willtam  E.  Story,  Vice-President  elect,  was  unable 
to  be  present,  and  there  was  no  Vice-Presidential  Address  before 
the  Section. 

On  recommendation  of  the  Section,  the  Council  nominated  Prof. 
Alexander  Macfarlane  of  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  as  Vice-Presi- 
dent and  Chairman  of  the  Section,  to  fill  the  vacancy.  Prof.  Mac- 
farlane was  elected  at  the  General  Session  on  Tuesday  morning. 


PAPERS   READ. 


Tuesday,  August  25. 

Ay     ANALOGUE    TO     De    MoIVRe's     THEOREM    IN    A     PLANE    POINT    SYSTEM.       Bj 

Prof.  E.  W.  Hyde,  University  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Rational  scalene  triangle.  By  Artemas  Martin,  U.  S.  Coast  Survey, 
Washington,  D.  C.     (To  be  published  in  tlie  Mathematical  Magazine.) 

New  element  of  the  variable  R  Com.e,  resulting  from  observations 
IN  July  and  August,  1896.     By  Henry  M.  Parkhurst,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Photometric  observations  of  colored  stars.  By  Henry  M.  Park- 
hurst, Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Motion  of  the  great  red  spot  and  equatorial  belt  of  the  planet 
Jupiter  from  1879  to  1896.  By  Prof.  G.  W.  Hough,  Northwestern 
University,  Evanston,  111.  (To  be  published  in  the  Monthly  Notices  of  the 
Royal  Astronomical  Society.) 

On  the  direct  application  of  a  rational  differential  equation  to  a 
series  of  points  whose  co-ordinates  represent  observed  physical 
properties.  By  Prof.  Robert  B.  Warder,  Howard  University,  Wash, 
ington,  D.  C.  (Probably  will  be  published  in  the  Jouimal  of  Physical 
Chemistry.) 

(25) 


26  SECTION    A. 


Wednesday,  August  26. 

A  PROPOSED    FUNDAMENTAL   INTEGRAL-TRANSCENDENT.       By  JaMES    McMaHON, 

Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (To  be  published  in  Annals  of  Mathematics.) 

On  THE  LEVEL  OF  SuN-spOTS.  By  Prof.  Edwin  B.  Frost,  Hanover,  N.  H. 
(To  be  published  in   The  Astrophysical  Journal.) 

Sedenions.  By  Prof.  James  B.  Shaw,  Jacksonville,  111.  (Probably  will  be 
published  in  the  Bulletin  of  the  American  Mathematical  Society.) 

On  the  DiSTRincTiON  and  the  secular  variation  of  terrestrial  mag- 
netism. No.  IV. :  On  the  component  fields  of  the  Earth's  magnet- 
ism. By  Dr.  L.  A.  Bauer,  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago,  111.  (To  be 
published  in  Teirestrial  Magnetism.) 

Determination  of  the  weights  of  observations.  By  Prof.  J.  R.  East- 
man, U.  S.  Naval  Observatory,  Washington,  D.  C. 

On  the  composition  of  simultaneous  and  successive  vectors.  By 
Prof.  A.  Macfarlane,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

The  Section  adjourned  Wednesday  evening. 


SECTION    B. 


PHYSICS. 


OFFICERS    OF   SECTION   B. 


Vice-President,  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
Carl  Leo  Mees,  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

Secretary. 
Frank  P.  Whitman,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

Councillor. 
Edward  L.  Nichols. 

Sectional  Committee. 

C.  Leo  Mees,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.,  Vice-President,  1896. 

Frank  P.   Whitman,  Cleveland,  Oliio,  Secretary,  1896. 

W.  Le  Conte  Stevens,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  Vice-President,  1895. 

Ernest  Merritt,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1895. 

Benj.  F.  Thomas,  Columbus,  0. 

A.  D.  Cole,  Granville,  0. 

W.  A.  Rogers,  Waterville,  Me. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
Ernest  Merritt,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary  ;  and  T.  C.  Mendenhall,  Worcester,  Mass. ; 

H.  S.  Carhart,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.;  Brown  Ayres,  New 

Orleans,   La. 

Press  Secretary. 
W.  S.  Franklin,  Ames,  Iowa. 


ADDRESS 

BY 
VICE-PRESIDENT 

CARL   LEO   MEES, 

CHAIRMAN    OF    SECTION   B. 


The  selection  of  ti  subject  for  presentation  in  an  address  such  as 
I  am  called  upon  to  deliver  to-daj,  seems  difficult.  A  large  pro- 
portion of  those  who  may  listen  to  me  to-day  are  workers  in  the 
same  field  which  interests  me  and  are  familiar  with  the  progress  in 
the  science  of  physics.  It  is,  therefore,  unlikelj-  that  I  shall  be 
able  to  present  to  you  anything  which  ma3-  be  new  or  startling ; 
this  I  regret,  for  it  seems  that  it  requires  something  of  this  character 
to  stimulate  interest  and  research. 

The  aim  of  science  in  its  most  general  sense  is  the  discovery  of 
truths.  Its  progress  ma}-  be  expressed  by  a  curve  approaching 
truth  asymptoticalh',  probabl}'  never  in  human  experience  ap- 
proaching to  its  complete  knowledge.  So  long  as  investigators  find 
that  they  are  working  upon  the  steep  part  of  the  curve  where  it  ap- 
proaches truth  rapidly,  there  is  no  lack  of  interest ;  this,  however, 
seems  to  die  out  quickly  when  much  labor  and  great  patience 
are  required  to  extend  experimentally  the  curve  now  more  slowly 
approaching  complete  knowledge,  or  straighten  out  some  of  its 
irregularities.  As  soon  as  a  startlingl}-  new  or  curious  line  of  in- 
vestigation is  suggested  ever}-  one  pounces  upon  it  and  older 
problems  are  left  far  from  completion.  That  we  in  America  are 
especially  inclined  to  this  weakness  in  physical  investigations  I 
believe  to  be  the  case.  Though  investigations  have  been  carried 
out  by  a  number  of  American  physicists,  wellnigh  to  completion, 
involving  years  of  painstaking  labor,  of  which  we  may  well  be 
proud,  vet  I  believe  the  tendencv  exists.     It  is  this  thought  which 

(29) 


30  ADDRESS    BY 

has  led  me  to  select  for  a  brief  review  a  line  of  study  patiently 
carried  on  in  Europe  for  a  number  of  years,  yet  hardly  touched 
upon  b}'  physicists  in  this  coantr\-.  In  tlie  last  few  3'ears  the 
studies  in  electrolysis  and  solution  have  been  so  fruitful  that  we 
can  no  longer  afford  to  neglect  them.  It  is  also  remarkable  that 
these  studies  in  electrolysis  and  molecular  physics  have  been  made 
almost  exclusively  bj'  chemists,  though  of  equal,  if  not  greater, 
interest  to  the  physicists  ;  the  problem  should  be  attacked  by  them. 
To  direct  your  attention  then  to  some  of  the  important  work  that 
should  be  undertaken  b}'  physicists  is  my  object  in  reviewing,  in 
the  briefest  possible  manner-,  the  progress  of  studies  in  electrolysis 
from  their  beginning  to  the  present  time. 

Scarce  one  hundred  years  have  passed  since  the  first  note  of 
chemical  action  having  been  produced  bj'  electricity  is  to  be  found. 
About  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  centurj'  Pater  Beccari  obtained 
metals  from  oxides  between  which  electric  sparks  had  passed. 
These  results  led  to  no  further  inquiry  at  the  time,  and  were  passed 
b}-  almost  unnoticed.  Priestley',  in  1778,  criticalh'  studied  the 
effect  of  the  passage  of  the  spark  through  air,  noting  the  pro- 
duction of  an  acid  gas.  Cavendish  continued  these  researches, 
explaining  the  action  in  the  sense  of  the  Phlogistic  Theory  of  the 
day.  Van  Marum,  extending  Cavendish's  investigations,  decom- 
posed ammonia,  and  througli  a  careful  stud}'  of  the  chemical 
changes  brought  about  h\  the  electric  spark  .became  converted 
from  Stahl's  Phlogiston  Theor}-,. stoutly  maintained  at  the  time,  to 
Lavoisier's  Oxygen  Theor}'.  Van  Troest  and  Dieman,  in  1739, 
gave  the  first  unmistakable  evidence  of  electrolytic  action  in  de- 
composing water  by  means  of  the  spark.  The  tendency  towards 
an  Electrical  Theor}'  of  chemical  action,  full}-  developed  later, 
becomes  evident  from  the  study  of  the  literature  of  the  day. 
These  investigations  were  almost  exclusively  carried  on  bv 
chemists  ;  but  little  attention  was  given  to  the  stud}-  of  electricit}-, 
its  nature  and  physical  action  ;  only  the  chemical  results  were  of 
interest.  The  quantit}-  of  electricit}-  at  the  command  of  the  ex- 
perimentalists at  that  time  was  so  small  that  very  definite  results 
in  electroh'tic  action  could  not  be  expected. 

So  far  some  progress  had  been  made  in  the  production  and 
stud}-  of  chemical  effects  resulting  from  electrical  action  ;  the 
question  of  the  possibility  of  the  reversal  of  these  effects,  the  pro- 
duction of  electricity  from    the  chemical  action,  had   not   been 


CARL    LEO    MEES.  31 

thought  of.  Volta  was  the  first  one  to  investigate  that  question. 
Galvani's  discover}',  given  to  the  world  in  1791  in  a  brochure  of 
fifty-eight  pages,  gave  a  new  stimulus  to  investigation,  now  taken 
in  hand  hs  plnsicists.  The  perusal  of  the  little  work  is  of  great 
interest  in  the  historical  study  of  electricity.  Galvani,  as  anato- 
mist, looked  for  the  source  of  electricity  to  the  phenomena  of  life, 
believing  it  to  be  stored  in  the  living  cell.  Volta,  the  trained  ph3-si- 
cist,  sought  for  it  in  the  material  world  and  gave  us  the  Contact 
Theory  of  electricit}'  as  distinguished  from  the  Chemical  Theory*. 
These  two  theories  have  each  been  as  stoutly  maintained  as  con- 
troverted by  the  best  experimentalists  and  thinkers  of  the  ceutur}'. 
Volta's  great  gift  to  the  world  was  the  Voltaic  Batter}-,  the  study 
of  which,  together  with  the  reversability  of  the  action,  has  thrown 
a  flood  of  light  upon  problems  in  molecular  phj'sics  as  well  as  upon 
chemical  action,  though  the  Contact  Theory  of  electricity  of  Volta, 
accepted  with  modifications  b}-  many  of  the  greatest  physicists  of 
this  centur}-,  has  undoubtedly  been  one  of  the  strongest  barriers  to 
the  progress  of  later  and  more  satisfactor}'  theories  as  to  the  seat 
of  the  electromotive  force  in  the  batter\\ 

Passing  over  many  important  contributions  from  co-workers  of 
Volta,  laying  a  foundation  for  an  understanding  of  the  chemical 
effects  of  electricity,  the  most  valuable  work  having  perhaps  been 
done  by  Ritter,  we  come  to  Nicholson  and  Carlisle,  who  on  the  2d 
of  May,  1800,  opened  the  field  for  the  study  of  electrolysis  b}-  the 
decomposition  of  water  by  means  of  the  current  from  the  Voltaic 
pile. 

Volta  seems  to  have  avoided  almost  purposel}'  the  recognition  of 
chemical  action  associated  with  the  production  and  action  of  the 
current.  It  is  remarkable,  at  any  rate,  that  such  action  should 
have  impressed  itself  most  strongly  upon  all  other  experimentalists 
of  that  da}-,  and  scarcely  be  noticed  by  him. 

From  this  time  on  we  recognize  for  a  considerable  period  two 
lines  along  which  electrical  problems  have  been  studied.  A  long 
list  of  illustrious  physicists  from  Ermann  to  Ohm  studied  the  laws 
and  physical  effects  of  current  electrical  phenomena  without  ques- 
tioning the  somewhat  unsatisfactory  theory  of  Volta  as  to  its  source  ; 
another  list,  mostly  chemists  from  Nicholson  and  Carlisle  to  Davy 
and  Faraday,  sought  to  determine  the  source  of  the  current.  To 
trace  the  development  of  modern  theories  historically  would  demand 
following  both  of  these  lines  of  research  ;  time  forbidding  this,  we 


32  ADDRESS    BY 

will  consider  but  a  few  of  the  more  important  discoveries  in  each 
field  as  required. 

Sir  Humphry  Davj-  succeeded  in  decomposing  the  fixed  alka- 
lies in  a  fused  condition  ;  the  separation  of  the  elements  from  their 
compounds  was  by  him  demonstrated  in  many  experiments. 

Before  proceeding,  however,  it  may  be  well  to  define  a  few 
terms  used  in  discussing  electrolysis  and  recall  a  few  of  its  phe- 
nomena. 

By  electrolysis  we  mean  the  chemical  changes  which  result  from 
passing  an  electric  current  through  a  compound,  usually  in  solution 
or  in  a  state  of  fusion.  The  substance  decomposed  is  called  elec- 
trolyte. The  battery  terminals,  or  source  of  current,  connected 
b}'  the  electrolyte,  are  called  Electrodes,  —  the  one  bringing  the 
current  to  the  electrolyte  the  Anode,  the  one  carrying  it  away  the 
Kathode.  As  a  result  of  the  difference  of  potential  of  the  elec- 
trodes, the  materially  different  constituent  parts  of  the  electrolyte 
are  impelled  to  move  towards  the  electrodes ;  these  wandering 
particles  are  called  ions  ;  those  gathering  about  or  moving  towai'ds 
the  anode,  anions  ;  those  about  the  kathode,  kathions.  The  chemi- 
cal changes  are  observable  only  at  the  electrodes.  Taking  as  a 
simple  case,  ordinary  hydrochloric  acid,  —  a  compound  of  hydrogen 
and  chlorine  dissolved  in  water,  —  the  passage  of  the  current  causes 
chlorine  to  appear  at  the  anode  and  hydrogen  at  the  kathode.  The 
hydrogen  and  chlorine,  while  in  the  solution  finding  their  way  to 
the  electrodes,  are  ions;  the  chlorine-anion,  the  hydrogen-kathion. 
In  many  cases  the  action  is  not  so  simple.  The  electrolytic  de- 
composition may  be  accompanied  by  chemical  action  occurring 
subsequent  to  or  simultaneously  with  the  appearance  of  the  ions  at 
the  electrodes  ;  the  substance  formed  differing  from  the  ions  actually 
carried  to  the  electrode.  Changes  of  this  character  considerably 
complicate  the  problem,  and  make  the  correct  interpretation  of  ob- 
served phenomena  difficult.  This  general  law  may,  however,  be 
enunciated  :  An  electrolyte  under  action  of  the  current  is  split  into 
two  and  only  two  parts,  atoms  or  groups  of  atoms,  no  matter  how 
complex  its  structure  may  be.  These  atoms  or  atomic  groups  thus 
separated  are  similar  to  the  ones  which  exchange  places  in  the 
ordinary  chemical  reactions.  This  early  observed  law  led  to  the 
theory  advocated  by  Berzelius,  that  all  salts  consisted  of  two 
atomic  groups,  one  acid,  the  other  basic,  —  erroneous,  in  that  the 
chemical  changes  subsequent  to  the  electrolytic  action  were  not 
properl}"  understood. 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  33 

The  wondering  attention  of  earlv  investigators  had  been  directed 
to  the  curious  phenomenon  that  the  substances  resulting  from  elec- 
troh'sis  appeared  only  at  the  electrodes  and  were  not  recognizable 
in  the  solution  between  the  electrodes.  The  various  tlieories  pro- 
pounded to  explain  this  vied  witli  one  another  in  improbabilit}-. 
The  difficult}'  of  explaining  this  behavior  satisfactorily'  seems  to 
have  led  to  the  abandonment  of  the  problem  until,  in  1S05,  Charles 
J.  D.  Freiher  von  Grothuss  propounded  a  theory  which  gave  a 
sufficiently  reasonable  explanation  to  be  adhered  to  for  fifty  3ears, 
even  quoted  to-day  in  man}'  text-books.  Grothuss  conceived  that 
each  molecule  of  a  chemical  compound  acted  like  a  conductor  con- 
sisting of  two  parts  capable  of  being  separated  ;  these  molecules 
acted  upon  inductivel}'  b}'  the  charged  electrodes,  one  group  would 
become  positively  charged,  the  other  negativel}',  the  nature  of  the 
charge  being  determined  by  the  character  of  the  group,  being  acted 
upon  by  attractions  and  repulsions  varying  inversely  as  the  square 
of  the  distance  from  the  electrodes,  the  electrified  end  particles 
would  be  attracted  to  the  electrodes ;  the  remaining  groups  by 
separation  and  recombination  would  at  once  form  a  new  series  of 
molecules  as  before  the  action,  ready  for  a  repetition  of  the  process  ; 
no  freeh'  charged  groups  thus  remaining  in  the  mass  of  the  solution 
between  the  electrodes.  This  theory  demands  that  the  electrical 
forces  between  the  plates  var}-  inversely  as  the  square  of  the  dis- 
tance ;  that  when  the  force  reaches  a  certain  definite  magnitude 
the  groups  will  be  separated ;  a  further  consequence  is  that  when 
this  critical  force  is  attained  all  or  a  very  great  number  of  groups 
will  be  separated  instantl}',  for  if  this  attraction  be  equal  to  the 
force  holding  the  groups  together,  the  whole  mass  will  be  in  un- 
stable equilibrium,  and  any  increase  will  cause  complete  separation 
of  all  groups. 

Important  experimental  contributions  followed  one  another 
rapidh-,  batteries  were  perfected,  man}'  physical  actions  of  the 
electrical  current  were  studied,  the  action  of  the  current  upon 
magnets  was  discovered,  measuring  instruments  for  quantitative 
work  were  invented,  Ohm's  law  was  enunciated,  etc.,  so  that  when 
Michael  Faraday,  Sir  Humphr}'  Davy's  man  of  all  work  and  his  suc- 
cessor at  the  RoA'al  Institute,  with  matchless  experimental  genius 
and  wonderful  breadth  of  view,  attacked  the  problem  of  electro- 
chemical action,  he  had  at  his  command  the  means  for  quantitative 
work  in  this  field  which  enabled  him  to  discover  and  formulate  one 

A.  A.  A.  S.,  VOL.  XLV.  3 


34  SECTION    B. 

of  the  most  important  laws  of  electrolysis.  Faraday's  charming 
directness  and  clearness  in  the  exposition  of  his  work  and  results 
contrast  refresh ingl}'  with  the  prolix,  flowery,  and  n\ystifying  stjie 
of  his  immediate  predecessors  ;  it  at  once  stamped  him  a  master  of 
the  subject  treated.  Faraday's  original  notes  are  well  worth  study- 
ing ;  the}'  ma}^  be  taken  as  models  to-day  b}'  many  who  essay  to 
record  experimental  results  and  conclusions.  Confusion  in  terms 
and  errors  in  inferences  occurring  in  his  work  are  well  excusable  ; 
from  our  more  extended  and  accurate  knowledge,  we  are  inclined 
to  be  unfairly  critical,  A  review  of  Faraday's  work  in  electrolysis 
alone  would  be  interesting,  for  in  it  we  ma}'  see  foreshadowed  man}^ 
important  points  in  the  theories  of  to-da}',  though  Faradaj'  himself 
scarcely  appreciated  them. 

The  most  important  laws  Farada}'  contributed  to  the  behavior  of 
electrolytes  acted  upon  b}'  a  current  are  stated  thus  :  — 

The  amount  of  chemical  decomposition  in  electrolysis  is  propor- 
tional to  the  current  and  time  of  its  action. 

The  mass  of  an  ion  liberated  by  a  definite  quantit}'  of  electricit}' 
is  directly  proportional  to  its  chemical  equivalent  weight. 

The  quantit}'  of  electricit}'  which  is  required  to  decompose  a  cer- 
tain amount  of  a  certain  electrolyte  is  equal  to  the  quantity  which 
would  be  produced  by  recombining  the  separated  ions  in  a  battery. 

The  last  law,  clearl}'  showing  the  reversibility  of  the  process, 
at  once  makes  the  problem  one  capable  of  theoretical  treatment 
from  the  standpoint  of  conservation  of  energy,  and  has  brought 
most  abundant  fruit  in  later  years.  Faraday,  in  the  main,  accepted 
Grothuss'  hypothesis,  differing  from  him  in  the  conception  of  the 
character  and  manner  of  action  of  the  forces.  Faraday  showed 
experimentall}',  by  measuring  the  change  of  potential  between  the 
electrodes,  that  Grothuss'  conception  of  attracting  and  repelling 
forces,  varying  inversel}'  as  the  square  of  the  distance,  was  unten- 
able ;  he  (Faraday)  assumed  that  through  the  action  of  the  elec- 
trodes the  chemical  affinities  of  the  combined  ions  were  so  changed 
or  weakened  that  they  acquired  a  greater  attraction  for  the  plates 
and  their  neighboring  opposite  ions  ;  that  decomposition  and  recom- 
bination occurred  along  the  entire  line.  "With  Grothuss,  he  assumes 
that  each  liberated  ion  has  a  definite  quantity  of  electricity  belong- 
ing to  it.  This  theor}'  then  demands  that  the  action  of  the  con- 
stituent parts  of  the  electrolyte  extend  to  considerable  distance, 
and  that  the   effect  of  the  electrode  is  to  niodif}'  or  weaken  the 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  35 

chemical  affinity'  between  the  groups  so  that  decomposition  results. 
Farada}'  leans  to  the  opinion  that  chemical  and  electrical  forces  are 
identical,  and  in  considering  the  reversibilit\'  of  the  process  becomes 
an  advocate  of  the  chemical  theor}'  of  the  Voltaic  cell. 

Faraday,  though  somewhat  confused  in  his  nomenclature,  brings 
out  verj-  clearl}'  the  relations  between  quantity-  of  electricity  and 
quantity  of  material  separated,  and  electrical  potential  and  chemical 
affinity,  though  at  that  time  the  concept  of  energy  and  work  done, 
as  a  function  of  both  potential  and  quantit}'  of  electricit}-,  was  not 
clearl}-  established. 

To  review  the  work  of  Farada}'  in  electro-chemistry  alone,  and 
the  influence  it  had  in  the  development  of  the  more  modern  theories, 
would  require  more  time  than  is  allotted  to  us  ;  the  most  important 
contribution  on  this  subject  has  alone  been  mentioned. 

In  1851  Williamson,  from  purelj'  chemical  evidence  in  the  man- 
ner of  the  formation  of  some  ethers,  was  led  to  believe  that  in  solu- 
tions there  is  a  constant  interchange  of  atoms  or  groups  of  atoms 
between  molecules,  equivalent  to  dissociation  and  recombination,  a 
view  differing  from  those  previously  held,  where  this  condition  was 
supposed  to  be  brought  about  b}'  the  action  of  the  electric  current. 
Williamson  made  no  application  of  this  conception  to  electrolysis. 

Clausius,  in  1857,  applying  the  ideas  growing  out  of  the  Kinetic 
Theory  to  solutions,  points  out  the  weaknesses  of  previously  advo- 
cated theories;  he  shows  that  Grothuss'  hypothesis,  as  well  as  its 
modifications  b}-  Daniell  and  Farada}',  are  not  in  accord  with  experi- 
mental results  from  accurate  measurements.  He  shows  that  the 
hypothesis  that  the  decomposition  or  tearing  apart  of  the  groups  of 
atoms  in  the  molecule  by  the  electric  forces,  before  transfer  of  elec- 
tricity' takes  place,  is  untenable. 

Clausius  assumes  that  the  molecules  in  the  liquid  stored  with 
energy  move  with  varying  velocities  ;  that  collisions  will  occur 
which  may  cause  the  separation  of  the  molecules  into  atomic  groups 
for  a  short  time  ;  that  during  the  period  of  separation  these  groups 
charged  with  opposite  kinds  of  electricity  peculiar  to  the  groups  will, 
under  the  influence  of  the  electrode,  be  directed  towards  the  elec- 
trodes in  their  path  and  thus  become  carriers  of  electricity  ;  he 
ascribes  to  the  liquid  tlie  conditions  of  dissociation  due  to  fortuitous 
impacts  always  occurring,  whether  the  solution  be  under  the  influ- 
ence of  external  electrical  forces  or  not ;  that  the  function  of  the 
electric  forces  is  but  directive,  the  effect  being  the  disturbance  of 
the  internal  kinetic  equilibrium. 


36  SECTION    B. 

The  principle  of  the  conservation  of  energy,  developed  and 
applied  in  thermodynamic  relations,  influenced  the  manner  of  look- 
ing upon  and  interpreting  electro-chemical  processes.  The  most 
prominent  names  associated  with  the  application  of  this  great  prin- 
ciple are  Joule,  Helmholtz,  Willard  Gibbs,  Thomson,  Boscha,  Favre, 
and  others.  Much  attention  was  now  given  to  the  problem,  What 
is  the  cause  of  the  electromotive  force?  The  distribution  of  the 
energ}'  in  the  electric  circuit,  including  batter}-,  olectrol3-tic  cell, 
and  conductors,  was  investigated  in  the  light  of  the  energy  concept, 
and  attacked  from  the  mathematical  or  dynamical  side.  Weak- 
nesses in  older  theories  were  glaringh'  revealed  if  searched  in  the 
light  of  this  principle.  The  dependence  of  the  electromotive  force 
upon  the  entropy  term  in  the  equations  was  shown,  and  its  conse- 
quent variation  with  temperature. 

The  contributions  of  Willard  Gibbs  in  this  field  are  the  most 
important,  though  scarcely  appreciated  ;  published  in  the  Trans- 
actions of  tlie  Connecticut  Academy,  1876-78,  they  were  not  very 
accessible  and  not  generally  known.  This  great  work  anticipated 
the  many  discoveries  since  made  experimentalh'  in  a  manner  all 
but  final  in  its  comprehensiveness  and  completeness,  opened  out 
and  suggested  experimental  investigations  only  partially  undertaken 
and  beginning  to  be  carried  out  to-da}'.  Whv  it  was  and  is  not 
more  full}'  appreciated  is  probabh'  due  to  its  concentration  ;  in  the 
compass  of  some  300  pages  and  in  700  equations  the  entire  subject 
of  molecular  dynamics  is  treated.  The  treatise  was  too  rich  to  be 
grasped  in  its  day  ;  it  is  only  beginning  to  be  properlj'  estimated 
twenty  j'ears  after  its  first  appearance. 

About  1853  Hittorf  quantitativel}-  investigated,  with  great  care, 
the  change  of  concentration  in  solutions  of  electrolj'tes  about  the 
electrodes  when  a  current  passes.  This  phenomenon  had  been 
noticed  and  studied  to  some  extent  b}-  Daniell  and  others,  without, 
however,  having  been  made  use  of  in  explaining  the  nature  of  electro- 
Ijtic  action.  Hittorf's  studies  and  conclusion  bring  us  into  the  very 
midst  of  the  modern  views  of  electrolysis.  Taking  a  simple  case,  let 
two  electrodes  of  copper  be  placed  vertically  one  above  the  other  in 
a  solution  of  copper  sulphate,  and  pass  a  current  through  the  cell 
making  the  lower  plate  the  anode  ;  no  ver\-  noticeable  change  occurs 
other  than  that  copper  is  dissolved  at  the  anode  and  deposited  at  the 
kathode  ;  if  after  tlie  current  has  passed  for  a  short  time  it  is  intei*- 
rupted  and  the  electrode  short  circuited  through  a  galvanometer,  a 


ADDRESS  BY  CARL  LEO  MEES.  37 

current  will  for  a  slioi-t  time  flow  in  the  cell  from  kathode  to  anode, 
that  is,  in  a  direction  opposite  to  the  one  which  has  passed  through 
in  electrolyzing.  The  counter-electromotive  force  in  this  case  can- 
not result  from  polarization  at  the  electrodes,  for  no  change  has 
been  brought  about  at  their  surfaces,  such  as  a  gas  deposit  in  the 
case  of  decomposition  in  acidulated  water  with  platinum  elec- 
trodes. If  the  electrolyzing  current  be  continued  for  some  time  it 
will  be  seen  that  the  solution  about  the  anode  has  become  more 
concentrated  and  more  dilute  about  the  kathode  ;  the  total  quantity 
of  copper  salt  in  the  solution  having,  however,  remained  the  same, 
the  counter-electromotive  force  above  referred  to  is  due  to  this 
change  in  concentration. 

Hittorf,  from  1853  to  1859,  examined  in  a  most  careful  manner 
the  behavior  of  many  electrolytes,  and  by  a  series  of  analyses  of 
the  solutions  determined  this  change  of  concentration  due  to  the 
passage  of  the  current.  His  patient  labor  has  onl}-  within  the  last 
few  years  received  proper  recognition. 

All  theories  which  so  far  had  survived  the  test  conceived  that 
the  electricity  was  conveyed  b}'  a  migration  of  particles,  called 
ions  b}'  Faraday ;  whether  these  particles  received  their  changes  by 
contact  with  the  electrodes  or  contained  definite  inherent  quantities 
of  electricity,  the  charges  being  the  same  for  all  ions,  need  not  be 
considered  at  this  time. 

The  first  step  toward  the  decisive  establishment  of  the  fact  of  the 
migration  of  the  ions  towards  the  plate  would  be  an  experimental 
measurement  of  the  rate  of  migration  ;  this  was  accomplislied  by 
Hittorf,  and  led  to  the  enunciation  of  these  laws  :  — 

1.  The  change  in  concentration  due  to  current  is  determined  by 
the  motion  which  the  ions  have  in  the  unchanged  solution. 

2.  The  unlike  ions  must  have  different  velocities  to  produce  such 
change  in  concentration. 

3.  The  numbers  which  express  ionic  velocities  mean  the  relative 
distance  through  which  the  ions  move  between  tlie  salt  molecules,  or 
express  their  relative  velocities  in  reference  to  the  solution,  the  change 
in  concentration  being  a  function  of  the  relative  ionic  velocities. 

Hittorf's  analyses  enabled  him  to  give  their  numerical  values. 
A  great  many  such  have  been  made  b}'  him,  Nernst,  Loeb,  and 
others  ;  these  results  show  that  in  dilute  solutions  the  relative  ve- 
locities of  the  ions  are  independent  of  the  difference  in  potential 
between  the  electrodes  (if  the  current  be  steady),  and  that  they  are 
only  slightl}'  affected  by  temperature. 


38  SECTION    B. 

Ilittovf  points  out  that  a  knowledge  of  the  specific  resistance  of 
electrolytes  should  give  valuable  information  in  reference  to  the 
nature  of  electrol3'tic  action.  Horsford,  Wiedemann,  and  Beez 
made  such  measurements  ;  their  methods  were,  however,  imperfect ; 
it  remained  for  P.  Kohlrausch  to  devise  a  method,  using  an  alter- 
natins:  current,  bv  means  of  which  accurate  results  were  obtained. 
Kohlrausch's  work  shows  an  amount  of  patience  and  experimental 
skill  rarely  found  ;  his  contributions  will  remain  classical.  In  con- 
nection with  Hittorf's  work,  Kohlrausch  recognized  that,  accord- 
ing to  Farada3''s  law,  the  conductivity  should  be  represented  by 
sums  of  the  velocities  of  the  ions,  each  carrying  its  electric  charge. 
Thus,  having  from  experimental  data  on  conduction  the  sum  of 
the  velocities,  and  from  Hittorf's  migration  constants  based  upon 
changes  in  concentration  the  ratio  of  the  ionic  velocities,  the 
absolute  velocities  of  the  ions  would  be  calculable.  Inasmuch  as 
the  quantities  he  was  to  deal  with  were  groups  of  atoms  or  mole- 
cules he  determined  at  once  to  make  the  molecule  his  unit  of  quan- 
tity', and  not  mass  alone.  This  expedient  simplified  the  comparison 
of  results  and  has  been  neglected  by  ph3'sicists.  The  comparison 
of  results  obtained  bj'  making  the  molecule  the  unit  revealed  at  a 
glance  relations  between  the  physical  behavior  of  different  sub- 
stances which  would  have  been  obscure  if  the  mass  had  been 
chosen  as  unit.  The  selection  of  the  most  convenient  proper  unit 
is  of  great  importance  in  the  interpretation  of  results  and  the  enun- 
ciation of  physical  laws. 

Kohlrausch  expressed  the  concentration  in  fp'amme  molecules 
per  unit  volume  of  solution,  the  unit  solution  containing  a  number 
of  grammes  of  the  electrolyte  equal  to  the  number  expressing  the 
chemical  equivalent  on  the  h3Tlrogen  scale,  in  one  litre  of  water. 
The  measurements  were  then  made  upon  solutions,  the  relative 
numbers  of  molecules  in  which  were  known.  The  ratio  between 
the  conductivit}'  and  the  number  of  gramme  molecules  contained 
in  the  solution  will  then  give  molecular  conductivities. 

The  results  of  such  measurements  show  that  as  dilution  in- 
creases there  is  an  increase  in  molecular  conductivity,  that  in  very 
dilute  solutions  it  ai)proximatcs  a  limiting  value.  This  increase  of 
conductivity  is  considerable  for  bad  conductors,  less  so  for  good 
conductors.  The  limiting  value  in  dilute  solutions  of  good  con- 
ductors can  be  reached.  In  bad  conductors,  even  at  the  extremest 
dilution  accessible  to  measurement,  the  molecular  conductivitj'  is 
still  far  from   the  limiting  value. 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  39 

In  general  there  is  an  increase  of  condnctivit}'  with  increase  of 
temperature,  usually  amounting  to  about  two  per  cent  per  degree 
Centigrade. 

The  conductivity  of  equivalent  quantities  of  neutral  salts  is  of 
much  the  same  order  of  magnitude,  usually  reacliing  the  limiting 
value   at  a  dilution  of  ijoVo   gi'finime  equivalent. 

From  Kohlrausch's  numerical  values  and  Hittorfs  constants,  the 
absolute  velocit}-  of  a  large  numl)er  of  ions  was  calculated.  It 
appears  from  this,  that  the  velocit}'  of  the  ion  in  very  dilute  solu- 
tions depends  only  upon  its  own  nature,  and  not  upon  the  nature  of 
the  ions  with  which  it  may  have  been  associated  ;  thus  tlie  velocity 
of  the  chlorine  ion  was  found  to  be  the  same  when  determined  from 
solutions  of  KCl,  XaCl,  HCl,  etc. 

This  important  general  law  was  also  found,  that  the  conductivities 
of  neutral  salts  are  additivelj-  composed  of  two  values,  one  depend- 
ing only  upon  the  metal  or  positive  ion,  the  other  upon  the  acid 
radical  or  negative  ion.  According  to  this  law  the  conductivit}'  of 
a  neutral  salt  can  be  calculated  from  a  knowledge  of  the  velocities 
of  the  ions  independently,  a  test  which  lias  been  applied  in  man^- 
cases  with  very  satisfactory  results  when  checked  experimentally. 
For  quite  a  number  of  compounds,  however,  the  computed  results 
were  much  too  high,  an  abnormality  to  be  discussed  later.  This 
law  confirms  the  idea  of  independent  migration  of  the  ions. 

Kohlrausch's  numbers  expressing  velocities  were  checked  by 
some  exceedingly  ingenious  experiments  b\'  Oliver  Lodge  and 
Wetham  ;  by  a  cliange  in  the  color  of  the  solution  separated  into 
two  layers  the  migration  of  the  ions  could  be  directly  measured. 
These  results  agree  surprisingly  well  with  Kohlrausch's,  considering 
the  widel3'  different  conditions  and  the  difficulty  of  measurement. 

About  1887  electro-chemistry  entered  into  a  new  stage  of  prog- 
ress ;  the  central  figure  among  those  who  were  mainly  active  in 
bringing  about  this  development  was  Swante  Arrhenius,  who,  to- 
gether with  Ostwald  and  others,  advanced  a  theory  of  electrolytic 
action,  explaining  very  satisfactorily  many  well  known  phenomena. 
Arrhenius'  theory  involves  the  general  idea  contained  in  the  theory 
of  Clausius  and  Williamson,  namel}-,  that  the  solution  contains  the 
electrolyte  dissociated  into  ions  before  the  current  is  forced  through 
it.  Arrhenius  adds  that  this  dissociation  is  effected  by  solution  or 
fusion,  and  that  the  ions  contain  charges  of  ^wsitive  and  negative 
electricity  dependent  upon  their  nature,  but  of  equal  quantity  in 


40  SECTION    B. 

every  ion.  While  in  this  state,  that  is,  as  ions,  they  move  in  an 
irreoular  manner  between  the  molecules  of  tlie  solvent  and  the 
undissociated  molecules  of  the  electroljte,  now  attaching  them- 
selves to  one  another  and  again  separating,  upon  the  whole  main- 
taining a  condition  of  kinetic  equilibrium.  As  soon  as  brought 
under  the  influence  of  the  electrodes  of  different  potential,  they  are 
impelled  in  definite  directions,  the  anions  towards  the  anode,  the 
kathions  towards  the  kathode. 

The  first  work  done  b}'  the  current  is  the  overcoming  of  the  vis- 
cous resistances  of  the  medium,  not  an  inconsiderable  amount ; 
thus  a  portion  of  the  cnerg}'  of  the  current  is  frittered  into  heat. 

At  the  electrodes  another  kind  of  work  has  to  be  done  ;  either 
the  charges  have  to  be  removed  from  the  ions,  changing  them  into 
the  molecular  condition,  or  new  ions  must  be  produced  from  the 
material  of  the  electrode  and  the  solvent,  for  kathions  arriving  the 
formation  of  anions,  or  for  anions,  kathions. 

Undissociated  molecules  of  the  electrolyte  take  no  part  directl}' 
in  electroh'sis,  except  in  so  far  as  the}-  ma}'  alter  the  viscous  resist- 
ance of  the  solution. 

The  fact  that  molecular  conductivit}'  increases  with  dilution 
means  that,  as  infinite  dilution  is  approached,  complete  dissociation 
or  ionization  of  the  electrolyte  is  effected. 

The  ratio  between  molecular  conductivity  at  greater  concentra- 
tion and  infinite  dilution  ex[)resses  the  degree  of  dissociation  or 
ionization.  The  conductivit}-  can  alwaA's  be  expressed  by  the  sum 
of  the  velocities  of  the  ions  into  a  coefficient  expressive  of  the 
degree  of  dissociation:  C=A(u-\-v).  In  the  limiting  case 
^  =  1,  and  the  conductivity  is  measured  by  the  sum  of  the  ionic 
A'elocities  ;  this  is  in  accord  with  Kohlrausch's  law. 

One  of  the  important  points  in  this  theor}'  is  that  solution  efl^ects 
dissociation.  Cbemicalh'  pure  substances,  such  as  IICl  in  the  liquid 
state,  should  not  be  electrolyzed  ;  such  is  found  to  be. the  case. 
The  curious  fact  that  pure  HCl  and  pure  water  alone  are  non-con- 
ductors, but  become  electrolytic  conductors  when  mixed,  is  not 
rationall}'  explained  other  than  that  dissociation  results.  Wh}'  it 
takes  place,  we  do  not  know  ;  that  some  change  in  the  associated 
energy  always  takes  place,  we  do  know.  In  general,  unless  some 
chemical  change  occurs,  solution  is  accompanied  b}'  refrigeration, 
except  in  the  case  of  gases.  It  is  probable,  then,  that  some  of 
the  heat  energy  taken  from  the  mixture  is  concerned  in  this 
dissociation. 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  41 

In  the  case  of  fused  substances  heat  may  be  a  considerable  fac- 
tor in  dissociation. 

The  question  whence  come  the  electric  charges  upon  the  ions  is 
not  solved.  Whether  the}-  are  inherent  in  the  molecule  and  become 
free  bj-  ionization,  or  whether  they  result  from  the  work  done  upon 
the  molecules  in  dissociation,  is  not  known.  Some  progress  has 
been  made  towards  the  solution  of  the  question  b}-  Ostwald,  who 
succeeded  in  measuring  the  heat  energv  of  ionization  in  a  few  cases. 
This  problem  is  one  that  should  be  carefulh*  studied. 

An  objection  to  tlie  theor}'  of  the  existence  of  free  ions  in  a  solu- 
tion has  been  urged  from  the  chemical  side,  namely,  that  the  ions 
possess  different  properties  from  the  atoms,  or  atomic  groups.  It 
seemed  remarkable  that  a  potassium  ion  should  be  capable  of  exist- 
ing in  water  without  combining  with  the  oxygen,  as  would  be  the 
case  in  the  ordinar}-  atomic  or  molecular  condition.  If  w-e  consider, 
however,  that  the  amount  of  associated  energy  in  the  two  condi- 
tions is  different,  it  is  not  difficult  to  imagine  different  properties. 
We  know,  for  instance,  that  negativeh'  charged  zinc  will  not  act  on 
hydrochloric  acid  ;  that  several  elements  exist  in  well  known  allo- 
tropic  conditions,  showing  quite  different  properties.  We  explain 
this  by  different  amounts  of  associated  energj',  which,  in  some 
cases,  is  quite  measurable. 

The  difficult}-  of  applying  Ohm's  law  in  the  case  of  Grothuss'  and 
Faraday's  theories  disappears  in  case  of  the  dissociation  theory  ;  it 
rather  becomes  a  necessarj-  consequence  of  it. 

Considering  now  a  few  phenomena  not  directly  involved  in  elec- 
trolysis, evidence  in  favor  of  the  dissociation  theor}-  ma}'  be  found. 

Substances  form  solutions  when  a  homogeneous  mixture  results, 
the  constituents  of  which  cannot  be  separated  by  mechanical  means, 
the  proportion  between  the  parts  being  continuously  variable 
between  certain  limits,  with  a  corresponding  continuous  variation 
in  properties. 

According  to  the  state  of  aggregation  of  the  dissolved  substance 
before  solution,  energy  changes  usually  become  apparent,  either  in 
temperature  changes,  contraction  of  the  volume,  or  the  like,  when 
solution  is  affected.  As  a  rule,  such  energy  changes  occur  in  the 
same  sense  when  solutions  of  different  concentrations  are  mixed, 
until  a  point  is  reached,  with  very  dilute  solutions,  when  they  no 
longer  are  observable.  The  substance  in  the  solution  is  then  verv 
small  in  amount  as  compared  with  the  solvent. 


42  SECTION    B. 

It  is  a  well  known  fact  that  when  solutions  of  different  concen- 
tration are  carefnlly  superposed,  the  molecules  of  the  dissolved  sub- 
stance pass  from  the  more  concentrated  to  the  more  dilute  solution, 
until  finall}'  a  uniform  degree  of  concentration  is  attained,  when  a 
condition  of  kinetic  equilibrium  is  maintained.  This  diffusion  phe- 
nomenon in  liquids  is  similar  to  that  in  gases,  oul>-  it  progresses 
much  slower.  In  the  case  of  gases  the  dynamics  of  the  process  is 
pretty  well  understood  and  satisfactoril}-  explained  bj'  the  kinetic 
theory-,  the  mixture  of  the  gases  resulting  from  the  projectile  energ}' 
of  the  molecules.  In  the  case  of  liquids  it  has  been  variously 
explained  ;  in  general,  however,  the  molecular  attraction  between 
the  solvent  and  the  dissolved  substance  has  been  assumed  as  the 
cause.  Van't  Hoff  has  recentl\-  offered  an  explanation  along  the 
same  kinetic  lines  so  satisfactorily  applied  in  gases.  The  force 
tending  to  produce  diffusion  must  be  measurable  as  a  pressure,  if 
it  exist;  if,  then,  the  two  solutions  are  separated  by  a  semi-per- 
meable membrane  which  will  allow  but  one  of  the  two  constituents 
to  pass,  this  pressure  will  become  measurable  upon  the  membrane. 
The  production  of  such  semi-permeable  septa  is  a  matter  of  very 
great  difficulty,  but  has  been  accomplished  to  a  very  perfect  degree 
for  some  substances.  The  general  method  of  making  such  measure- 
ments is  familiar  to  all  physicists.  Traube,  Pfeffer,  De  Yries, 
Tammen,  and  Pringsheim,  from  1867  to  1885,  have  succeeded-  in 
producing  semi-permeable  membranes  of  great  perfection,  and  with 
improved  apparatus  have  made  man}'  measurements  of  very  satis- 
factory character.  These  results  show  that  equi-molecular  solutions 
of  non-electrohtes  show  equal  osmotic  pressures.  The  osmotic 
pressure  is  directlj'  proportional  to  concentration  (expressed  in 
gramme  equivalents).  The  osmotic  pressure  is  proportional  to  the 
absolute  tempci'ature. 

The  similarity-  of  these  laws  to  those  of  gaseous  pressure  is  at 
once  apparent.  Van't  Hoff  further,  upon  the  bases  of  absolute 
measurements  and  the  applications  of  the  ordinary*  equations  for 
properties  of  gases,  enunciates  the  law :  That  the  molecules  of 
the  dissolved  substance  exert  pressures  in  osmotic  action,  equal  to 
the  pressure  which  would  be  exerted  by  the  same  number  of  mole- 
cules in  the  gaseous  stnte  upon  the  sides  of  a  containing  vessel  of 
the  volume  of  the  solution,  the  temperature  remaining  the  same. 

Osmotic  pressure  seems  then  to  be  merel}'  a  molecular  kinetic 
effect.  On  this  assumption  thermodynamic  considerations  led  to 
the  same  result  as  experiment. 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  43 

The  first  two  laws  of  osmotic  pressui'e  could  be  satisfactoril}-  ex- 
plained under  tlie  ordinar}-  supposition  of  molecular  attraction  ;  the 
last  two,  however,  are  difficult  to  reconcile  with  any  explanation 
other  than  tlie  one  that  the  pressure  is  due  to  molecular  impact. 

The  osmotic  pressure  of  electrolytes  is  considerably  greater  tlian 
that  of  non-electrolytes  ;  in  dilute  solutions,  however,  the}'  follow 
the  same  laws  of  variation.  In  quite  a  number  of  binary  com- 
pounds it  is  just  twice  as  great  numerically  as  in  the  non-electro- 
Ij'tes.  The  behavior  is  as  though  the  number  of  molecules 
contained  in  the  electrolyte  solution  per  gramme  equivalent  was 
greater  than  in  non-electrolytes.  If  we  imagine  that  solution  has 
dissociated  tlie  molecule  into  two  groups,  the  anomaly  is  easily 
explained.  There  is  evidence  here,  independent  of  electrolytic 
behavior,  that  electrolytes  are  dissociated  in  solution. 

Blagden,  as  early  as  1788,  recognized  that  salts  in  solution 
lowered  the  freezing  point  of  water  ;  his  experiments  were  made 
mainh-  on  sea  w^ater.  He  found  that  in  very  dilute  solutions  the 
lowering  of  the  freezing  point  was  ver\'  nearh'  proportionate  to  the 
amount  of  substance  dissolved.  Riedorf,  Coppett,  and  Raoult 
carefully  studied  the  subject,  and  found  that  the  molecular  depres- 
sion of  the  freezing  point  was  equal  for  salts  of  similar  composition. 
For  non-electrolytes,  equimolecular  solutions  of  different  salts  gave 
ver}-  nearly  the  same  values,  showing  that  the  effect  was  purely  a 
molecular  one,  independent  of  the  nature  of  the  substance. 

The  problem  may  be  treated  from  the  dynamical  point  of  view 
upon  this  supposition.  Knowing  the  osmotic  pressure  and  imagin- 
ing the  change  in  state  in  the  nature  of  a  reversible  cjcle.  the 
necessary  energy  changes  are  calculable.  The  depression  of  the 
freezing  point  calculated  in  this  way  for  a  number  of  substances 
gave  values  closely  agreeing  with  experiment.  The  evidence  that 
this  effect  is  purel\'  a  molecular  kinetic  process  is  ver}"  strong. 

Electrolytes  cause  a  depression  of  the  freezing  point,  experimen- 
tally determined,  far  greater  than  non-electrol^'tes  ;  we  have  here 
another  evidence  of  dissociation  by  solution. 

The  investigation  of  the  effect  of  substances  in  solution  upon  va- 
por pressure  and  boiling  point  made  by  Berthelot.  Beekmann,  Raoult, 
Ciamician,  Ostwald,  and  others,  lead  to  precisel}'  similar  laws. 

We  may  summarize  these  laws  thus  :  — 

Equi-molecular  solutions  of  different  substances  made  with  equal 
masses  of  the  same  solvent  show  equal  osmotic  pressure,   equal 


44  SECTION    B. 

relative  diminution  of  vapor  pressure,  equal  elevation  of  boiling 
point,  and  equal  depression  of  tlie  freezing  point. 

Electrolytes  give  greater  values  tlian  non-electrolytes.  The 
effect  is  as  though  there  was  present  a  greater  number  of  molecules 
than  indicated  b}'  the  amount  of  substance  dissolved.  Binar}'  com- 
pounds in  dilute  solutions,  give  nearly  twice  the  numerical  values 
found  in  solutions  of  non-electrolytes. 

From  these  experimental  results  tlie  theory  of  dissociation  of 
electroljtes  b}'  solution  and  the  electrol^'tic  conduction  by  directing 
the  migrating  ions  seems  very  strong. 

Chemical  evidence  cannot  be  reviewed  here  ;  the  evidence  is, 
however,  fully  as  strong  as  that  considered,  or  even  stronger. 

Reversing  the  phenomena  of  electrolytic  decomposition,  Nernst 
applies  these  concepts  to  the  batterv  problem.  We  will  apply  the 
theory  to  one  or  two  simple  cases  onh'. 

When  two  solutions  of  the  same  electrolyte  are  brought  in  con- 
tact, electrical  differences  manifest  themselves.  The  mere  state- 
ment, that  tlie  cause  for  such  difference  in  potential  is  contact,  is 
unsatisfactory.  Nernst  reasons  in  this  wise :  The  ions  in  virtue  of 
osmotic  pressure  will  diffuse  ;  migrating  with  different  velocities,  as 
shown  b}'  Hittorf,  they  will  diffuse  at  different  rates  ;  there  will 
result,  therefore,  an  excess  of  anions  in  the  one  solution  and 
kathions  in  the  otlier ;  the  ions  possessing  characteristic  electric 
charges,  there  will  be  found  an  excess  of  positive  electricity  in  the 
one  solution  and  an  accumulation  of  negative  electricit}'  in  the 
other  solution.  If  an  indifferent  electrode  be  immersed  in  each 
solution,  connected  through  a  conducting  circuit,  there  must  result 
a  current.  We  have  here  a  battery  giving  an  electrical  current  as 
a  result  of  osmotic  pressure.  The  necessary  conditions  for  the 
production  of  the  current  are,  that  the  ions  have  different  velocities 
and  exert  osmotic  pressure  ;  that  in  solution  we  have  the  molecules 
dissociated  or  ionized  ;  that  the  energ}'  associated,  if  current  flows, 
is  less  at  the  close  of  the  operation  than  at  the  beginning. 

Nernst  and  Ilclmholtz  calculated  the  electromotive  force  for 
such  cells  from  the  experimental  data  of  osmotic  pressure  and 
ionic  velocities,  obtaining  results  agreeing  very  well  with  electrical 
measurements. 

It  would,  perhaps,  be  expected  from  the  above,  that  the  current 
would  continue  until  the  concentration  had  become  uniform;  such, 
however,  will  not  be  the  case  in  the  battery  just  described,  for  the 


ADDRESS  BY  CARL  LEO  MEES.  45 

kathions  at  the  kathode,  and  the  anions  at  the  anode,  will  now 
develop  electrostatic  attractions  which  cannot  be  overcome  b\'  the 
electromotive  force  of  the  battery. 

Modifying  the  cell  so  that,  in  place  of  indifferent  electrodes,  we 
use  electrodes  of  the  metal,  the  salt  solutions  of  which  surround  it, 
a  battery  results  which  will  continue  in  operation  until  uniform  con- 
centration results.  In  this  case  the  kathions  will,  at  .the  kathode, 
b}'  giving  up  their  electric  charges,  become  metallic,  the  electrode 
becoming  positively  charged  ;  at  the  anode,  metallic  particles  will 
go  into  solution  as  kathions.  This  ionization  involves  energy 
changes.  The  kathions  there  produced,  carrying  positive  charges 
with  them,  leave  the  electrode  negativeh*  charged. 

In  a  battery,  such  as  described,  three  differences  of  potential 
result ;  one  at  the  surfaces  of  the  solutions  differing  in  concen- 
tration, and  a  difference  of  potential  between  the  surfaces  of  the 
electrodes  and  the  solution,  the  first  having  been  explained  as 
originating  from  osmotic  pressure  ;  Nernst  explains  the  latter  as 
resulting  from  a  solution  pressure.  Just  as  a  liquid  evaporates 
from  the  surface  until  the  vapor  pressure  becomes  equal  to  the 
vaporization  tension,  so  in  solution  will  a  salt  dissolve  until  the 
osmotic  pressure  becomes  equal  to  the  solution  tension  of  the  salt. 
In  the  same  wa\-,  Nernst  supposes  that  each  metal  has  a  tendenc}' 
to  convert  atoms  of  the  metal  into  ions  in  solution  as  soon  as  it  is 
immersed  in  an  electrolyte ;  this  has  been  termed  electrolytic 
solution  tension.  Osmotic  pressure  and  solution  tension  thus 
become  analogous  concepts.  Three  conditions  are  possible  in  the 
battery  cell :  — 

1.  If  the  solution  tension  be  greater  than  the  osmotic  pressure, 
the  metallic  plate  acts  like  a  salt  mass  in  a  dilute  solution.  Kath- 
ions will  be  thrown  into  the  solution  positivel}'  charged,  leaving  an 
equal -negative  charge  upon  the  electi'ode  ;  at  the  surface  of  separa- 
tion between  solution  and  electrode  we  shall  have  positive  kathions 
upon  one  side  and  negativel}'  charged  metal  upon  the  other ;  these 
exerting  electrical  forces,  a  condition  will  be  reached  when  they 
are  equal  to  the  solution  tension  ;  further  action  will  then  cease 
until  the  kathions  are  discharged  or  made  metallic. 

2.  If  tiie  osmotic  and  solution  pressures  are  equal,  no  difference 
in  potential  will  result;  as  when  a  mass  of  salt  is  introduced  into  a 
saturated  solution,  of  itself  no  change  takes  place  in  equilibrium. 

3.  When  the  osmotic  pressure  is  greater  than  the  solution  ten- 


46  SECTION    B. 

sion,  kathions  will  be  projected  upon  the  plate  and  made  metallic, 
the  electrode  becoming  positively  charged  and  the  solution  nega- 
tively ;  similar  to  the  action  which  takes  place  when  a  solid  salt  is 
brought  into  contact  with  a  supersaturated  solution  where  salt  par- 
ticles will  be  deposited. 

The  determination  of  the  relative  values  of  solution  pressures  is 
comparatively  simple,  the  determination  of  their  absolute  values  verv 
difficult.  In  the  case  of  mercury  and  a  saturated  solution  of  calcium 
chloride,  the  absolute  value  has  been  determined  with  considerable 
accuracy  from  the  effect  upon  tension  phenomena  in  the  mercury 
surface,  fully  discussed  by  Lippman,  Helmholtz,  and  Paschen. 
Ostwald  and  Planke  obtained  values  by  two  methods  based  upon 
this  action  agreeing  very  well.  With  this  value  as  a  basis,  others 
have  been  determined.  Applying  those  values  experimentally  ob- 
tained, together  with  the  ones  for  osmotic  pressure,  in  calculating 
the  electromotive  force  of  a  number  of  well  known  cells,  an  excellent 
agreement  with  experimentally  determined  values  is  found. 

It  will  be  impossible  in  this  review  to  appl}-  these  theories  to  the 
various  forms  of  batteries  known,  and  to  man}*  phenomena  of  elec- 
trolysis which  we  have  no  space  even  to  mention  ;  the  theories 
briefly  reviewed  liave  borne  rich  fruit  in  the  more  satisfactory 
explanation  of  electrolytic  action.  Many  problems  still  remain  to 
be  attacked,  while  some  have  been  but  now  appreciated. 

The  development  of  the  solution  and  dissociation  theories  gives 
no  explanation  of  the  forces  and  conditions  which  cause  solution  or 
ionization,  though  some  attempts  have  been  made  in  this  direction. 
Thus,  J.  J.  Thomson  has  shown  that,  if  the  attraction  between 
the  ions  in  the  molecule  is  due  to  electrical  forces,  it  will  be 
weakened  if  the  molecules  be  immersed  in  a  medium  of  high  spe- 
cific inductive  capacity.  Experimental  evidence,  in  so  far  as  it 
goes,  shows  that  in  liquids  of  high  specific  inductive  capacity 
ionization  is  most  complete.  This  is  one  of  the  problems  to  be 
sj'stematicallj-  studied. 

With  the  solution  of  the  older  problems  new  ones  present  them- 
selves. This  is  the  effect  of  any  comprehensive  good  theory. 
Man}-  new  problems  in  molecular  physics  and  electrolysis  are  sug- 
gested through  Arrhenius',  Van't  Hoft's,  and  Nernst's  theories. 
Their  development  and  solution  wnll  not  be  one  of  chance,  however, 
to  be  stumbled  upon  by  daring  or  blind  groping,  but  by  intelligent, 
painstaking  research.     A  bird's-eye  view  of  the  field  is  given  us 


ADDRESS    BY    CARL    LEO    MEES.  47 

through   these   theories  ;  in  fiUing  in  the  detail  and  contours,  the 
chance  explorer  must  give  way  to  the  systematic  investigator. 

Until  within  the  last  three  or  four  years,  the  systematic  and 
careful  amassing  of  experimental  data  for  building  up  or  verifying 
these  tlieories  was  done  by  a  few  European  workers,  mostly  chem- 
ists ;  since  Willard  Gibbs'  theoretical  work  bearing  upon  this  sub- 
ject, scared}'  a  single  addition  of  importance  has  come  from 
American  workers  ;  in  fact,  it  seems  that  much  of  the  work  done 
abroad  is  scarcely  known  to  American  plnsicists.  It  is  to  be 
regretted  that  in  the  histor}'  of  the  development  of  this  branch  of 
electrical  science  hardly  an  American  name  will  appear. 

There  remains,  however,  much  to  be  done,  and  contributions 
from  this  side  will,  I  trust,  be  made. 

Whether  electrolytic  action  ever  occurs  in  solids  is  a  question 
which  I  do  not  believe  has  been  definitely  settled.  If  such  action 
ever  does  take  place,  the  theories  just  considered  will  have  to  be 
modified.  Some  ver}'  curious  phenomena  in  glass,  sul)jected  to  the 
action  of  the  electric  currents,  have  been  noticed  ;  the  claim  has 
been  made  that  glass  has  actually  been  electrolyzed,  though  the  evi- 
dence so  far  is  not  conclusive.  The  very  interesting  changes  of 
conductivity  with  variation  in  temperature,  exhaustively  studied 
b}'  Thomas  Gra}',  indicate  molecular  changes  which  may  be  due  to 
dissociation.  The  form  of  the  equation  for  change  in  conductivity 
with  temperature  shows  a  maximum,  with  reversal,  considerabl}' 
below  the  fusing  point.  A  similar  peculiarit}'  is  noticed  in  allo3's. 
The  systematic  study  of  this  seems  important. 

Careful  stud}'  of  heat  absorption  when  salts  are  dissolved  should 
be  made.  Much  work  has  been  done  in  this  direction.  A  careful 
examination  and  comparison  of  results,  however,  convinces  one 
that  the  methods  and  manner  of  conducting  the  investigation  must 
have  been  widel}-  different,  for  the  results  vary  in  a  most  astonish- 
ing manner ;  at  any  rate,  definite  conclusions  cannot  be  based  upon 
them.  If  ionization  requires  energy,  it  is  more  than  likeh'  that 
some  will  be  taken  from  the  solution  in  the  form  of  heat.  In  verj' 
dilute  solutions  dissociation  of  the  electrolyte  seems  complete, 
while  in  concentrated  solutions  it  is  incomplete.  A  careful  determi- 
nation of  the  heat  absorption  per  molecule,  when  the  salt  is  dissolved 
in  concentrated  or  dilute  solutions,  might  give  valuable  results. 
The  problem  is  ver}'  complicated,  yet  it  should  be  attacked. 

That  gases  can  conduct  electrolytically  seems  fairly  certain. 
This  field  is  scarcely  entered,  and  may  well  be  studied. 


48  SECTION    B. 

The  peculiar  behavior  of  charged  plates  under  the  influence  of 
violet  light  seems  likely  to  involve  electrolytic  action,  and  bear 
upon  dissociation  questions. 

So  multitudes  of  problems  suggest  themselves,  the  stud}*  of  which 
ma}-  tend  to  crvstallize  the  theories  of  dissociation  and  solution,  so 
promising  at  this  time,  into  more  perfect  form.  It  can  scarcely  be 
doubted  that  the  remarkable  connection  evident  when  the  phe- 
nomena of  solution,  modification  of  freezing  and  boiling  point, 
osmotic  pressure,  optical  rotation,  chemical  equilibrium  and  stabil- 
ity, metathetical  reaction,  thermal  neutrality,  electrical  conductivitj', 
and  electrolysis  are  considered,  taking  the  molecular  equivalent 
mass  as  the  unit,  indicates  a  ver}-  near  relationship  of  these  pro- 
cesses. The  power  of  Arrhenius'  dissociation  theor}-,  Van't  Hoff's 
solution  theory,  together  with  the  conceptions  of  Hittorf,  Clausius, 
Nernst,  and  Ostwald  in  explaining  the  d3-namics  of  molecular 
action,  is  most  promising.  Whether  more  accurate  and  more 
plentiful  quantitative  studies  of  these  so  closelj-  related  phenomena 
will  lead  to  closer  concordance  or  greater  divergence  of  the  numeri- 
cal values  obtained,  and  thus  strengthen  or  reveal  weaknesses  in  the 
theories,  must  remain  to  be  seen. 

These  theories,  if  fastened,  will  have  a  marked  influence  both 
upon  the  chemical  and  physical  conceptions  of  the  structure  of 
complex  molecules.  They  seem  to  demand  essentiall}'  a  condition 
of  kinetic  equilibrium  between  molecules  and  atoms  ;  inter-atomic 
distances  we  shall  have  to  consider  greater  than  was  our  wont ; 
atomic  and  molecular  influences  must  extend  to  considei'able  dis- 
tances. Geometrical  static  arrangement  of  atoms  or  groups 
of  atoms  seems  incompatible  with  their  behavior.  The  relation 
of  atoms  in  the  molecule  seems  rather  to  be  orbital,  permitting  of 
ready  rearrangement  and  readjustment  b}-  relativel}-  slight  disturb- 
ing causes,  capable  of  returning  to  former  relations  promptlj-,  in- 
volving various  quantities  of  energy.  All  our  inferences  in  reference 
to  molecular  magnitudes  will  have  to  be  interpreted  as  effective 
merely,  and  not  actual  in  the  sense  of  space  occupied. 

The  one  central  pillar  upon  and  about  which  all  physical  science 
is  erected  to-day,  the  conservation  of  energy,  stands  unchanged, 
and,  if  possible,  more  clearly-  defined  and  strengthened  than  ever  in 
these  tests. 

I  repeat,  ma}- American  physicists  take  up  these  problems  and  add 
their  share  to  the  development  of  these  epoch-making  theories. 


PAPERS   READ. 


Tuesday,  August  25. 

Polarization  and  internal  resistance  of  a  galvanic  cell.  By  Prof. 
B.  E.  Moore,  Soutli  Bethlehem,  Pa.    (To  be  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

The  lead  storage  cell.  By  Prof.  B.  E.  Moore,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 
(To  be  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

A  THEORY  OF  GALVANIC  POLARIZATION.  By  Prof.  "W.  S.  Eranklin  and 
L.  B.  Spinney,  Ames,  Iowa.      (To  be  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

On  the  counter  electromotive  force  of  the  electric  arc.  By  Prof. 
W.  S.  Franklin,  Ames,  Iowa. 

On  the  element  of  diffraction  in  Eresnel's  experiments  vtith  two 
mirrors  and  with  the  bi-prism.  By  Dr.  Ernest  R.  von  Nardroff, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Segmental  vibrations  iN  aluminum  violins.  By  Dr.  Alfred  Springer, 
Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Preliminary  note  on  a  proposed  new  standard  of  light.  By  Clay- 
ton H.  Sharp,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (To  be  published  in 
Transactions  Ainer.  Assoc,  of  Electrical  Engineers,  Vol.  XIII.,  No.  4,  p.  200.) 

A  photographic  study  of  the  Rontgen  rays.  By  Prof.  W.  A.  Rogers, 
Colby  University,  Waterville,  Me. 

Note  on  the  duration  of  the  x-ray  discharge  in  Crookes'  tubes. 
By  Dr:  Ben.jamin  F.  Thomas,  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio.  (To 
be  published  in  Electrical  World  and  in  Electrical  Engineer.) 

"Wednesday,  August  26. 
Preliminary   communication  concerning  the  anomalous  dispersion  of 

QUARTZ    for    infra-red   RAYS  OF  GREAT  WAVE  LENGTH.      By  Prof.  ErNEST 

F.  Nichols,  Hamihon,  N.  Y.     (To  be  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

An    EXPERIMENTAL     STUDY     OF     THE     CHARGING     AND      DISCHARGING      OF     CON- 
DENSERS.    By  Dr.  F.  E.  Millis,  Appleton,  Wis.     (To   be   published   in 
Physical  Review.) 
A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  4 


50  SECTION    B. 

XOTES  OX  CERTAIN'  PHYSICAL  DIFFICULTIES  IX  THE  COXSTRUCTIOX  OF  MOD- 
ERN" LARGE  GUN'S.  By  Prof.  W.  LeConte  STEVEN'S,  ReDsselacr  Poly- 
technic Institute,  Troy,  N.  Y. 

On  the  photographic  trace  of  the  curves  described  by  THE  GYRO- 
SCOPIC PENDULUM.  By  Prof.  Ernest  Merritt,  Itliaoa,  N.  Y.  (To  be 
published  in  Physical  Review.) 

Ox  THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF  HIGH  FREQUENCY  ALTERNATING  CURRENTS 
THROUGHOUT     THE     CROSS-SECTION    OF    A    WIRE.        By    Prof.    ErNEST     Mer- 

RiTT,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (To  be  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

On    the    COMPACTNESS    OF    A    BEAM    OF    LIGHT.       By  ErXEST  K.  VON   NaRDROFF, 

Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Some  points  in  the  mechanical  conception  of  the  electro-magnetic 
FIELD.  By  Prof.  W.  S.  Franklin,  Ames,  Iowa.  (To  be  published  in 
Elements  of  Physics,  Vol.  II.,  by  E.  L.  Nichols  and  "W.  S.  Franklin  ) 

Mechanical  models  of  the  electric  circuit.  By  Prof.  Brown  Ayres, 
Tulane  University,  New  Orleans,  La. 

A  NEW  graphical  method  for  constructing  the  clock  diagram  of 
the  alternating  current  in  a  circuit  of  two  parallel  branches 
containing  ohmic  and  inductive  resistances  and  capacity,  under 
the  action  of  a  constant  harmonic  electromotive  force,  in  case 
THE  FREQUENCY  IS  VARIABLE.  By  Prof.  IIenry  T.  Eddy,  Univcrsitv  of 
Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Description  and  exhibition  of  a  convenient  form  of  the  "inter- 
ferential comparer,"  and  of  an  interferential  caliper  attach- 
ment   FOR   USE    IN    physical    LABORATORIES.       By    Prof.  W.    A.    ROGERS, 

Colby  University,  Waterville,  Me. 

Description  and  exhibition  of  a  bench  comparator  for  general  use 
IN  physical  laboratories.  By  Prof.  W.  A.  Rogers,  Colby  University, 
Waterville,  Me. 

Thursd.\y,  August  27. 

On  the  rule  for  the  dynamo  and  motor.  By  Prof.  Alexander  Mac- 
farlane,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Description  and  exhibitiox  of  a  portable  appar.vtus  for  recording 
curves  of  alternating  currents  and  electromotive  force.  By 
H.  J.  Hotchkiss,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (To  be  published  in 
Physical  Revieiv.) 

Experimental  determination  of  the  relative  amounts  of  work  done 
in  changing  the  lengths  of  two  metal  bars  under  the  same 
thermal  conditions,  by  ax  envelope  of  heated  air,  and  by  pure 
RADIATIONS  IN  A  VACUUM.  By  Prof.  W.  A.  RoGERS,  Colby  University, 
Waterville,  Me. 


PHYSICS.  51 

Ak  kxperimental  jiethod  of  finding  the  valce  of  a  unit  of  force 
IN  ANY  SYSTEM  WHATEVER.  By  Prof.  W.  A.  EoGERS,  Colby  University, 
Waterville,  Me. 

A    NEW    ALTERNATING-CUnnENT    CDRVE-TEACER.        By    Pfof.  EdWARD    B.  PoSA, 

Wesleyan  University,  Middletown,  Conn. 

Visible  electric  waves.  By  Prof.  B.  E.  Moore,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 
(To  he  published  in  Physical  Review.) 

Electbical  waves  in  long  parallel  wires.  By  Prof.  A.  D.  Cole,  Deni- 
son  University,  Granville,  Ohio.  (To  be  published  in  Bulletin  of  the  Sci- 
entijic  Laboratories  of  Denison  University ;  also  by  abstract  in  Electrical 
World.) 

The  influence  of  a  static  charge  of  electricity  on  the  surface 
tension  of  water.  By  Dr.  Edward  L.  Nichols  and  John  Anson 
Clark,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (To  be  published  in  Physical 
Review.) 

Determination  of  the  specific  heats  of  nitrogen  by  adiabatic  ex- 
pansion.    By  Prof.  W.  S.  Franklin  and  L.  B.  Spinney,  Ames,  Iowa. 

The  analysis  of  vowel  sounds,  by  means  of  the  sympathetic  vibra- 
tions OF  A  rigid  body.  By  L.  B.  Spinney,  Ames,  Iowa.  (To  be  pub- 
lished in  Physical  Review.) 

Polar  and  interpolar  effects  of  the  galvanic  current  on  living 
ANIMAL  tissues.  By  Dr.  C.  P.  Hart,  Wyoming,  Ohio.  (To  be  published 
in  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  Fran^aise  d'Electrotherapie,  Paris.) 

Note  on  the  effect  of  odd  harmonics  upon  the  virtual  values  of 
periodically  varying  quantities.  By  Dr.  Frederick  Bedell,  Cor- 
nell University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  and  Dr.  James  E.  Boyd,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, Columbus,  Ohio. 

The  Section  adjourned  Thursday  evening,  August  27 


SECTION   C. 


CHEMISTRY. 


OFFICERS  OF  SECTION  C. 


Vice-President  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
William  A.  Noyes,  Terre  Haute,  lad. 

Secretary. 
Frank  P.  Venable,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Councillor. 
E.  A.  DE  ScHWEiNiTZ,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Sectional  Committee. 

W.  A.  Notes,  Terre  Haute,  Ind.,  Vice-President,  1896. 
Frank  P.  Venable,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C,  Secretary,  1896. 
William  McMcrtrie,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  Vice-President,  1895. 
W.  P.  Mason,  Troy,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1895. 
F.  C.  Phillips,  Allegheny,  Pa. 
F.  W.  Clarke,  Washington,  D.  C. 
S.  A.  Lattimore,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
A.  L.  Springer,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary,  and  Charles  Baskerville,  Chapel  Hill, 
N.  C,  Wm.  McMortrie,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.,  T.  H.  Norton,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Press  Secretary. 
Charles  H.  Hertt,  Athens,  Ga. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

WILLIAM   A.  NOTES, 

CHAIUMAN    OF    SECTION    C. 


THE  ACHIEVEMENTS  OF  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTBY. 


"Physical  chemistry  is  the  chemistry  of  the  future."  These 
words,  quoted  from  an  address  by  Professor  Du  Bois-Reymond, 
were  used  by  Ostwald  ten  years  ago  in  the  introduction  to  the 
first  number  of  the  Zeitschrift  f  iir  physikalische  Chemie.  In  using 
these  words  Du  Bois-Reymond  looked  forward  to  a  time  when  it 
shall  be  possible  to  give  a  mathematical  expression  to  all  forms  of 
chemical  knowledge.  The  picture  in  his  mind  seems  to  have  been 
that  of  a  sort  of  astronomy  of  the  atoms,  in  which  the  motions 
and  forces  within  the  molecules  shall  be  known  very  much  as  are 
the  motions  and  forces  within  the  planetary  system. 

So  far  as  any  practical  realization  is  concerned,  the  thought  is 
still  only  a  poetic  fancy,  and  whatever  progress,  if  any,  may  have 
been  made,  comes  to  us  from  organic  rather  than  from  physical 
chemistry.  Indeed  it  seems  to  have  become  the  fashion  on  the 
part  of  several  leaders  in  physical  chemistry  to  speak  slightingly 
of  the  atomic  and  molecular  theories.  Their  thought  appears  to 
be  that  it  would  be  better  to  confine  ourselves  to  the  purely  em- 
pirical and  mathematical  concept  of  the  atom  and  molecule  and 
leave  the  idea  of  particles  which  have  an  actual  independent  exist- 
ence entirely  in  abeyance.  It  would  doubtless  be  possible  to  give 
such  definitions  of  atom  and  molecule  as  shall  include  only  the 
results  of  our  actual  empirical  knowledge  and  mathematical  de- 
ductions therefrom.  Such  definitions  would  stand  on  a  basis  which 
is  incontrovertible,  and  it  is  inconceivable  that  even  the  overthrow 
of  the  atomic  theory,  or  any  knowledge  which  may  be  gained  in 
the  future  as  to  the  nature  of  matter,  could  change  them. 

(55) 


56  SECTION   C. 

That  such  definitions  possess  great  value  is  certain  ;  and  that 
it  is  very  important  to  distinguish  sharply  between  our  positive 
knowledge  and  speculations  and  theories  based  on  that  knowledge, 
every  one  will  admit ;  but,  after  all,  unless  we  join  that  school  of 
philosophy  which  teaches  that  there  is  no  real  existence  outside  of 
our  own  minds,  there  is  some  reality  at  the  basis  of  and  behind 
all  the  phenomena  which  we  investigate.  And  it  is  the  province 
of  science  to  find  out  the  truth  about  every  real  existence  of 
which  we  can  secure  any  tangible  evidence.  Our  knowledge  of 
atoms  and  molecules  as  actually  existing  particles  is,  doubtless,  a 
purely  speculative  deduction  from  a  multitude  of  diverse  phenom- 
ena and  yet  the  mental  picture  connected  with  the  concept  has  been, 
and  still  continues  to  be,  of  very  great  value  in  the  development 
of  our  science.  These  mental  pictures  are  vague  and  in  many  re- 
spects incomplete,  it  is  true,  and  they  doubtless  do  not  corre- 
spond closely  to  the  real  existences  for  which  they  are,  at  present, 
our  best  expression ;  but,  to  one  familiar  with  the  very  practical 
results  which  have  been  obtained  in  the  domain  of  structural  chem- 
istry, it  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  such  results  would  have  been 
possible  without  their  use. 

While  physical  chemistry  has  made  little  or  no  apparent  prog- 
ress toward  the  goal  marked  out  by  Du  Bois-Reymond,  its  practi- 
cal achievements  during  the  last  ten  or  fifteen  years  have  been 
very  considerable  and  it  is  to  these  practical  achievements  that  I 
wish  to  turn  our  attention. 

"Whenever  the  subject  of  physical  chemistry  is  mentioned  our 
thoughts  naturally  turn  to  the  subject  of  solutions.  Not  that 
physical  chemistry  has  to  do  only  or  chiefly  with  solutions,  for,  as 
I  understand  it,  physical  chemistry  has  to  do  with  all  of  those 
physical  properties  of  matter  which  can  only  be  understood  by 
taking  into  consideration  at  the  same  time  its  composition ;  but 
rather  because  some  of  the  most  valuable  results  of  physico- 
chemical  researches  have  been  in  this  field  and  because  diversity  of 
views  has  made  this  the  chief  recent  battle-ground   in  chemistry. 

Up  to  about  eleven  years  ago  our  knowledge  of  solutions  was 
almost  entirely  of  an  empirical  character.  No  great  generalization 
similar  to  those  which  had  long  been  known  for  gases  had  been 
discovered.  In  1885  J.  H  van't  Hoffi  proposed  his  theory  of  os- 
motic pressure.  The  empirical  basis  for  this  theory  lay  in  the  ex- 
periments of  many  different  workers,  some  of  them  made  many 


ADDRESS    BY    W.    A.    NOTES.  57 

years  before.  Studies  in  osmose  date  from  the  early  years  of  this 
century  and,  indeed,  some  experiments  were  made  more  than 
a  century  ago.  It  was  not,  however,  till  1867  that  the  discov- 
ery of  true  semi-permeable  membranes  was  made.  In  that  year 
M.  Traube^  showed  that  membranes  may  be  prepared  which 
will  readily  allow  the  passage  of  water  but  which  are  totally  im- 
pervious to  certain  substances  in  solution.  Ten  years  later  W. 
Pfeffer^  conceived  the  idea  of  preparing  such  membranes  in  the 
interior  of  a  solid  partition.  By  exposing  a  cup  of  porous  porce- 
lain to  the  action  of  a  solution  of  copper  sulphate  on  one  side  and 
of  potassium  ferrocyanide  on  the  other,  a  precipitate  is  formed 
within  the  mass  of  the  porcelain  which  is  permeable  to  water  but 
which  is  impel  vious  to  the  passage  of  sugar  and  of  many  other 
substances.  With  such  cells  the  osmotic  pressure  was  measured 
and  was  found  to  be  surprisingly  great.  For  a  one  and  a  half  per 
cent  solution  of  saltpeter  it  is  more  than  three  atmospheres ;  for 
sea  water  it  would  be  about  twenty  atmospheres.  Pfeffer's  experi- 
ments were  made  with  reference  to  their  bearing  on  the  action  of 
organic  cells  and  on  other  physiological  questions  and  it  was  eight 
j-ears  later  before  their  extraordinary  theoretical  importance  was 
pointed  out  by  van't  Hoff. 

A  careful  study  of  the  experimental  data  given  by  Pfefler  and 
others  leads  to  the  following  conclusions  : 

First,  the  osmotic  pressure  is  directly  proportional  to  the  con- 
centration of  the  solution. 

Second,  the  osmotic  pressure  is  directly  proportional  to  the  ab- 
solute temperature.  In  establishing  this  law  the  experiments  of 
Soret^  are  of  especial  interest.  He  subjected  a  solution  of  copper 
sulphate,  contained  in  a  vertical  tube,  to  a  temperature  of  80°  near 
the  top  and  of  20°  at  the  bottom.  Under  these  circumstances  the 
concentration  increases  below  and  diminishes  above.  After  equi- 
librium was  established  it  was  found  that  the  per  cent  of  copper 
sulphate  in  the  two  parts  of  the  solution  was  inversely  as  the  ab- 
solute temperature.  The  analogy  with  what  would  take  place  in  a 
gas  under  the  same  conditions  is  clear. 

Third,  solutions  which  are  isotonic  at  a  given  temperature  con- 
tain in  unit  volume  the  same  number  of  molecules  of  the  dissolved 
substance.  Another  statement  of  the  same  law,  which  gives  it 
also  a  quantitative  expression,  is,  that  the  osmotic  pressure  of  a 
solution  is  the  same  as  though  the  dissolved  substance  existed  as 


58  SECTION   C. 

a  gas  within  the  same  space.  The  osmotic  pressure  of  a  one  per 
cent  solution  of  sugar  may  be  calculated  by  the  same  formula* 
which  we  should  use  to  calculate  the  pressure  exerted  by  one 
gram  of  a  gaseous  body  having  a  molecular  weight  of  342  and 
contained  in  a  volume  of  100.6  cubic  centimeters. 

Every  one  recognizes,  of  course,  that  the  laws  which  have  been 
given  for  osmotic  pressure  are  identical  with  the  laws  of  Boyle, 
of  Charles  and  of  Avogadro  for  gases.  Van't  Hoff  pointed  out 
this  analogy  very  clearly  but  he  did  not  give  any  clear  explana- 
tion of  what  he  considered  as  the  real  cause  of  the  phenomena 
of  osmose.  He  spoke,  from  the  purely  empirical  side,  of  the  at- 
traction which  the  solution  exerts  for  pure  water. ^  Ostwald  in 
his  Lehrbuch^  is  even  more  careful.  He  speaks  of  the  cell  as 
conducting  itself  as  though  there  is  within  it  a  partial  vacuum  for 
water.  These  expressions  are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  older 
text-books  which  speak  of  the  expansion  of  gases  as  due  to  the  re- 
pulsion of  their  particles  for  each  other,  and  appear  to  me  equally 
misleading  and  unsatisfactory.  In  a  later  paper,^  in  reply  to  a 
criticism  by  Lothar  Meyer,^  van't  Hoff  gives  a  clearer  explanation 
in  terms  of  the  kinetic  theory. 

If  we  have  a  gas  in  a  confined  space  and  introduce  into  it  a 
small  amount  of  some  volatile  liquid,  the  vapor  of  the  liquid  will 
rise  and  fill  the  space  very  nearly  as  though  the  gas  were  not  pres- 
ent, and  when  equilibrium  is  reached  the  pressm-e  will  equal  the 
original  pressure  of  the  gas  plus  the  vapor  pressure  of  the  liquid. 
The  explanation  is  that  the  pressure  exerted  on  the  surface  of  the 
liquid  by  the  gas  is  not  that  of  continuous  matter,  but  is  due  to  the 
bombardment  of  its  surface  by  pai'tieles  of  discontinuous  matter. 
The  particles  of  the  liquid  find  ample  opportunity,  therefore,  to 
rise  between  the  particles  of  the  gas. 

Let  us  take  a  second  case,  which  has,  however,  as  far  I  am 
aware,  never  been  realized.  Suppose  a  vessel  having  a  wall  im- 
pervious to  the  molecules  of  one  gas  but  pervious  to  those  of  a 
second.  If  such  a  vessel,  containing  the  first  gas,  is  placed  in  an 
atmosphere  of  the  second,  the  molecules  of  the  latter  will  pass  the 

^p^  760XT. 


In  this  formula, 

T  =  Absolute  temperature. 

34-2  =  Molecular  weight  of  cane  sugar. 

0.045  =  One-half  the  weight  of  a  liter  of  hydrogen. 

0.1006  =  Volume  in  liters  of  100  grams  of  the  solution 


ADDRESS    BY    W.    A.    NOTES.  59 

walls  and  entei-  the  space  occupied  by  the  first,  exactly  as  the  mol- 
ecules of  the  volatile  liquid  rise  amoug  the  molecules  of  the  gas 
above  and  equilibrium  will  be  established  only  when  the  pressure 
exerted  by  the  second  gas  is  equal  within  and  without.  The  pres- 
sure within  the  vessel  will  then  exceed  that  on  the  outside  by  ex- 
actly the  pressure  exerted  by  the  gas  whose  molecules  cannot  pass 
the  wall. 

The  case  with  osmotic  pressure  is  very  similar  to  that  last  men- 
tioned. Here  we  have  a  semi-permeable  wall  actually  realized. 
For  instance,  we  may  have  a  wall  which  will  allow  water  to  pass 
freely  but  which  is  impervious  to  the  molecules  of  sugar.  If 
pure  water  be  on  one  side  of  such  a  wall  aud  a  solution  of  sugar 
on  the  other,  equilibrium  can  exist  only  when  the  pressure  due  to 
the  water  alone  is  equal  on  both  sides  ;  for  the  molecules  of  sugar, 
because  of  their  discontinuous  character,  can  exert  no  influence  to 
cause  the  molecules  of  water  to  pass  one  way  or  the  other,  ex- 
actly as  a  gas  can  exert  no  permanent  effect  to  prevent  the  vapor 
of  a  liquid  from  passing  upward  into  it.  In  the  end,  therefore, 
the  pressure  on  the  side  of  the  solution  must  exceed  that  on  the 
side  of  the  pure  solvent  by  the  amount  of  pressure  due  to  the  kin- 
etic energy  of  the  molecules  of  the  dissolved  substance.  If  we 
further  suppose  that  this  energy  is  the  same  in  the  liquid  as  in  the 
gaseous  state,  and  the  laws  of  osmotic  pressure  give  us  every  rea- 
son to  believe  that  it  is,  the  explanation  is  complete. 

This  explanation  gives  us  a  conception  of  liquids  as  very 
closely  related  to  gases  in  many  of  their  properties,  the  main  dif- 
ference being  that,  in  the  liquid,  the  molecule  does  not  possess 
enough  kinetic  energy  to  separate  it  from  the  mass  of  ueighbox- 
ing  molecules,  although  its  motion  within  the  confined  space  is  very 
similar  to  that  of  the  molecule  of  a  gas. 

But  it  is  not  only,  nor,  indeed,  mainly  in  his  study  of  the  phe- 
nomena of  osmose  that  van't  Hoff  has  rendered  the  greatest  serv- 
ice. Very  few  perfect  semi-permeable  walls  are  known,  and  os- 
motic pressures  are  very  difficult  to  measure  directly,  so  that,  if 
we  were  dependent  on  direct  measurements,  the  theory  would  be 
of  scarcely  more  than  theoretical  interest.  Van't  Hoff  pointed 
out,  however,  that  the  concentration  of  a  solution  by  the  removal 
of  the  solvent,  whether  effected  by  a  piston  composed  of  a  semi- 
permeable wall,  by  tiie  evaporation  of  the  solvent,  or  by  the  sep- 
aration  of  crystals  of  the  pure  solvent  by  freezing,   is,   in  each 


60  SECTION   C. 

case  a  reversible  process  analogous  to  the  compression  of  a  gas, 
and  that,  as  with  all  other  reversible  processes,  it  is  subject  to 
the  second  law  of  theruio-dynamics.  This  made  it  possible  to  con- 
nect the  lowering  of  the  vapor  pressure  and  the  depression  of 
the  freezing  point  of  solutions  directly  with  their  osmotic  pres- 
sure. This  has  given  an  indirect  determination  of  the  osmotic 
pressure  in  thousands  of  different  cases.  As  a  practical  result 
we  have  now  at  our  disposal  a  large  number  of  methods  for  the 
determination  of  the  molecular  weights  of  solid  and  liquid  bodies. 

The  work  of  Raoult^  in  this  field  deserves  especial  mention, 
because  he  developed  several  methods  of  determining  molecular 
weights  from  an  empirical  standpoint,  before  the  theoretical  de- 
velopment of  the  subject  had  been  given  by  van't  Hoff.  Ra- 
oult's'''  work  attracted  the  attention  of  Victor  Meyer,  who  made 
use  of  his  methods  in  the  study  of  certain  stereomeric  bodies 
upon  which  he  was  at  work.  And  it  is  in  connection  with  stereo- 
isomerism that  the  new  methods  of  determining  molecular  weights 
have,  perhaps,  been  of  the  greatest  practical  value  in  the  develop- 
ment of  chemical  science  ;  for,  without  the  positive  proof  that  the 
bodies  studied  are  metameric  and  not  polymeric,  the  foundation 
for  the  belief  that  they  are  stereomeric  would  be  comparatively 
weak. 

It  is  probably  through  articles  published  by  Victor  Meyer^^  and 
Auwers'i  i\^^]^  cryoscopic  methods  for  the  detei-mination  of  rno- 
lecular  weights  were  first  brought  to  the  attention  of  a  wide  circle 
of  chemists.  Since  then  a  large  number  of  workers  have  busied 
themselves  with  the  subject,  partly  in  the  development  of  suitable 
forms  of  apparatus  and  methods  of  manipulation,  partly  in  the 
study  of  the  scope  and  degree  of  accuracy  of  the  laws  and  of 
exceptions  to  them.  The  most  important  of  the  methods  devel- 
oped are  those  dependent  on  the  lowering  of  the  freezing  point  of 
solutions, 1-  on  the  raising  of  the  boiling  point,'^  on  the  lowering 
of  the  vapor  pressure,'^  on  the  determination  of  isotonic  solu- 
tions by  vegetable  membranes^^  and  by  blood  corpuscles,  and  on 
the  lessening  of  the  solubility  of  ether  in  water  or  of  phenol  in 
water  by  the  addition  of  substances  soluble  in  ether  or  phenol  but 
not  in  water.  In  the  last  case  the  determination  is  either  direct 
in  the  case  of  phenol,  or  by  the  rise  of  the  freezing  point  of  the 
wateri6  owing  to  the  withdrawal  of  ether  from  it. 

As  was  to  be  expected,  the  laws  of  osmotic  pressure  are  sub- 


ADDRESS   BY    W.    A.    NOYES.  61 

ject  to  numerous  exceptious,  or  rather  modifications,  for,  strictly 
speaking,  no  true  law  of  nature  is  ever  subject  to  an  exception. 
That  which,  by  a  figure  of  speech,  we  call  an  exception,  is  really 
a  modification  due  to  the  simultaneous  application  of  some  other 
law.  The  modifications  in  this  case  are  very  similar  to  the  modi- 
fications of  Avogadro's  law  which  retarded  its  acceptance  for 
nearly  a  half  century.  Vapor  densities  are  abnormally  high  on 
account  of  the  associative  tendency  of  molecules  as  in  the  case  of 
acetic  acid,  or  when  too  near  the  boiling  point  of  the  liquid,  or  low 
on  account  of  dissociation,  as  in  the  case  of  ammonium  chloride  or 
of  phosphorus  pentachloride.  In  a  similar  manner  the  molecular 
weights  of  most  acids  when  determined  in  solution  in  benzene  are 
twice  their  normal  value,  while  the  molecular  weights  of  electro- 
lytes dissolved  in  water,  and  sometimes  when  dissolved  in  other 
solvents,  are  less  than  we  should  expect.  In  addition  to  the 
modifications  of  the  law  due  to  association  and  dissociation  are 
other  modifications  similar  to  the  modification  of  the  laws  of 
Boyle  and  Charles  for  gases  which  are  highly  compressed.  These 
cases  have  been  studied  and  formulae  for  the  deviation,  based  on 
the  formulae  of  van  der  Waals  for  compressed  gases,  have  been 
given  by  Ostwald,  Bredig  and  A.  A.  Noyes.^^  These  foi'mulae 
give  a  satisfactory  expression  for  the  deviation  in  many  cases 
of  concentrated  solutions.  When  we  consider  that  strong  solu- 
tions often  give  osmotic  pressures  of  many  atmospheres,  and  that 
the  molecules  of  the  bodies  in  solution  are  often  much  more  com- 
plex than  the  molecules  of  most  gases,  it  is  readily  seen  that  devia- 
tions of  considerable  amount  may  be  expected. 

In  1884  Arrhenius^*^  published  the  results  of  researches  on  the 
electrical  conductivity  of  solutions,  on  which  he  had  been  engaged 
for  two  years.  In  the  course  of  his  studies  he  was  led  to  the  con- 
clusion.that  only  a  part  of  the  molecules  of  an  electrolyte  are  con- 
cerned in  conveying  the  electrical  current,  and  that  it  is  necessary 
to  distinguish  between  "  active"  and  "  inactive " molecules  in  this 
regard.  The  conductivity  is  greater,  in  proportion  to  the  amount 
of  the  electrolyte  present,  for  dilute  than  for  concentrated  solutions, 
and  lor  an  infinite  dilution  the  molecules  would,  presumably,  be- 
come all  "  active."  Arrhenius  pointed  out,  also,  that  there  is  a 
close  connection  between  the  number  of  "active"  molecules  as  de- 
termined by  the  electrical  conductivity  of  solutions,  and  the  "  avid- 
ity "  of  acids  as  determined  by  the  thermo-chemical  researches  of 


62  SECTION   C. 

Thomsen.  His  first  explanation  of  the  cause  of  the  difference  be- 
tween the  "  active"  and  "  inactive"  molecules,  was,  however,  un- 
satisfactory and  was  not  well  received. 

vShortly  after,  in  his  first  development  of  his  theory  of  solutions, 
van't  Hoff  was  compelled  to  admit  that  many  substances  in  aqueous 
solutions  cause  a  depression  of  the  freezing  point  much  greater 
than  they  should  in  proportion  to  their  molecular  weights.  He  ex- 
pressed the  deviation  by  the  use  of  a  factor,  "  i,"  which  is,  for 
electrolytes,  always  greater  than  unity  and  expresses  the  number 
of  times  the  depression  exceeds  the  theoretical  depression  as  cal- 
culated from  the  molecular  weight.  This  factor  was  at  first  con- 
sidered to  be  a  constant,  but  it  is  now  known  that  it  is  variable  and 
that  it  increases  with  the  dilution.  The  obvious  meaning  of  this 
factor  is  that  the  molecules  of  electrolytes  are  separated  into  two 
or  more  parts  when  dissolved  in  water,  or  other  liquids  which  have 
a  similar  effect  in  causing  electrical  conductivity.  But,  just  as 
chemists  were  very  slow  to  see  that  the  abnormal  densities  of  am- 
monium chloride  and  of  many  other  substances  are  due  to  dissocia- 
tion, so  van't  Hoff  did  not  draw  a  conclusion  which  seemed  to  be 
so  contradictory  to  all  preconceived  notions  about  the  bodies  in 
question.  Arrhenius,  however,  saw  the  logical  conclusion,  and  his 
studies  had  prepared  him  for  its  acceptance.  As  a  result,  he  pro- 
posed, in  1887,  his  theory  of  electrolytic  dissociation. i^ 

This  theory,  which  seemed  at  first  very  improbable,  has  shown 
itself  capable  of  coordinating  the  facts  of  many  diverse  fields  of 
work  and  has  proved  more  valuable  in  the  incentive  which  it  has 
given  to  research  and  more  prolific  of  results  than  any  other  theory 
proposed  during  the  last  decade.  According  to  the  theory,  an 
electrolyte  when  dissolved  in  water,  and  sometimes  when  dissolved 
in  other  solvents,  is  separated  more  or  less  completely  into  its 
ions. 

The  empirical  basis  for  the  theory  lies  in  the  correspondence  be- 
tween electrolytic  conductivity  and  the  divergence  from  the  normal 
depression  of  the  freezing  point  and  lowering  of  the  vapor  pres- 
sure ;  in  the  correspondence  of  both  with  the  "  avidity  "  of  acids 
which  has  already  been  referred  to ;  in  the  quantitative  connection 
between  each  of  these  and  the  chemical  effect  of  acids  as  shown 
in  the  inversion  of  cane  sugar  and  saponification  of  methyl  acetate ; 
in  the  satisfactory  explanation  which  it  gives  for  the  independent 
migration  of  ions  during  electrolysis  as  established  by  the  work  of 


ADDRESS    BY    W.    A.    NOTES.  63 

Hittorf,  Kohlrauch,  and  others ;  in  the  fact  that  an  electrolyte 
obeys  the  same  law  for  dissociation  with  increasing  dilution  as 
a  gas  under  diminishing  pressure,  first  pointed  out  theoretically 
by  Ostwald  and  Planck,-'^  and  then  experimentally  established  by 
Ostwald,  Wildermann,^'  Looniis,^^  and  others  ;  and,  in  general,  by 
the  fact  that  the  properties  of  a  dilute  solution  of  an  electrolyte  are 
dependent  on  the  sum  of  the  properties  of  the  ions  present  rather 
than  on  the  properties  of  the  chemical  compound  which  those  ions 
may  combine  to  produce.  It  would  take  me  too  far  to  illustrate  this 
last  statement  as  shown  to  be  true  of  the  density,  color  and  other 
properties  of  solutions. 

The  theory  has  thrown  light  upon  many  chemical  riddles  anc- 
has  placed  the  chemist  in  a  position  to  predict  phenomena  which, 
could  formerly  be  known  only  as  the  result  of  experiment.  It  sug- 
gests  at  once  the  distinction  between  reactions  of  ions  and  reactions 
of  bodies  which  do  not  undergo  ionic  dissociation.  The  former 
take  place  in  solutions  at  ordinary  temperatures  and  so  instanta- 
neously that  the  time  factor  cannot  be  measured ;  the  latter  fre- 
quently require  an  elevated  temperature  and  are  sometimes  very 
slow.  The  distinction  is,  perhaps,  a  practical,  rather  than  a  strictly 
logical  one,  for  theoretical  considerations  lead  us  inevitably  to  the 
conclusion  that  only  additive  reactions,  and  in  many  cases  not  even 
those,  can  take  place  without  a  previous  dissociation  of  some  sort. 
In  this  view,  the  distinction  between  ionic  reactions  and  others  is 
that  in  solutions  of  electrolytes  a  considerable  portion  of  the  com- 
pounds have  undergone  dissociation ;  and  as  any  ion  is  removed  by 
precipitation,  or  otherwise,  the  remainder  of  the  compound  of  which 
it  is  a  part  undergoes  rapid  dissociation  owing  to  the  resulting  di- 
lution of  the  solution.  In  such  cases  the  dissociation  appears  to 
take  place  almost  exclusively  at  one  point  in  the  compound,  and 
the  reactions  are  clean  and  practically  quantitative.  In  what  may 
be  called  non-ionic  reactions,  on  the  other  hand,  the  initial  disso- 
ciation appears  to  be  trifling  and,  notably  with  organic  compounds, 
may  take  place  at  several  points  ;  the  reactions  between  the  result- 
ing parts  must  be  slow  and  may  give  rise  to  a  variety  of  com- 
pounds. 

In  accoi'dance  with  the  theory,  only  those  elements  or  groups 
which  exist  as  independent  ions  in  a  solution  enter  readily  into 
combination  with  other  ions.  Hence  an  atom  which  forms  a  part 
of  a  complex  ion  as  the  iron  of  ferro-  or  ferri-cyanides  and  the 


64  SECTION    C. 

chlorine  of  cbloro-platinic  acid  and  of  potassium  chlorate  cannot 
be  detected  by  the  ordinary  reagents  for  these  elements.  This 
principle  is  of  fundamental  importance  for  analytical  chemistry  and 
has,  of  course,  in  its  empirical  form,  been  long  recognized. 

In  the  case  of  analytical  chemistry,  especially,  the  new  theories 
of  physical  chemistry  seem  destined  to  transform  what  has  been, 
hitherto,  an  almost  exclusively  empirical  science  and  raise  it  to  a 
higher  plane.  Two  illustrations  of  practical  applications  of  the 
theory  in  this  field  may  be  of  interest. 

The  first  is  with  regard  to  the  indicators  used  in  acidimetry.  It 
has  long  been  known  that  the  same  indicator  is  not  equally  sat- 
isfactory in  all  cases,  but  the  reason  has  never  been  clearly  stated 
till  recently.  The  principles  on  which  the  discussion  depends  are 
these  :  an  acid  solution  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  free  hy- 
drogen ions,  a  basic  solution  by  the  presence  of  free  hydroxyl  and 
free  metallic  ions  ;  in  the  case  of  a  strong  acid  or  base  the  number 
of  hydrogen  or  hydroxyl  ions  is  large  in  proportion  to  the  quantity 
of  the  acid  or  base  present,  while  in  the  case  of  a  weak  acid  or  base 
the  number  of  ions  is  small ;  in  other  words  the  difference  between 
strong;  and  weak  acids  and  bases  is  that  the  dissociation  factor  of 
the  former  is  very  much  the  larger.  The  indicators  in  use  are  rel- 
atively weak  acids  or  bases  for  which  the  free  ions  possess  a  dif- 
ferent color  from  that  of  the  pure  acid  or  base.  Thus  pLeijol 
phthaleiu  is  colorless,  while  its  ion  is  red  ;  litmus  is  red,  while  its 
ion  is  blue.  In  the  presence  of  hydrogen  ions  the  dissociation  of  each 
of  these  substances  is  diminished  in  accordance  with  the  well  known 
law  of  dissociation  that  the  presence  of  one  of  the  products  of  dis- 
sociation decreases  the  dissociation  of  the  compound.  Hence  in 
acid  solutions  these  bodies  are  so  little  dissociated  that  the  color 
of  the  compound  and  not  that  of  the  ion  appears.  In  alkaline  so- 
lutions, however,  the  color  of  the  ions  is  developed  since  the  potas- 
sium and  sodium  salts,  even  of  very  weak  acids,  are  largely  dis- 
sociated in  dilute  solutions. 

There  is,  however,  a  very  considerable  difference  in  the  disso- 
ciation factors  for  the  different  indicators.  The  dissociation  factor 
is  much  higher  for  methyl  orange  and  for  cochineal  than  for  litmus 
and  phenol  phthaleiu,  and  while  the  dissociation  factor  of  hydro- 
chloric and  similar  acids  is  so  high  that  a  very  small  excess  will 
cause  the  change  in  color,  even  of  methyl  orange,  the  dissociation 
factor  for  many  acids,  and  especially  for  most  organic  acids,  is  so 


ADDRESS   BY   W.    A.    NOTES. 


65 


low  that  a  quite  appreciable  excess  is  required,  and  tlie  change  in 
color  will  be  slow  and  uncertain.  Hence  methyl  orange  and  coch- 
ineal are  entirely  unsuited  for  the  titration  of  weak  acids,  and  lit- 
mus or  phenol  phthalei'n  must  be  used.  For  weak  bases,  and 
notably  for  ammonia,  the  conditions  are  reversed.  The  salts  of 
such  bases  with  phenol  phthalei'n,  or  with  litmus,  undergo  hydrolysis 
in  dilute  solutions  and  a  considerable  excess  of  the  base  will  be  re- 
quired before  the  ions  characteristic  of  the  indicator  will  appear. 
The  salts  of  the  same  bases  with  methyl  orange  or  cochineal  are 
not  so  readily  hydrolyzed  and  these  indicators  are  more  suitable. 

A  practical  complication  arises  from  the  presence  of  carbonic 
acid  in  most  of  the  solutions  which  we  titrate.  I  will  not  take  the 
time  here  to  discuss  the  details  of  the  theory  which  points  out  very 
clearly  that,  for  accurate  results,  carbonic  acid  must  be  excluded 
from  solutions  in  which  litmus  or  phenol  phthalei'n  are  employed, 
while,  if  concentrated,  methyl  orange  or  cochineal  may  be  used 
satisfactorily,  for  strong  acids. 

The  other  illustration  of  the  application  of  the  principles  of  phy- 
sical chemistry  to  an  analytical  problem  is  one  recently  given  by 
Stefan  Bugarsky.^^  A  great  many  methods  for  the  separation  of 
bromine  and  chlorine  have  been  developed  but  nearly  or  quite  all 
of  them  rest  on  a  purely  empirical  basis.  Bugarsky  has  studied 
the  subject  from  an  entirely  different  point  of  view.  Sometime 
since  Bancroft-'*  determined  the  electromotive  forces  developed 
between  oxidizing  and  oxidizable  solutions  connected  by  an  indif- 
ferent electrolyte,  and  with  a  platinum  electrode  immersed  in  each. 
The  results  may  be  considered  as  giving  a  quantitative  expression 
for  the  relative  oxidizing  and  reducing  power  of  the  various  sub- 
stances studied.  Among  other  things  it  was  found  that,  no  matter 
what  substance  was  oxidized,  iodic  acid  with  sulphuric  acid  de- 
velops a  greater  electromotive  force  than  bi'omine  with  potassium 
bromide  and  less  than  chlorine  with  potassium  chloride.  It  appears, 
therefore,  that  iodic  and  sulphuric  acids  together  should  liberate 
bromine  but  not  chlorine  from  a  solution  containing  bromides  and 
chlorides.  The  practical  application  of  this  theoretical  conclusion 
appears  to  have  been  entirely  successful. 

It  is  not  alone  in  chemistry  that  the  theories  of  osmotic  pressure 
and  of  electrolytic  dissociation  have  proved  of  practical  value. 
Nernst  has  developed  from  these  theories  a  theory  for  the  cause 
of  the  electromotive  force  in  batteries,  which,  while  it  may  not,  as 


66  SECTION   C. 

yet,  have  received  general  acceptance,  is  a  more  useful  expression 
for  our  present  knowledge  than  any  previously  proposed.  The  most 
important  conception  at  the  basis  of  this  theory  is  that  of  what  may 
be  called  a  solution  pressure  for  metals,  corresponding  in  some 
sense  to  the  vapor  pressure  of  liquids.  When  zinc,  for  instance, 
is  iu  contact  with  water,  or  an  aqueous  solution,  this  solution  pres- 
sure is  a  force  impelling  the  atoms  of  zinc  to  pass  into  solution.  In 
order  that  they  may  do  so,  however,  each  atom  must  pass  over 
iuto  the  state  of  an  ion ;  that  is,  it  must  receive  a  charge  of  positive 
electricity  which  is  carried  with  it  into  the  solution.  But  only  a 
very  few  atoms  can  pass  into  solution  before  the  negative  charge 
left  in  the  mass  of  the  zinc  in  proportion  as  the  positive  ions  sep- 
arate from  it  will  cause  such  an  accumulation  of  zinc  ions  in  prox- 
imity with  the  zinc  as  to  balance  the  solution  pressure.  If,  how- 
ever, an  opportunity  is  given  for  the  escape  of  the  negative  charge 
from  the  zinc  and  at  the  same  time  positive  ions  are  allowed  to 
escape  from  the  solution  at  some  other  point,  the  zinc  will  continue 
to  dissolve  and  currents  of  electricity  will  be  set  up.  Thus,  in  the 
Daniell  or  gravity  cell,  zinc  ions  pass  into  solution,  and  a  correspond- 
ing number  of  copper  ions  are  deposited.  The  force  which  causes 
the  movement  of  the  ions  and  with  them  the  transference  of  elec- 
trical energy  within  the  cell  is  mainly  the  very  high  solution  pres- 
sure of  the  zinc  as  compared  with  that  of  copper.  Other  factors, 
such  as  the  osmotic  pressure  of  zinc  ions  already  in  solution  which 
tends  to  counteract  the  solution '  pressure  of  the  zinc,  the  osmotic 
pressure  of  copper  ions  which  aids  in  the  separation  of  the  copper, 
and  the  different  velocity  of  translation  for  various  ions  which  may 
cause  differences  of  potential  when  the  fluids  of  the  cell  are  not 
homogeneous,  are  most  of  them  comparatively  small  in  their  effect. 
No  means  has  been  found  for  the  direct  determination  of  the 
solution  pressure  of  metals,  but  it  may  be  calculated  from  the  dif- 
ference in  potential  between  a  metal  and  a  solution  of  one  of  its 
salts.  Methods  for  the  determination  of  the  latter  have  been  de- 
vised by  Ostwald,25  and  improved  by  Paschen.-^  By  the  use  of 
these  and  other  constants  which  the  researches  of  physical  chemis- 
try have  placed  in  his  hands,  the  physicist  can  now  calculate  the 
electromotive  force  which  can  be  obtained  by^  various  combinations 
of  metals  and  solutions.  On  this  side  the  theory  has  rendered  es- 
sentially the  same  service  for  the  galvanic  cell  which  the  atomic 
theory  rendered  for  chemical  compounds  when  it  furnished  the 


ADDRKSS    BY   W.    A.    NOYKS.  67 

means  for  calculating  their  percentage  composition.  As  in  the 
early  days  of  the  atomic  theory,  many  of  the  constants  in  question 
are  imperfectly  known,  but  since  the  theory  has  shown  clearly  their 
interdependence,  new  means  for  their  determination  and  for  the 
control  of  their  accuracy  are  constantly  being  discovered. 

Every  one  who  is  familiar  with  the  extremely  wasteful  character 
of  all  processes  now  at  our  disposal  for  the  transformation  of 
chemical  into  mechanical  energy  must  have  had  the  thought  that 
there  is  surely  some  means  of  saving  a  part  of  the  enormous  loss. 
At  present  the  attention  of  the  scientific  world  is  turned  toward 
the  transformation  of  the  chemical  energy  of  coal  into  electrical 
energy  as  the  probable  solution  of  this  problem.  It  seems  to  be 
almost  certain  that  physical  chemistry  has  already  made  clear  the 
principles  by  means  of  which  such  a  transformation  may  be  accom- 
plished. Indeed,  Dr.  W.  Borchers,^^  by  the  use  of  a  solution  of 
cuprous  chloride  with  producer  gas,  or  carbon  monoxide  on  one 
side  and  air  on  the  other,  has  already  obtained  an  electrical  current 
which  corresponds  to  a  transformation  of  thirty  per  cent  of  the 
chemical  energy  into  electrical.  This  is  an  efficiency  three  times 
that  of  the  best  steam  engines.  There  is  no  probability  that  this 
method  can  ever  be  practically  useful,  but  that  a  practical  method 
will  soon  be  discovered  is,  at  least,  possible.. 

I  have  thus  far  spoken  of  the  achievements  of  physical  chemistry 
mainly  in  the  direction  of  the  development  of  the  theories  of  os- 
motic pressure  and  of  electrolytic  dissociation.  It  is  in  this  field 
that  the  most  valuable  practical  results  have  been  secured  because 
it  is  here  that  a  new,  far-reaching,  and  exti'emely  useful  theory  has 
been  developed.  But  work  in  physical  chemistry  has  been  extreme- 
ly active  in  many  other  directions  as  well. 

The  most  brilliant  chemical  discovery  of  the  last  decade  was  a 
result  of  the  careful  study  of  a  single  physical  property  of  nitrogen. 
And,  owing  to  the  peculiar  character  of  argon  and  helium,  their 
further  study  has  been  almost  exclusively  on  the  phy^sical  side. 

Ramsay  and  Shields-^  by  their  work  on  the  surface  energy  of 
homogeneous  liquids  have  developed  a  method  for  the  determina- 
tion of  the  molecular  weights  of  this  class  of  bodies. 

Traube's  exhaustive  study  of  the  specific  gravity  of  solutions, 
promises,  if  all  that  he  claims  be  true,  and  much  of  it  seems  to  be, 
to  bring  order  out  of  an  almost  interminable  chaos  of  empirical 
data.  Among  other  things  his  work  has  given  a  new  and  very 
rapid  method  for  the  determination  of  molecular  weights. 


68  SECTION   C. 

I  will  not  take  the  time  to  refer  in  detail  to  the  -svork  of  Briihl 
and  others  on  the  refraction  and  dispersion  of  light  as  dependent 
on  the  composition  and  structure  of  bodies ;  to  the  work  of  Thom- 
sen,  of  Stohman  and  of  Berthelot  upon  thermo-chemistry  ;  to  tlie 
work  of  Guye,  Waldeu  and  others  on  specific  and  molecular  rota 
tion  and  of  Perkiu  on  electro-magnetic  rotation  of  polarized  light ; 
and  to  the  work  of  Rowland  on  spectrum  analysis. 

In  all  of  these  fields  and  in  many  others  a  vast  accumulation  of 
empirical  data  has  been  secured.  This  wealth  of  experimental  ma- 
terial has  been  accompanied  and  supplemented  by  theoretical  dis- 
cussions and  many  interesting  relations  have  been  discovered. 
Physical  chemistry  has  proved  one  of  the  most  enticing  and  profit- 
able fields  for  work  in  recent  years  and  claims  many  enthusiastic  in- 
vestigators in  our  own  country  as  well  as  abroad.  In  the  development 
of  the  subject  perhaps  no  one  has  contributed  more  than  Ostwald 
by  his  Lehrbuch  aud  by  his  ably  edited  Zeitschrift  fiir  physika- 
lische  Chemie.  We  ma}^  congratulate  ourselves  that  our  workers 
in  America  are  now  to  have  a  journal  of  their  own,  and  we  may 
confidently  hope  that  the  new  Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry  will 
contribute  much  toward  "  the  chemistry  of  the  future." 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1.  Arch,  neerland,  20,  1885:  also  Zeit.  fiir  phys.  Chem.  1,  481  (1887). 

2.  Archiv  fiir  Anatomie  u.  Physiol'ogie,  1867,  87. 

3.  Osmotische  Untersuclaungen,  Leipzig  1877. 

4.  Arm.  de  Chim.  et  de  Phys.  (5)  22,  203. 

5.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem.  1,  481. 

6.  Lehrbnch  d.  AUgemeinen  Chem.  I,  661. 

7.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem.  5,  174. 

8.  Ibid.  5,2^. 

9.  Compt.  Rend.  87,  167  (1878)  ;  104,  1430  (1887.) 

10.  Bcr.  d.  Chem.  Ges.  21,  536  (1888). 

11.  Ibid.     21,  701  (1888). 

12.  Raoult.  Compt.  Rend.  87,  107   (1878);  94,  1587  (1882);    95,  188 

(1882). 
Beckmaim.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem.  2,  638,  715. 
Eykmann.  Ibid.  2,  602,  9G4 ;  4,  497. 

13.  Beckmann.  Ibid.  4,  532;  6,  437;  18,  473. 
H.  B.  Hite.     Am.  Ch.  J.  17,  507  (1895). 

"W.  R.  Orndorffand  F.  K.  Cameron.  Ibid.  17,  517  (1805). 

14.  Raoult.  Compt.  Rend.   87,  1G7  (1878);   104,  1430  (1887). 
J.  Walker.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem.  2,  602. 

Beckmann.  Ibid.  4,  532. 


ADDRESS    BY    "W.    A.    NOTES  69 

15.  H.  de  Vries.  Ibid.  2,  415. 

16.  W.  Nernst.    Ibid.  6,  16,  27,  573. 

17.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Ch.  2,  280  (1888)  ;  4,  444  (1889)  ;  5,  53  (1890). 

18.  Ostwald's  Lehrb.  d.  Allg.  Chem.  II,  647. 

19.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Ch.  1,  631  (1887). 

20.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem,  2,  36  and  270  (1888)  ;  3,  170  (1889). 

21.  Ibid.   15,  356  (1894);  19,  243  (1896). 

22.  Ibid.    15,  365. 

23.  Zeit.  f.  anorg.  Chem.  10,  387. 

24.  Zeit.  f,  phys.  Chem    10,  387  (1892). 

25.  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Chem.  1,  583   (1887). 

26.  Wied.  Ann.  1,  42  (1890). 

27.  Ber.  d.  Deut.  elektroch.  Ges.  1894. 

28.  J.  Chem.  Soc.  63,  1089.  (1893)  and  Zeit.  f.  phys.  Ch.  12,  433. 

29.  Ber.  d.  Chem.  Ges.  1892-1896. 

Zeit.  f .  anorg.  Ch.  3,1;  8,  12,  77,  323,  338. 
Liebig's  Anualen,  290,  43. 


PAPERS  READ. 

Beginning  Tuesday,   August  25. 


PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

Determination  op  osmotic  pressure  from  vapor  pressure  measure- 
ments. By  Prof.  A.  A.  Notes  and  G.  C.  Abbott,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech., 
Boston,  Mass.     (To  be  published  in  Zeitschrift  fur  phijs.  Chemie.) 

Distillation  with  vapor.  By  Prof.  W.  D.  Bancroft,  Cornell  University, 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (To  be  published  in  Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry.) 

A  physico-chemical  study  of  water  solutions  of  some  of  the  alums. 
By  H.  C.  Jones,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md. 

The  hydrolysis  of  the  sulphonic  ethers.  By  Prof.  J.  H.  Kastle,  State 
College  of  Kentucky,  Lexington,  Ky. 

On  the  nature  of  isomorphous  mixtures.  By  C.  E.  Linebarger, 
Chicago. 

A  discussion  of  Lichty's  experiments  on  the  speed  of  esterifioation. 
By  Prof.  Robert  B.  Warder,  Howard  University,  Washington,  D.  C.  (To 
be  published  in  Journal  of  Physical  Chemistry.) 

The  hydrolysis  of  ferric  chloride.  By  H.  M.  Goodwin,  Mass.  Inst,  of 
Tech.,  Boston,  Mass. 

The  viscosity  of  mercury  vapor.  By  Prof.  A.  A.  Noyes  and  H.  M.  Good- 
win, Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech.,  Boston,  Mass. 


INORGANIC   CHEMISTRY. 

Some   points   in   nomenclature   with   regard   to   analysis   of  mineral 
WATER.    By  Prof.  F.  W.  Clarke,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  alkali  trihalides.     By  Dr.  C.  H.  Herty  and  H.  V.  Black,  University 
of  Georgia,  Athens,  Ga.     (To  be  published  in  Amer.  Chemical  Journal.) 


72  SECTION    C. 

The  metamorphosis  of  fossil  bone  into  a  mineral.  By  E.  Goldsmith, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

A  bibliography  of  the  metals  of  the  platinum  grocp.  By  Prof.  Jas. 
Lewis  Howe,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  Lexington,  Va.  (To  be 
published  in  Smith.  Miscel.  Col.) 

Examination  of  water  and  deposits  from  a  lake  in  Yucatan.  By 
Prof.  Jas.  Lewis  Howe  and  Prof.  H.  D.  Campbell,  Washington  and  Lee 
University,  Lexington,  Va.     (To  be  published  in  Amer.  Jour.  Science.) 

A  revision  of  the  atomic  weight  of  magnesium.  By  Prof.  T.  W.  Rich- 
ards and  H.  G.  Parker,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (To  be 
published  in  Zeit.  anorg.  Chemie.) 


ORGANIC   CHEMISTRY. 

Htdrazones  of  quinones.  By  Prof.  Wm.  McPherson,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sit}',  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Synthesis  of  diethyl-hexamethylene  ether  and  other  ethers  from 
trimethylene  glycol.  By  Prof.  A.  A.  Noyes,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech., 
Boston. 

Formation  of  diacetylenyl  (butadiine)  from  copper  acetylene.  By 
Prof.  A.  A.  Noyes  and  C.  W.  Tucker,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tecli.,  Boston. 

Camphoric  acid.  By  W.  A.  Noyes,  Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute, 
Ind. 

Introduction  of  alkyl  radicles  into  phosphine  by  jieans  of  ethers. 
By  Dr.  P.  Fireman,  Columbian  University,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dipyridine  methylene  iodide  and  the  non-formation  of  correspond- 
ing MONOPYRiDiNE  PRODUCTS.  By  S.  H.  Baer  and  Prof.  A.  B.  Prescott, 
University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Alkyl  ammonium  iodides  in  reaction  with  bismuth  salts.  By  S.  H. 
Baer  and  Prof.  A.  B.  Prescott,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor, 
Mich. 

On  the  behavior  of  trichlordinitrobenzol  with  various  reagents. 
By  Prof.  C.  Loring  Jackson  and  W.  R.  Lamar,  Harvard  University, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

On  the  action  of  nitric  acid  on  potassic  cobalticyanide.  By  Prof. 
C.  Loring  Jackson  and  A.  M.  Comey,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 

On  the  action  of  sodic  ethylate  on  dinitranissic  acid.  By  Prof.  C. 
Loring  Jackson  and  M.  H.  Ittner,  Harvard  University,  Cambridge, 
Mass. 


CHEMISTRY. 


73 


DIDACTIC   CHEMISTRY. 

Points  in  teaching  technical  chemistry.  By  Prof.  T.  H.  Norton,  Univer- 
sity of  Cincinnati,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Ox  SOME  NEW  FORMS  OF  GAS  GENERATORS.  By  Pfof  T.  H.  NoRTON,  Univer- 
sity of  Cincinnati,  Cincinnati,  Ohio.  (To  be  printed  in  Jour.  Amer.  Ckem. 
Soc.) 

The  AIM  OF  QUALITATIVE  ANALYSIS.  By  Prof.  G.  C.  Caldwell.  Cornell 
University,  Itliaca,  N.  Y. 

The  teaching  of  qualitative  analysis.  By  Prof.  A.  L.  Green,  Purdue 
University,  La  Fayette,  Ind. 

The  use  of  the  periodic  law  in  teaching  general  chemistry.  By 
Prof.  F.  P.  Venable,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Chemistry  at  the  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  By  Prof.  W.  P. 
Mason,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  Troy,  N.  Y. 

Laboratory  instruction  in  organic  chemistry.  By  Prof.  A.  A.  Noyes, 
Mass.  Inst,  of  Tecli.,  Boston. 

The  teaching  of  physical  chemistry.  By  Prof.  A.  A.  Noyes,  Mass.  Inst, 
of  Tech.,  Boston. 

Instruction  in  sanitary  chemistry  at  the  Mass.  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology.   By  Ellen  H.  Richards,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech.,  Boston. 

Some  points  in  the  use  of  depths  of  color  as  a  measure  of  chemical 
contents.     By  Ellen  H.  Richards,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech.,  Boston. 


ANALYTICAL   CHEMISTRY. 

Notes  on  Reinsch's  test  for  arsenic  axd  antimony.  By  Prof.  J.  L. 
Howe  and  P.  S.  Mertins,  Washington  and  Lee  University,  Lexington,  Va. 
(To  be  publislied  in  Jour.  Ainer.  Chem.  Soc.) 

A   NEW    FORM    OF    LABORATORY    CONDENSER.       By    ErWIN    E.    EwELL,    Dept.    of 

Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

A  method  OF  MANIPULATION  FOR  THE  COLORIMETRIC  DETERMINATION  OP 
AMMONIACAL    nitrous     and     NITRIC     NITROGEN     IN     BACTERIAL     CULTURE. 

By  Edwin  E.  Ewell,  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

A    MODIFIED    FORM    OF    THE    EBULLIOSCOPE.       By    Prof.    H.  W.  WiLEY,  Dept.  of 

Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 


74  SECTION    C. 


TECHNICAL   CHEMISTRY. 

Recent  developments  in  the  purification  and  filtration  of  water. 
By  Prof.  A.  R.  Leeds,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.J. 

On  the  composition  and  properties  of  natural  gas  from  Western 
Pennsylvania.  By  Prof.  Francis  C.  Phillips,  Western  University, 
Allegheny,  Pa. 

A  method  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in  white  cast  iron.  By 
Prof.  Francis  C.  Phillips,  Western  University,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

The  meaning  of  the  term  "oxygen  consumed"  in  the  report  of  a 
water  analysis.     By  Ellen  H.  Richards,  Mass.  Inst,  of  Tech.,  Boston. 

On  recent  improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  sulphuric  acid.  By 
Dr.  C.  L.  Reese,  The  Citadel,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

Use  of  coal  tar  colors  in  foods.  By  Prof.  H.  A.  Weber,  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, Columbus,  Ohio.     (To  be  printed  in  Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.) 

The  alkaloids  of  Anhelonium  Lewinii  (mescal  buttons).  By  Erwin 
E.  Ewell,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  (To  be  printed 
in  Jour.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.) 

SANITARY   CHEMISTRY. 

J^otes  on  well  water.  By  Dr.  W.  P.  Mason,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Inst., 
Troy,  N.  Y. 

Value  and  use  of  formaldehyde  as  a  disinfectant.  By  Dr.  E.  A.  de 
ScHWEiNiTz,  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Observations  on  the  sanitary  nature  of  the  Mississippi  river  water 
at  different  seasons.  By  Prof.  E.  G.  Smith,  Beloit  College,  Beloit, 
Wis. 

AGRICULTURAL   CHEMISTRY. 

The  work  of  the  agricultural  chemists  of  America.  By  L.  L.  Van 
Slyke,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 

Conditions  affecting  the  normal  viscosity  of  milk.  By  Prof.  S.  M. 
Babcock  and  Prof.  H.  L.  Russell,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 
Wis.     (To  be  printed  in  \^th  Report  of  the  Wise.  Exper.  Station.) 

On  the  restoration  of  the  viscosity  of  Pasteurized  hilk  and  cream. 
By  Prof.  S.  M.  Babcock  and  Prof.  H.  L.  Russell,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
Madison,  Wis.     (To  be  printed  in  I3th  Report  of  the  Wise.  Exper.  Station.) 


CHEMISTRY.  75 


BIOLOGICAL  CHEMISTRY. 

The  necessity  of  animal  experimentation  in  the  study  of  bio- 
chemistry. By  Dr.  E.  A.  de  Schweinitz,  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Andromedotoxin,  the  poisonous  constituent  of  the  Ericaceae  and  its 
relation  to  some  food  products.  By  V.  K.  Chestnut,  U.  S,  Dept.  of 
Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  Section  adjourned  Thursday  evening,  August  27. 


Fourteenth   Annual   Report   of  the  Committee  on   Indexing 

Chemical  Literature. 

The  Committee  on  luclexing  Chemical  Literature  presents  to  the  Chemi- 
cal Section  its  fourteenth  annual  report.  During  the  j'ear  ending  August, 
1896,  there  has  been  exhibited  much  activity  in  chemical  bibliography  and 
indexing;  several  valuable  works  have  been  completed  and  many  import- 
ant undertakings  have  been  begun. 

WORKS    PUBLISHED. 

A  Dictionary  of  Chemical  Solubilities.  Inorganic.  By  Arthur  Messinger 
Comey.  New  York  and  London,  1896.  pp.  xx — 515.  8vo. 
Professor  Comey  is  to  be  complimented  on  the  completion  of  the  first 
part  of  his  extensive  undertaking,  and  chemists  are  to  be  congratulated 
on  the  publication  in  such  good  form  of  so  important  an  aid  to  research. 
It  is  to  be  hoped  tliat  this  volume  will  be  so  well  received  as  to  encourage 
the  author  to  follow  promptly  with  the  organic  section. 

Index  to  the  Literature  of  the   Detection  and  Estimation  of  Fusel  Oil  in 
Spirits,  by  W.  D.  Bigelow.     J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc,  Vol.  xviii,  No.  4, 
p.  397. 
This  was  announced  in  our  report  for  1895. 

Bibliography  of  Embalming,  In  a  Thesis  entitled  :     "  Embalming  and  Em- 
balming Fluids,"  by   Charles  W.    McCurdy    (of   the  University  of 
Idaho).     Post-Graduate  and  Wooster  Quarterly,  April,  1896. 
A  very  full  bibliography  of  this  unique  subject,  which  has  its  chemical 
aspects  as  well  as  its  grave  ones.     It  comprises   about  500   entries,  in 
several  modern  languages,  arranged  alphabetically  by  authors. 

Beferences  to  Capillarity,  by  John  Uri  Lloyd.  In  his  "Study  in  Phar- 
macy."   Privately  printed.     Chicago,  1895-96.     8vo. 

Atomic  Weights  form  the  subject  of  a  brief  bibliography  (24  titles) 
accompanying  an  article  on  the  same  topic  by  Alexander  Scott. 
Science  Progress,  Vol.  i,  p.  542  (Aug.,  1894). 

The  Composition  of  Water,  a  short  bibliography,  by  T.  C.  "Wari'ington. 
Chem.  Neios,  Vol.  73,  p.  137  etseq.  (March,  1896). 

(77) 


78  SECTION   C. 

A  Short  List  of  Books  on  Chemistry.  Selected  and  annotated  by  H.  Car- 
rington  Bolton.     Scientific  American  Supplement,  Oct.  19,  1895. 

Bibliography  as  a  Feature  of  the  Chemical  Curriculum.  By  H.  Carrington 
Bolton.     Science,  Oct.  4,  1895. 

Beview  of  American  Chemical  Besearch,  edited  by  Arthur  A.  Noyes.  In 
the  Technology  Quarterly,  issued  by  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  Boston,  Mass. 

The  first  paper  appeared  in  the  number  for  April,  1895  (Vol.  viii,  p.  90)  ; 
the  reviews  consist  of  abstracts  of  papers  in  periodicals,  grouped  under 
the  following  heads :  General  and  Physical  Chemistry,  Inorganic, 
Organic,  Technical,  Sanitary,  Agricultural,  Vegetable,  Metallurgical, 
Assaying,  Geological,  Mineralogical,  Apparatus.  Each  abstract  is  signed 
by  the  abstractor. 

This  Review  promises  to  be  an  important  contribution  to  contemporary 
chemical  science  of  America,  and  deserves  to  be  well  supported. 

Enumeration  of  Titles  of  Chemical  Papers.  This  bibliography  has  been 
published  monthly  since  May,  189+,  in  Science  Progress,  Loudon.  It 
embraces  titles  (without  comments)  in  several  European  languages. 

Bibliography  of  Agricultural  Chemistry  (American). 

The  several  publications  of  the  scientific  bureaus  of  the  United  States 
Government  contain  many  valuable  contributions  to  chemistry  in  its 
applications  to  agriculture  and  the  arts,  widely  scattered  in  their  pages, 
and  it  has  been  diflicult  to  Iveep  informed  with,  reference  to  them. 
Thanks,  however,  to  the  excellent  bibliographical  work  of  the  Office  of 
Experiment  Stations,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington, 
D.  C,  the  chemical  treatises  published  in  the  Bulletins  of  the  State  Insti- 
tutions are  made  accessible ;  this  is  accomplished  in  the  three  publications 
here  named : 

Experiment  Station  Becord,  Vol.  iii,  No.  12  (July,  1892).     Bulletin  No. 
9    (1894),    and    Bulletin  No.  23  (1895).     Organization-Lists  of  the 
Agricultural  Experiment  Stations,  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 
Oflice  of  Experiment  Stations. 
These  contain  :     "  Lists  of  Station  Publications,"  giving  dates,  bulletin- 
numbers,  and  titles  of  each  bulletin,  under  each   State,  alphabetically 
arranged.     For  the  agricultural  chemist  these  bibliographical  helps  are 
too  important  to  be  overlooked. 

The  Committee  also  chronicles  the  publication  of  the  following  valuable 
aids  to  chemical  research  : 

Synopsis  of  Current  Electrical  Literature  during  ISOo.Bj  Max  Osterberg. 
New  York  (D.  van  Nostrand  Co.),  1896.    pp.  xiii-143.     8vo. 


CHEMISTRY.  79 

This  is  a  classified  index,  with  an  index  to  authors,  compiled  from 
fiitj'-uiue  foreign  and  American  periodicals ;  it  is  intended  to  be  published 
annually. 

General-Eegister  zn  Ladenburg's  HandicOrterbuch  der  Chemie.  Breslau, 
1895.     pp.  IfiO.     8vo. 

Bibliographie  des  travaux  scientifiques  .  .  .  publics  par  les  societ^s 
savantes  de  la  France,  dressee  sous  les  auspices  du  miuistere  de  I'in- 
struction  publique ;  par  J.  Deniker.     Paris,  1895.     4to. 

Reports  of  Progress. 

The  Index  to  the  Mineral  Waters  of  the  World,  by  Dr.  Alfred  Tucker- 
man,  noticed  in  previous  reports,  has  been  completed  and  accepted  for 
publication  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  manuscript  of  a  new  edition  of  the  "Catalogue  of  Scientific  and 
Technical  Periodicals,  1665-1882,"  by  Dr.  H.  Carrington  Bolton,  has  been 
completed  and  is  now  going  through  the  press.  The  new  edition  will 
be  issued  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  a  volume  of  the  Miscellaneous 
Collections.  The  bibliography  includes  chemical  journals,  and  is  brought 
down  to  the  year  1895. 

Dr.  Bolton  reports  progress  on  a  Supplement  to  his  "  Select  Bibliogra- 
phy of  Chemistry,  1492-1892,"  the  printing  of  which  is  however  post- 
poned. 

Professor  James  Lewis  Howe  reports  the  completion  of  the  manu- 
script of  an  Index  to  the  Literature  of  Platinum  and  its  Compounds; 
this  will  be  presented  to  the  Chemical  Section  at  the  same  session  with 
this  report. 

Professor  F.  P.  Venable  has  completed  an  Index  to  the  Literature  of 
the  Periodic  LaAV.  It  will  accompany  his  "  Development  of  the  Periodic 
Law,"  soon  to  be  published  by  the  Chemical  Publisliing  Co.,  Easton,  Pa. 

Works  in  Preparation. 

Dr.  Alexis  A.  Julien  has  no  less  than  three  bibliographical  works  well 
advanced:  (I)  A  Bibliography  of  Sand  (including  chemical  analysis, 
etc.). 

(2)  A  Bibliography  of  Pedesis,  or  the  Brownian  movement. 

(3)  A  Bibliography  of  the  Condensation  of  Gases  on  the  surface  of 
Solids. 

Dr.  Arthur  C.  Langmuir  is  engaged  on  an  Index  to  the  Literature  of 
Zirconium. 

Mr.  George  Wagner,  of  the  University  of  Kansas,  has  undertaken  an 
Index  to  the  Literature  of  Oxygen,  on  a  large  scale.  In  this  Avork  he 
will  have  the  counsel  of  Professor  Albert  B.  Prescott. 

Dr.  C.  H.  Joiiet  has  the  manuscript  of  an  Index  to  the  Literature  of 
Thorium  well  advanced  towards  completion. 


80  SECTION   C. 

Professor  Kuclolph  A.  Witthaus  has  compiled  a  Bibliography  of  Foren- 
sic Toxicolog}',  which  will  appear  in  Vol.  IV  of  Witthaus  and  Becker's 
Medical  Jiirispiudeiice,  New  York,  1896. 

The  Journal  of  the  Society  of  Chemical  Industry  announces  a  Col- 
lective-Index for  the  -whole  series,  1881-1895.  This  is  to  be  ready  in  1896 
and  "will  form  a  volume  of  about  500  pages  quarto. 


Attention  is  called  to  a  plan  for  facilitating  bibliographical  researches, 
adopted  by  the  American  Pharmaceutical  Association.  The  Eesearch 
Committee  of  this  Association  employs  a  Reference  IJeader  whose  duty  it 
is  to  supply  original  literature  to  investigators  working  in  the  Committee 
and  with  it.  A  list  of  the  chief  serials  and  a  few  encyclopedic  works  is 
placed  in  the  hands  of  those  who  apply  for  the  services  of  the  Reader. 
Transcripts,  abstracts  and  translations  are  supplied.  The  service  is 
chiefly  for  literature  bej'ond  the  smaller  libraries,  and  is  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee. 

Perhaps  a  similar  scheme  might  be  organized  within  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Ill  conclusion,  the  Committee  on  Indexing  Chemical  Literature  desires 
to  state  to  those  not  acquainted  with  the  announcements  made  in  the 
preceding  annual  reports,  that  it  labors  to  foster  individual  undertakings 
in  chemical  bibliography,  to  prevent  futile  duplication  of  work,  to  re- 
cord in  these  reports  completed  bibliographies  and  new  enterprises,  as 
well  as  to  chronicle  progress  in  bibliography  in  lines  bordering  on  chem- 
istry. Suggestions  as  to  topics,  methods,  channels  of  publication,  etc., 
will  be  cordially  furnished  by  the  Committee.  Address  correspondence 
to  the  Chairman,  at  Cosmos  Club,  Washington,  D.  C. 


Committee,  - 


H.  Carrington  Bolton,  Chairman, 

F.  W.  Clarke, 

A.  R.  Leeds, 

A.  B.  Phescott, 

Alfred  TucivErman, 

H.  W.  Wiley. 


RESOLUTIONS   OF  THE   SECTION, 

Professor  W.  P.  Mason  moved  that  a  committee  of  five,  witti 
advisory  power,  be  appointed  b}'  the  Vice-President  to  consider 
the  possibilit}'  of  combining  the  meeting  of  the  Section  with  that 
of  the  American  Chemical  Society',  so  that  both  should  come 
within  the  same  five  or  six  da3-s. 

This  was  amended  by  Professor  Clarke  so  that  the  Vice- 
President  for  the  Section  should  be  a  member  and  chairman  of 
the  committee. 

The  amendment  and  motion  were  carried.  The  Vice-President 
appointed  the  committee  as  follows :  Vice-President  W,  A.  Notes, 
Wm.  p.  Mason,  A.  B,  Prescott,  T.  H.  Norton,  Wm.  McMurtrie. 

A  report  was  made  b}^  this  committee  on  August  27,  said  com- 
mittee favoring  the  assignment  of  the  first  two  days  of  the  session 
of  the  Section  to  the  Society,  with  the  condition  that  opportu- 
nitj^  be  given  for  the  organization  of  the  Section  and  for  the  Vice- 
President's  address. 

The  report  was  adopted. 

Dr.  Hart  reported  progress  in  his  work  upon  Glucinum,  for 
which  he  has  received  a  grant  from  the  Research  Fund  of  the 
Association,  Dr,  Springer  moved  a  vote  of  thanks  to  Dr.  Hart 
from  the  Section,  and  the  indorsement  of  the  work.  This  was 
carried. 

The  nomination  b}-  the  Council  of  Professor  Emeritus  Wolcott 
GiBBS  of  Harvard  University  for  Honorarj^  Fellowship  in  the 
Association  was  approved  by  the  Section. 


a.  a.  a.  s.  vol.  xlv. 


(81) 


SECTION   D. 


Mechanical  Science  and  Engineering. 


OFFICERS  OF  SECTION  D. 


Vice-President  and  Chairman  of  the   Section. 
Fkank  O.    Marvix,   Lawrence,  Kan. 

Secretary. 
John  Galbraith,  Toronto,   Canada. 

Councillor. 
Thomas  Gray,  Terra  Haute,  Ind. 

Sectional  Committee. 

Frank  0.  Marvin,  Lawrence,  Kansas,  Vice-President,  1896. 

John  Galbraith,  Toronto,  Canada,  Secretary,  1896. 

William  Kent,  Passaic,  N.  J.,  Vice-President,  1895. 

Henry  S.  Jacobt,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1895. 

H.  T.  Eddy,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

D.  S.  Jacobus,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 

O.  H.  Landreth,  Schenectady,  N.  Y. 

Memher  of  Nominating  Committee. 
Mansfield  Merriman,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  the  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary  ;  and  Storm  Bull,  Madison,  Wis. ;  W.  M. 
TowLE,  State  College,  Pa. ;  H.  S.  Jaooby,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Press   Secretary. 
J.  Galbraith,  Toronto,  Canada. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

FRANK  O.   MARYIN, 

CHAIRMAN    OF    SECTION    D. 


THE  ARTISTIC  ELEMENT  IN  ENGINEERING. 


A  FRIEND  of  the  writer,  a  successful  business  man  and  much  in- 
terested in  things  artistic,  when  informed  of  the  choice  of  subject 
for  this  paper,  gave  expression  to  a  feeling  of  surprise,  doubting  if 
there  was  any  relation  between  engineering  and  aesthetics. 

One  of  tlie  leading  engineers  of  America  once  asked  a  profes- 
sional brother  what  he  did  for  recreation,  and,  on  being  told  of  a 
modest  interest  in  pictures  and  music,  likewise  expressed  surprise, 
saying,  "  You  are  the  first  engineer  that  I  have  ever  known  to  be 
a  musician."  There  was  also  an  implication,  though  unintentional, 
of  a  diminished  respect,  —  perhaps  on  both  sides. 

These  two  incidents  may  be  taken  to  typify  in  a  general  way 
the  attitude  that  is  held  by  the  business  world  on  the  one  side,  and 
the  engineering  fraternity  on  the  other,  toward  the  relationship 
which  it  is  here  proposed  to  discuss. 

That  the  artistic  element  is  not  recognized  as  it  might  or  ought 
to  be  in  the  present  American  day  is  natural.  The  rapid  develop- 
ment and  growth  of  our  land,  the  intensive  study  of  science  and 
the  concentration  of  the  effort  put  forth  to  adapt  it  to  every-day 
affairs,  have  exalted  one  phase  of  the  economic  idea,  the  quick  at- 
tainment of  profitable  results,  and  clouded  the  truer,  broader  mean- 
ing that  looks  toward  the  best  things  and  the  highest  life  of  the 
people.  Into  the  midst  of  this  active,  restless,  business  life  en- 
tered the  engineer,  doing  more  and  more  of  its  work  and  becoming 
more  and  more  a  recognized  part  of  it  and  an  undisputed  element 

(80) 


86  SECTION    D. 

in  its  growth.  He  has  acquired  the  characteristics  of  the  life 
about  him,  —  zeal,  energy,  alertness,  readiness  in  meeting  quickly 
changing  conditions,  and  absorption  in  the  work  in  hand.  He  plans 
rapidly,  and  executes  to-day  with  an  eye  for  to-morrow's  profits. 
As  another  has  said,  "  The  world  measures  the  efficiency  of  the 
engineer  in  dollars  and  cents,"  just  in  fact  as  it  measures  that  of 
any  other  man,  and  engineers,  as  other  men,  largely  accept  the 
standard. 

Time  was  when  he  was  only  the  tool  of  some  business  man  who 
had  mone}'^  to  expend  in  a  certain  way,  and  who  employed  him, 
under  direction,  because  of  some  individual  ability.  But  times 
are  changing.  In  place  of  the  isolated  worker  there  is  growing  up 
a  profession  with  professional  standards  and  an  espnt  de  corps, 
whose  members  are  to  be  retained,  not  hired.  Cultured,  and  with 
the  openness  and  clearness  of  mind  that  only  come  from  deep 
study,  broad  training,  and  large  experience,  these  are  to  be  people 
of  influence  whose  advice  and  services  are  sought,  leaders  whose 
judgments  are  respected,  and  men  who  can  mingle  with  the  best 
anywhere  on  a  common  ground  of  attainment  and  character. 
They  are  to  be  intrusted  with  the  expenditure  of  public  funds  in 
increasing  extent,  and  with  an  augmenting  confidence.  The  very 
nature  of  an  engineer's  qualifications,  his  technical  knowledge,  the 
cultivation  of  his  judicial  and  critical  facult}^,  his  training  in  fidelity 
to  the  trusts  reposed  in  him  by  private  clients,  —  all  these  fit  him 
for  places  of  large  responsibility  concerned  with  public  works,  and 
the  people,  tired  of  political  management,  are  beginning  to  find 
this  out. 

These  are  no  new  thoughts,  though  none  the  less  true,  for  others 
have  recently  written  in  confident  strain  of  the  coming  engineer  of 
the  twentieth  century.  Yet  it  should  be  emphasized  that  the 
desired  change  is  not  after  all  so  far  ahead  of  us.  To  some  ex- 
tent  at  least  the  coming  engineer  has  already  arrived  and  is  mak- 
ing himself  felt.     The  leaven  is  at  work. 

With  an  engineering  practice  based  solely  on  immediate  results 
by  way  of  expected  profits  in  dollars  and  cents  the  aesthetic  ele- 
ment has  little  to  do,  though  even  here  its  absence  may  mean 
financial  loss.  But  from  the  standpoint  of  this  paper,  engineering 
is  to  be  considered  in  the  broader  light  of  Tregold's  well  known 
definition,  "  The  art  of  directing  the  great  sources  of  power  in 
nature  for  the  use  and  convenience  of  man,"  while  the  engineer  is 


ADDRESS    BY    FRANK    O.    MARVIN.  87 

he  who  designs  and  executes  engineering  works.  It  is  not  neces- 
sary here  to  dwell  upon  the  breadth  and  comprehensiveness  of 
these  simple  fundamental  statements,  but  let  us  not  forget  that 
they  are  broad  and  comprehensive.  With  an  engineering  practice 
based  on  a  generous  interpretation  of  the  above,  the  artistic  has 
much  to  do. 

The  engineer  is  primarily  a  designer.  He  works  with  the  mate- 
rials of  Nature  as  his  medium  and  her  powers  as  his  tools  where- 
with to  express  his  thought  and  his  purpose  to  serve  and  benefit 
man.  Just  as  in  the  making  of  a  picture  the  brushes,  paint,  and 
canvas  are  not  the  chief  things,  so  here  it  is  not  the  wood,  steel, 
and  brass,  or  the  powers  of  gravit}^,  steam,  air,  and  electricity,  that 
are  most  important,  but  rather  the  character  and  quality  of  the 
design  and  the  degree  of  realization  in  its  execution.  The  design 
may  be  bad  or  good,  according  as  it  ignores  or  harmonizes  with 
principles  underlying  all  such  acts  of  creation.  The  result  may  be 
a  happy  one  only  when  the  means  employed  are  rightly  chosen 
and  properly  adapted  to  the  end  sought.  In  this  process  of  cre- 
ating something  of  value,  something  that  helps  man  to  a  fuller, 
richer,  and  better  life,  the  artistic  cannot  be  left  out.  In  its  ab- 
sence the  design  falls  far  short  of  its  possible  perfection,  and  man 
is  deprived  of  what  is  due  him,  though  not  perhaps  distinctly  con- 
scious of  the  loss.  In  a  certain  sense,  then,  every  engineer  is  an 
artist,  and  in  some  directions  at  least,  as  in  architecture  and  other 
forms  of  construction  and  in  the  making  of  public  parks,  the  result 
of  his  cultured  brain  may  attain  to  the  dignity  of  a  work  of  "  fine 
art."  Perhaps,  in  its  true  essence,  there  may  be  as  much  fine  art 
in  the  design  of  a  machine  to  produce  bolts  as  there  is  in  the  mak- 
ing of  a  picture  for  the  Salon ;  certainly  the  well  planned  tool, 
with  fine  proportions  and  parts  perfectly  related,  is  above  the  poor 
canvas. 

To  every  true  man  there  is  a  joy  in  creation  that  is  not  satisfied 
with  anything  less  than  the  best  of  which  he  is  capable.  As 
Emerson  has  said,  "  I  look  on  that  man  as  happy,  who,  when  there 
is  question  of  success,  looks  into  his  work  for  a  reply,  not  into 
the  market,  not  into  opinion,  not  into  patronage.  .  .  .  What  is 
vulgar,  and  the  essence  of  all  vulgarity,  but  the  avarice  of  reward? 
'Tis  the  difference  of  artisan  and  artist,  of  talent  and  genius, 
of  sinner  and  saint."  But  beyond  this,  which  is  the  purely  per- 
sonal side  of  the  matter,  lies  service,  the  designing  for  the  use  and 


88  SECTION    D. 

convenience  of  man.  From  the  A'antage  ground  of  his  position  as 
a  man  of  educated  intelligence  and  trained  ability,  the  engineer 
owes  the  world  his  best  effort.  It  needs  and  asks  for  technical 
skill  and  scientific  knowledge  whereby  to-day's  work  may  be  done. 
But  also,  without  knowing  exactly  what  it  wants,  it  feels  the  need 
of  those  added  qualities  it  cannot  define,  and  seeks  for  guidance 
and  help  to  something  better  for  to-morrow.  In  the  long  run,  it 
will  honor  the  man  that  meets  the  demand,  and  will  measure  his 
efficienc}'  on  more  grounds  than  that  of  dollars  and  cents. 

To  the  superficial  or  hasty  thinker  there  may  appear  a  conflict 
here  between  the  utilitarian  and  the  artistic,  but  there  can  be  no 
real  antagonism.  The  result  of  any  act  of  designing  is  to  be 
judged  as  a  whole  and  in  the  light  of  all  the  purposes  to  be  ful- 
filled. The  phj'sical  conditions  imposed  by  the  materials  used  and 
the  forces  of  nature  emplo^'ed  are  to  be  met.  These  conditions 
must  be  expressed  in  the  design  frankly  and  candidl}',  and  in  such 
a  way  as  to  indicate  clearly  its  purpose,  and  to  gratify  the  observer 
through  its  proportions,  symmetry,  harmony,  and  decoration.  The 
end  desired  must  be  attained  in  the  most  direct  and  simple  way,  so 
that  the  expenditure  of  money  may  be  a  minimum.  These  are  the 
three  elements  of  design.  The  scientific,  the  a?sthetic,  and  the 
financial.  A  disregard  of  the  requirements  of  the  first  may  mean 
structural  or  organic  weakness  on  the  one  hand,  or,  on  the  other, 
an  excess  of  material  that  unduly  adds  to  the  cost  and  at  the  ssime 
time  may  produce  heaviness  or  ugly  proportions  in  the  completed 
work.  Non-compliance  with  the  demands  of  the  second  makes 
the  design  fail  in  fulfilling  its  complete  mission,  and  this  applies 
with  the  same  force  to  those  cases  where  a  poorly  dii-ected  attempt 
has  been  made  to  be  artistic  in  expression,  as  to  those  in  which  no 
attention  whatever  has  been  paid  to  the  matter.  Artistic  treat- 
ment often  costs  money,  yet  the  mere  expenditure  of  cash  will  not 
secure  it.  On  the  other  hand,  the  proper  display  of  good  taste 
may  often  come  without  the  spending  of  a  dollar  more  than  is 
made  necessary  by  the  other  conditions  surrounding  the  problem. 
A  wealth  of  ornamentation  may  be  brazen  and  vulgar,  while 
beauty  and  grace  may  be  found  jn  the  simple  lines  of  a  machine 
or  bridge,  or  in  the  curving  of  the  curb  by  the  roadside.  The  dis- 
regard of  the  financial  side  may  mean  either  a  weak,  meagre,  and 
unsatisfactory  result,  or  an  unwise  lavishness  in  expenditure  ;  in 
both  cases  causing  in  the  long  run  a  loss  and  waste  of  money. 


ADDRESS  BY  FRANK  O.  MARVIN.  89 

The  current  engineering  practice  gives  great  attention  to  the 
first  and  last  of  these  elements,  and  but  little  comparatively  to  the 
second.  There  is  no  branch  of  it  but  would  be  benefited  by  add- 
ing to  scientific  and  business  ability  a  knowledge  of  the  principles 
of  artistic  design,  and  an  impulse  to  give  expression  to  it.  The 
effect  on  the  life  of  our  communities  and  the  nation  by  such  a 
change  is  not  easily  estimated.  The  writer  does  not  expect,  how- 
ever, to  see  an  immediate  revolution.  This  is  not  a  change  that 
comes  naturally  in  that  way,  but  rather  by  way  of  development 
and  growth,  generally  slow,  although  they  may  at  times  be  accel- 
erated. In  this  development  our  people  as  a  whole  must  increase 
in  artistic  sensitiveness.  We  are  not  an  aesthetic  nation,  but  we 
have  latent  possibilities  in  that  direction ;  we  are  young,  confident, 
and  impressionable,  and  have  the  courage  to  be  original  in  design, 
which  counts  for  much.  We  have  evolved  the  American  locomo- 
tive, the  American  truss  bridge,  the  American  automatic  machine, 
the  American  much  debated  tall  building,  and  many  other  things 
specially  adapted  to  American  needs.  We  shall  grasp  the  artistic 
possibilities  of  construction  quickly  when  we  come  to  know  what 
they  are,  and  shall  apply  them  confidently,  not  always  at  first  with 
the  most  happy  results.  We  shall  learn  some  things  from  the  old 
world  and  shall  assimilate  much  that  is  good  in  its  practice,  but  in 
the  end  engineering  here  will  be  both  artistic  and  American. 

There  are  evidences  here  and  there  that  this  process  of  change 
is  going  on.  American  machine  design,  when  compared  with  that 
of  other  countries,  shows  some  marked  characteristics.  A  writer 
in  the  Engineering  Magazine  says  of  these:  "The  best  ones 
are  directness  of  design,  by  which  is  meant  the  shortest  cut  to 
reach  a  given  end,  the  designer  having  in  mind  the  thing  to  be 
done  quite  as  much  as  the  machine  which  is  to  do  it ;  lightness 
and  a  close  proportioning  of  parts ;  in  machine  work  a  near  ap- 
proximation to  pattern  ;  rapidity  of  construction  and  rapidity  of 
action  in  the  finished  machine ;  the  substitution  of  special  steels 
and  new  alloys,  hollow  construction,  etc.,  for  older  materials  and 
construction,  and  a  generally  neat  appeai'ance  of  work,  with  burrs, 
lips,  and  roughness  of  casting  removed.  The  American  designer 
is  not  an  artist,  like  the  Frenchman,  but  is  more  attentive  to  ap- 
pearances than  the  Briton.  He  is  gradually  curing  himself  of  the 
tendency  to  tawdry  ornament,  needless  accessories  of  fancy  cast- 
ings, stencilled  paints,  japanning  out  of  place,  and  bright  work  for 


90  SECTION    D. 

mere  effect."  These  are  good  qualities,  and  in  the  line  of  im- 
provement. Some  recent  installations  of  power  plants  illustrate  a 
movement  that  will  have  considerable  influence  on  engine  design. 
In  man}'  of  our  larger  cities  there  are  engine-rooms  fitted  up  in 
elegance,  with  marble  floors  and  wainscot,  decorated  walls  and 
ceilings,  brilliantly  lighted  and  with  all  the  appliances  of  the  plant, 
engines,  dynamos,  switchboards,  and  even  the  smaller  accessories 
in  keeping  with  the  surroundings.  These  plants  are  used  as  draw- 
ing cards  or  advertisements.  There  are  other  plants,  not  so  used, 
where  there  is  displaj-ed  less  elegance,  but  fully  as  much  artistic 
sense  in  adapting  the  room  and  its  treatment  to  its  purposes.  In 
many  of  these  places  only  the  enclosed  type  of  engine  can  be  em- 
ploj^ed.  In  all  of  them  the  standard  of  maintenance  must  have  its 
influence  on  the  matter  of  design,  which  will  in  turn  react  on  the 
former.  An  engine  might  pound  itself  to  death  in  a  dark  base- 
ment, but  would  have  its  slightest  vagary  looked  after  in  one  of 
these  better  planned  housings.  This  result  cannot  be  entirely 
accounted  for  by  the  larger  room,  the  better  light,  the  rules  and 
regulations.  There  is  a  refining,  educating  influence  in  these 
artistically  planned  constructions  that  makes  better  men  and  more 
efficient  workmen  of  the  attendants.  Whatever  they  may  cost, 
there  is  a  credit  side  to  the  balance  sheet. 

Our  railways  are  contributing  toward  this  change.  They 
have  found  the  decoration  of  passenger  trains  a  profitable  thing, 
and,  so  stimulated,  have  carried  it  to  excess.  Handsome  ter- 
minal stations,  adorned  in  good  taste,  are  supplanting  the  dingy, 
forbidding,  and  inconvenient  places  so  long  in  use,  while  the  shed 
tj'pe  of  depot  is  being  crowded  out  by  beautiful,  quaint  build- 
ings, set  in  the  midst  of  lawns  and  flower  beds.  More  signifi- 
cant still  is  the  tendency  to  adopt  a  high  standard  of  maintenance, 
under  which  the  roadbed  is  kept  trim  and  neat,  flanked  b}'  sodded 
slopes,  and  bordered  by  clean  and  well  kept  buildings,  and  which 
also  requires  the  rolling  stock,  the  shops,  and  the  yards  to  be 
maintained  in  a  high  state  of  efficiency.  This  is  not  necessarily 
in  itself  artistic,  but  it  furnishes  at  least  a  necessary  foundation. 
That  the  railway  management  understands  to  some  degree  the 
commercial  value  of  the  artistic  element  in  its  business  is  further 
evidenced  by  the  nature  of  its  advertising,  that  seizes  on  any 
advantage  of  scenery  or  artificial  effect  that  is  at  hand. 

Not  much  can  be  said  in  praise  of  the  artistic  qualities  of  our 


ADDRESS    BY    FRANK    O.    MARVIN.  91 

bridges,  for  these  attributes  are  conspicuous  through  their 
absence.  The  American  bridge  satisfies  the  conditions  of  sta- 
bility and  least  cost,  but  of  beauty  of  line  or  balanced  propor- 
tion that  makes  it  fit  into  and  harmonize  with  the  landscape,  or 
even  that  makes  it  considered  by  itself  attractive,  it  has  little. 
And  this  is  to  be  the  more  regretted,  because  an  intelligent  appli- 
cation of  right  principles  would  improve  the  effect,  without 
adding  much,  if  any,  to  the  cost,  or  making"  the  structure  less  safe 
and  durable.  It  is  true  that  the  truss  with  parallel  chords,  espe- 
cially of  the  through  type,  does  not  lend  itself  readily  to  artistic 
treatment,  yet  even  here  something  can  be  done.  It  is  not  so 
much  a  matter  of  adding  ornament  as  the  proper  treatment  of  the 
organic  lines,  the  length  of  spans,  the  relation  of  length  of  panel 
to  height  of  truss,  the  location  of  the  piers,  and  the  form  of  their 
outlines.  Ornamentation  is  not  to  be  used  so  much  for  its  own 
sake,  but  rather  where  it  is  needed  to  accentuate  these  organic 
markings.  There  are  some  truss  bridges  of  such  size  that  they 
give  pleasure  to  the  observer  through  their  massiveness,  though 
lacking  in  other  desirable  qualities.  The  cantilever,  like  the 
Pratt  and  its  relatives,  is  difficult  of  treatment,  while  arch  forms, 
either  braced  or  of  the  suspension  type,  are  naturally  pleasing 
and  best  adapted  for  artistic  expression.  Of  these  types  we  have 
a  few  satisfactory  examples,  like  the  Eads  and  the  Grand  Avenue 
Bridges  at  St.  Louis,  and  the  Brooklj-n  and  Washington  Bridges 
at  New  York.  In  our  public  parks  are  to  be  found  many  small 
bridges  of  good  design,  while  in  our  cities  there  are  some  cred- 
itable ones  of  larger  dimensions.  There  is  some  tendency  toward 
the  use  of  curved  chords  in  bridges  designed  for  urban  use,  and 
a  further  evidence  of  interest  in  the  curved  line  through  the 
introduction  of  the  Melan  arch.  In  some  respects  it  is  unfortu- 
nate that  the  economical  element  has  driven  out  the  stone  arch, 
which  possesses  so  many  of  the  features  of  a  beautiful  structure 
for  most  situations,  and  it  may  be  that  this  new  form  will  become 
a  substitute  for  the  old,  with  added  characteristics  of  its  own. 
However  much  we  may  admire  the  inventive  genius  and  mechan- 
ical ingenuity  of  those  who  have  worked  out  the  types  of  rolling 
or  lift  bridges  that  cross  the  Chicago  River,  the  less  said  about 
the  beauty  of  the  designs  the  better.  Perhaps  the  environment 
imposes  ugliness  on  the  designer.  But  that  problem  is  hardly 
solved  yet,  and  will  not  be  until  some  man  gets  hold  of  it  that 


92  SECTION    D. 

combines  aesthetic  with  scientific  qualities,  and  has  insight  keen 
enougli  to  see  the  possibilities  of  the  situation  and  adroitness 
enough  to  manage,  not  only  the  physical,  but  also  the  human 
elements,  —  a  rare  combination. 

In  the  entire  field  of  engineering  there  is  no  portion  of  it  that 
includes  a  greater  variety  of  intricate  and  difficult  problems  for 
solution  than  that  connected  with  municipalities.  Here  the 
engineer  has  to  do  with  matters  touching  the  home  life,  the 
dwelling,  its  heating,  ventilation,  and  lighting,  its  drainage  and 
water  supply,  etc.  There  is  the  business  life  that  demands 
attention  for  the  stores,  office  blocks,  banks  and  exchanges, 
manufactories  and  shops,  warehouses  and  elevators,  with  all  their 
requirements  of  heating,  cooling,  lighting,  ventilation,  drainage, 
power,  and  internal  communication  through  elevators,  pneumatic 
systems,  and  alarms.  Then  there  is  the  larger  life  of  the  city  as 
a  whole,  that  needs  public  buildings,  churches,  schools,  hospitals, 
libraries,  museums,  hotels,  theatres,  railway  stations,  and  mar- 
kets, each  with  its  own  peculiar  demands;  streets  and  systems 
for  rapid  transit,  both  intramural  and  suburban;  the  distribu- 
tion of  water,  heat,  cold,  light,  and  power;  pneumatic  systems  for 
carrying  packages ;  electrical  conduits ;  sewerage  and  garbage 
systems,  with  the  plants  for  their  treatment  or  disposal;  wharves 
and  railway  yards;  parks,  boulevards,  playgrounds,  and  plazas; 
and  the  opening  of  new  territory  to  accommodate  the  city's  growth. 

The  engineer  here  comes  in  close  contact  with  the  people  that 
daily  and  hourly  use  the  results  of  his  work.  He  already  influ- 
ences their  health  and  bank  accounts  for  the  better,  gives  them 
greater  ease  and  convenience  at  work  or  pla}^  and  saves  their 
time.  This  is  what  is  asked  of  him,  and  he  meets  the  demand 
well.  But  what  an  uplift  would  come  to  city  life,  how  much 
richer  it  would  be,  if  he  could  put  an  artistic  quality  into  his 
designing,  and  the  people  would  learn  to  appreciate  it!  It  is  not 
to  be  infen-ed  that  there  is  an  entire  absence  of  this,  but  rather 
that  artistic  effects  have  been  largely  confined  to  individual  cases, 
and  not  made  manifest  in  the  general  life  of  the  city. 

For  instance,  there  are  numerous  examples  of  suburban 
dwellings,  beautiful  internally  and  externally,  and  with  har- 
monious settings;  there  are  occasional  business  blocks  whose 
treatment  is  satisfactory,  but  very  few  public  buildings  that  have 
au  adequate  artistic  meaning  and  are  so  situated  as  to  express 


ADDRESS    BY    FRANK    O.    MARVIN.  93 

this  advantageously  if  the}^  did  possess  it.  Witliout  detracting 
in  the  least  from  the  acknowledged  merits  of  the  design  of  Trinity 
Church,  Boston,  it  must  be  admitted  that  its  roomy  location  on 
one  side  of  an  open  plaza  adds  greatly  to  its  effectiveness. 
Think  of  its  being  placed  in  the  middle  of  a  block  on  Washington 
Street,  Or  set  in  the  midst  of  brown  stone  fronts  on  Fifth  Avenue! 
All  public  buildings  need  both  room  and  appropriate  setting. 
They  are  the  larger  and  more  important  pictures  in  the  gallery 
of  city  structures;  yet  under  the  prevailing  system  of  rectangular 
blocks,  bounded  by  long,  straight,  and  narrow  streets,  the  hang- 
ing committee  has  nothing  but  the  walls  of  corridors  on  which 
to  place  them.  The  worst  of  the  matter  is  that  the  exhibition  is 
a  permanent  one.  Along  these  alleyways  must  also  be  hung  the 
narrow,  vertically  elongated  panels  that  seem  to  be  so  popular 
to-day,  in  favor  because  they  pay.  The  observer  needs  a  twenty- 
story  ladder  in  order  to  stud}^  their  details,  or  even  to  know  if  they 
have  any,  and  can  find  no  point  from  which  they  may  be  seen  as 
entireties.  At  their  sides  hang  strings  of  pictures  whose  hori- 
zontal itj'  exaggerates  their  skyward  tendency.  It  is  not  the 
modern  tall  building  in  itself  that  is  here  objected  to,  but  its 
location  on  sites  that  will  not  admit  of  a  display  of  its  best 
qualities.  "With  wide,  clear  spaces  about  them  and  effective 
grouping  they  may  be  made  agreeable,  as  is  illustrated  by  the 
happy  combination  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Central  Park. 

One  of  the  good  results  of  the  tall  building  craze  is  the  bring- 
ing closer  together  of  two  branches  of  designers;  from  the  archi- 
tect the  engineer  will  learn  more  of  art,  and  he  will  teach  the 
former  better  construction.  While  retaining  their  separate 
functions,  the  collaboration  will  result  in  a  higher  mutual  respect 
and  appreciation,  and  a  better  grade  of  work  on  the  part  of 
each. 

It  is  undisputed  that  the  rectangular  plans  of  American  cities 
are  neither  adapted  to  meet  aesthetic  conditions  nor  the  demands 
of  tratflc.  The  long  streets,  without  variation  in  width  and 
direction,  and  without  the  breaks  afforded  by  little  parks,  are 
tiresome  to  the  eye.  They  are  not  placed  with  any  regard  for  the 
topography  or  the  natural  features  of  the  landscape,  or  to  give 
prominence  to  some  important  structure,  nor  do  they  furnish 
direct  lines  of  travel.  But  the  plan  is  weighted  down  to  the 
ground  by  millions  of  money.     So  it  is  not  a  question  of  what  it 


94  SECTION    D. 

ought  to  be,  but  one  of  mitigating  the  present  evils  and  avoiding 
any  repetition  of  these  in  the  future. 

Radical  treatment  must  be  resorted  to  by  -wtiy  of  diagonal 
avenues  from  congested  centres,  and  the  widening  out  of  the 
intersections  of  important  streets  into  parks  and  plazas.  There 
must  likewise  be  an  heroic  struggle  with  the  water  fronts  and 
internal  watercourses,  places  full  of  picturesque  possibilities, 
though  usually  given  over  to  filth  and  ugliness.  These  changes 
are  made  imperative  not  only  by  aesthetic  requirements,  but  also 
by  the  demands  of  health  and  business. 

In  the  planning  of  additions  to  large  cities,  the  designer  is 
hampered  b}'  the  supposed  necessity  of  tying  to  the  older  plan, 
by  the  desire  of  owners  and  speculators  to  realize  to  the  largest 
extent  on  the  sale  of  lots,  or  by  his  uncertainty  as  to  what  the 
future  growth  and  character  of  the  population  may  be.  An 
examination  of  the  block  plan  of  many  of  our  cities  would  show 
a  heterogeneous  arrangement  of  streets,  especially  in  outlying 
districts,  without  regard  to  mutual  relations,  matters  of  grade 
and  drainage,  or  artistic  position.  This  irregularity  may  be 
more  inconvenient  and  less  pleasing  than  a  right-angled  plan. 
Our  towns  and  smaller  cities  reproduce  in  miniature  the  condi- 
tions of  the  larger  centres.  Here  again  it  is  a  question'  of 
improvement,  instead  of  original  design,  onl}^  the  problems 
involved  are  not  so  intricate  and  their  solution  not  so  costly.  So 
it  is  hardly  possible  for  a  designer  to  plan  an  ideal  city,  or  to 
have  the  full  swing  and  liberty  of  the  men  who  laid  out  the  city 
of  AVasliington  and  established  its  system  of  grades  and  drain- 
age. But  in  spite  of  difficulties  there  exist  some  suburban 
districts,  laid  out,  built  up,  and  adorned  on  the  principles  of 
good  taste.  Thanks  to  the  systems  of  rapid  transit  that  are 
increasing  the  number  of  these  attractive  places! 

In  the  design  and  maintenance  of  water  supply  plants,  Ameri- 
can practice  shows  some  respect  for  the  artistic  element.  This 
is  not  confined  to  any  particular  system  or  any  part  of  any 
one  plant,  but  is  quite  general.  The  engine-houses  are  not  ugly, 
and  their  interiors  are  often  attractive.  Gate-houses,  aqueducts, 
and  dams  are  deeoratively  treated,  and  form  pleasing  features 
in  the  landscape.  The  slopes  of  reservoirs  are  kept  trim,  and 
the  grounds  generally  turned  into  lawns  with  flower  beds,  and 
perhaps  a  fountain.     No  doubt  the  sanitary  conditions  imposed 


ADDRESS    BY    FRANK    O.    MARVIN,  95 

have  had  much  to  do  with  this,  but  the  result  is  none  the  less  in 
good  taste.  TVe  cannot  avoid,  howevei*,  a  stray  shot  at  the  ugly 
standpipe,  with  conical  cap,  sometimes  seen  in  our  smaller 
towns.  This  is  unnecessary.  "When  enclosed  it  has  been  made 
an  interesting  object,  and  even  the  bare  pipe  can  be  ornamented 
in  such  a  way  as  to  relieve  its  nakedness. 

There  is  much  encouragement  in  the  growing  appreciation  and 
enjoyment  of  public  parks  aud  boulevards.  Cities  and  towns  all 
over  the  laud  are  tr3'ing  to  beautify  what  they  already  have,  and 
are  adding  new  territory  to  their  park  resources.  Admirable 
skill  has  been  shown  in  utilizing  the  natural  features  of  the  local 
landscape,  the  rocks,  tree  masses,  meadows,  ravines,  ponds,  and 
streams,  the  wide  expanse  of  ocean  or  glimpses  of  bright  water. 
The  curving  roads  and  paths,  with  undulating  gradients,  have  a 
beauty  of  their  own,  and  lead  one  from  point  to  point  of  the 
ever  changing  scene,  and  yet  bind  it  all  into  one  harmonious 
whole.  While  the  landscape  engineer  deserves  credit,  not  so 
much  praise  can  be  given  park  commissioners  for  the  artificial 
adornments  which  they  have  added  to  his  work.  Notwithstand- 
ing the  fact  that  these  are  sometimes  labelled  as  artistic,  they 
do  not  always  fit  in  appropriately. 

The  writer  firmly  believes  that  there  is  a  latent  aesthetic  quality 
in  American  life  that  is  now  struggling  to  find  both  means  for  its 
gratification  and  methods  of  expression.  Before  there  can  be 
knowledge  of  its  meaning  and  power  there  must  be  many  attempts 
and  many  failures.  The  whole  process  is  one  of  education,  and 
that  largely  in  the  school  of  experience.  This  applies  to  the 
industrial  and  constructive  arts,  as  well  as  to  the  fine  arts.  The 
engineer  will  share  in  the  general  movement,  but  this  is  not 
enough.  As  a  designer  of  so  much  that  the  world  needs  for  daily 
use,  he  must  do  more  than  keep  up,  he  must  keep  in  advance. 
He  must  not  only  have  a  capacity  to  enjoy,  but  also  the  power  to 
originate  and  apply.  To  this  end  he  must  give  preliminary  study 
and  thought  to  the  principles  of  aesthetic  design,  so  gaining  an 
intellectual  knowledge  of  them.  American  engineering  schools 
are  doing  little  or  nothing  to  help  the  young  engineer  to  this. 
So  far  as  the  writer  know^s,  there  is  but  one  American  text- 
book. Professor  Johnson's  book  on  bridges,  that  includes  any 
discussion  of  the  matter.  A  course  of  study  in  engineering 
aesthetics  near  the  close  of  college  life  would  be  a  great  help  and 


96  SECTION    D. 

stimulus  to  a  young  graduate,  at  least  opening  his  eyes  to  the  fact 
that  there  was  such  a  thing.  After  knowledge  comes  the  applica- 
tion of  principles  as  tests  to  an  engineer's  own  work  and  to  that 
of  other  men.  And,  finally,  with  theoretical  and  practical 
knowledge  well  in  hand,  and  a  love  of  what  is  beautiful,  comes 
the  impulse  to  work  artistically.  "With  such  engineers  and  an 
appreciative  clientele  American  engineering  would  be  artistic. 
To  this  end  let  us  work. 


PAPERS    READ. 

Beginning  Tuesday,  August  25. 


STEAM  ENGINEERING. 

The  most  economical  points  of  cut-off  for  steam.  By  Prof.  Henry 
T.  Eddy,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis.  (Published  in  The 
Electrical  World,  Sept.  26,  1896.) 

The  performance  of  small  steam  pumps.  By  Prof.  M.  E.  Cooley,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

The  friction  of  the  water  in  the  pipes  of  a  hot  water  heating 
SYSTESi.     By  Prof.  J.  H.  Kinealy,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

On  a  continuous  indicator  for  engine  tests.  By  Prof.  Thomas  Gray, 
Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

New  water  prony  brake  for  testing  steam  turbines  without  reduc- 
tion GEARING.  By  Prof.  J.  E.  Denton,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 
(Published  in  Power.) 

Apparatus  for  tracing  a  curve  representing  the  force  required  to 
overcome  the  inertia  of  the  reciprocating  parts  of  a  steam 
ENGINE.  By  Prof.  D.  S.  Jacobus,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J. 
(Published  in  Power.) 

An     APPARATUS     FOR     ACCURATELY     MEASURING     PRESSURES     OF    2,000    POUNDS 

PER  SQUARE  INCH  AND  OVER.     By  Prof.  D.  S.  Jacobus,  Stevens  Institute, 
Hoboken,  N.  J.     (Published  in  Power.) 

Apparatus  for  exhibiting  the  distribution  of  moisture  in  a  steam 
MAIN.  By  Prof.  D.  S.  Jacobus,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J.  (Pub- 
lished in  Power.) 

Values   of   heat  of   combustion  of   various  gases  per  cubic  foot  for 
use  in   calculating   the   heating   power  from   the   analysis  of  a 
GAS.     By  Prof.  D.  S.  Jacobus,  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  N.  J.      (Pub- 
lished in  Power.) 
A.   A.  A.   S.   VOL.   XLV.  7  (97) 


98  SECTION    D. 


MECHANICS   AND   MATERIALS. 

On  the  molecular  stability  of  metals.  By  Prof.  Wm.  A.  Rogers, 
Colby  University,  Waterville,  Me. 

A    new    testing    machine    for    beams    and     FR.4MED    STRUCTURES    (CAPACITY 

50  TONS).     By  Prof.  Malverd  A.  Howe,  Rose  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Terre 
Haute,  Ind. 

On  the  yield  point  of  steel.  By  Prof.  Thomas  Gray,  Rose  Polytechnic 
Inst.,  Terre  Haute,  Ind. 

On  the  conversion  of  an  ordinary  planer  into  an  apparatus  for 
precise  graduations.  By  Prof.  Wm.  A.  Rogers,  Colby  University, 
Waterville,  Me. 

HYDRAULIC   ENGINEERING. 

The  hydrografhic  survey.  By  Prof.  F.  H.  Newell,  U.  S.  Geological 
Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Some  kotes,  physical  and  commercial,  upon  the  delta  of  the  Missis- 
sippi RIVER.     By  Elmer  L.  Corthell,  C.  E.,  New  York  City. 

(This  paper  was  printed  for  private  distribution  by  the  author.  Copies  can 
be  had  on  application  to  Elmer  L.  Corthell,  C.  E.,  71  Broadway,  New  York 
City.) 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

An  arrangement  using  storage  batteries  for  the  automatic  REGULA- 
TION   OF    ENGINE     LOADS    IN     POWER     PLANTS     OF    VARIABLE     OUTPUT.       By 

Prof.  W.  S.  Franklin,  Iowa  State  College,  Ames,  Iowa.     (Published  in 
The  Electrical  World.) 

The  cycle  of  the  plunger-jig.  By  Prof.  R.  H.  Richards,  Mass.  Inst,  of 
Technology,  Boston.  (To  be  published  in  Transactions  of  the  American 
Inst,  of  Mining  Engineers.) 

Soaring  flight.     By  0.  Chanute,  Chicago,  III. 

The  Section  adjourned  Thursday  noon,  August  27. 


SECTION   E. 


GEOLOGY  AND  GEOGRAPHY. 


OFFICERS   OF  SECTION  E. 


Vice-President   and  Chairman   of   the  Section. 
Benjamix  K.  Emerson,  Amherst,  Mass. 

Secretary. 
William  North  Rice,  Middletown,  Conn. 

CounciUor. 
Arthur  Hollick,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Sectional  Committee. 

Benjamin  K.  Emerson,  Amherst,  Mass.,  Vice-President,  189G. 

William  North  Rice,  Middletown,  Conn.,  Secretary,  1890. 

Jed.  Hotchkiss,  Staunton,  Va.,  Vice-President,  1895. 

J.  Perrin  Smith,  Palo  Alto,  Cal.,  Secretary,  1895. 

Charles  H.  Hitchcock,  Hanover,  N.  H. 

Edw.  W.  Clatpole,  Akron,  Ohio. 

M.  Edward  Wadsworth,  Houghton,  Mich. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
H.  L.  Fairchild,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Committee   to  Nominate   Officers   of   the  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretar3' ;  and  John  J.  Stevenson,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Joseph  Le  Conte,  Berkeley,  Cal. ;  Edward  Orton, 
Columbus,  Ohio. 

Press   Secretary. 
F.  B.  Taylor,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

B.    K.    EMERSON, 

CHAIRMAN   OF    SECTION   E. 


GEOLOGICAL  MYTHS. 


Maxy  3'ears  ago  I  visited  the  British  flagship  "Bellerophon  " 
in  the  harbor  of  Bermuda,  and  was  told  that  when  the  ship  was 
first  named  the  sailors  wrestled  with  the  sonorous  but  unmeaning 
name,  and  quickly  transformed  it  into  "Billy-ruffian,"  and  it 
became  at  once  intelligible,  and  belligerent,  and  satisfying. 

There  arose,  however,  a  contest  in  the  forecastle  as  to  whether 
"Billy-ruffian"  or  "Bully-ruffian  "  was  the  correct  thing, — cer- 
tain rude  fellows  of  the  baser  sort  wishing  to  have  the  word 
pugnacious  in  both  its  proximal  and  distal  extremities. 

This  illustrates  the  principle  of  attraction  in  language  whereby 
words  without  meaning  to  the  users  tend  to  be  modified  into  forms 
which  at  least  appear  intelligible. 

It  is  said  that  when  asparagus  was  introduced  into  England 
the  peasants  immediately  called  it  "sparrow-grass,"  and  went  on 
to  explain  that  the  reason  it  was  called  sparrow-grass  was  because 
the  sparrows  ate  the  red  berries. 

This  illustrates  the  second  step  of  the  process.  The  word  is 
first  attracted  into  a  form  which  has  a  meaning,  and  in  its  turn 
this  meaning  requires  a  justification,  and  this  the  meaning  itself 
quickly  suggests. 

The  peasant  was  not  disturbed  by,  or  did  not  observe,  the  fact 
that  the  sparrows  do  not  eat  the  red  berries.  This  would  have 
been  to  have  risen  to  the  "verification  of  hypothesis,"  —  an  inde- 
fensible encroachment  on  the  terrain  of  the  British  philosopher. 

(101) 


102  SECTION    E. 

I  propose  to  trace  the  history  of  several  myths  which  have  their 
origin  in  remarkable  geological  phenomena,  for  I  hardly  need  to 
say  that  I  do  not  use  the  word  myth  in  the  modern  fashion  of 
newspaper  ICuglish,  as  a  false  report,  a  canard,  in  short,  a  news- 
paper story;  but  as  meaning  a  history,  treasured  and  hallowed 
in  the  literary  and  religious  archives  of  an  ancient  folk,  of  some 
startling  or  impressive  event,  that,  in  the  stimulating  environ- 
ment of  poetry  and  personification,  has  completed  a  long  evolu- 
tion, which  disguises  entirely  its  original,  — 

"  Has  suffered  a  sea-change 
Into  something  new  and  strange," 

so  that,  in  fact,  its  study  is  paleontological. 

I  propose  to  speak  of  the  Chimaera,  or  the  poetry  of  petroleum, 
of  the  Niobe,  or  the  tragic  side  of  calcareous  tufa,  of  Lot's  wife, 
or  the  indirect  effect  of  cliff  erosion,  and  of  Noah's  flood,  or 
the  possibilities  of  the  cyclone  and  the  earthquake  wave  working 
in  harmony. 

THE    CHIMERA, 

The  myth  of  the  Chimsera  is  told,  in  its  earliest  form,  in  a 
quaint  old  translation  of  Hesiod,  who,  according  to  the  Marbles 
of  Paros,  lived  about  nine  centuries  before  the  Christian  Era.    , 

"  From  the  same  parents  sprang  Chimera  dire, 
From  whose  black  nostrils  issued  flames  of  fire ; 
Strong  and  of  size  immense  ;  a  monster  she 
Rapid  in  flight,  astonishing  to  see  ; 
A  lion's  head  on  her  large  shoulders  grew, 
Tlie  goats  and  dragons  terrible  to  view; 
A  lion  she  before  in  mane  and  throat, 
Behind  a  dragon,  in  the  midst  a  goat ; 
Her  Pegasus  the  swift  subdued  in  flight 
Backed  by  Bellerophon,  a  gallant  knight, 
From  Orthus  and  Chimaera,  foul  embrace. 
Is  Sphinx  derived,  a  monster  to  the  race." 

The  same  story  is  told  a  little  later  by  Horner^  with  more 
grace  of  diction. 

"  And  Glaucus  in  his  turn  begot 
Bellerophon,  on  whom  the  gods  bestowed 
The  gifts  of  beauty  and  of  manly  grace. 

1  Iliad,  VI.  180;  Earl  Derby's  Translation,  VI.,  184-216. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMEUSON.  103 

But  Prcetus  sought  his  death ;  and  mightier  far, 
From  all  the  coasts  of  Argos  drove  him  forth. 

To  Lycia,  guarded  by  the  gods,  he  went ; 

But  when  he  came  to  Lycia  and  the  stream 

Of  Xauthus,  there  with  hospitable  rites 

The  king  of  wide-spread  Lycia  welcomed  him. 

Nine  days  he  feasted  him,  nine  oxen  slew  ; 

But  with  tlie  tenth  return  of  rosy  morn 

He  questioned  him  and  for  tlie  tokens  asked 

He  from  his  son-in-law,  from  Proetus  bore 

The  token's  fatal  import  understood, 

He  bade  him  first  the  dread  Chimsera  slay, 

A  monster  sent  from  heav'n  —  not  human  born. 

With  head  of  lion  and  a  serpent's  tail, 

And  body  of  a  goat,  and  from  her  mouth 

There  issued  flames  of  fiercely-burning  fire. 

Yet  her,  confiding  in  the  gods,  he  slew. 

Next  with  the  valiant  Solymi,  he  fought 

Tlie  fiercest  fight  he  ever  undertook, 

Thirdly  the  women-warriors  he  overthrew, 

The  Amazons." 

It  will  be  seen  here  that  Bellerophou,  like  Hercules  or  8t. 
George,  is  a  professional  wandering  slayer  of  dragons.  His 
name  from  ftdXXw,  the  far-throwing  rays  of  the  sun,  shows  him 
to  be  a  type  of  the  wide-spread  sun-myth,  whose  rising  rays 
strike  down  the  forms  of  darkness. 

But  the  myth  of  Chimera  is  independent  of  him,  and  is  always 
localized ;  there  is  always  the  tail  of  a  dragon,  the  body  of  a 
goat,  and  the  head  of  a  lion,  or  the  three  heads  of  lion,  goat, 
and  serpent,  and  it  vomits  fire,  and  ravages  in  the  mountains  of 
woody  Lycia. 

The  classical  prose-writers  describe  the  phenomenon  with 
curious  accuracy.     Seneca  says :  — 

"  In  Lycia  regio  notissima  est. 
Ephestion  incola;  vocant. 
Perforatum  pluribus  locis  solum, 

Quod  sine  ullo  nascentium  damno  ignis  innoxius  circuit. 
Laeta  itaque  regio  est  et  herbida  nil  flammis  adurentibus." 

(In  Lycia  is  a  remarkable  region,  which  the  inhabitants  call 
Ephestion.^  The  ground  is  perforated  in  many  places;  a  fire 
plays  harmlessly  without  any  injury  to  growing  things.     It  is  a- 

1  That  is,  Vulcan. 


104  SECTION    E. 

pleasant  region,  therefore,  and  woody,  nothing  being  injured  by 
the  flames.) 

Strabo  says,  simply:  "The  neighborhood  of  these  mountains 
is  the  scene  of  the  fable  of  the  Chimsera,  and  at  no  great  distance 
is  Chimfera,  a  sort  of  ravine,  which  extends  upward  from  the 
shore."  And  Pliny,  with  his  accustomed  mingling  of  truth  and 
fiction,  says:  "  —  et  ipsa  (Chimrera)  saepe  flagrautibus  jugis  " 
(and  Chimiera  itself  with  its  flaming  peaks).  And  again:  "Fla- 
grat  in  Phaselide  Mons  Chimsei-a  et  quidem  immortali  diebus  ac 
noctibus  flammA."  (Mount  Chimsera  burns  in  Phaselis  with  a  cer- 
tain immortal  flame  shining  by  day  and  by  night.)  Also:  "In  the 
same  country  of  Syria  the  mountains  of  Hephaestius,  when  touched 
with  a  flaming  torch,  burn  so  violently  that  even  the  stones  in  the 
river  and  the  sand  burn  while  actually  in  the  water.  This  fire 
is  also  increased  by  rain.  If  a  person  make  furrows  in  the 
ground  with  a  stick  which  has  been  kindled  at  this  fire,  it  is  said 
that  a  stream  of  flame  will  follow  it." 

Servius,  the  ancient  commentator  of  Virgil,  explains  the  myth 
as  follows:  "The  flames  issue  from  the  summit  of  the  mountain, 
and  there  are  lions  in  the  region  under  the  peak,  the  middle 
parts  of  the  hill  abound  with  goats,  and  the  lower  with  serpents." 
While  the  modern  commentators  say:  '"The  origin  of  this  fire- 
breathing  monster  must  be  sought  probably  in  the  volcano  of  the 
name  of  Chimaera  in  Phaselis  in  Lycia,"  ^  and'  the  myth  did  not 
escape  the  great,  but  largely  wasted,  erudition  of  Knight,  who 
says:  "In  the  gallery  in  Florence  is  a  colossal  image  of  the 
Phallus,  mounted  on  the  back  parts  of  a  lion,  and  hung  round 
with  various  animals.  By  this  is  represented  the  co-operation 
of  the  creating  and  destroying  powers,  which  are  both  blended 
and  united  in  one  figure,  because  both  are  derived  from  one  cause. 
The  animals  hung  round  show  also  that  both  act  to  the  same 
purpose,  that  of  replenishing  the  earth,  and  peopling  it  with 
still  rising  generations  of  sensitive  beings.  The  Chima^ra  of 
Homer,  of  which  the  commentators  have  given  so  many  whimsical 
interpretations,  was  a  symbol  of  the  same  kind,  which  the  poet, 
probably  having  seen  in  Asia,  and  not  knowing  its  meaning 
(which  was  only  revealed  to  the  initiated),  supposed  to  be  a 
monster  that  had  once  infested  the  country.     He  described  it  as 

1  Smith's  Diet,  of  Clas.  Antiq.,  sub  Chirasera. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMKRSON.  105 

composed  of  the  forms  of  the  goat,  the  lion,  and  the  serpent,  and 
breathing  fire  from  its  mouth  (Ih  VI.  182).  These  are  the 
symbols  of  the  creator,  the  destroyer  and  the  preserver,  united, 
and  animated  by  the  fire,  the  divine  essence  of  all  three. 

"  On  a  gem  published  in  the  Memoirs  of  the  Academy  of  Cor- 
toua  this  union  of  the  destroying  and  preserving  attributes  is 
represented  by  the  united  forms  of  the  lion  and  the  serpent  crowned 
with  rays,  the  emblems  of  the  cause  from  which  both  proceed. 
This  composition  forms  the  Chnoubis  of  the  Egyptians."^ 

And  thus  the  matter  rested  until,  in  the  end  of  the  last  century, 
Admiral  Beaufort,-  while  anchored  off  Lycia  on  hydrographic 
work,  saw  each  night  a  strong  flame  on  the  peak  of  a  mountain 
a  few  miles  back  from  the  coast,  and  was  told  by  the  inhabitants 
that  it  had  always  burned  there. 

He  visited  the  place,  and  found  flames  of  natural  gas  issuing 
from  a  crevice  on  a  mountain  of  serpentine  and  limestone. 

In  1842,  Spratt  and  Forbes^  report,  as  follows,  on  the  localitj^: 
Near  Ardrachan,  not  far  from  the  ruins  of  Olympus,  a  number  of 
serpentine  hills  rise  among  the  limestones,  and  some  of  them 
bear  up  masses  of  that  rock.  At  the  junction  of  one  of  these 
masses  of  scaglia  with  the  serpentine  is  the  Yanar  (or  Yanar- 
dagh),  famous  as  the  Chimaera  of  the  ancients,  rediscovered  in 
modern  times  by  Captain  Beaufort.  It  is  nothing  more  than  a 
stream  of  inflammable  gas  issuing  from  a  crevice,  such  as  is  seen 
in  several  places  among  the  Apennines.  The  serpentine  imme- 
diately around  the  flame  is  burned  and  ashy,  but  this  is  only  for 
a  foot  or  two,  —  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Yanar  pre- 
senting the  same  aspect  it  wore  in  the  days  of  Seneca,  who  writes, 
"Lseta  itaque  regio  est  et  herbida,  nil  flammis  adurentibus." 

Such  is  the  Chimaera,  "flammisque  armata  Chimaera,"  *  deprived 
of  all  its  terrors.  It  is  still,  however,  visited  as  a  lion  by  both 
Greeks  and  Turks,  who  make  use  of  its  classic  flames  to  cook 
kabobs  for  their  dinner. 

In  1854  it  was  visited  by  the  Prussian  painter.  Berg,  who  has 
reproduced  the  scene  in  a  fine  painting  now  in  Berlin.^     The  flame 

1  Richard  Payne  Knight.     Discourse  on  the  Worship  of  Priapus,  p.  73. 

2  Beaufort's  Karamania,  35,  52,  85. 

3  Travels  in  Lycia,  If.  181,  1817. 

4  Virgil,  iEneid,  VI.  288. 

5  Zeitschrift,  All.  Erdkunde,  III.  307. 


106  SECTION    E. 

which,  he  says,  gives  the  odor  of  iodine,  is  three  or  four  feet 
high.  Several  extinct  openings  were  found  in  a  pool  of  sul- 
phurous water. 

The  Austrian  geologist,  Tietze,-^  found  the  flame  two  feet 
across,  and  a  smaller  one  adjacent.  The  ruins  of  an  ancient 
temple  of  Vulcan,  near  by  and  of  a  late  Byzantine  church,  show 
how  strongly  it  has  impressed  the  inhabitants  in  all  ages." 

The  natural  phenomenon  of  a  spring  which  is  found  by  historic 
documents  to  have  been  burning  for  nearly  three  thousand  years 
is  sufficiently  striking,  although  the  slow  escape  of  such  gas  from 
tertiary  limestones  is  not  uncommon.  The  mention  of  sul- 
phurous waters  in  the  neighborhood  may  justify  us  in  going  back 
to  the  same  antiquity  and  drawing  from  the  remark  of  Theo- 
phrastus  (ITept  twv  XiOmv)  on  the  oxidation  of  pyrite  in  contact 
with  bitumen,  an  explanation  of  the  constant  ignition  of  the  gas. 

Theophrastus  says:  "That,  also,  which  is  called  Epinus  (or 
Spelus)  is  found  in  mines.  This  stone  cut  in  pieces  and  thrown 
together  in  a  heap  exposed  to  the  sun,  burns,  and  that  the 
more  if  it  be  moistened  or  sprinkled  with  water." 

We  may  of  course  assume  the  more  prosaic  spontaneous  com- 
bustion of  the  volatile  hydrocarbons  to  explain  the  constant 
rekindling  of  the  sacred  fires. 

It  remains  to  consider  how  the  myth  and  its  name  arose.  The 
mountain  is  still  called  Yanar-dagh,  the  burning  mountain,  and 
in  a  learned  work  on  coins  of  Sicyon,  which  reproduce  the 
Chimaera,  M.  Streber  derives  the  name  from  the  Phoenician 
word  Chamirah,  which  means  the  burning  mountain. 

But  the  Greek  woi'd  ^a/'tatpa  nieans  a  goat,  and  has  almost  the 
same  sound,  and  we  can  see  clearly  how,  as  the  Greek  settlements 
spread  over  Lycia,  from  the  north,  the  meaningless  Phoenician 
names  were  retained  like  the  Indian  names  in  America,  and  how 
the  story  slowly  went  back  to  the  fatherland  —  et  crescit  eundo  — 
of  a  strange  mountain  called  Chamira,  from  which  portentous 
flames  escaped,  and  then  of  a  monster  ChimiTera,  of  goat-like 
form,  vomiting  flames  and  ravaging  in  the  mountains  of  woody 
Lycia.  And  so  the  story  was  finally  fitted  for  the  manipulation 
of  the  poets,  who  little  thought  they  were  making  the  stout  Bel- 
lerophon  run  a  quixotic  tilt  against  a  burning  gas  well. 

1  Beitrage  zur  Geologie  Lykien.  Jahrbuch  d.  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichsaiistalt,  XXXV. 
353. 

2  C.  Ritter,  Erdkunde,  Theil  19,  751. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  107 


THE    NIOBE. 

Like  the  Chimrera,  the  Niobe  is  an  episode  in  Greek  Mythol- 
ogy, easily  separated  from  the  rest  without  disturbing  the  Greek 
Pantheon.  I  do  not  need  to  describe  the  great  group  of  the 
Niobe,  the  mother  weeping  over  her  children,  who  fall  before  the 
shafts  of  Apollo,  which  adorns  the  gallery  of  the  Uffizi  at 
Florence,  and  forms  one  of  the  masterpieces  of  Greek  sculpture, 
the  glory  of  Scopas  or  Praxiteles.  I  do  not  need  to  recall  the 
story  as  told  by  Homer,  how  Niobe,  the  daughter  of  Tantalus, 
proud  of  her  twelve  children,  despised  Latona,  who  had  but  two ; 
how,  therefore,  Phoebus  and  Artemis  slew  all  the  twelve  with  their 
arrows :  — 

"  They  lay  unburied  on  the  plain  for  nine  days,  when  Zeus 
changed  them  to  stone,  and  on  the  tenth  day  the  heavenly  gods 
buried  them.  And  now,  upon  arid  Sipylus,  upon  the  rocks  of  the 
desert  mountain,  where,  they  say,  are  the  couches  of  the  divine 
nymphs,  who  dance  upon  the  banks  of  Achelous,  Niobe,  though 
turned  to  stone,  still  broods  over  the  sorrow  the  gods  have  sent 
upon  her." 

And  Ovid  says :  — 

"  She  weeps  still,  and  borne  by  the  hurricane  of  a  mighty  wind, 
She  is  swept  to  her  home,  there  fastened  to  the  cliff  of  the  mount, 
She  weeps,  and  the  marble  sheds  tears  yet  even  now." 

As  one  climbs  from  the  Gulf  of  Smyrna,  between  Mount 
Tmolus  and  Sipylus,  up  the  rich  valley  of  the  Nif,  or  Nymphio, 
there  appears,  high  up  in  the  vertical  wall  of  limestone,  the  colos- 
sal bust  of  a  woman  standing  on  a  high  pedestal  and  in  a  deep 
alcove.  It  is  cut  out  of  the  living  rock,  like  the  Swiss  lion  at 
Lucerne. , 

A  recess  twenty-five  feet  high  and  sixteen  feet  wide  has  been 
cut  in  the  rock  for  the  lower  part,  and  a  smaller- alcove  of  much 
greater  depth  surrounds  the  bust  itself.  All  the  face  of  the  rock 
around  is  smoothed,  and  a  broad  ledge  is  cut  around  the  pedestal 
to  receive  the  offerings  of  the  ancient  Phoenician  worshippers  of 
this  almost  prehistoric  statue  of  the  great  Mother  Cybele,  or  of 
Meter  Sipylene;  gods  of  the  Phoenicians. 

From  the  valley  below  it  makes  the  impression  of  a  full-length 
statue  with  flowing  robes,  but  near  at  hand  the  robes  are  seen  to 


108  SECTION    E. 

be  the  very  tears  of  Niobe,  formed  where  the  drip  of  the  waters 
from  the  limestone  roof  of  the  alcove  has  first  struck  her  cheeks, 
and  running  down  across  her  breast  has  made  rippling  surfaces 
of  bluish  tufa,  which  has  all  the  effect  of  tears. 

The  statue  had  been  greatly  corroded,  and  the  stalagmite  tears 
had  formed  already  in  the  daj^s  of  Pausanias,  who  says:  "  When 
standing  close  to  it  the  rocks  and  precipice  do  not  show  to  the 
beholder  the  form  of  a  woman,  weeping  or  otherwise,  but  if  yon 
stand  farther  back,  you  think  you  see  a  woman  weeping  and  sad." 

And  even  in  the  times  of  Homer  the  memory  of  the  earlier  and 
vanished  woi'shippers  was  at  best  a  dim  tradition,  and  the  facile 
imagination  of  the  Greeks  had  built  up  the  whole  beautiful  leg- 
end, every  element  of  the  surrounding  scenery  adding  its  portion 
of  suggestion,  and  it  is  marvellous  how  all  parts  of  the  story  still 
linger  in  the  valley. 

As  the  grand  missionary,  artist,  and  geologist,  van  Lennep, 
from  whom  I  have  obtained  most  of  this  account,-'  who  in  all  his 
travels  in  Asia  Minor  collected  carefully^,  and  labelled  carefully, 
and  sent  valuable  material  to  his  Alma  Mater,  Amherst,  was 
climbing  to  the  statue,  his  guide,  a  cake-seller  by  the  roadside, 
said:  "  There  is  a  tradition  that  this  statue  was  once  a  woman, 
whose  children  were  killed,  and  she  wept  so  that  God  changed 
her  to  stone.  They  say  that  her  tears  make  a  pond  down  there, 
and  still  keep  it  full." 

All  the  people  of  the  region,  ignorant  and  learned,  agree  in  this, 
while  all  travellers  have  called  this  the  statue  of  Cybele. 

Their  name  for  the  valley,  Nif,  is  a  corruption  of  Nymphio,  as 
Homer  saj'S,  "the  couches  of  the  divine  nymphs."  Sipylus,  the 
name  of  the  mountain  to  this  da3\  was  also  the  name  of  the 
oldest  son  of  Niobe. 

Niobe  was  the  daughter  of  Tantalus.  Tantalus,  from 
raXavrei'oj,  to  balance,  is  a  rock  poised  in  the  air,  an  allusion  to 
the  ledges  overhanging  the  statue,  and  threatening  to  fall  and 
crush  it. 

That  she  is  the  mother  of  many  children  may  be  a  reminiscence 
from  Cybele,  the  All-mother,  and  the  mention  of  the  couches  of 
the  divine  nymphs  seems  to  suggest  some  ancient  nature  worship 
of  the  valley.  The  children  slain  by  the  arrows  of  Pha^bus  are 
the  masses  of  rock  dislodged  from  the  cliffs  around  her  by  the 

1  Asia  jMinor,  II.  300.    London,  John  Murray,  1870. 


ADDRESS    BY    B,    K.    EMERSON.  109 

action  of  sun  and  rain,  and  forming  the  great  talus  at  the  foot  of 
the  bluff. 

"They  lie  unburied  on  the  plain,"  Homer  tells  us,  "till  on  the 
tenth  day  the  heavenly  gods  bury  them,"  as  the  fallen  rock 
quickly  disintegrates  under  the  influence  of  the  weather  in  this 
warm  climate.  The  Greek  word,  Niobe,  connects  itself  with  the 
pouring  of  water  and  the  falling  of  snow  (v6^oj,  nVroj,  andvL^xu),  so 
a  Greek  impersonation  of  the  drip  from  the  marble  clifl:  upon  the 
ancient  rock  sculpture  might  easily  have  acquired  the  name 
of  Niobe,  the  weeping  one. 

"It  seems,  thus,"  says  van  Lennep,  "that  this  sculpture  was 
executed  in  a  very  remote  antiquity,  to  represent  Cybele,  the 
mother  of  the  gods,  or  some  form  of  nature-worship,  that  the 
water  drip  from  the  rock  above  gave  it,  from  the  first,  the  same 
striking  watermark  which  it  still  bears,  maintained  by  the  same 
cause,  and  that  this  appearance  suggested  to  the  lively  imagina- 
tion of  the  Greek  the  whole  myth  of  Niobe,  —  her  tears,  her 
sorrows,  her  strange  transformation,  her  perpetual  weeping;  so 
this  most  ancient  statue  is  not  an  image  sculptured  to  represent 
this  story  of  Niobe,  but  is  itself  the  very  original  from  which  the 
story  sprung."  It  is  thus  an  impressive  testimonial  of  the 
vast  importance  of  the  loose  bond  by  which  the  second  molecule 
of  COj  is  held  combined  in  calcic  bicarbonate. 

lot's  wife. 

Looking  down  on  that  most  marvellous  of  all  lakes,  —  the  Dead 
Sea,  the  Lacus  Asphaltites  of  the  Romans,  —  the  sea  of  Lot  of 
the  Arabs,  still  stands  the  great  column  of  salt  into  which  Lot's 
wife  was  changed. 

"She .was  changed  into  a  pillar  of  salt,"  says  Josephus,  "for  I 
have  seen  it,  and  it  remains  to  this  day." 

And  Irenseus  explains  how  it  came  to  last  so  long  with  all  its 
members  entire,  because  "when  one  was  dissolved  it  was  renewed 
by  miracle."     It  was,  in  fact,  the  geological  miracle  of  erosion. 

The  column  looks  down  from  the  plain  of  Sodom,  and  on  the 
great  southern  bay  of  the  sea,  ten  miles  square,  and  but  one 
or  two  feet  deep,  where  sulphur,  deposited  by  many  hot  springs, 
is  abundant  in  the  clay,  and  where  bitumen  oozes  from  every 
crevice  of  the  rock,  and  every  earthquake  dislodges  great  sheets 


110  SECTION    E. 

of  it  from  the  bottom  of  the  lake,  where  the  Arabs  still  dig  pits 
for  the  "  stoue  of  Moses  "  to  gather  in,  and  sell  it  in  Jerusalem, 
and  where,  iu  that  most  ancient  fragment  of  the  Pentateuch,  four 
kings  fought  against  five,  and  the  kings  of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah 
slipped  in  the  slime-pits  and  fell.  One  who  has  read  of  the 
burning  of  an  oil  well  or  oil  creek,  or  in  Apscheron  will  have  a 
clear  idea  of  the  catastrophe  which  overtook  the  cities  of  the  plain 
where  the  Lord  rained  upon  Sodom  and  upon  Gomorrah  brimstone 
and  fire  out  of  heaven. 

Following  the  latest  extremely  interesting  researches  of  Blank- 
enkoru,^  we  may  picture  the  upper  cretaceous  plateau  of  Judea,  — 
an  old  land,  cleft  at  the  end  of  the  Tertiary  by  many  faults,  be- 
tween which  a  great  block  sank  to  form  the  bottom  of  this  deep 
sea.  It  curried  down  in  the  fossiliferous  and  gypsum-bearing 
beds  the  source  of  the  bitumen  and  the  sulphur.  We  may  picture 
the  waters  standing  much  higher  than  now  during  the  pluvial 
period,  which  matched  the  northern  glacial  period,  rising  nearly 
to  the  level  of  the  Red  Sea,  but  never  joining  it.  In  the  suc- 
ceeding arid  interglacial  period,  the  time  of  the  steppe  fauna  in 
Europe,  the  sea  shrank  to  within  a  hundred  meters  of  its  present 
level,  and  deposited  the  great  bed  of  rock-salt  which  underlies  the 
low  plateaus  around  its  southern  end.  The  advent  of  the  second 
glacial  period  was  here  the  advent  of  a  second  pluvial  period, 
which  swelled  the  waters  and  carried  the  bitumen-cemented  con- 
glomerates over  the  salt-beds  to  complete  the  low  plateau.  After 
a  second  arid  period  with  some  lava  flows,  and  a  third  pluvial 
period  with  the  formation  of  a  lower  and  broader  terrace,  the 
waters  shrank  to  the  present  saturated  bitterns  in  the  present 
arid  period.  In  the  earlier  portion  of  this  last  or  post-glacial 
stadium,  a  final  sinking  of  a  fraction  of  the  bottom  of  the  trough, 
near  the  south  end  of  the  lake,  dissected  the  low  salt  plateau, 
sinking  its  central  parts  beneath  the  salt  waters,  while  fragments 
remain  buttressed  against  the  great  walls  of  the  trench  forming 
the  plains  of  Djebel  Usdum  and  the  peninsula  El  Lisan,  with  the 
swampy  Sebcha  between.  Imagine  a  central  portion  of  one  of 
the  low  plains  which  extend  south  from  the  "  Finger  Lakes  "  to 
sink,  submerging  Ithaca  or  Havana  in  a  shallow  extension  of 
the   lake   waters.      It    exposed    the    wonderful    eastern   wall   of 

1  Dr.  Max   Blankenkorn,  Entstehung  und   Geschichte  des   Todten   Meers.     Zeit. 
Deutsch.  Palestina-Vereins,  vol.  xix.  p.  1,  1896. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  Ill 

Djebel  Usdum:  seven  miles  long,  with  30  —  45  m.  of  clear  blue 
salt  at  the  base,  capped  by  125  —  140  m.  of  gypsum-bearing  marls 
impregnated  with  sulphur,  and  conglomerates  at  times  cemented 
by  bitumen.  It  was  this  or  some  similar  and  later  sinking  of 
the  ground,  at  the  time  when  geology  and  history  join,  which, 
with  its  earthquakes,  overthrew  the  cities  of  the  plain  and  caused 
the  outpour  of  petroleum  from  the  many  fault  fissures  and  the 
escape  of  great  volumes  of  sulphurous  and  gaseous  emanations, 
which,  ignited  either  spontaneously,  by  lightning,  or  by  chance, 
furnished  the  brimstone  and  fire  from  heaven,  and  the  smoke  of 
the  land  going  up  as  the  smoke  of  a  furnace  which  Abraham  saw 
from  the  plains  of  Judea. 

But  with  Lot's  wife  the  case  is  different.  The  bed  of  salt  out 
of  which  she  was  carved,  and  has  been  many  times  carved,  was 
exposed  by  the  very  catastrophe  which  destroyed  the  cities ;  and 
Lot  fled  to  Zoar  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  in  which  the  salt 
bed  lies.  As  Oscar  Fraas  found  his  Arabs  calling  the  salt  pyra- 
mid "Lot's  column,"  so,  in  early  times,  when  the  tradition  of  the 
burning  cities  was  gradually  growing  into  the  myth  of  Sodom, 
and  of  Lot,  some  old  name  of  the  salt  column,  grown  meaning- 
less, ma}'  have  had  such  sound  as  to  suggest  the  term,  "Lot's 
wife,"  —  Bint  Sheck  Lut,  or  the  woman's  own  name  in  the  current 
language,  as  Chamirah,  the  burning  mountain,  suggested  Chimaera, 
the  goat,  and  the  answer  to  the  question  why  was  the  salt  column 
called  Lot's  wife  was  quickly  given  and  woven  into  the  legend. 
In  that  dry  climate  successive  erosions  have  reproduced  it  along 
the  seven-mile  ridge  of  salt,  still  called  Kashum  Usdum  or 
Sodom. 

THE    FLOOD. 

Only  through  an  exegesis  of  the  German  words  Alluvium  and 
Diluvium  would  the  young  geologist  be  reminded  of  the  time 
when  the  Flood  was  a  burning  question  in  geology,  an  igneo- 
aqueous  question,  so  to  speak,  —  when  commentaries  explained  the 
fossil  shells  in  the  Appenines  as  due  to  Noah's  Flood,  and  Vol- 
taire tried  to  break  the  force  of  this  important  proof  of  the  truth 
of  the  Bible  by  declaring  these  shells  to  be  the  scallop-shells 
thrown  away  by  expiring  pilgrims  of  the  Crusades;  —  when  An- 
dreas Scheuzer  apostrophized  his  fossil  salamander  ("Homo 
diluvii  testis  et  theoscopos  "  )  :  — 


112  SECTION    E. 

"  Betriibtes  Beingeriist  von  einera  alten  Sunder 
Erweiche  Stein  und  Herz  der  neuen  Biisheitskinder." 
This  ancient  sinner's  scattered  and  dislionored  bones 
Sliould  toucli  tiie  stony  liearts  of  modern  wicked  ones. 

It  was  thus  a  great  surprise  when  oue  of  the  most  powerful  and 
philosophical  works  of  the  century  on  Geology,  "Das  Antlitz 
der  Erde  "  of  Suess,  had  as  its  opening  chapter  an  explanation  of 
the  Flood  as  due  to  a  coincidence  of  a  cyclone  and  an  earthquake 
at  the  mouth  of  the  Euphrates.  The  Biblical  account  is  plainly 
exotic,  told  by  a  people  ignorant  of  sea-faring,  —  a  fresh- water 
account  of  a  salt-water  episode.  The  description  of  the  vessel  as 
a  box  or  ark,  the  going  in  and  shutting  the  doors,  and  the  open- 
ing of  the  windows  remind  one  of  a  house-boat,  and  indicate  the 
adaptation  of  the  story  to  the  comprehension  of  an  inland  people. 
Its  minor  discrepancies  and  blending  of  the  Jahvistie  and  Eloh- 
istic  elements  show  the  story  has  come  by  devious  courses  from 
a  distant  source. 

The  account  of  the  Chaldean  priest,  Berosus,  250  b.  c,  located 
the  occurrence  at  the  mouth  of  the  Euphrates,  where  the  native 
boatman  still  pitches  his  boat  within  and  without  with  pitch,  as 
the  ark  was  pitched. 

Berosus,  priest  of  Bel,  quoted  by  Alexander  Polyhistor,  says 
that  the  Flood  occurred  under  the  reign  of  Xisuthros,  son  of 
Otiartes.  Kronos  announces  to  Xisuthros,  in  n  dream,  that  on 
the  fifteenth  of  the  mouth  Daisios  all  mankind  shall  be  destroyed 
by  a  flood.  He  commands  him  to  bury  the  writings  containing 
the  records  of  the  history  of  his  country  at  Sippara,  city  of  the 
dead,  then  to  build  a  vessel,  to  stock  it  with  provisions,  then 
to  embark  with  his  family  and  his  friends,  also  to  take  quadru- 
peds and  birds  with  him. 

Xisuthros  obeys  the  command.  The  Flood  occurs,  and  covers 
the  land,  it  decreases,  he  lets  out  birds  to  gain  knowledge  of  the 
state  of  things,  and  finally  leaves  the  ship,  and  prepares,  with  his 
family,  an  offering  to  the  gods.  Xisuthros  is  then,  for  his  piety, 
translated  to  live  among  the  gods, with  his  wife,  his  daughter,  and 
the  steersman.  Of  the  ship  of  Xisuthros,  which  finally  stranded 
in  Armenia,  there  still  remains  a  portion  in  the  Cordyaian  Moun- 
tains in  Armenia,  and  the  people  scrape  off  the  bitumen  with 
which  it  is  covered,  and  use  it  as  an  amulet  against  sickness. 
And  as  the  others  had  returned  to  Babylon  and  had  found  the 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON,  113 

writings  at  Sippara,  they  built  towns  and  erected  temples,  and  so 
Bab3ion  was  again  peopled. 

Twentj^  3'ears  ago  George  Smith  excavated  and  translated  the 
inscribed  tiles  of  the  library  of  Asurbauipal,  King  of  Assyria, 
670  B.  c,  who,  at  the  time  of  the  founding  of  Greece,  was  gath- 
ering copies  of  the  sacred  writings  of  the  ancient  cities  of  Asia. 
The  historical  books  of  this  library  carry  the  annals  of  the 
Babylonians  back  3800  b.  c,  but  contain  no  certain  account  of 
an}'  flood.  How  remote  mnst  then  have  been  the  great  catastrophe 
which  had  filtered  down  in  tradition  and  become  embalmed  in 
sacred  myth  and  stately  poem  before  the  dawn  of  history !  I  pre- 
sent here,  after  the  latest  translations  of  Haupt  and  Jensen,^  the 
last  but  one  of  the  cantos  of  the  Gilgamos  Epic,  corresponding  to 
the  eleventh  sign  of  the  zodiac,  Aquarius  (or  month  of  the  curse 
of  rain),  containing  the  story  of  the  Flood. 

Gilgamos  (  =  Nimrod),  the  hero  of  Urruh,  leaves  his  native 
town  sick  and  troubled  by  the  death  of  his  friend  Eabani,  and 
visits  his  ancestor  Samasnapisthim  (  =  Xisuthros)  called  Hasis- 
adra  (  =  the  devout  wise  man).  Hasisadra  spoke  to  him,  to  Gil- 
gamos, "I  will  make  known  unto  thee,  O  Gilgamos,  the  hidden 
story,  and  the  oracle  of  the  gods  I  will  reveal  to  thee.  The  city  of 
Shuripak,  —  the  city  which,  as  thou  knowest,  lies  on  the  bank  of 
the  river  Euphrates,  —  this  city  was  already  of  high  antiquity 
when  the  gods  within  set  their  hearts  to  bring  on  a  flood  storm  (or 
deluge).  Even  the  great  gods  who  were  there, — their  Father 
Anu,  their  councillor,  the  warlike  Bel,  their  throne-bearer,  Adar, 
their  prince,  Ennugi.  But  the  Lord  of  unfathomable  wisdom, 
ihe  god  Ea  (the  god  of  the  sea),  sat  alone  with  them  in  council, 
and  announced  their  intention  unto  the  field,  saying.  Field !  Field ! 
town!  town!  field!  hear!  town;  give  attention,  O  man  of 
Shurippak,  son  of  Ubara-Tutu  (The  splendor  of  the  Sunset, 
Lenarmont,  Sayce).  Destroy  thy  house,  build  a  ship,  save  all 
living  beings  which  thou  canst  find.  Withdraw  from  what  is 
doomed  to  destruction.  Save  thy  life,  and  bid  the  seed  of  life  of 
every  kind  mount  into  the  ship. 

"The  vessel  which  thou  shalt  build,  600  half  cubits  in  length, 
shall  be  her  shape,  and  120  half  cubits  the  dimensions  for  both 

1  Haupt :  in  Das  Ansichtder  Erde.  The  first  part  from  a  later  translation;  Johns 
Hopkins  Circulars  (VIH.  No.  69,  p.  17),  P.  Jensen  in  Dr.  Carl  Schmidt,  Das  Natur- 
ereignis  der  Siindflut. 

A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  8 


114  SECTION    E. 

her  width  aucl  depth.  Into  the  sea  launch  her.  "When  I  under- 
stood this,  I  spake  unto  the  god  Ea,  —  My  lord,  thy  command 
which  thou  hast  thus  commanded,  I  will  regard  it.  I  will  perform 
it,  but  what  shall  I  answer  the  city,  the  people,  the  elders?  (The 
young  men  and  the  elders  would  ridicule  me.) 

"The  god  Ea  opened  his  mouth  and  spake  unto  me,  his  ser- 
vant: '  And  thou  shalt  thus  say  unto  them,  "I  know  the  god  Bel 
(the  god  of  Shuripak)  is  hostile  to  me,  so  I  cannot  remain  in  (the 
city) ;  on  Bel's  ground  I  will  not  rest  my  head.  I  will  sail  into 
the  deep  sea;  with  the  god  Ea  my  lord  I  will  dwell."  But  upon 
you  there  will  pour  down  a  mass  of  water.  Men,  fowl,  and  beast 
will  perish,  the  flsh  only  will  escape.  .  .  .  And  when  the  sun  will 
bring  on  the  appointed  time  Kukki  will  say,  "In  the  evening  the 
heavens  will  pour  down  upon  you  destruction." 

"  '  Then,  however,  close  not  thy  door  until  the  time  comes  that 
I  send  thee  tidings.  Then  enter  through  the  door  of  the  ship, 
and  bring  into  its  interior  thy  food,  thy  wealth,  thy  family,  thy 
slaves,  thy  maidservants  and  thy  kindred.  The  cattle  of  the 
field,  the  wild  beast  of  the  plains  .  .  .  will  I  send  you,  that 
thy  gates  may  preserve  them  all.' 

"  Hasisadra  opened  his  mouth  and  spake.  He  said  to  Ea  his 
lord:  'No  one  has  ever  built  a  ship  in  this  wise  on  the  land. 
However,  I  will  see  to  it,  and  build  the  ship  upon  the  land,  as 
thou  hast  commanded.'  (The  description  of  the  building  of  the 
vessel  very  partial.)  I  built  the  ship  in  six  stories.  I  saw  the 
fissures,  and  added  that  which  was  lacking.  Three  sars  of  bitu- 
men I  poured  upon  the  outside,  three  sars  of  bitumen  I  poured 
upon  the  inside.  (Thirteen  lines  of  description  illegible.)  The 
vessel  was  finished.  All  that  I  had  I  bi'ought  together,  all  that 
I  had  in  silver  I  brought  together.  All  that  I  had  of  gold  I 
brought  together.  All  that  I  had  in  living  seed  I  brought 
together.  And  I  brought  all  this  up  into  the  ship,  all  my  man- 
servants and  my  maidservants,  the  cattle  of  the  field,  the  wild 
beast  of  the  plain,  and  all  my  kindred,  I  bade  embark. 

"As  now  the  sun  had  brought  on  the  appointed  time,  a  voice 
spake:  '  In  the  evening  the  heavens  will  rain  destruction.  Enter 
into  the  interior  of  the  ship  and  shut  the  door.  The  appointed 
time  is  come.'  The  voice  said,  '  In  the  evening  the  heavens  will 
rain  destruction.'  With  dread  I  looked  forward  to  the  going 
down  of  the  sun.     On  the  day  appointed  for  embarking  I  feared 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  115 

(greatly).  Yet  I  entered  into  the  interior  of  the  ship  and  shut  to 
ni}'  door  behind  me  to  close  the  ship.  To  Buzurbil,  the  steers- 
man, I  gave  over  the  great  structure  with  its  load.  Then  arose 
JMuseri-ina-namari  from  the  foundations  of  the  heavens,  —  a 
black  cloud,  in  whose  middle  Ramman  (the  weather-god)  let  his 
thunder  roar,  while  Neba  and  Sarru  rush  at  each  other  in 
warfare. 

'•  The  Throne-bearers  stalk  over  mountain  and  land, 

The  mighty  god  of  pestilence  let  loose  the  whirlwinds  (?) 

Adar  lets  the  canals  overflow  unceasingl}'. 

The  Anunnaki  raise  their  torches, 

The}'  make  the  earth  glow  with  their  radiant  gleams. 

Ramraan's  inundating  wave  rises  up  to  heaven, 

All  hght  sinks  in  darkness. 

In  a  da}-  they  lay  waste  the  earth  like  a  plague,  the  winds  raging 
blow. 

Mountain  high  they  bring  the  waters  to  fight  against  mankind. 

The  brother  sees  the  brother  no  more, 

Men  care  no  more  for  one  another. 

In  heaven  the  gods  fear  the  deluge  and  seek  refuge. 

They  mount  up  to  the  heavens  of  the  god  Ann. 

Like  a  dog  in  its  lair  the  gods  crouch  at  the  windows  of  heaven. 

Istar  (the  mother  of  mankind)  cries  like  a  woman  in  childbirth, 

The  sweet-voiced  queen  of  the  gods  cries  with  loud  voice : 

*  The  dwelling  place  of  mankind  is  reduced  to  slime. 

That  has  come  which  I  announced  before  the  gods  as  an  ap- 
proaching evil. 

I  have  announced  the  evil  before  the  gods,  — 

The  war  of  destruction  against  my  children  have  I  announced. 

That  which  I  brought  fortli,  where  is  it.  It  fills  the  sea  like  fish- 
spawn.' 

Then  the  Gods  wept  with  her  over  the  doings  of  the  Anunnaki. 

They  pressed  their  lips  together." 

"  Six  days  and  six  nights  the  wind  and  the  deluge  and  the  storm 
prevailed.  At  the  opening  of  the  seventh  day,  however,  the  storm 
lessened,  the  hurricane,  which  had  waged  a  warfare  like  a  mighty 
army,  was  appeased,  and  storm  and  deluge  ceased.  I  sailed  the 
sea  mourning  that  the  dwelling-places  of  mankind  were  changed 
to  slime.     Like  logs  the  bodies  floated  around.     I  had  opened  a 


116  SECTION    E. 

Window,  and  as  the  light  of  day  fell  upon  my  face  I  shuddered 
and  sat  down  weeping.  My  tears  flowed  over  my  face.  Wher- 
ever I  looked  was  a  fearful  sea.  In  all  directions  there  was  no 
land.  Helpless  the  ship  drifted  into  the  region  of  Nizir.  There 
a  mountain  in  the  land  of  Nizir  held  the  ship  stranded,  and  did 
not  allow  it  to  advance  farther  toward  the  heights.  On  the  first 
and  second  day  the  mountain  of  Nizir  held  the  ship.  Also  on 
the  third  and  the  fourth  day  the  mountain  of  Nizir  held  the  ship. 
Even  so  on  the  fifth  and  the  sixth  day  the  mountain  of  Nizir 
held  the  ship.  At  the  approach  of  the  seventh  day  I  loosened  a 
dove  and  caused  it  to  go  forth.  The  dove  went,  it  turned,  and  it 
found  not  a  place  where  to  rest,  and  it  returned.  I  loosened  and 
I  caused  to  go  forth  a  swallow.  It  went,  it  turned,  and  it  found 
not  a  place  where  to  rest,  and  it  returned.  I  loosened  and  I 
caused  to  go  forth  a  raven.  The  raven  flew  off,  and  as  it  saw 
that  the  water  had  fallen  it  turned  back.  It  waded  in  the 
water,  but  it  returned  not. 

"Then  I  caused  all  to  go  forth  to  the  four  winds,  and  made  a 
sacrifice.  I  erected  an  altar  on  the  peak  of  the  mountain.  I  dis- 
posed of  the  measured  vases,  seven  by  seven ;  beneath  them  I 
spread  seeds,  — cedar  and  juniper.  The  gods  smelled  the  odor. 
The  gods  smelled  the  good  odor.  The  gods  gathered  like  flies 
above  the  master  of  tlie  sacrifice.  From  afar  then  the  goddess 
Istar  at  her  approach  raised  the  great  bows  that  Anu  has  made 
as  their  glory.  She  said,  '  By  the  ornaments  of  my  neck  never 
will  I  forget.  These  days  will  I  remember  and  never  will  I 
forget  them  forever.  May  the  gods  come  to  my  altar.  Bel  shall 
never  come  to  my  altar  because  he  has  not  controlled  himself,  and 
because  he  made  the  deluge,  and  my  people  he  has  given  over  to 
destruction.' 

"Bel  also,  at  his  approach,  saw  the  vessel  from  afar.  Bel 
stood  still;  he  was  full  of  anger  against  the  gods  and  the  godlike 
ones. 

"What  soul  has  then  escaped? 

"  Never  shall  man  survive  the  destruction. 

"  Adar  opened  his  mouth  and  he  spake.  He  said  to  the  warrior 
Bel :  — 

"  '  Who,  also,  if  it  be  not  Ea,  can  have  planned  this?  And  Ea 
knew  and  has  informed  him.'  Ea  opened  his  mouth  and  spake. 
He  said  to  the  warrior  Bel :   '  Thou  herald  of  the  gods,  warrior, 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  117 

why  hast  thou  not  controlled  thyself;  why  hast  thou  made  the 
deluge?  Visit  upon  the  sinner  his  sin,  upon  the  blasphemer  his 
blasphemy.  Be  persuaded  not  to  destroy  him.  Be  merciful  that 
he  be  not  destroyed.  Instead  that  thou  shouldst  make  a  deluge, 
let  the  lions  come,  and  let  them  cut  off  men.  Instead  that  thou 
shouldst  make  a  deluge,  let  the  hyenas  come,  and  let  them  devour 
men.  Instead  that  thou  shouldst  make  a  deluge,  let  the  famine 
come  and  destroy  the  land.  Instead  that  thou  shouldst  make  the 
deluge,  let  the  god  of  pestilence  come  and  destroy  the  laud.  I 
have  not  disclosed  the  decision  of  the  great  gods.  Ilasisadra 
has  interpreted  a  dream,  and  has  understood  the  decision  of  the 
gods. '  Then  Bel  came  to  a  better  mind.  He  mounted  to  the  in- 
terior of  the  vessel,  he  took  my  hand  and  made  me  to  rise ;  my- 
self made  he  to  rise.  He  made  my  wife  to  stand  up,  and  put 
her  hand  in  mine ;  he  turned  around  to  us  and  blessed  us. 

"  '  Hitherto  Hasisadra  was  mortal,  and  behold,  now,  Hasisadra 
and  his  wife  are  lifted  up  to  the  gods.  He  shall  dwell  far  away 
at  the  mouths  of  the  rivers.' 

"  They  took  me,  and  in  a  secluded  place  at  the  mouths  of  the 
rivers  they  made  me  abide." 

Surippak,  the  home  of  the  wise  man,  on  the  banks  of  the 
Euphrates,  of  high  antiquity  before  the  deluge,  is  the  same  as 
Sippara,  where  Xisuthros  (  =  Hasisadra),  according  to  Berosus, 
buried  the  holy  writings  before  the  flood.  Its  rains  have  been 
found  in  the  Hill  of  Abu-Habba,  about  half-way  between  Babylon 
(now  Hilleh)  aud  Bagdad.^ 

It  was  "  at  the  mouths  of  the  rivers ;  "  that  is,  in  time  of  the 
poem  the  Euphrates  aud  the  Tigris  emptied  separately  into  the 
Persian  Gulf.  Now  the  Schat  el  Arab,  formed  by  the  union  of  the 
two  streams,  empties  into  the  gulf,  perhaps  400  kilometers  below 
the  site  of  the  ancient  city,  across  a  delta  so  low  and  flat  that  the 
tide  runs  up  300  kilometers,  and  at  Old  Nineveh  the  elevation  is 
only  300  m.  Delitseh-  has  collected  the  evidence  that  the  two 
streams  once  flowed  separately  into  the  gulf.  Pliny  says  that 
almost  nowhere  does  the  formation  of  land  by  a  stream  advance 
so  rapidly  as  here.  He  mentions  a  town,  Alexandria-Antiochia, 
which,  in  the  third  century  b.  c.  was  about  1600  m.  from  the  sea, 

1  Carl  Schmidt,  loc.  cit.,  p.  20. 

2  Wo  lag  das  Paradies  ? 


118  SECTION    E. 

and  had  its  own  harbor,  and  300  years  later  was  33  km.  inland. 
Other  historical  documents  make  it  probable  that  the  streams  were 
separate  150  years  b.  c.  Rawlinson  says  the  delta  advanced  3 '2 
km.  in  60  years.  All  the  attendant  circumstances  accord  with 
this  location  of  the  story.  Here,  among  a  maritime  people,  as 
connoisseurs,  they  ridicule  the  building  of  a  ship  on  the  land. 
Ea  is  the  goddess  of  the  sea.  And  it  is  marvellous  that  this 
trait  of  the  original  is  presei'ved  in  the  Koran,  where  the  story  is 
told  at  length.  "  And  he  made  the  ark,  and  as  often  as  the  elders 
of  his  people  came  by  him  they  ridiculed  him,  and  he  said,  '  If 
you  rail  at  us,  be  sure  that  we  shall  also  rail  at  you  as  you  rail 
atus."'i 

From  the  time  of  Moses  and  the  tower  of  Babel,  pitch  or  bitu- 
men had  been  much  used  in  the  Euphrates  valle}",  where  the  terti- 
ary marls  produced  it  abundantl3^  In  Genesis  xi.  3,  it  says 
of  the  tower  of  Babel,  "slime  had  they  for  mortar,"  and  a 
primitive  folk  still  pitches  its  boats  inside  and  out  on  the  waters 
of  the  Euphrates. 

Thus  the  starting-point  of  the  ark  is  well  ascertained,  and  its 
landing-place  can  also  be  quite  clearly  located.  It  was  in  the 
land  of  Nizir,  says  the  record.  The  Mesopotamian  lowland  is  a 
narrow,  northward  extension  of  the  Persian  Gulf  between  the 
Arabian  plateau  on  the  west,  and  the  Zagros  Mountains,  the 
scarp  of  the  Persian  highlands,  on  the  east.  An  inscription  of 
Asurnacir-pal,  from  the  same  library^,  reads:  "  Left  Kalzu  (by 
Arbela),  and  entered  the  region  of  the  town  of  Babite,  and  ap- 
proached the  land  Nizir."  This  is  the  account  of  a  military  expe- 
dition, and  it  followed  up  the  great  war  road,  by  which,  500  years 
later,  Darius  Codomanus  fled  from  the  armies  of  Alexander.  The 
region  of  Nizir  was  east  of  the  Tigris,  at  the  foot  of  the  Zagros 
chain,  300  feet  above  the  sea,  and  the  craft  of  Hasisadra  must 
have  been  swept  160  miles  northeast,  and  stranded  in  the  foothills 
on  the  valley  border. 

Early  accounts  placed  this  landing  on  Mount  Judi,  in  southern 
Armenia,  where  a  temple  in  its  honor  was  built  in  776  a.  d. 
Berosus  places  it  in  the  Cordj^aian  Mountains  of  Armenia, 
Genesis  in  Mt.  Ararat  (Araxes).  It  is  remarkable  how  the  tradi- 
tion had  clung  to  this  grand  volcano.  The  people  still  tell  of  the 
wood  and  pitch  being  carried  from  the  ark  as  amulets,  and  dare 

1  Koran,  XI.  40,  41. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  119 

not  attempt  to  asceud  the  sacred  mountain,  and  disbelieve  the 
accounts  of  those  few  foreigners  who  have  reached  the  summit. 
Indeed,  a  Constantinople  newspaper  account  of  a  scientific  com- 
mission sent  out  b}'  the  Turkish  government  in  1887,  to  study 
the  avalanches  in  the  mountain,  tells  of  the  finding  of  the  ark, 
encased  in  the  ice  of  a  glacier  on  the  mountain. 

We  may  contrast  the  Chaldaean  and  Biblical  accounts  in  several 
matters.  The  sending  out  of  the  birds  and  the  bow  in  the 
heavens  join  with  many  other  points  to  prove  the  identity  of  the 
stories. 

In  many  ways  the  Biblical  account  is  modified  to  suit  the  com- 
prehension of  au  inland  folk.  While  the  Gilgamos  epic  describes 
a  violent  hurricane  and  inundation,  which  expended  its  force  in 
six  days,  the  Biblical  account  describes  a  long-continued  rain 
of  forty  days,  or,  in  the  Elohistic  document,  of  one  hundred  and 
fifty  days.  "And  the  waters  were  dried  up  from  off  the  earth, 
and  the  face  of  the  ground  was  dry."  In  the  epic  the  forests  were 
destroyed,  and  the  face  of  the  earth  reduced  to  slime. 

Waters  rising  from  great  rains  would  have  swept  the  ship 
down  the  valley,  while  the  epic  makes  it  go  from  the  gulf  north- 
east to  the  region  of  Nizir.  And,  indeed,  what  seems  the  better 
translation  of  the  Noachian  account  agrees  with  this.  Gen.  vi. 
17,  "  I  do  bring  a  flood  of  waters"  is  better  translated  "I  do 
bring  a  flood  from  the  sea,"  and  Gen.  vii.  6,  "Noah  was  six 
hundred  years  old  as  the  flood  of  waters"  (or  better,  "from  the 
sea")  "arose."  ^  As  Amos  says,  writing  "two  years  after  the 
earthquake,"^  "Seek  him  that  maketh  the  day  dark  with  night, 
that  calleth  forth  waters  of  the  sea,  and  poureth  them  out  upon 
t  heface  of  the  earth. ^ 

We  may  now  try  to  strip  the  account  of  its  abundant  personifi- 
cation, and  see  how  far  it  is  susceptible  of  a  possible  or  probable 
translation  into  scientific  language. 

There  are,  first,  the  warnings.  Hasisatra,  the  wise  man,  and, 
we  ma}'  assume,  wise  in  the  ways  of  the  sea,  stands  on  the  shore  of 
the  ancient  harbor-town,  Surippak,  and  receives  the  warnings  of 
Ea,  goddess  of  the  sea.  These  were  the  unusual  swellings  of 
the  sea  from  small  premonitory  earthquake  shocks  beneath  the 
waters.     There  is  next  added  a  voice,  or  noise,  —  a  more  unusual 

1  J.  D.  Michaelis  (Bunseu) ;  majim  =  water,  mijam  =  from  the  sea. 

2  Amos,  i.  1.  8  Amos,  v.  8. 


120  SECTION    E. 

warning,  —  not  personified.  This  may  have  been  the  rumbling 
which  may  precede  any  severe  earthquake.  It  is  a  region  where 
earthquakes  are  antecedently  probable.  From  the  circle  of  fire 
that  surrounds  the  Pacific,  a  zone  of  seismic  activity  connects 
the  East  and  West  Indies  by  way  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
passes  this  region.  The  volcanic  area  of  northern  Mesopotamia 
and  Syria  is  in  seismic  activity  much  of  the  time.  Many  towns 
have  been  several  times  destroyed,  and  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
people  have  been  killed.  And  the  recently-sunken  areas  of 
"  Lemuria  "  to  the  south  indicate  a  region  of  profound  faulting 
apt  for  the  production  of  earthquakes. 

In  the  ^gean,  the  sinking  of  the  great  land  blocks,  by  whi(!h 
the  sea  was  formed,  is  so  recent  that  it  is  embalmed  in  the  Greek 
m3'thology,  —  Poseidon,  god  of  the  sea,  ever  warring  victorious 
against  the  gods  of  the  land.  And,  though  rarely  noted  on  the 
lower  Euphrates,  earthquakes  and  seaquakes,  as  the  Germans 
say,  are  not  rare  across  the  northern  parts  of  the  Indian  Ocean, 
the  wise  man  accepts  this  warning  of  impending  danger,  and 
builds  a  great  craft  for  the  safety  of  his  home,  and  with  the 
increase  of  the  threatenings  embarks  his  family,  regardless  of 
the  ridicule  of  the  townsfolk. 

"  Then  arose  from  the  foundations  of  the  heavens  a  black 
cloud,  in  whose  middle  Ram  man  (the  god  of  storms)  lets  his 
thunders  roar,  while  Neba  and  Sarru  rush  at  each  other  in  battle. 
The  throne-bearers  stalk  over  mountain  and  plain."  These 
latter  are  the  great  slow-moving  sand  columns  (whirlwinds)  which 
pi'ecede  and  hang  on  the  borders  of  the  coming  storm.  They 
still  occur  around  Bagdad,  change  day  into  night,  and  extend 
over  the  whole  valley  of  the  Euphrates.  "The  mighty  god  of 
pestilence  lets  loose  his  hurricanes."  So  far  it  is  tlie  description 
of  the  oncoming  of  a  mighty  storm.  Then  follow  elements 
which  may  be  interpreted  as  earthquake  phenomena.  The  Biblical 
account  says  the  foundations  of  the  great  deep  were  broken  up, 
and  at  the  end  they  were  stopped.  This  may  be  explained  as 
the  uprush  of  the  ground  waters,  so  marked  at  Charleston  and 
New  Madrid,  on  the  Indus  plain,  at  Lake  Baikal,  where  a  lake 
ten  by  fifteen  miles  was  formed,  and  in  the  delta  of  the  river 
Selenga,  when  the  fastenings  of  the  wells  were  blown  into  the 
air  like  the  corks  of  bottles.  "  The  Annuniki  raise  their  torches, 
they   make   the   laud   glow   with   their   radiant   gleams."      The 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  121 

Aiinuniki  are  the  gods  of  the  underground,  the  gnomes  or 
kobolds  of  German  saga,  and  their  raising  their  torches  is  the 
inflaming  of  the  natural  gases  so  common  in  these  bituminous 
tertiary  beds,  in  the  fissures  opened  by  the  earthquake,  —  a  fre- 
quent occurrence  also  in  similar  regions  on  the  Caspian. 

In  the  earlier  translation  by  Haupt,  the  suggestions  of  earth- 
quake intervention  were  even  more  striking  than  in  the  later 
translations.  "  Adar  lets  the  canals  overflow  unceasingly.  The 
Annuniki  bring  floods  from  the  depths.  They  make  the  earth 
tremble  by  their  might."  Although  hurricane  inundations  have 
overwhelmed  great  areas  of  land,  the  earthquake  wave  is  in  many 
ways  a  mere  probable  agency  here  for  the  production  of  a  flood, 
exceptional  as  this  must  have  been  to  have  impressed  itself  so 
deeply  on  this  ancient  folk.  We  recall  the  Lisbon  earthquake 
wave;  how  the  United  States  warship  Monougahela  was  car- 
ried ashore  in  1863,  at  Santa  Cruz,  and  landed  on  the  tops  of  the 
houses;  or  how  the  great  seismic  wave  of  1868  carried  the 
Wateree  in  the  harbor  of  Arica,  Peru,  seven  or  eight  miles 
inland,  landing  her  in  a  tropical  forest,  where  she  ended  her  days 
as  an  hotel,  while  her  consort,  the  Fredonia,  rolled  over  and 
over,  and  sank  with  all  on  board ;  or  the  last  terrible  earthquake 
waves  in  Japan  and  China. 

The  account  then  advances  strongly  to  its  climax  and  catas- 
trophe. "  Ramman's  flood-wave  mounts  up  to  heaven."  All  light 
sinks  in  darkness.  Terror  overcomes  gods  and  men.  "Like  dogs 
in  their  lair  the  gods  crouch  at  the  windows  of  heaven."  This  is 
the  description  of  the  incoming  of  the  great  cyclonic  waves,  per- 
haps reinforced  by  earthquake  waves,  for  when  the  seismic  tension 
has  just  come  to  equal  the  resistance,  the  great  additional  strain 
caused  b}'  the  relief  of  pressure  of  the  low  barometer  of  the  cyclone 
has  not  -infrequentl}-  set  loose  the  impending  earthquake.  Of  64 
hurricanes  in  the  Antilles  7  were  accompanied  by  earthquakes.  In 
the  Bay  of  Bengal,  the  c3'clones  average  one  a  3'ear  and  destroj'  a 
million  people  in  a  centurj' ;  and  once  at  Calcutta,  in  17.37,  when  the 
waters  rose  40  feet,  14  ships  were  carried  over  the  trees  and 
300,000  people  were  killed  ;  and  on  the  Kistna  in  1800  the  c.yclone 
and  the  earthquake  occurred  together.  Indeed,  several  of  these 
C3'clones  have  been  traced  across  into  the  Persian  Gulf,  and  one  in 
1769  was  accompanied  by  an  earthquake  on  the  lower  Euphrates  — 
the  very  site  of  the  ancient  myth.   On  the  broad  plains  of  the  Punjaub 


122  SECTION    E. 

are  man}'  indications  of  similar  inundations.  I  travelled,  said  Ibn 
Batuta  (1333),  through  Sind  to  the  town  Sahari,  on  the  coast  of 
the  Indian  Sea,  where  the  Indus  joins  it.  A  few  miles  from  here 
are  the  ruins  of  another  town,  in  which  stones  in  the  form  of  men 
and  animals  in  almost  innumerable  amount  occur.  The  people 
were  so  sinful  that  God  changed  them  to  stone  and  their  animals 
and  their  grain.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  the  different  effect  these 
disturbing  events  have  upon  people  of  different  grades  of  culture. 

The  Negritos  of  the  Andaman  Islands  have  a  demon  of  the  land 
who  causes  the  earthquakes,  a  demon  of  the  sea  who  causes  the 
floods. 

The  King  of  Dahorae}'  in  1862  had  received  the  missionaries  in 
the  land.  The  spirit  of  his  fathers  shakes  the  earth  because  old 
observances  were  not  followed.  The  King  executes  three  captive 
chiefs  as  an  envoy  to  inform  his  fathers  that  the  ancient  rites 
shall  be  re-established. 

After  the  great  earthquake  of  Kioto  and  Osaka  in  Japan,  in 
1596,  the  warrior  Hidiyoshi  goes  to  the  temple  of  Daibutzu  (the 
Buddha),  where  the  enormous  bronze  statue  had  been  overthrown, 
and  upbraids  the  fallen  idol,  and  shoots  it  with  arrows. 

In  62  A.  D.  Oppolonius  of  Tyana,  at  Phaestus,  in  Crete,  was 
preaching  to  a  company  of  worshippers  of  the  local  deity,  when 
an  earthquake  arose.  "  Peace,"  he  said,  "  the  sea  has  brought 
forth  a  new  land."  An  island  was  found  between  Thera  and 
Crete,  —  Sautorin,  beloved  of  all  geologists  in  modern  times. 
The  crowd  loses  all  judgment  in  wonder  and  admiration. 

A  true  flood  panic  occurred  in  the  time  of  Charlemagne.  Stoff- 
ler,  a  celebrated  astronomer,  and  professor  of  mathematics  at 
Tubingen,  found,  as  the  result  of  abstruse  calculation,  that  the 
earth  would  be  destroyed  by  a  flood  in  1524.  The  news  spread 
rapidly,  and  filled  Europe  with  alarm.  In  Toulouse  an  ark  was 
built  by  advice  of  the  professor  of  canonical  law,  to  rescue  at 
least  a  part  of  the  people.  Indeed,  in  our  own  daj^s,  Prof. 
Rudolph  Falb  and  similar  prophets  announce  a  new  flood  in  the 
year  a.  d.  7132.^  And  Falb  has  by  his  unverified  earthquake 
predictions  caused  panics  in  Athens  and  Valparaiso. 

It  is  the  western  migration  of  this  ancient  story  that  is  note- 
worthy, and  its  association  with  the  punishment  of  sin  by  the 
religious  genius  of  the  Hebrews  which  has  made  it  world-wide. 

1  Schmidt,  loc.  cit.,  p.  61. 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  123 

Such  myths  of  observation,  dependent  on  local  floods  or  the 
suggestion  of  fossils,  are  most  widely  spread,  and  they  find  place 
in  cosmogonic  myths,  —  explanations  of  the  origin  of  land 
and  sea  ;  national  myths,  —  explanations  of  the  origin  of  peoples  ; 
and  myths  of  destruction  of  land  or  people,  with  or  without  the 
idea  of  punishment  for  sin. 

They  are  wanthig  among  the  Africans  and  in  Australia  and 
Oceanica  according  to  Lenormant ;  more  accurately  among  the 
Papuans  of  Oceanica,  for  the  Feejee  Islanders  kept  great  canoes  on 
the  hill-tops  for  refuge  when  the  flood  should  return. 

In  China,  the  great  Cyclopedia  (2357  b.  c.)  says:  "The  waters 
of  the  flood  are  destructive  in  their  inundation.  In  their  wide  ex- 
tent they  surround  the  mountains  ;  overtop  the  hills  ;  threaten  the 
heaven  with  their  waters  ;  so  that  the  common  folk  is  dissatisfied 
and  complains.  Where  is  the  able  man  who  will  undertake  to  con- 
trol the  evil.  Kwan  tries  nine  3-ears,  Yu,  eight  years.  He  com- 
pletes great  works,  cuts  away  woods,  controls  the  streams,  dykes 
them  and  opens  out  their  mouths.     He  feeds  the  people." 

This  refers  to  the  "  Curse  of  China"  the  Yang-ze-Kiang  which 
flows  sometimes  into  the  Gulf  of  Pechili  north  of  the  promontor}' 
of  Shantung,  sometimes  to  the  south  into  the  Yellow  Sea. 


'o' 


Our  own  Indians  gave  Catlin  160  flood  myths.  The  dog  of  the 
Cherokees  is  well  known.  On  Cundinamarca  in  Mexico  there  were 
four  destructions  :  —  of  famine,  personified  b}'  giants  ;  of  fire,  by 
birds  ;  of  wind,  b^'  monke3S  ;  of  water,  by  fishes. 

The  Quiches  of  Guatemala  say:  As  the  gods  had  created 
animals  who  did  not  speak  or  worship  the  gods,  and  had  made  men 
from  cla\'  who  could  not  turn  their  heads,  —  who  could  speak 
indeed  but  not  understand  anytliing,  —  they  destroyed  their  imper- 
fect work  b}-  a  flood. 

A  second  race  of  mankind  was  created,  the  male  of  wood,  the 
woman  of  resin,  but  it  was  not  thankful  to  the  gods.  The  gods 
rained  burning  pitch  on  the  earth,  and  sent  an  earthquake, 
destroying  all  but  a  few,  who  became  monkeys.  A  third  attempt 
succeeded  so  well  that  the  gods  themselves  were  terrified  at  the 
perfection  of  their  work,  and  took  from  them  some  of  their  good 
qualities,  and  the  normal  man  resulted." 

The  Arawaks  of  British  Guiana  and  Yenezuela  were  for  their 
sins  twice  destroyed,  —  once  by  flood,  and  once  by  fire,  and  only 
the  good  and  wise  were  saved. 

1  Schmidt,  "  Siindflut,"  57. 


124  SECxroN  E. 

The  flood  is  a  perennial  blessing  in  Eg-j'pt,  and  when  the 
Greeks  told  the  priests  of  the  deluge  of  Deucalionj  they  said, 
"Egypt  has  been  spared  this," 

There  is  an  inscription  on  the  walls  of  the  tomb  of  Seti-on,  in 
Thebes,  1350  B.C.  The  Sun-god,  Ea,  is  wroth  with  mankind,  and 
the  council  of  the  gods  decrees  its  doom.  Hatbor,  queen  of  the 
gods,  does  the  work,  till  all  the  land  is  flooded  with  blood.  She 
sees  the  fields  flooded  with  blood,  she  drinks  thereof,  her  soul 
is  glad,  she  does  not  know  mankind.  Only  those  who,  at  the 
right  time,  fix  their  thoughts  above  are  spared,  and  of  these  the 
Majesty  of  Ra  says:  "  These  are  the  good." 

In  Persia  there  are  no  flood  myths  preserved  before  the  time  of 
Zoroaster. 

In  India,  where  the  flood  is  a  constant  scourge,  the  four  Yugas 
(ages),  and  the  four  Manvartaras,  the  alternate  destructions  and 
renewals  of  the  human  race,  are  Vedic  mj'ths,  and  no  trace  of 
the  flood  story  appears  in  the  Vedas.  The  Satapatha-Bramahua, 
written  just  before  the  time  of  Christ,  is  especially  interesting, 
from  the  blending  of  the  Chaldaean  account  with  the  Indian 
mythology.  In  this  oldest  account  the  flood  came  from  the  sea, 
the  warning  and  the  rescue  of  Manu,  the  Indian  Noah,  from 
Vishnu,  in  form  of  a  fish.  Here  all  the  suggestion  may  be 
indigenous.     There  is  no  punishment. 

In  the  Mahabharata,  the  ship  lands  on  the  highest  peak  of  the 
Himalaya.  In  the  last  part  of  the  storj^,  in  the  Bhagarata 
Purana,  the  motive  of  the  flood  is  that  the  wickedness  of  man 
was  great  in  the  earth.  Vishnu,  in  form  of  a  fish,  warns  Manu 
Satjavrata,  the  well-doer  (Ea  was  a  fish-god  in  the  Chalda^an 
story,  and  Oannu,  in  Berosus,  was  a  fish-god),  that  in  seven 
days  the  three  worlds  will  sink  in  an  ocean  of  death,  but  in  the 
midst  of  the  waves  a  ship  will  be  provided  for  Manu.  He  is  to 
bring  all  useful  plants  and  a  pair  of  all  irrational  animals  into  the 
ship.  The  sea  rose  over  its  banks,  and  overwhelmed  the  earth. 
Violent  wind  and  cloudburst  from  measureless  clouds  contrib- 
uted to  the  flood.  Vishnu,  in  form  of  a  gold-gleaming  fish,  guided 
the  ship.  Before  the  flood  the  holy  Vedas  were  stolen,  after- 
wards the}'^  were  restored  by  Vishnu. 

In  Greece,  also,  as  the  sinking  of  the  land  has  persisted  to 
greater  extent  into  the  most  modern  times,  so  the  flood-myths 
have  there  greater  variety  and  definiteness  than  elsewhere,  and 


ADDRESS    BY    B.    K.    EMERSON.  125 

later  the  Chaldteau  account  was  grafted  on  to  the  earlier  with 
greater  fulness.  The  story  is  not  known  to  Hesiod  in  the  "  Works 
and  Days"  (8th  century  B.C.),  though  he  enumerates  several 
destructions  of  the  sinful  race  of  man,  and  the  "Iliad"  mentions 
destructive  cloud-bursts  as  the  usual  punishment  of  heaven  on  the 
unjust  judge. 

Thus,  in  the  Boeotian  myth  of  Ogyges,  it  is  significant  that 
Ogyges  was  sou  of  Poseidon,  god  of  the  sea,  and  I  have  heard  the 
name  itself  derived  from  an  Aryan  root,  meaning  a  flood. 
Ogj^ges  is  rescued  in  a  boat. 

The  story  of  Deucalion's  flood  is  first  given  in  the  Hesiodic 
catalogues,  800  to  600  b.  c.  Pyrrha  and  Deucalion  were  alone 
rescued  in  a  ship.  As  told  in  an  archaic  form  by  Pindar  ^  (500 
B.  €.),  "  Pyrrha  and  Deucalion,  coming  down  together  from 
Parnassus,  founded  their  mansion  first,  and,  without  marriage 
union,  produced  the  strong  race  of  the  same  stock,  and  hence  they 
were  called  Laioi,  from  a  word  meaning  stones,  as  they  threw 
stones  over  their  heads  to  form  the  first  men. 

ApoUodorus  (100  b.  c.)  shows  the  first  influence  of  the  Semitic 
myth.  He  extends  the  flood  over  almost  all  Greece,  and  says 
Deucalion  offered  sacrifice  on  leaving  the  ship.  Later,  the  ark, 
the  takiug-in  of  animals  and  sending-out  of  birds,  appear  in  the 
Greek  myth,  and  Lucian,  or  pseudo-Lucian,  in  "  De  Dea  Syria  " 
(160  A.  D.),  in  a  chapter  on  Hydrophoria,  narrates  an  Armenian 
flood-myth,  which  had  its  home  in  the  upper  Euphrates,  at  Hier- 
opolis,  the  modern  Mambedj,  and  blends  the  Hellenic  and 
Semitic  story.  "  The  most  say  that  Deucalion  Sysythes  built  the 
sanctuary,  that  Deucalion,  under  whom  the  great  deluge  occurred. 
Of  Deucalion  I  heard  also  in  Hellas  the  story  which  the  Hel- 
lenes tell  of  him,  which  runs  as  follows:  The  first  men  had  grown 
very  wicked  upon  the  earth,  and,  in  punishment,  suffered  a  great 
evil.  The  earth  sent  up  from  its  bosom  mighty  masses  of  water. 
Heavy  rains  followed,  the  rivers  swelled,  and  the  sea  overflowed 
the  land,  until  all  was  covered  with  water,  and  all  were  destroyed; 
only  Deucalion,  of  all  mankind,  remained  alive.  He  had  built  a 
box  or  ark,  and  his  family,  as  also  pairs  of  all  kinds  of  animals, 
entered  into  it.  All  sailed  in  the  ark  as  long  as  the  waters  con- 
tinued. So  the  Hellenes  write  of  Deucalion.  To  this  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  holy  town  add  a  very  strange  story;  that  in  their 

1  Olympics,  IX.  4  (500  b.  c.)- 


126  SECTION   E. 

land  a  great  fissure  opened  in  the  earth,  and  this  received  all  the 
water.  Deucalion  built  altars  after  this  happened,  and  by  the 
opening  built  a  temple  to  Here.  I  saw  the  opening.  It  is  under 
the  temple,  and  is  very  small.  As  a  sign  and  remembrance  of 
this  story,  they  do  as  follows:  Twice  a  year  water  is  brought  to 
the  temple  from  the  sea.  Not  alone  do  the  priests  bring  this, —  out 
of  all  Syria,  and  Arabia,  India,  and  from  beyond  the  Euphrates 
many  go  down  to  the  sea,  and  all  bring  water.  They  pour  it  out 
in  the  temple,  and  it  flows  into  the  fissure,  and  the  small  opening 
receives  a  great  quantity  of  water.  And  this  ceremony,  they 
say,  Deucalion  appointed  in  the  temple  in  remembrance  of  the 
catastrophe  and  his  rescue.  A  statue  of  Here  is  in  the  temple, 
and  another  god,  which,  although  it  is  Zeus,  they  call  by  another 
name.  Between  the  two  stands  a  golden  column.  The  Assyrians 
call  it  the  sign,  — give  it  no  special  name,  and  cannot  explain  its 
origin  or  its  form.  Some  refer  it  to  Dionysus,  others  to  Deuca- 
lion, others  to  Semiramis.  There  is  on  its  top  a  golden  dove. 
Therefore  it  is  said  to  represent  Semiramis.  Twice  a  year  it  is 
taken  to  the  sea  to  bring  water,  as  described  above."  There  were 
similar  Hydrophoria  at  Athens. 


PAPERS  READ. 


Tdesdat,  August  25. 

Notes  on  the  artesian  well  sunk  at  Key  West,  Florida,  in  1895.  By 
Edmund  Otis  Hovet,  Amer.  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

The  hydraulic  gradient  of  the  jiain  artesian  basin  of  the  North- 
west.    By  Prof.  J.  E.  Todd,  Vermilion,  So.  Dakota. 

The    true    tuff-beds   of    the    Trias,   and   the    mud    enclosures,    the 

UNDERROLLING,     AND     THE     BASIC     PITCHSTONE     OF     THE    TrIASSIC    TRAPS. 

By  Prof.  B.  K.  Emerson,  Amlierst,  Mass. 

Volcanic  ash  from  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Superior.  By  Prof.  N. 
H.  WiNCUELL,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  and  Dr.  U.  S. 
Grant,  Geol.  Survey  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 

The  Tyringham  (Mass.)  "Mortise  Rock,"  and  pseudo3iorphs  of  quartz 
AFTER  ALBiTE.     By  Pfof.  B.  K.  Emerson,  Amlierst,  Mass. 

The  succession  of  the  fossil  faunas  in  the  Hamilton  group  at 
Eighteen  Mile  Creek,  N.  Y.  By  Amadeus  W.  Grabau,  Mass.  Inst,  of 
Technology,  Boston. 

Development  of  the  physiography  of  California.  (Lantern  pictures.) 
By  Dr.  James  Pkrrin  Smith,  Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  Palo 
Alto,  Cal. 

Synopsis  of  California  stratigraphy.  By  Dr.  James  Perrin  Smith, 
Leland  Stanford  Junior  University,  Palo  Alto,  Cal. 

Ancient  and  modern  sharks,  and  the  evolution  of  the  class.  By 
Prof.  E.  W.  Claypole,  Akron,  Ohio. 

Interglacial  change  of  course,  with  gorge  erosion,  of  the  St.  Croix 
River,  in  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin.  By  Warren  Upham,  Minn. 
Hist.  Society,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota. 

Wednesday,  August  26. 

Observations  on  the  dorsal  shields  in  the  Dinichthyids.  By  Dr. 
Charles  R.  Eastman,  Mus.  Comp.  Zoology,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

The  discovery  of  a  new  fish  fauna,  from  the  Devonian  rocks  of 
Western  New  York.     By  F.  K.  Mixer,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 


128  SECTION    E. 

Origin  of  the  high  terrace  deposits  of  the  Monongahela  River.    By 
Prof.  I.  C.  White,  University  of  W.  Virginia,  Morgantown. 

At  the  afternoon  session  the  Section  gave  its  attention  to  special 
exercises  in  commemoration  of  the  sixtieth  anniversary  of  Professor 
Hall's  connection  vs'ith  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  State  of  New 
York.  Addresses  were  made  by  Vice-President  Emerson  in  behalf 
of  the  Section,  and  by  Pi'esident  Joseph  Le  Conte  of  the  Geologi- 
cal Societj-  of  America  in  behalf  of  that  society.  Professor  Hall 
responded  to  these  addresses.  Several  papers  relating  to  the  work 
of  Professor  Hall  and  the  New  York  Sui'vey  were  read.  A  letter 
of  congratulation  from  George  M.  Davtson,  Director  of  the  Geologi- 
cal Surve}'  of  Canada,  was  read,  and  a  brief  address  was  made  by 
J.  F.  Whiteaves  of  the  Canadian  Survey'.  An  address  was  made  by 
T.  Guilford  Smith  of  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of 
the  State  of  New  York  ;  and  further  remarks  were  made  b}'  J.  J. 
Stevenson,  W.  H.  Hale,  W.  H.  Niles,  H.  C.  Hovev,  and  H.  L. 
Fairchild.  a  communication  from  Sir  J.  W.  Dawson  concerning 
Dr.  Hall  was  received  too  late  to  be  read  at  the  meeting.  (For  a 
full  report  of  this  meeting,  see  Science^  Nov.  13,  1896.) 

The  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  the  State  of  New  York. 
By  Prof.  James  Hall,  State  Geologist,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

James  Hall,  founder  of  American  stratigraphic  geology.     By  Dr.  W. 
J.  McGee,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washington,  D.  C.' 

Professor  Hall,  and  the  Survey  of  the  Fourth  District.     By  John  M. 
Clarke,  Asst.  State  Geologist  and  Paleontologist,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

The   Cuyahoga   preglacial  gorge    in   Cleveland,    Ohio.     By   Warren 
Upham,  Minn.  Hist.  Society,  Minneapolis. 

A  REVISION  OF  the  MORAINES  OF  MINNESOTA.     By  Prof.  J.  E.  ToDD,  Ver- 
milion, S.  Dakota. 

Thursday,  August  27. 

Notes  on  certain  fossil  plants  from  the  Carboniferous  of  Iowa.     By 
Prof.  Thomas  H.  Macbride,  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

The  making  of  Mammoth  Cave.     By  Rev.  Horace  C.  Hovev,  Newbury- 
port,  Mass. 

The  Colossal  Cavern.     By  Rev.  Horace  C.  Hovey,  Newburyport,  Mass. 

Sheetflood  erosion.    By  Dr.  W.  J.  McGee,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 


GEOLOGY   AND    GEOGRAPHY.  129 


Friday,  Adgcst  28. 

Oeigin  of  conglomerates.  By  Prof.  T.  C.  Hopkins,  Geological  Survey, 
Indianapolis,  Ind.,  State  College,  Centre  Co.,  Pa. 

Origin  of  topographic  features  in  North  Carolina.  By  Collier 
Cobb,  Univ.  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill  N.  C. 

The  Cretaceous  clay  marl  exposure  at  Cliffwood,  N.  J.  By  Prof. 
Arthur  Hollick,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Post-Cretaceous  grade-plains  in  Southern  New  England.  By  F.  P. 
Gulliver,  Norwich,  Conn. 

The  Eocene  stages  of  Georgia.     By  Gilbert  D.  Harris,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

The  origin  and  age  of  the  gypsum  deposits  of  Kansas.  By  Prof.  G.  P. 
Grimsley,  Washburn  College,  Topeka,  Kan. 

Geomorphic  notes  on  Norway.     By  Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer,  Washington,  D.  C. 

The  slopes  of  the  drowned  Antillean  valleys.  By  Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

The  "  Augen-Gneiss,"  Pegmatite  veins,  and  Diorite  dikes  at  Bedford, 
Westchester  Co.,  N.  Y.  By  Lea  McI.  Luquer  and  Dr.  Heinrich 
Ries,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Pre-Cambrian  base-levelling  in  the  Northwestern  States.  By  Prof.  C. 
W.  Hall,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

« 

A  Subsection  of  Pleistocene  Geolog}'  was  organized  at  the  after- 
noon session,  by  the  appointment  of  G.  F.  Wright  as  Chairman 
and  H.  S.  Williams  as  Secretary.  The  following  papers  were  read 
in  this  Subsection. 

Glacial  flood  deposits  in  the  Chenango  Valley.  By  Prof.  Albert  P. 
Brigham,  Hamilton,  N.  Y. 

The  Niagara  Falls  gorge.     By  George  W.  Holley,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

The  Algonquin  River.  By  G.  K.  Gilbert,  U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

The  Whirlpool  Saint  Davids  channel.  By  G.  K.  Gilbert,  U.  S.  Geo- 
logical Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Profile  of  the  bed  of  the  Niagara  in  its  gorge.  By  G.  K.  Gilbert, 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Origin  and  age  of  the  Laurentian  Lakes  and  of  Niagara  Falls.  By 
Warren  Upham,  Minn.  Hist.  Society,  Minneapolis. 

A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  9 


130  SECTION    E. 

Correlation    of    Warren    beaches    with    moraines    and    outlets    in 
Southeastern  Michigan.     By  F.  B.  Taylor,   Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 

Notes   on   the   glacial   succession   in    Eastern   Michigan.      By   F.   B. 
Taylor,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 

Notes  on  Kansan  Drift  in  Pennsylvania.      By   Prof.   E.   H.   Williams, 
Bethlehem,  Pa. 

Preliminary^  notes   on   the   Columbian   deposits  of  the  Susquehanna. 
By  Dr.  H.  B.  Bashore,  West  Fairview,  Pa. 

The  Section  adjourned  Friday  ajiernoon,  August  28. 


RESOLUTIONS  OF  SECTION  E. 

» 

The  following  resolution,  offei-ed  by  J.  J.  Stevenson,  was  adopted  : 
Resolved  that  the  Council  be  and  hereby  is  requested  to  appoint 
Prof.  E.  D.  Cope,  Prof.  James  Hall,  Prof.  B.  K.  Emekson,  Prof. 
W.  N.  Rice,  and  Prof.  C.  D.  Walcott,  as  delegates  to  the  Inter- 
national Geological  Congress  to  be  held  in  St.  Petersburg  in  1897  ; 
and  to  authorize  them  to  fill  by  a  majority  vote  any  vacancy  which 
may  occur. 

[The  above  named  gentlemen  were  appointed  by  the  Council  as 
delegates  to  the  Congress,  with  power  to  fill  vacancies  in  the  num- 
ber. —  Pennanent  Secretary.'] 


The  following  resolution,  offered  by  H.  L.  Fairchild,  was  adopted  : 
Resolved  that  Section  E  requests  the  Council  of  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  to  permit  and  author- 
ize the  officers  of  Section  E  to  make  such  arrangements  with  the 
Geological  Societ}"  of  America  for  the  meeting  of  1897,  that  the 
Geological  Society  may  occupy  a  portion  of  the  time  usually  assigned 
to  the  Section. 

[The  above  request  was  granted  b}'  the  Council.  —  Permanent 
Secretary.'] 

(131) 


SECTION    F. 


ZOOLOGY. 


OFFICERS   OF   SECTION   F. 


Vice  President  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
Theodore  Gill,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Secretary. 
D.  S.  Kellicott,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Councillor. 
C.  L.  Marlatt,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Sectional  Committee. 

Theodore  Gill,  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice-President,  1896. 

D.  S.  Kellicott,  Columbus,  Ohio,  Secretary,  1896. 

L.  O.  Howard,  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice-President,  1895. 

C.  W.  Hargitt,  Syracuse,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1895. 

Chas.  C.  Nctting,  Iowa  City,  la. 

F.  M.  Webster,  Wooster,  O. 

S.  H.  Gage,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
C.  W.  Hargitt,  Syi-acuse,  N.  Y. 

Committee  to  Nominate  OflBcers  of  the  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary  ;  and  J.  A.  Lintner,  Albany,  N.  Y. ;  A.  D. 
Hopkins,  Morgantown,  W.  Va. ;  Jas.  G.  Needham,  Galesburg,  III. 

Press  Secretary. 
D.  S.  Kellicott,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

THEODORE  GILL, 

CHAIRMAN    OF    SECTION    F. 


SOME   QUESTIONS   OF  NOMENCLATURE. 


INTRODUCTION. 


I  HAD  originally  selected  for  the  address  which  it  is  my  duty 
and  privilege  to  give  to-day  a  very  different  subject  ^  from  that 
which  I  am  now  to  discuss;  but  the  renewed  and  lively  interest 
which  is  being  manifested  at  present  in  the  ever  troublous  subject 
of  nomenclature  has  led  me  to  take  it  as  my  theme.  I  have  been 
especially  influenced,  too,  by  the  consideration  that  a  committee 
was  appointed  at  the  last  Zoological  Congress,  held  at  Leyden, 
to  consider  the  subject,  and  suggestions  have  been  asked  for.  Of 
the  multitudinous  questions  that  offer  for  review  time  will  only 
permit  us  to  examine  a  few. 

Nomenclature,  in  the  modern  sense  of  the  word,  did  not  trouble 
naturalists  till  near  the  middle  of  the  last  century.  The  animals 
and  plants  of  the  ancient  world  were  mostly  treated  of  under 
the  names  which  the  Greeks  or  Romans  had  used,  or  were  sup- 
posed to  have  used.  The  forms  that  became  first  known  after  the 
discovery  of  America  were  introduced  into  the  literature  under 
names  more  or  less  like  those  which  they  bore  among  the  abo- 
riginal inhabitants  of  the  countries  from  which  those  forms  had 
been  obtained.  Only  a  few  names  were  coined  from  the  Latin  or 
Greek,  and  used  for  forms  not  mentioned  by  classical  authors. 
Examples  of  such  are  Ammodytes,  and  Anarrhichas,  invented  by 
Gesner.     But  none  of  those  names  were  employed  as  true  generic 

1  Animals  as  Chronometers  for  Geology. 

(135) 


136  SECTION   F. 

designations.  Genera,  in  fact,  in  the  strictest  sense  of  the  word, 
were  not  used,  by  zoologists  at  least,^  till  the  time  of  Linnteus. 
There  were  certainly  very  close  approximations  to  the  idea  man- 
ifest in  some  of  the  older  authors,  such,  for  example,  as  Belon 
and  Lang ;  but  their  analogous  groups  were  not  strictly  defined 
and  limited,  as  the  genera  of  Linnaeus  and  his  followers  were. 
The  S3"stem  has  been  one  of  slow  growth,  and  has  developed 
in  accordance  with  our  knowledge  of  Nature,  and  in  response  to 
the  need  for  expressing  the  various  degrees  of  complication  of 
the  organisms.  The  species  known  to  the  naturalists  of  earlj' 
times  were  few  in  number,  —  at  least,  comparatively,  —  and  the 
old  students  had  no  idea  of  the  excessive  diversity  of  form  and 
structure  familiar  to  us. 

A  census  of  animals  and  plants  was  taken  by  Ray,  shortly 
before  Linnaeus  commenced  his  career,  and  enumerated  less  than 
4,000  animals,  exclusive  of  insects;  and  of  those  it  was  esti- 
mated that  there  were  about  "20,000  in  the  whole  world."  He 
evidently  believed  that  the  entire  number  living  would  not  be 
found  greatly  to  exceed  this.     But  let  Ray  speak  for  himself. 

According  to  the  author's  classification,  animals  were  divided 
into  four  orders,  —  "beasts,  birds,  fishes,  and  insects."  The 
number  of  beasts,  including  also  serpents,  that  had  been  accu- 
rately described,  he  estimated  at  not  above  150,  adding  that, 
according  to  his  belief,  "  not  many  that  are  of  any  considerable 
bigness,  in  the  known  regions  of  the  world,  have  escaped  the 
cognizance  of  the  curious."  [At  the  present  day,  more  than 
7,000  species  of  "  beasts,"  reptiles,  and  amphibians  have  been 
described.]  The  number  of  birds  "  may  be  near  500;  and  the 
number  oi fishes,  secluding  shell-fish,  as  many;  but,  if  the  shell- 
fish be  taken  in,  more  than  six  times  the  number."  As  to  the 
species  remaining  undiscovered,  he  supposed  "  the  whole  sum 
of  beasts  and  birds  to  exceed  by  a  third  part,  and  fishes  by 
one  half,  those  known."  The  number  of  insects  —  that  is,  of 
animals  not  included  in  the  above  classes  —  he  estimated  at  2,000 
in  Britain  alone,  and  20,000  in  the  whole  world.  The  number  of 
plants  described  in  Bauhin's  "  Pinax"  was  G,000;  and  our  author 
supposed  that  "  there  are  in  the  world  more  than  triple  that  num- 
ber;   there  being  in  the  vast  continent   of   America  as  great  a 

1  The  genera  of  plants  in  Tournefort's  work  are  perfectly  regular,  as  well  as  defined 
and  illustrated,  but  the  nomenclature  is  certainly  not  binomial. 


ADDRESS    BY   THEODORE    GILL.  137 

varietj'  of  species  as  with  us,  and  yet  but  few  common  to  Europe, 
or  perhaps  Afriek  and  Asia.  And  if,  on  the  other  side  the 
equator,  there  be  much  land  still  remaining  undiscovered,  as 
probably  there  may,  we  must  suppose  the  number  of  plants  to  be 
far  greater.  What,"  he  continues,  "can  we  infer  from  all  this? 
If  the  number  of  creatures  be  so  exceeding  great,  how  great,  nay, 
immense,  must  needs  be  the  power  and  wisdom  of  Him  who 
formed  them  all  !  " 

About   375,000    species   of   animals  are    now   known,   and  of 
insects  we  still  know  the  smaller  portion.^ 

As  knowledge  of  species  of  animals  and  plants  increased, 
the  necessity  of  system  in  registering  them  became  appar- 
ent. Linuffius  and  Artedi  especially  appreciated  this  necessity, 
and  early  applied  themselves  to  the  correction  of  existing 
evils  and  the  reformation  of  the  classification  and  nomenclature 
of  all  the  kingdoms  of  Nature.  The  Latin  language  had  been  long 
the  means  of  intercourse  among  the  learned,  and  was  naturally 
selected  as  the  basis  of  nomenclature.  Instead  of  Latin  words 
used  as  equivalents  or  translations  of  vernacular,  b}'  Linnaus 
and  Artedi  they  were  taken  especially  and  primarily  for  scien- 
tific use.  The  various  kinds  of  animals  became  the  more  exact 
genera  of  naturalists.  A  new  language,  or  rather  vocabulary  of 
proper  names,  was  developed  with  the  Latin  as  the  basis.  As 
no  adequate  idea  was  at  first  had  of  the  magnitude  of  the  subject, 
rigorous  codes  of  laws  were  formulated  on  the  assumption  that 
philological  questions  were  involved  rather  than  the  means  for 
the  expression  of  facts.  But  soon  the  bonds  that  had  been  framed 
for  the  restriction  of  the  new  vocabularj^  were  broken.  The  idea 
dawned  upon  men  that  they  had  to  do  with  natural  objects  rather 
than  philological  niceties,  and  that  which  was  most  conducive  to 
facile  -expressions  or  exhibitions  of  facts  was  more  to  the 
purpose  than  Priscianic  refinements.  Linnaeus  himself  eventually 
refused  to  be  bound  by  the  laws  which  he  had  originally  framed. 
The  early  companion  of  Linnaeus,  —  Artedi,  —  who  had  co- 
operated with  him,  and  also  framed  a  similar  code  for  Ichthy- 
ology especially,  was  prematurely  lost  to  science.  The  fact  that 
Artedi  devised  the  first  code  of  laws  affecting  zoology  has  been 

1  The  late  Dr.  C.  V.  Riley  even  went  so  far  as  to  say  "that  there  are  10,000,000 
species  of  insects  in  the  world  would  be,  in  [his]  judgment,  a  moderate  estimate." 
The  largest  previous  estimate,  by  Sharp  and  Walsingham,  2,000,000,  was  termed  by 
Riley  "extremely  low." 


138  SECTION    F. 

generally  overlooked,  and  a  few  of  his  "  canous  "  may  be  noticed 
here.  The  extent  to  which  each  one  of  the  two  —  Liunoeus  and 
Artedi  —  influenced  the  other  cannot  now  be  learned,  nor  will  it 
be  necessary  to  consider  here  who  of  the  two  was  the  abler  natu- 
ralist. It  must  suffice  that  there  was  almost  perfect  agreement 
between  Artedi  and  Linnaeus  in  the  spirit  of  the  laws  they  respect- 
ively framed. 

COMMENCEMENT    OF    BINOMIAL    NOMENCLATURE. 

The  question  that  has  been  most  agitated  of  late  is,  what  time 
shall  we  recognize  as  the  starting-point  for  the  binomial  nomen- 
clature. Even  now  not  all  will  be  bound  by  any  such  limit  for 
generic  nomenclature;  but  those  who  will  are  divided  into  two 
main  camps,  —  those  who  start  from  the  tenth  edition  of  the 
Linua?au  "  Systema  Naturae,"  published  in  1758,  in  which  the 
binomial  nomenclature  Avas  first  universally  applied,  and  those 
who  advocate  the  twelfth  edition  of  the  "  S^^stema,"  published  in 
1766,  — the  last  which  aj^peared  during  the  life  of  Liunseus. 

But  it  may  be  premised  here  that  even  the  fact  that  Linnaeus 
was  the  first  to  devise  the  system  of  binomial  nomenclature  is  not 
conceded  by  all.  It  has  been  claimed  that  about  two  centuries 
before  Linnaeus  published  his  "  Philosophia  Botanica"  Belon 
had  uniformly  and  consistently  applied  the  binomial  nomencla- 
ture to  plants  as  well  as  animals,  fishes,  and  birds.-'  It  has  been 
also  urged  that  C.  N.  Lang  (Langius),"^  in  1722,  used  the  binomial 
nomenclature  for  shells.  I  have  not  been  able  to  confirm  either 
statement,  and  therefore  have  to  side  with  the  great  majority  who 
accord  to  Linnaeus  the  credit  of  that  achievement. 

Almost  all  the  naturalists  of  the  United  States  accept  1758  as 
the  starting-time  for  nomenclature,  and  now  most  of  the  natural- 
ists of  Europe  take  the  same  view.  But  the  English  generally 
accept  1766  for  the  commencement  of  their  orismology.  It  was 
"  after  much  deliberation  "  that  the  Committee  of  the  British 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  determined  on  the 

1  Cri6  (Louis),  Pierre  Belon  et  la  nomenclature  binaire.  Rev.  Sc,  xxx.  737-740, 
9  Dec,  1882. 

-  My  efforts  to  see  a  copy  of  Lang's  "  Methodus  nova  Testacea  marina  in  suas 
Classes,  Genera,  et  Species  distribuendi  "  (Lucern.,  1722)  have  not  been  successful. 
Maton  and  Rackett  say  that  "  he  is  the  first  whose  generic  characters  are  founded  on 
commodious  distinctions,"  but  expressly  state  that  "  there  are  no  trivial  names." 
(See  Trans.  Linn.  Soc,  vii.  156, 157.)     He  may  have  properly  appreciated  genera. 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  139 

edition  of  1766.  It  was  only  because  that  edition  was  "  the  last 
and  most  complete  edition  of  Liune's  works,  and  containing 
many  species  that  the  tenth  did  not,"  that"  it  was  so  selected,  — 
surely  an  insufficient  reason.  A  principle  was  subordinated  to 
an  individual. 

Logically,  the  actual  period  for  the  commencement  of  the 
binomial  nomenclature  should  be  when  the  rules  for  that  nomen- 
clature were  distinctly  formulated;  and  that  was  1751,  when  the 
"  Philosophia  Botanica"was  first  published.  Practically,  how- 
ever, it  makes  little  difference  for  most  classes,^  whether  we  take 
that  date  or  1758,  when  the  next  succeeding  edition  of  the  "  Sys- 
tema"  was  published.  But  it  does  make  much  difference  whether 
we  take  the  tenth  or  twelfth  edition.  There  is  really  no  good 
reason  for  keeping  Linnreus  on  that  lofty  pedestal  on  which  he 
was  enthroned  by  his  disciples  of  a  past  century.  His  work  does 
not  justify  such  an  elevation.  In  every  department  of  zoology 
contemporaries  excelled  him  in  knowledge  and  in  judgment. 
May  we  not  hope  that,  ultimately,  this  truth  will  be  recognized, 
and  the  tenth  edition  universally  accepted  for  the  first  work  of 
the  new  era? 

TRIVIAL    NAMES. 

The  binomial  system  has  come  into  prominence  through  a  sort 
of  developmental  process.  Although  now  generally  regarded  as 
the  chief  benefaction  conferred  by  Linnaeus  -  on  biology,  it  was 
evidently  considered  by  him  to  be  of  quite  secondary  importance. 

The  first  extensive  use  of  it  occurs  in  the  ""  Pan  Suecicus,"  pub- 
lished in  1749,  where  the  author  mentions  that  to  facilitate  the 
recording  of  his  observations  he  had  used  an  "  epithet"  in  place 
of  the  differential  character.^  It  was  thus  a  mere  economical  de- 
vice for  the  time  being. 

1  Arachnology  would  be  most  affected,  for  Clerck's  work  was  published  in  1757. 

2  Linn;ieus  himself  did  not  claim  this  as  an  improvement  in  his  account  of  the  ad- 
vancement he  had  effected  in  science. 

3  "Possumus  nunc  ultra  duo  milliaexperimenta  certissimaexhibere,  quas  stepe  decies, 
immo  siBpe  bis  decies  sunt  iterata.  Si  autem  sumamus  Floram  Suecicam  IIolmicB, 
1745,  &  ad  quamlibet  herbam,  lit  chartae  parcatur,  nomen  adponimus  genericum,  nu- 
merum  Florae  Suecicte  &  epitheton  quoddam  loco  differentiae,  negotium  in  compendium 
facile  mittitur."     Pan  Suecicus,  pp.  228,  229. 

This  thesis  is  attributed  to  Nicolaus  L.  Hesselgren  in  some  bibliographies,  and  natu- 
rally so,  as  it  bears  his  name  in  the  title;  but  Linnaeus  probably  did  not  claim  more  than 
his  own  in  claiming  the  authorship,  altliough  Hesselgren  apparently  wrote  part  of  it 
himself.  It  is  sometimes  difficult  exacth'  to  fix  the  authorship  in  the  case  of  some  of 
the  old  theses. 


140  SECTION    F. 

In  the  "Philosophia  Botauica  "  he  also  treats  it  as  a  matter  of 
trivial  importance.  He  distinguishes  between  the  specific  name 
and  the  trivial. 

His  specijic  name  corresponds  to  what  we  would  call  a  diagnosis 
(Nomeu  speciflcum  est  itaque  Differentia  essentialis) ;  his  trivial 
name  is  what  would  now  be  called  the  specific.^  It  is  merely  sug- 
gested that  trivial  names  may  be  used  as  in  his  "Pan  Suecicus," 
and  should  consist  of  a  single  word  taken  from  any  source.^ 

This  system  was  fully  carried  out  in  the  succeeding  editions  of 
the  "Systema  Naturae."  Both  names  were  then  given,  —  the 
novien  sjjecificum  after  the  number  of  the  species,  under  each 
genus,  and  the  nomen  triviale  before  the  number  in  the  margin, 

Linnaeus  placed  little  store  on  the  trivial  names,  and  accredited 
such  to  old  botanists;  but  he  took  special  credit  for  specific 
names  (or  diagnoses),  claiming  that  none  worthy  of  the  title 
had  been  given  before  him.^ 

DRACOXIAX    LAWS. 

For  generic  nomenclature  a  Draconian  code  was  provided  by 
Linnffius  and  Artedi.  It  is  now  a  maxim  of  good  legislation  that 
excessive  severity  of  law  is  apt  to  defeat  the  object  sought  for, 
and  the  tendency  of  civilization  is  to  temper  justice  with  mercy. 
So  has  the  tendency  of  scientific  advancement  been  towards  a 
mitigation  of  the  Linnaean  code.  Nevertheless,  its  severity  is 
more  or  less  reflected  in  later  codes,  —  even  the  latest,  —  and 
therefore  a  review  of  some  of  those  old  canons  will  not  be  entirely 

1  "217.  Nomeu  specificuni  legitimum  plantam  ab  omnibus  congeneribus  (159)  dis- 
tinguat;  Triviale  autem  nomen  legibus  etiamnum  caret."     Phil.  Bot.,  p.  202. 

2  "Nomina  Trivialia  forte  admitti  possunt  modo,  quo  in  Pane  suecico  usus  sum  ; 
constarent  hsec 

Vocabula  unica  ; 

Vocabula  libere  undequaque  desumta. 

Ratione  hac  priEcipue  evicti,  quod  differentia  sajpe  longa  evadit,  ut  non  ubique  com- 
mode usurpetur,  et  dein  mutatione  obnoxia,  novis  detectis  speciebus,  est,  e.  gr, 

P^Tola  [5  sp.] 

Sed  nomina  Trivialia  in  hoc  opere  seponimus,  de  difFerentiis  unice  solliciti."  Ph.  Bot., 
pp.  202,  20.3. 

3  "Trivialia  erant  antecessorum  et  maxima  Trivialia  erant  antiquissimorum  Botani- 
conim  nomina. 

Character  Naturalis  speciei  est  Bescriptio ;  Character  vera  Essentialis  speciei  est 
Differentia. 

Primus  incepi  Nomina  specifica  Essentialis  condere,  ante  me  nulla  differentia  digna 
exstitit."     Ph.  Bot.,  p.  203. 


ADDRESS    BY   THEODORE    GILL.  141 

a  resurrectiou  of  the  dead,  and  may  contain  a  warning  for  the 
future. 

In  exchisiveness  for  generic  names  Linnaeus  and  Artedi  went 
far  ahead  of  any  of  the  moderns.  They  provided  that  no  names 
were  available  for  genera  in  zoology  or  botany  which  were  used 
in  any  other  class  of  animals  or  plants,  or  even  which  were  used 
for  minerals,  tools,  weapons,  or  other  instruments,  or  even 
places.^ 

Under  this  rule  such  names  as  Acus,  Belone,  Citharics,  Hij^po- 
glossus,  LiiKjuIa^  Novacula^  Orbis,  Orca,  Jiemora,  Solea,  and 
Umbra  —  all  now,  or  some  time,  in  common  use  —  were  specified. 

The  rule  was  soon  relaxed,  and  any  name  not  previously  used 
in  zoology,  or,  at  most,  biology,  was  considered  admissible. 

Another  rule  sends  to  Coventry  all  names  composed  of  two  names 
of  different  animals,  because  it  might  be  uncertain  to  which  genus 
an  animal  really  belongs.^  The  ancient  name  "Rhino-Batus  " 
is  even  mentioned  as  one  of  the  delicts. 

This  rule  is  also  without  any  justification,  and  the  reason 
given  for  it  baseless.  Compound  words  of  the  kind  exiled  are 
in  entire  harmony  with  the  genius  of  the  classic  languages.  As 
an  illustration  of  their  use  among  the  Greeks,  we  need  refer  to  one 
group  only,  —  that  is,  compounds  with  hippos,  as  Hlpioalectryon^ 
Hipioanthropos^  Hippardion^  Hippelaphos,  Hlppocam'pos^  Hippo- 
tigris^  and  Hippotragelaphos.  {HippoTxantharos^  Hijjjyomurmex^ 
Ilippopmreos^  and  Hipposelmon  are  other  classic  Greek  words,  but 
do  not  belong  to  the  same  category  as  the  others,  inasmuch  as 
they  were  used  in  a  sense  analogous  to  horse-chestnut,  horse- 
mackerel,  and  horse-radish  with  us,  the  word  "  horse  "  in  this  con- 
nection conveying  the  idea  of  strength,  coarseness,  or  bigness.) 

In  another  rule,  all  words  are  proscribed  as.  generic  names 
which  are  not  of  Latin  or  Greek  origin ;  ^  and  among  the  pro- 
scribed are  such  names  as  Albula,  Blicca,,  Carasshs,  and  many 
others,  which  were  later  used  by  Linnaeus  himself  as  specific 
names,  and  which  are  now  used  as  generic  denominations. 

1  "Nomina  piscium  generica,  quae  quadrupedibus  pilosis,  avibus,  amphibiis,  insectis, 
plantis,  mineralibus,  instrumentis  opificum  etc.  communia  sunt,  omnino  deleantur. 
Linn.  Fund.  280."     Art.  Ph.  tch.,  §  193. 

2  "  Nomina  generica,  ex  uno  nomine  generico  fracto,  et  altero  integro  composita, 
exulent.     Linn.  Fund.  224."     Art.  Ph.  Ich.,  §  196. 

8  "  Nomina  generica,  qufe  non  sunt  originis  Latinae  vel  Graecae,  proscribantur.  Linn. 
Fund.  229."    Art.  Ph.  Ich.,  §  198. 


142  SECTION    F. 

Words  with  diminutive  terminations  were  barely  tolerated,  if 
admitted  at  all/  and  the  reason  alleged  for  such  treatment  was 
that  the  cardinal  name  might  belong  to  another  class.  Among 
the  examples  named  were  Anguilla^  Asellus,  Leuciscus,  Lhif/ula^ 
Oniscus,  and  Oj^hidion,  now  familiar  in  connection  with  some 
of  our  best-known  genera.  One  of  these —  Ophidion  — was  sub- 
sequently used  by  Linnaeus  himself  as  a  generic  name. 

All  are  now  tolerated  without  demur  even,  and  probably  by 
most  naturalists  never  supposed  to  have  been  tainted  with  offence 
of  any  kind.  For  all  such  words  we  have  also  classical  examples; 
and  four  have  already  been  named,  —  the  Oniscus  and  Ophidion 
of  the  Greeks,  adopted  by  the  Romans,  and  the  Anguilla  and 
Asellua  of  the  Latins. 

Generic  names,  derived  from  Latin  adjectives,  were  also  de- 
clared to  be  unworthy  of  adoption.  Aculeatus,  Centriiie,  and 
Coracinus  were  cited  as  examples  of  words  that  should  be  re- 
jected under  this  rule.  Later  writers  have  repeated  the  denuncia- 
tions uttered  by  Linnaeus  and  Artedi,  and  refused  to  adopt  such 
words.  But  hear  what  Plutarch  says  of  names  of  men  derived 
from  adjectives. 

In  his  life  of  Coriolanus,  Plutarch,  in  recounting  the  events 
subsequent  to  the  capture  of  Corioli,  and  the  refusal  of  Marcius 
to  accept  more  than  his  share  of  the  booty,  comes  to  the  proposi- 
tion of  Cominius.^ 

"  Let  us,  then,  give  him  what  it  is  not  in  his  power  to  decline,  let  us  pass  a 
vote  that  he  be  called  Coriolanus,  if  his  gallant  behaviour  at  Corioli  has  not 
already  bestowed  that  name  upon  him."  Hence  came  his  third  name  of  Cori- 
olanus, by  which  it  appears  that  Caius  was  the  proper  name ;  that  the  second 
name,  Marcius,  was  that  of  the  family ;  and  that  the  third  Roman  appellative 
was  a  peculiar  note  of  distinction,  given  afterwards  on  account  of  some  par- 
ticular act  of  fortune,  or  signature,  or  virtue  of  him  that  bore  it.  Tlius  among 
the  Greeks  additional  names  were  given  to  some  on  account  of  their  achieve- 
ments, as  Soter,  the  preserver,  and  Callinicus,  the  victorious;  to  others,  for  some- 
thing remarkable  in  their  persons,  as  Physcon,  the  gore-bellied,  and  Gripus,  the 
eagle-nosed;  or  for  their  good  qualities,  as  Euergetes,  the  benefactor,  and  Phila- 
delphus,  the  kind  brother ;  or  their  good  fortune,  as  Eudamon,  the  prosperous,  a 
name  given  to  the  second  prince  of  the  family  of  the  Batti.  Several  princes 
also  have  had  satirical  names  bestowed  upon  them  :  Antjgonus  (for  instance) 

1  "Nomina  generica  diminutiva  vix  toleranda  sunt.     Linn.  Fund.  227."     Art.  Ph. 
Ich.,  §  202. 

2  "Nomina  generica  imprimis  Latina  pure  adjectiva,  sed  substantive  usurpata,  criti- 
corum  more  improbanda  sunt.     Linn.  Fund.  235."     Art.  Ph.  Ich.,  §  204. 


ADDRESS   BY   THEODORE    GILL.  143 

was  called  Doson,  the  man  that  tvill  give  to-vwrrow  ;  and  Ptoleray  was  styled 
Lamyras,  the  buffoon.  But  appellations  of  this  last  sort  were  used  with  greater 
latitude  among  the  Romans.  One  of  the  Metelli  was  distinguished  by  the 
name  of  Diadematus,  because  he  went  a  long  time  with  a  bandage,  which 
covered  an  ulcer  he  had  in  his  forehead ;  and  another  they  called  Celer, 
because  with  surprising  celerity  he  entertained  thera  with  a  funeral  show  of 
gladiators  a  few  days  after  his  father's  death.  In  our  times,  too,  some  of  the 
Romans  receive  their  names  from  the  circumstances  of  their  birth;  as  that  of 
Proculus,  if  born  when  their  fathers  are  in  a  distant  country  ;  and  that  of  Post- 
humus,  if  born  after  their  father's  death ;  and  when  twins  come  into  the  world, 
and  one  of  them  dies  at  the  birth,  tlie  survivor  is  called  Vopiscus.  Names  are 
also  appropriated  on  account  of  bodily  imperfections  ;  for  amongst  them  we 
find  not  only  Sylla,  the  red,  and  Niger,  the  black,  but  even  Cceciis,  the  blind,  and 
Claudius,  the  lame;  such  persons,  by  this  custom,  being  wisely  taught  not  to 
consider  blindness  or  any  other  bodily  misfortune  as  a  reproach  or  disgrace, 
but  to  answer  to  appellations  of  that  kind  as  their  proper  names." 

What  was  good  enough  for  the  ancient  Romans  to  bestow  on 
the  most  admired  of  their  heroes  is  good  enough  for  the  nomen- 
clature of  our  genera  of  animals.  We  have  also  examples  of 
names  of  adjective  form  used  substantively  for  animals  among 
classic  writers.  Such,  for  example,  are  the  Aculeatus  (pipe-fish), 
and  Oculata  (lamprey  or  nine-eyes),  mentioned  by  Pliny. 

Linnaeus  himself,  later,  coined  many  names  having  an  adjective 
form ;  and  three  of  his  genera  of  plants  of  one  small  family,  so 
designated,  occur  in  this  region,  —  Saponaria,  Arenaria^  and 
Stellaria.  Yet  even  at  the  present  day  we  have  evidences  of 
the  lingering  of  the  old  idea  embodied  in  the  canon  in  question. 

We  have  also  had  drawn  up  for  us  certain  rules  for  the  conver- 
sion of  Greek  words  into  Latin,  which  are  tinctured  with  more 
than  Roman  severity.  Thus,  we  are  told  that  Greek  names 
ending  in  -os  should  always  be  turned  into  -?<s  /  that  the  final  -on 
is  inadmissible  in  the  new  Latin,  and  should  invariably  be  ren- 
dered by  -uni.^ 

In  accordance  with  such  rules,  Rhinoceros  has  been  turned  into 
Rhlnocenis^  and  Bhinocerotklce  into  Rhinoceridce.  But  Bhinoceros 
was  admitted  into  classical  Latinity,  and  with  it  the  correspond- 
ing oblique  cases,  Bhinocerotis,  etc. ;  in  fact,  the  word  was  cur- 
rent in  the  language  of  description,  satire,  and  proverb,  —  as  when 
used  by  Juvenal  for  a  vessel  made  of  the  horn,  or  by  Lucilius 
for  a  long-nosed  man,  or  by  jNIartial  in  the  proverbial  expres- 
sion, "  Nasum  rhinocerotis  habere";  i.  e.  to  turn  the  nose  up, 
as  we  should  say.     These  authorities  are  good  enough  for  me. 


144  SECTION    F. 

The  termination  -on  was  also  familiar  to  the  Romans  of  classic 
times,  and  numerous  words  with  that  ending  may  be  found  in  the 
books  of  Pliny.  But  our  modern  purists  will  have  none  of  them ; 
the  Greek  -on  in  the  new  Latin  must  always  become  -urn.  For 
example,  Ophidion  was  the  name  given  to  a  small  conger-like  eel, 
according  to  Pliny,  and  was  (without  reason)  supposed  to  have 
been  applied  to  the  genus  now  called  OpMdmmx;  and  this  last 
form  was  given  by  Linnaeus,  who  eventually  ^  refused  to  follow 
Pliny  in  such  barbaric  use  of  Latin.  But  Pliny  is  good  enough 
for  me  —  at  least  as  a  Latinist. 

Another  rule  prohibits  the  use  of  such  words  as  ^'Egir,  Gondul, 
Moho,  Jlihi,  Pk'Ik,  and  the  like,  and  provides  that  thej'  should 
have  other  terminations  in  accordance  with  classical  usage.  But 
why  should  those  words  be  changed  and  surcharged  with  new 
endings?  As  they  are,  they  are  all  uniform  with  classical  words. 
^ffir  has  its  justification  in  Vir,  Gondul  in  consul,  Moho  in  ho77io 
(of  which  it  is  an  accidental  anagram),  and  3Iitu  and  Pudii  are 
no  more  cacophonous  or  irregular  than  cornv.  I  therefore  see  no 
reason  why  we  should  not  accept  the  words  criticised  and  cor- 
rected by  some  naturalists  in  their  original  form,  even  if  we  con- 
sider the  question  involved  as  grammatical  rather  than  one  of 
scientific  convenience. 

I  have  thus  defended  some  of  the  names  of  our  old  nomencla- 
tors,  and  really  think  that  the  rules  laid  down  for  name-making 
were  too  severe.  But  those  rules  were  on  the  whole  judicious, 
and  should  not  be  deviated  from  by  future  nomenclators  without 
good  and  substantial  reason;  even  if  too  severe,  thej'  "  lean  to 
virtue's  side."  On  the  other  hand,  let  old  names  be  respected  in 
the  interests  of  stability,  even  if  slightly  misformed. 

MISAPPLIED    NAMES. 

While  Linnaeus  was  so  exacting  in  his  rules  of  nomenclature  in 
the  cases  cited,  in  others  he  was  extremely  lax.  It  is  due  to  him 
(directly  or  indirectly)  that  our  lists  of  genera  of  vertebrate 
animals  especially  are  encumbered  with  so  many  ancient  names 
that  Ave  know  were  applied  to  very  different  animals  by  the 
Greeks  and  Romans.  It  is  Linnaeus  that  was  directly  responsi- 
ble for  the  misuse  of  such  generic  names  of  mammals  as  Lemur, 

1  At  first  (in  the  tenth  edition)  Linnaeus  allowed  Oph  idion. 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  145 

3Ian{s,  Dasi/2)ns  ;  such  bird-names  as  Trochilus,  Coracias,  Phae- 
to7i,  Diomedea,  Melearjris,  and  (partly  with  Artedi)  such  fish- 
names  as  Chimci'va^  Centrisciis,  Pegasus,  CaUionyimis,  Trlgla, 
Amia,  Teuthls,  Esox,  Elops,  Monui/rus,  and  Exocoetus.  These 
all  were  applied,  by  the  ancients,  to  forms  most  of  which  are 
now  well  ascertained,  and  the  animals  to  which  they  have  been 
transferred  have  nothing  in  common  with  the  original  possessors 
of  the  names. 

The  misuse  of  these  ancient  names  is  in  contravention  of  the 
rule  adopted  by  the  International  Zoological  Congress  held  in 
Moscow  (1892),  that  '"every  foreign  word  emploj^ed  as  a  generic 
or  specific  name  should  retain  the  meaning  it  has  in  the  language 
from  which  it  is  taken."  and  of  like  rules  of  other  associations. 
The  false  application  by  Linnaaus  and  his  followers  (and  he  had 
many)  was  due  parti}'  to  the  belief  that  the  ancient  names  were 
unidentifiable,  but  now  there  are  few  whose  original  pertinence  is 
not  known.  It  may  be  thought  by  some,  however,  that  we  are 
unduly  criticising  the  doings  of  the  past  from  the  vantage- 
ground  of  the  present.  But  such  is  not  the  case,  for  at  the  com- 
mencement of  his  career  Linufeus  was  taken  to  task  for  the  fault 
indicated.  Some  of  those  criticisms  were  so  apt  that  they  may 
be  advantageously  repeated  here. 

Dilleuius,  of  Oxford,  wrote  to  Linnaeus  in  August,  1737,  in 
these  terms :  — 

"  We  all  know  the  nomenclature  of  Botany  to  be  an  Augean  stable,  which 
C.  Hoffmann,  and  even  Gesner,  were  not  able  to  cleanse.  The  task  requires 
much  reading,  and  extensive  as  well  as  various  erudition ;  nor  is  it  to  be  given 
up  to  hasty  or  careless  hands.  You  rush  upon  it,  and  overturn  everything. 
I  do  not  object  to  Greek  words,  especially  in  compound  names  ;  but  I  think 
the  names  of  the  antients  ought  not  rashly  and  promiscuously  to  be  trans- 
ferred to  our  new  genera,  or  those  of  the  new  world.  The  day  may  possibly 
come  when  the  plants  of  Theophrastus  and  Dioscorides  may  be  ascertained  ; 
and,  till  this  happens,  we  had  better  leave  their  names  as  we  find  them. 
That  desirable  end  might  even  now  be  attained  if  any  one  would  visit  the 
countries  of  these  old  botanists,  and  make  a  sufficient  stay  there ;  for  the 
inhabitants  of  those  regions  are  very  retentive  of  names  and  customs,  and 
know  plants  at  this  moment  by  their  antient  appellations,  very  little  altered, 
as  any  person  who  reads  Bellonius  may  perceive.  I  remember  your  being 
told,  by  the  late  Mr.  G.  Gherard,  that  the  modern  Greeks  give  the  name 
of  Amanita  (anavira)  to  the  eatable  Field  Mushroom  ;  and  yet,  in  Critica 
Bofanica,  p.  50,  you  suppose  that  word  to  be  French.  Who  will  ever  believe 
the  Thya  of  Theophrastus  to  be  our  Arbor  Vike?  Why  do  you  give  the 
name  of  Cactus  to  the  Tuna  ?  Do  you  believe  the  Tuna,  or  Melocactus 
A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XL  v.  10 


146  SECTION    F. 

(pardon  the  word),  and  the  Arbor  Vita,  were  known  to  Theophrastus  1  An 
attentive  reader  of  the  description  Theophrastus  gives  of  his  Sida,  will  prob- 
ably agree  witii  me  that  it  belongs  to  our  Xymjihaa,  and  indeed  to  the  white- 
flowered  kind.  You,  without  any  reason,  give  that  name  to  the  Malvindu  ;  and 
so  in  various  other  instances  concerning  antient  names ;  in  which  I  do  not, 
like  Burmann,  blame  you  for  introducing  new  names,  but  for  the  bad  applica- 
tion of  old  ones.  If  there  were,  in  these  cases,  any  resemblance  between  your 
plants  and  those  of  the  antients,  you  might  be  excused,  but  there  is  not. 
Why  do  you,  p.  68,  derive  the  word  Medica  from  the  virtues  of  the  plant,  when 
Pliny,  book  xviii.  chap.  16,  declares  it  to  have  been  brought  from  Media  ? 
Why  do  you  call  the  Molucca,  Molucella  ?  It  does  not,  nor  ouglit  it,  to  owe  that 
name,  as  is  commonly  thought,  to  the  Molucca  islands  ;  for,  as  Lobel  informs 
us,  the  name  and  the  plant  are  of  Asiatic  origin.  Why  then  do  you  adopt  a 
barbarous  name,  and  make  it  more  barbarous  t  Biscutella  is  not,  as  you  de- 
clare, p.  118,  a  new  name,  having  already  been  used  by  Lobel.  I  am. surprised 
that  you  do  not  give  the  etymology  of  the  new  names  which  you  or  others 
have  introduced.  I  wish  you  wouhl  help  me  to  the  derivation  of  some  that  I 
cannot  trace ;  as  Ipomcea  for  instance.  Why  are  you  so  much  offended  with 
some  words,  which  you  denominate  barbarous,  though  many  of  them  are  more 
harmonious  than  others  of  Greek  or  Latin  origin  ?  " 

A  year  later  (August  28,  1738)  he  again  wrote:  — 

"  It  would  surely  have  been  worth  your  while  to  visit  Greece,  or  Asia,  that 
you  might  become  acquainted  with,  and  point  out  to  us,  the  plants  of  the 
antients,  whose  appellations  you  have  so  materially,  and  worse  than  any  other 
person,  misapplied.  You  ought  to  be  very  cautious  in  changing  names  and  ap- 
propriating them  to  particular  genera." 

How  entirely  the  previsions  of  the  wise  old  botanist  have  been 
realized,  I  need  not  explain.  We  now  know  what  almost  all  of  the 
names  misapplied  by  Linnaeus  and  his  school  were  meant  for  of 
old;  and  when  some  more  good  naturalists  collect  names  and 
specimens  together  in  various  parts  of  Greece,  probably  very  few 
of  the  ancient  names  will  remain  unidentifiable. 

The  only  reply  that  Linnjeus  could  make  to  the  censures  of 
Dillenius  appears  in  the  following  minutes:  — 

"  With  regard  to  unoccupied  names  in  antient  writers,  which  I  have  adopted 
for  other  well-defined  genera,  I  learned  this  of  you.  You,  moreover,  long  ago, 
pointed  out  to  me  that  your  own  Draba,  Nova  PI.  Genera  122,  is  different  from 
the  plant  so  called  by  Dioscorides." 

The  retort  of  one  sinner  that  his  antagonist  is  another  is  no 
real  answer. 

The  comments  of  the  British  Committee  of  1865,  on  this  subject, 
are  very  judicious  and  pertinent. 

The  use  of  mythological  names  for  animals  and  plants  is  far 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  147 

less  culpable.  The  use  of  such  is  no  worse  than  that  of  any 
meaningless  name.  Sometimes,  even,  there  may  be  conveyed 
an  association  of  ideas  which  appeals  to  the  imagination  in  a 
not  disagreeable  manner.  For  example,  Linnaeus  gave  the  name 
A)H/ro)iie(Ia,  after  the  J^thiopian  maid  whose  mother's  over-great 
boasts  of  the  daughter's  beauty  made  her  the  victim  of  Poseidon's 
wrath.  Linnaeus  justified  his  procedure  by  a  remarkable  play  of 
fancv. 

"  Tliis  most  choice  and  beautiful  virgin  gracefully  erects  lier  long  and 
shining  neck  (the  peduncle),  her  face  with  its  rosy  lips  (the  corolla)  far  ex- 
celling the  best  pigment.  She  kneels  on  the  ground  with  her  feet  bound  (the 
lower  part  of  the  stem  incumbent),  surrounded  with  water,  and  fixed  to  a 
rock  (a  projecting  clod),  exposed  to  frightful  dragons  (frogs  and  newts).  She 
bends  her  sorrowful  face  (the  flower)  towards  the  earth,  stretches  up  her  inno- 
cent arms  (the  branches)  toward  heaven,  worthy  of  a  better  place  and  happier 
fate,  until  the  welcome  Perseus  (summer),  after  conquering  the  monster,  draws 
her  out  of  the  water  and  renders  her  a  fruitful  mother,  when  she  raises  her 
head  (the  fruit)  erect." 

The  relation  of  the  old  myth  to  the  plant  may  be  far  fetched, 
and  no  other  would  ever  be  likely  to  notice  the  analogy  with- 
out suggestion  ;  but  at  least  the  conceit  is  harmless,  if  not 
agreeable. 

The  analogy  that  gave  rise  to  this  fanciful  description,  con- 
tained in  the  "Flora  Lapponica,"  suggested  itself  to  Liunteus  on 
his  Lapland  journey. 

"  The  Chamsedapbne  of  Buxbaum  was  at  this  time  in  its  highest  beauty, 
decorating  the  marshy  grounds  in  a  most  agreeable  manner.  The  flowers  are 
quite  blood-red  before  they  expand,  but  when  full  grown  the  corolla  is  of  flesh- 
colour.  Scarcely  any  painter's  art  can  so  happily  imitate  the  beauty  of  a  fine 
female  complexion  ;  still  less  could  any  artificial  colour  upon  the  face  itself  bear 
comparison  with  this  lovely  blossom.  As  I  contemplated  it,  I  could  not  help 
thinking  gf  Andromeda  as  described  by  the  poets ;  and  the  more  I  meditated 
upon  their  descriptions,  the  more  applicable  they  seemed  to  the  little  plant  be- 
fore me ;  so  that,  if  tliese  writers  had  had  it  in  view,  they  could  scarcely  have 
contrived  a  more  apposite  fable.  Andromeda  is  represented  by  them  as  a  vir- 
gin of  most  exquisite  and  unrivalled  charms ;  but  these  charms  remain  in  per- 
fection only  so  long  as  she  retains  her  virgin  purity,  which  is  also  applicable  to 
the  plant,  now  preparing  to  celebrate  its  nuptials.  This  plant  is  always  fixed 
on  some  little  turfy  hillock  in  the  midst  of  the  swamps,  as  Andromeda  herself 
was  chained  to  a  rock  in  the  sea,  which  bathed  her  feet,  as  the  fresh  water 
does  the  roots  of  the  plant.  Dragons  and  venomous  serpents  surrounded  her, 
as  toads  and  other  reptiles  frequent  the  abode  of  her  vegetable  prototype, 
and,  when  they  pair  in  the  spring,  throw  mud  and  water  over  its  leaves  and 


148  SECTION    F. 

brandies.  As  the  distressed  virgin  cast  down  her  blushing  face  througli  exces- 
sive affliction,  so  does  tlie  rosy-colored  flower  hang  its  head,  growing  paler  and 
paler  till  it  withers  away.  Hence,  as  this  plant  forms  a  new  genus,  I  have 
chosen  for  it  the  name  of  Andromeda" 


DOUBLE    NAIVIES. 

It  was  long  the  custom,  when  a  specific  name  was  taken  for  a 
genus,  to  substitute  a  new  specific  for  the  one  so  diverted.  There 
was  some  reason  for  this,  for  sometimes  the  specific  name  covered 
several  forms,  or  at  least  was  equally  applicable  to  several;  of 
late,  however,  the  acceptance  of  both  the  generic  and  specific 
names,  that  is,  the  duplication  of  a  name,  has  been  quite  general, 
and  various  precedents  have  been  adduced  in  favor  of  the  pro- 
cedure. "  In  the  solemn  anthem  musicians  have  been  known  to 
favor  such  repetitions,  the  orator  uses  them,  in  poetry  they  occur 
without  offence,  and  even  our  English  aristocracy  sometimes  bears 
them  as  an  added  grace."  -^  It  is  also  a  frequent  custom  in  many 
barbarous  and  half-civilized  races,  as  well  as  the  young  of  our 
o^vn,  to  double  the  name  for  a  given  subject;  and  this  analogy 
may  be  regarded  by  some  of  you  as  a  perfect  one.  But  in  the  last 
cases  some  regard  is  had  for  euphony,  and  it  is  a  short  word  that 
is  repeated,  as  in  the  case  of  the  Kiwi-Kiwi  and  Koa-Roa  of  the 
Maoris  of  New  Zealand,  the  Pega-Pega  of  the  indigenes  of  Cuba, 
the  Willie-Willie  (water  spout)  of  the  Australians,  and  our  own 
familiar  Pa-pa  and  Ma-ma.  Many  scientific  names  repeated  are 
long,  —  some  very  long,  —  but  even  for  such  I  would  now  yield 
the  point.  Stability  of  nomenclature  is  a  greater  desideratum  than 
euphon}'  or  elegance.  But  here  let  me  add  that  there  is  a  history 
behind  the  Scomber  Scomber^  which  has  been  frequently  cited  as  an 
example  of  the  duplication  of  a  name  by  Linnaeus.  It  was  Scomber 
Scombrus  that  was  used  at  first  by  the  earl}'  nomenclator,  and  that 
occurs  in  the  tenth  edition  of  the  "Systema  Naturse  "  (p.  297), 
as  well  as  in  the  "  Fauna  Suecica  "  (•2d  ed.,  p.  119).  Linnoeus 
thus  combined  the  old  Latin  and  Greek  names  of  the  mackerel, 
which  were  formally  different,  although  of  course  traceable  to  one 
and  the  same  root.  The  name  is  therefore  not  repulsive,  but  in- 
teresting as  a  historical  reminiscence  of  past  usage  by  two  great 
peoples.     It  was  only  in  the  twelfth  edition  of  the  "  Systema  " 

1  Stebbing  in  Nat.  Science,  viii.  255. 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  149 

(p.  492)  that  Liunaeus  exactly  duplicated  the  name  as  Scomber 
Scomber,  and  thus  vitiated  the  last  edition  in  this  as  he  did  in 
other  cases.  But  it  is  at  least  possible  that  the  exact  duplication 
of  names  in  the  twelfth  edition  is  the  offspring  of  typographical 
inaccuracy  or  clerical  inadvertence.  At  any  rate,  those  who  recog- 
nize the  tenth  edition  of  the  "  Systema "  as  the  initium  of 
nomenclature  will  adopt  the  more  elegant  form. 

VARIANTS    AND    SIMILARITY    OF    NAMES. 

The  case  of  Scomber  and  Scombrus  naturally  suggests  considera- 
tion of  another  rule  adopted  by  various  societies.  By  the  German 
Zoological  Society  it  is  provided  that  *' names  of  the  same  origin, 
and  only  differing  from  each  other  in  the  way  they  are  written, 
are  to  be  considered  identical."  ^  Words  considered  identical  are 
Fischerict,  and  Fisheria^as  well  as  Astracanthus  and  Asteracanthus ; 
and  among  words  sufficiently  different  are  Polyoclon,  Fohjodonta, 
and  Polyodontes. 

When  rules  are  once  relaxed  in  this  indefinite  manner,  the  way 
is  at  once  open  to  differences  of  opinion  as  to  what  are  to  be 
considered  identical  or  too  much  alike.  Fischeria  and  Fisheria 
appear  to  me  to  be  sufficiently  distinct,  and  would  be  so  consid- 
ered by  some  who  would  think  that  Polyodon,  Folyodonta,  and 
Polyodontes  are  too  nearly  alike.  While  the  last  three  are  con- 
ceded to  be  sufficiently  distinct  by  the  German  Zoological 
Society,  analogous  forms,  as  Heterodon  and  Heterodontus,  are 
claimed  by  some  zoologists  to  be  too  similar,  and  consequently 
the  latter  prior  and  distinctive  name  of  the  "  Port  Jackson  shark  " 
is  sacrificed  in  favor  of  the  later  and  inapt  Cestracion,  —  a  name 
originally  coined  and  appropriate  for  the  hammer-headed  sharks, 
but  misapplied  to  the  Australian  shark. 

1  agree  with  those  who  think  that  even  a  difference  of  a  single 

1  "  Etymologisch  gleich  abgeleitete  und  nur  in  der  Schreibweise  von  einander  ab- 
weichende  Xamen  gelten  als  gleich. 

Beispiele  :  silvestris  =  sylrestris ;  cceruhus  =  cceruleus ;  linncei  =  linne i ;  Fischeria  = 
Fisheria  ;  Astracanthus  =  Astei'acanthus. 

a.  Dagegen  konnen  neben  einander  verwendet  warden  Picus  und  Pica  ;  Polyodon, 
Polyodonta,  und  Polyodontes ;  Jluvialis,  jluviat'tlis,  Jluviaticus,  Jluviorum ;  moluccensis 
und  moluccanus. 

b.  Bei  Xeubildung  von  Namen  nioge  man  solche  vermeiden,  welche  leicht  niit  schon 
vorhandenen  verwechselt  werden  konnen."  Regain  .  .  .  von  der  Deutsch.  Zool. 
Ges.,  §  4. 


150  SECTION    F. 

letter  iu  most  cases  is  sufficient  to  entitle  two  or  more  generic 
names  so  differino-  to  stand.  The  chemist  has  found  such  a  differ- 
ence  not  only  ample,  but  most  convenient  to  designate  the 
valency  of  different  compounds,  as  ferr/cyanogen,  and  ferrocyano- 
gen.  I  am  prepared  now  to  go  back  on  myself  in  this  respect. 
In  1831  Prince  Max  of  Nieuwied  named  a  bird  Scaphorhijn- 
chus,  and  in  1835  Heckel  gave  the  name  Scaphirhynchus  to  a 
fish  genus.  In  1863  I  used  a  new  name  (Scajjhirh i/7ichoj)s)  for 
the  aclpenseroid  genus,  and  that  name  was  adopted  by  other 
naturalists.  Jordan  later  considered  the  literal  differences  be- 
tween the  avine  and  piscine  generic  names  to  be  sufficient  for 
both.  I  yield  the  point,  and  abandon  my  name,  Scajjhirhyncliops. 
But  those  who  hold  to  the  rule  in  question  will  retain  it. 

Another  set  of  cases  exhibiting  diversity  of  opinion  may  be 
exemplified. 

In  1832  Reinhardt  gave  the  name  Triglops  to  one  cottoid 
genus,  and  in  1851  Girard  named  another  TrigJopsis,  Girard 
apparently  not  knowing  of  Reinhardt's  genus.  In  1860  the  later 
name  was  replaced  by  Ptyonotus.  All  American  naturalists  have 
repudiated  the  last  name. 

In  1854  Girard  named  a  genus  of  Atherinids  Athei'hiopsis,  and 
in  1876  Steindachner,  knowing  well  the  name  of  Girard,  deliber- 
ately called  a  related  genus  Atherinops.  No  one,  as  yet,  lias 
questioned  the  availability  of  the  later  name,  but  one  who  refuses 
to  adopt  Triglapsh  because  of  the  earlier  Triglop)S  must  substitute 
another  name  for  Athermops. 

Who  shall  decide  in  such  cases,  and  what  shall  be  the  standard  ? 

MAKING    OF    NAMES. 

It  was  long  ago  recognized,  even  by  Linnaeus,  that  the  rigor  of 
the  rules  originally  formulated  by  him  would  have  to  be  relaxed. 
Naturalists  early  began  to  complain  that  the  Greek  and  Latin 
languages  were  almost  or  quite  exhausted  as  sources  for  new 
names,  and  many  resorted  to  other  languages,  framed  anagrams 
of  existent  ones,  or  even  played  for  a  jingle  of  letters. 

Forty  years  ago  one  of  the  most  liberal  of  the  American  con- 
tributors to  such  names  ^  defiantly  avowed  that  "most  of  the 
genera  [proposed  by  him]  have  been  designated  by  words  taken 

1  Girard  in  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sc.  Phila.,  viii.  209,  1856. 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  151 

from  the  North  American  Indians,  as  being  more  euphonic 
than  an}'  one  [he]  might  have  framed  from  the  Greek.  The 
classic  literature  has  already  furnished  so  many  names  that  there 
are  but  few  instances  in  which  a  name  might  yet  be  coined,  and 
express  what  it  is  intended  to  represent.  [He]  offered  this  remark 
as  a  mere  statement,  not  as  an  apology."  He  gave  such  names 
as  Minovnis,  Acomus,  DioJida,  Alffoma,  Algansea,  Agosia,  Noco- 
mis,  Meda,  Cliola,  Codoma,  Moniana^  Tiaroga^  Tigoma,  Che- 
onda^  and  Siboina. 

These  names  have  caused  some  trouble,  and  have  been  sup- 
posed to  be  original  offspring  of  the  ichthyologist;  but  those 
familiar  with  Longfellow's  Hiawatha  will  recognize  in  Nocomis 
the  name  of  the  daughter  of  the  Moon  ^  and  mother  of  "Wenonah 
(Nokomis),  corrected  by  classical  standard  !  and  in  Meda  the  title 
of  a  "  medicine  man  "  (not  "  a  classical  feminine  name").  Other 
names  are  geographical  or  individual. 

In  the  excellent  report  to  the  International  Zoological  Congress, 
by  Dr.  Raphael  Blanchard  (1889),  it  was  remarked  that  it  would 
be  generally  conceded  that  naturalists  have  almost  completely 
exhausted  the  Greek  and  Latin  words,  simple  and  compound, 
possible  to  attribute  to  animals.^ 

But  the  classic  languages  are  even  yet,  although  about  one  hun- 
dred thousand  names  ^  grace  or  cumber  the  nomenclators,  far  from 
being  completely  exploited.  To  some  of  lis,  indeed,  the  diffi- 
culty in  determining  upon  a  new  name  is  that  of  selection  of 
several  that  are  conjured  up  by  the  imagination  rather  than  the 
coining  of  a  single  one. 

Besides  the  methods  of  name-making  generally  resorted  to, 
there  are  others  that  have  been  little  employed.  Among  the  few 
who  have  resorted  to  other  than  the  regular  conventional  ways  is 
the  illustrious  actual  President  of  the  American  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science.  His  long  list  of  generic  names 
proposed  in  the  various  departments  of  zoology  embraces  many 
of  unusual  origin,  and  almost  always  well  formed,  elegant,  and 

1  "  From  the  full  moon  fell  Nokomis, 
Fell  the  beautiful  Nokomis." 

The  Song  of  Hiawatha,  III.,  lines  4,  5. 

2  "On  conviendra  que  les  naturalistes  ont  dii  ('■puiser  a  peu  pr^s  compl^tement  la 
liste  des  mots  grecs  ou  latins,  simples  ou  compos(58,  qu'il  ^tait  possible  d'attribuer  aux 
animaux."     Bull.  Soc.  Zool.  France,  xiv.  223. 

3  The  number  one  hundred  thousand  includes  duplicates  and  variants. 


152  SECTION    F. 

euphonious.  I  can  only  adduce  a  few  of  the  wa3's  of  naming 
illustrated  by  classical  examples. 

In  ancient  Greek  there  are  numerous  words  ending  in  -ms,  and 
man}'  substantives  with  that  termination  are  names  of  animals 
given  in  allusion  to  some  special  characteristic. 

Acanthias  is  the  designation  of  a  shark,  especially  distin- 
guished by  the  development  of  a  spine  at  the  front  of  each  dorsal 
fin;  the  name  is  derived  from  aKavOa,  spine,  and  the  terminal 
element. 

Acontias  is  the  name  of  "a  quick-darting  serpent,"  and  the 
main  component  is  aKwr,  a  dart  or  javelin. 

Anthias  is  the  name  of  a  fish  found  in  the  Mediterranean  and 
distinguished  by  the  brilliancy  of  its  color;  evidently  it  was 
based  on  IvOo'i^  a  flower.  The  color  of  the  fish  may  remind  one 
of  a  showy  flower. 

Xiphias  is  the  ancient  as  well  as  zoological  designation  of  the 
sword-fish;  it  was  plainly  coined  from  ^t^oc,  a  sword. 

These  four  names  give  some  idea  of  the  range  of  utility  of  the 
particle  in  question;  they  involve  the  ideas  of  defensive  arma- 
ture, off'eusive  armature,  ornamentation,  and  action. 

A  number  of  names  have  been  framed  by  modern  zoologists  in 
conformity  with  such  models.  Such  are  Stoviias  (named  b}'  the 
Greek  scholar  and  naturalist,  Schneider)  and  Ceratias,  —  types 
of  the  families  StomiidcB  (generally  written  'Stomiatidce)  and 
Ceratiidce.  Tamias  is  another  name,  well  known  in  connection 
with  the  chipmunk. 

But  there  is  room  for  many  more  of  like  structure.  For  ex- 
amples, peculiarities  of  various  parts  might  be  hinted  at  by  such 
words  as  Car'ias  or  Cephalias  or  Cottdlas  or  Cottias  (for  animals 
having  some  distinctive  character  in  the  head),  Chirias  (hand 
or  hand-like  organ),  Gnathias  (jaw),  Podias  (feet),  Thoracias 
(thorax),   and  many  others  of  analogous  import. 

Another  termination  which  might  be  used  advantageously 
instead  of  the  too  often  used  -aides  is  the  patronymic  suffix  -ides. 
This  would  be  specially  useful  where  genetic  relationship  is  de- 
sired to  be  indicated.  We  have  many  such  models  in  classical 
literature,  as  Alcides,  the  son  of  Alcoeus,  Atrides,  the  son  of 
Atreus,  Pel  ides,  the  son  of  Peleus,  ^acides,  the  grandson  of 
^acus,  and  the  like. 

Another   source  for   help    in   name-making  is    in    the   several 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORK    GILL.  153 

intensive  Greek  particles  occurring  as  prefixes  of  various  names. 
The  chief  of  these  prefixes  are  ayi-^  ari-^  da-,  eri-,  eu-,  and  za-. 
Eu-  has  been  so  very  often  drafted  into  use  that  relief  and  variety 
maj'  be  found  by  resorting  to  the  others. 

Ari-  ("A/n-)  occurs  often  in  classical  words,  as  apihaKpvs,  very 
tearful,  upi8t]X.<)^.,  very  plain,  and  apnrpe7rq<s,  very  show}'. 

Da  (A5-)  is  illustrated  by  such  names  as  ddo-Kios  (daskios, 
shaded)  and  Sa^on'o?  (daphoinos,  deep  red), — convert  them,  if 
you  will,  into  Dascius  and  Daplioenus.  Numerous  names  may 
be  made  on  the  model,  although  in  classical  Greek  there  are  few. 

Eri-  ('Ept-)  is  used  in  the  same  waj'  as  Ari-,  and  is  familiar  in 
ancient  Greek  as  a  particle  of  such  words  as  ipiavyij<s  (very 
brilliant)  and  ipLavxrj^  (with  a  high  arched  neck).  The  common 
large  seal  of  northern  Europe  {Erifjnathus  harhatus)  has  received 
its  generic  name,  based  on  the  same  model,  on  account  of  the 
depth  of  the  jaws.  Very  few  naturalists,  however,  have  availed 
themselves  of  this  particle  for  name-making,  most  of  the  words 
in  the  zoological  nomenclators  commencing  with  Eri-  having 
other  origins. 

Za-  (Za-)  is  met  with  in  such  words  as  ^drjs  (strong  blowing), 
^a.Oepr]s  (very  hot),  CaKa\Xr/s  (very  beautiful),  (a.TrX.ovTO';  (very  rich), 
^aTTOTT/?  (a  hard  drinker).  The  particle  has  been  utilized  in  the 
composition  of  the  generic  name  {Zalophus)  of  the  common  sea- 
lion,  distinguished  by  its  high  sagittal  crest  (^a-  and  X6cf>o<;,  crest), 
familiar  to  menagerie  visitors,  and  the  residents  and  travellers  in 
San  Francisco.  Professor  Cope  has  also  made  use  of  it  for 
several  of  his  names. 

^Ye  have  been  told  by  ancient  writers  that  Cicero  was  a  name 
derived  from  cicer,  a  vetch.  According  to  Plin3%  the  name  (like 
Fahius  and  Lentulus)  was  obtained  on  account  of  ancestral  skill 
in  cultivation  of  the  plant;  but,  according  to  Plutarch,  the  origi- 
nal of  the  name  was  so  called  because  he  had  a  vetch-like  wen 
on  his  nose.-'  Which  one  (if  either)  was  the  fact  is  of  no  material 
consequence.  The  etymological  propriety  of  both  is  sanctioned 
by  the  suppositions  of  classical  writers.  There  can  then  be  no 
valid  objection  to  other  names  formed  on  the  model. 

There  is  one  rule  which  has  been  put  in  such  a  form  (and  with- 
out proper  exceptions)  that  a  number  of  names,  improper  accord- 

1  Those  familiar  with  the  "  Spectator  "  may  recall  Addison's  allusion  to  this  (No.  59). 
See  also  Middleton's  Life  of  Cicero. 


154  SECTION    F, 

ing  to  classical  standards,  have  been  introduced.  The  rule  is 
that  the  aspirate  of  Greek  should  be  rendered  by  h.  While  this 
is  true  for  the  commencement  of  a  name,  it  is  not  for  the  body, 
where  it  generally  is  suppressed,  being  sonant  only  after  j-^,  t, 
or  k.  The  Greeks,  accordingly,  wrote  Phil'ippos  (<I>tAt7r7ros)  and 
Ephippus  ("£(^177770?).  In  accordance  with  such  models  Mesohippus 
and  Orohippus  should  have  been  called  Mesippus  and  Orlpjms, 
Protohippus  should  have  been  Prothlppms.  Epih'xppus  might  by 
some  be  considered  to  be  preoccupied  by  Ephippus,  a  genus  of 
fishes.  But,  in  my  opinion,  all  the  names  should  be  retained  as 
they  are  (if  there  is  no  other  objection),  on  the  assumption  that 
more  confusion  would  result  from  sacrifice  of  priority  than  of 
classical  excellence. 

From  names  as  names,  I  proceed  to  the  consideration  of  fitting 
them  to  groups. 

TTPONYMS. 

The  question  what  is  necessary  to  insure  reception  of  a  generic 
name  is  one  of  those  concerning  which  there  is  difference  of 
opinion.  By  some  a  definition  is  considered  to  be  requisite,  while 
by  others  the  specification  of  a  type  is  only  required.  But  the 
demand  in  such  case  is  simply  that  the  definition  shall  be  made. 
It  may  be  inaccurate  or  not  to  the  point;  it  may  be  given  up  at 
once,  and  never  adopted  by  the  author  himself  ■  afterwards,  or  by 
any  one  else.  Nevertheless,  the  condition  is  fulfilled  by  the 
attempt  to  give  the  definition.  In  short,  the  attempt  is  required 
in  order  that  the  competency  (or  its  want)  of  the  uamer  may  be 
known,  and  if  incompetency  is  shown  thereby  —  no  matter! 
The  attempt  has  been  made.  The  indication  by  a  type  is  not 
sufficient. 

Any  one  who  has  had  occasion  to  investigate  the  history  of 
some  large  group  must  have  been  often  perplexed  in  determining 
on  what  special  subdivision  of  a  disintegrated  genus  the  original 
name  should  be  settled.  The  old  genus  ma}'  have  been  a  very 
comprehensive  one,  covering  many  genera,  and  even  families  of 
modern  zoolog}^  and  of  course  the  investigator  has  to  ignore 
the  original  diagnosis.  He  must  often  acknowledge  how  much 
better  it  would  have  been  if  the  genus  had  been  originally'  indi- 
cated by  a  type  rather  than  a  diagnosis.  Many  naturalists,  there- 
fore, now  recognize  a  typonym  to  be  eligible  as  a  generic  name. 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  155 

Among  such  are  those  guided  by  the  code  formulated  by  the 
American  Ornithologists'  Union,  to  which  reference  may  be 
made,  and  in  which  will  be  found  some  judicious  remarks  on  the 
subject  under  "  Canon  XLII."  Certainly  it  is  more  rational  to 
accept  a  tvponym  than  to  require  a  definition  for  show  rather 
than  use.  Nevertheless,  I  fully  recognize  the  obligation  of  the 
genus-maker  to  indicate  by  diagnosis,  as  well  as  type,  his  con- 
ception of  generic  characters. 

FIRST    SPECIES    OF    A    GENUS    NOT    ITS    TYPE. 

On  account  of  the  difficulty  of  determining  the  applicability  of 
a  generic  name  when  a  large  genus  is  to  be  subdivided,  it  has  been 
the  practice  of  some  zoologists  to  take  the  first  species  of  a  genus 
as  its  type.  This,  it  has  been  claimed,  is  in  pursuance  of  the  law 
of  priority.  It  is,  however,  an  extreme,  if  not  illegitimate,  exten- 
sion of  the  law,  and  has  generally  been  discarded  in  recent  years. 
But  in  the  past,  it  had  eminent  advocates,  such  as  George  Robert 
Gray  in  Ornithology,  and  Pieter  Van  Bleeker  in  Ichthyology. 
A  few  still  adhere  to  the  practice,  and  within  a  few  months  two 
excellent  zoologists  have  defended  their  application  of  names  by 
statements  that  the  first  species  of  the  old  genera  justified  their 
procedure.  The  contention  of  one  involves  the  names  which  shall 
be  given  to  the  crayfishes  and  lobsters. 

It  is  evident  that  the  fathers  of  zoological  nomenclature  never 
contemplated  such  a  treatment  of  their  names,  and  the  application 
of  the  rule  to  their  genera  would  result  in  some  curious  and  unex- 
pected conditions.  Let  us  see  how  some  genera  of  Linnseus 
would  fare.  The  first  species  of  Plioca  was  the  fur  seal,  the  first 
species  of  Mustela  the  sea-otter,  the  first  of  Mus  the  guinea-pig, 
and  the  first  of  Cervus  was  the  giraffe.  These  are  suflBcient  to 
show  what  incongruities  would  flow  from  the  adoption  of  the  rule. 

CHOICE    OF    NAMES    SIMULTANEOUSLY    PUBLISHED. 

There  is  another  issue  of  nomenclature  involving  many  genera. 
In  the  same  work  different  names  have  been  given  to  representa- 
tives or  stages  of  what  are  now  considered  the  same  genus.  For 
example,  Lacepede,  in  the  third  volume  of  his  "  Histoire  Naturelle 
des  Poissons,"  published  two  names,  Cephalacanthus  and  Dacty- 
lopterus^  the  former  given  to  the  young  and  the  latter  to  the  adult 
stage  of  the  flying  gurnard.     Cephalacanthus  appeared  on  page 


156 


SECTION    F. 


323,  aud  Dactylopterus  on  page  325.  Dactylopterus  is  the  name 
that  has  been  generally  adopted  for  the  genus,  but  some  excellent 
naturalists  now  insist  on  the  resurrection  and  I'etention  of  Cephala- 
canthus,  for  the  reason  that  the  latter  was  the  first  given  name. 
In  connection  with  an  analogous  case,  it  was  urged  that  "  the  law  of 
primogeniture  applies  to  twins."  There  is  a  fallacy  involved  in 
such  a  comparison,  which  becomes  obvious  enough  on  considera- 
tion. In  the  case  of  twins,  the  birth  of  one  precedes  that  of  the 
other  by  a  very  appreciable  interval  of  time.  But  in  the  case  of 
names  appearing  in  the  same  volume  (issued  as  a  whole)  the  pub- 
lication is  necessarily  simultaneous.  It  is  therefore,  it  appears  to 
me,  perfectly  logical  to  take  the  most  appropriate  name,  or  to  fol- 
low the  zoologist  who  first  selected  one  of  the  names.  In  the  case 
of  Ihicfijlopterua^  there  would  be  the  further  advantage  that  the 
current  nomenclature  would  not  be  disturbed. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  those  who  have  acted  on  the  prin- 
ciple just  condemned  do  not  feel  called  upon  to  accept  the  first 
species  of  a  geuus  as  its  type. 


MAJOR    GROUPS    AND    THEIR    NOMENCLATURE. 

Another  subject  to  which  I  would  invite  your  attention  is  the 
amouut  of  subdivision  of  the  animal  kingdom  which  is  expedient, 
and  the  nomenclature  of  such  subdivisions. 

Linnaeus  only  admitted  four  categories,  —  class,  order,  genus, 
and  species.  These  suflSced  for  most  naturalists  during  the 
entire  past  centur}'.  Only  one  naturalist  —  Gottlieb  Conrad 
Christian  Storr  —  went  into  much  greater  detail ;  he  admitted  as 
many  as  eleven  categories,  which  may  be  roughly  compared  with 
modern  gi'oups  as  follows  :  — 


Agmen 

Rubrisanguia 

Subkingdoni 

Acies 

[=  Vertebrata] 
K  Warm-blooded  \ 
\  Cold-blooded     \ 

Superclass 

Class 

Mammalia 
i  Pedata          ) 

Class 

Phalanx 

\  Pinuepedia  > 

Subclass 

' 

(  Pinnata        ) 

Cohors 
Ordo 

(  Unguiculata  ) 
\  Ungulata      ) 

Superorder 
Order 

Missus 

Suborder 

Seotio 

Family 

Ctetus 

Subfamily 

Genus 

Genus 

Species 

Species 

ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  157 

These  groups  are  really  not  exactly  comparable  with  any  of 
I'ecent  systeniatists,  inasmuch  as  Storr  proceeded  from  a  physio- 
logical instead  of  a  morphological  base  in  his  classification.  The 
only  work  in  which  this  classification  was  exhibited  was  in  his 
"Prodromus  Methodi  Mammalium,"  published  in  1780. 

With  this  exception,  the  naturalists  of  the  last  century  2^r«c^«- 
cally  recognized  only  four  categories,  —  species,  genera,  orders, 
and  classes.  Families  v,-ere  introduced  into  the  system  by 
Latreille.  The  word  "'family,"  it  is  true,  was  not  unknown 
previously,  but  it  had  been  used  only  as  a  synonym  for  order. 
In  botany  such  usage  even  prevails,  to  some  extent,  at  the  present 
day,  and  persists  as  a  heritage  of  the  past.  The  French  botanists 
used  "famille"  as  the  equivalent  of  "ordo."  Our  English  and 
American  botanists  followed  and  used  "order"  as  the  more  scien- 
tific designation,  and  "family"  as  a  popular  one;  Gray,  for  ex- 
ample, calling  the  family  represented  by  the  buttercups  the  "Order 
Ranunculaceae,"  or  "  Crowfoot  Family."  But  in  zoology  the  two 
names  became  early  differentiated,  and  while  order  was  continued 
in  use  with  the  approximate  limits  assigned  to  it  by  Linufeus, 
family  was  interposed  as  a  new  category,  intermediate  between  the 
order  and  genus.  At  first  this  category  generally  was  given  a  de- 
scriptive designation ;  but  soon  the  tendency  to  employ,  as  a  part 
of  the  designation,  the  stem  of  the  principal  generic  name,  became 
marked,  and  the  use  of  the  patronymic  suffix  -ida'.  in  connection 
with  a  geneiT^  name  was  adopted,  and,  as  time  has  advanced,  has 
become  more  and  more  general.  But  the  assent  to  this  method 
is  not  universal.  There  are  still  some  excellent  zoologists  who 
refuse  to  be  bound  by  the  rule,  and  who  adopt  the  oldest  family 
name,  whether  it  be  denominative  or  patronymic,  and  whatever 
may  be  the  termination. 

The  fi,ve  categories  thus  recognized  were  \Qvy  generally  ad- 
mitted, and  for  a  long  time  were  the  only  ones  recognized  by 
many  naturalists.  But  gradually  suborders,  subfamilies,  and 
subgenera  were  taken  up.  Further,  the  word  "tribe"  was  often 
used,  but  with  different  applications.  Still  other  divisions  were 
occasionally  introduced,  but  the  most  elaborate  of  all  the  schemes 
for  gradation  of  the  groups  of  the  animal  kingdom  were  those 
proposed  by  Bleeker  and  Haeckel.^     They  are  reproduced  in  the 

1  Generelle  Morphologie  der  Organismen,  ii.  400. 


158 


SECTION    F. 


following  parallel  columns,  in  which  their  applications  to  fishes 
and  mammals  are  likewise  shown. 


Vertebrata 

Pliylum 

Pachycardia 

Subphylum 

AUantoidia 

Cladus 
Subcladus 

Mammalia 

Classis 

Classis 

Pisces 

Monodelphia 

Subclassis 

Subclassis 

Monopnoi 

Divisio 

Dirhinichthyes 

Deciduata 

Legio 

Legio 

Eleuthernr/nathi 

Discoplacentalia 

Sublegio 

Sublegio 

Ctenobranchii 

Series 

Isopleuri 

Subseries 

Ka  non  ikoderm  i 

Phalanx 

Alethinichthyes 

Subphalanx 

Neopoiesichthyes 

Caterva 

Katapieseoce/)hali 

Rodentia 

Ordo 

Ordo 

Percce 

Subordo 

Subordo 

Percichthyini  [sic  !] 

Myomorpha 

Sectio 
Subsectio 

Sectio 

Paristemipteri 

Tribus 

Percichihyini  [sic !] 

Murina 

Familia 

Familia 

Percoidei 

Subfamilia 

Subfamilia 

Percajormes 

Arvicolida 

Tribus 

Cohors 

Hypudai 

Subtribus 

Stirps 

Arvicola 

Genus 
Subgenus 

Genus 

Perca 

Paludicola 

Cohors 
Subcoliors 

Arvicola  amphibius 

Species 
Subspecies 

Species 

Perca  Jluviatilis 

Arvicola  {amphibius 

)  Varietas 

terrestris 

Arvicola  (ampliibiut 

!  Subvarietas 

terrestris)  argen- 

• 

toratensis 

Here  we  have  a  total  of  31  categories  intermediate  between  the 
kingdom  and  the  individual  of  an  animal  form.  The  tools  have 
become  too  numerous,  and  some  were  rarely  used  by  the  authors 
themselves.  Thus  the  cohors  and  stirps  were  not  called  into 
requisition  by  Bleeker  for  the  Percoidei  (though  they  were  for  the 
subdivision  of  the  Cyprinoidei),  and  in  the  recent  classification 
of  the  Radiolariaus,  Professor  Haeckel  did  not  find  it  necessary 
to  draw  upon  the  tribus  or  subtribus  for  the  arrangement  of 
any  famil3^  None  others  have  adopted  in  detail  either  of  the 
elaborate  schemes  proposed  by  their  distinguished  authors,  and 
even  those  authors  themselves  have  not,  in  their  later  works,  gone 
into  the  details  they  provided  for  in  their  schemes.  The  only 
divisional  name  that  has  been  used  to  any  great  extent  is  tribe. 
That  has  been  frequentl}'  employed,  but  in  different  ways,  —  some- 
times for  the  division  of  an  order,  sometimes  within  a  suborder, 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  159 

sometimes  for  a  section  of  a  family,  again  for  a  part  of  a  sub- 
family, and  even  for  a  fragment  of  a  genus.  ^  In  two  of  these 
widely  differing  ways  it  has  been  used  in  the  systems  of  Bleeker 
and  Haeckel.  It  is  evident,  however,  that  more  groups  than  the 
old  conventional  ones,  which  alone  Agassiz  admitted,  would  be 
useful  at  the  present.  A  happy  mean  seems  to  me  to  be  realized 
in  the  following  list:  — 

Branch  Superfamily 

Subbranch  Family 

Superclass  Subfamily 

Class  Supergenus 

Subclass  Genus 

Superorder  Subgenus 

Order  Species 

Suborder  ^Subspecies. 

There  are  only  two  (or  three  for  trinomial ists)  of  these  which 
are  "sonant,"  all  the  others  being  "mute"  (to  use  the  expression 
of  Linnaeus) ;  but  a  question  of  termination  affects  several  of 
them. 

All  the  supergeneric  groups,  like  families,  were  originally 
chiefly  designated  by  descriptive  names,  but  the  trend  in  all  the 
years  has  been  towards  names  which  are  based  on  the  stems  of 
existing  genera. 

FAMILY. 

In  1796  ("  an  5  de  la  R."),  Latreille,  in  his  "  Pre'cis  des  Carac- 
teres  generiques  des  Insectes,"  for  the  first  time  employed  the 
term  "family"  as  a  subdivision  of  an  order,  but  only  gave  the 
families  numbers  ("Famille  premiere,"  "Fam.  2,"  etc.).-  He 
remarked  that  it  might  be  desirable  to  have  the  families  named, 
but  deferred  doing  so  till  he  could  review  the  subject  with  greater 
care.^ 

In  1798  ("  an  6  "),  Cuvier,  in  his  "  Tableau  Elementaire  de 
I'Histoire  naturelle  des  Animaux,"  in  the  introduction,  when 
treating   of   graded   characters    {^'' caraderes   gradues")^    named 

1  The  words  Phalanx,  Cohors,  and  Series  (if  not  others)  have  been  used  recently  in 
another  manner  by  Dr.  F.  A.  Smitt  in  the  ''  History  of  Scandinavian  Fishes."  The 
sequence  in  that  work  is  Classis,  Ordo,  Subordo,  Phalanx,  Cohors,  Series,  Familia, 
Subfamilia,  Genus,  Subgenus,  Species. 

2  "Les  rapports  anatomiques,  ceux  de  V Habitus,  des  metamorphoses,  ont  ^te  mes 
guides  dans  la  formation  des  families.     EUes  sont  precedees  d'un  chiffre  arabe."   p.  ix. 

3  "  On  eut  desire  que  j'eusse  donn^  des  noms  aux  families;  mais  prevoyant  que  je 
serois  contraint  d'y  faire  plusieurs  changemens,  j'eusse  ainsi  expos^  la  nomenclature  a 
une  vicissitude  tres  contraire  h,  I'avancement  de  la  science."    p.  ix. 


160  SECTION    F. 

only  the  genus,  order,  class,  and  the  kingdom.  lu  the  body  of 
the  work,  sometimes  he  used  the  word  "family"  instead  of  order 
(as  for  the  Birds),  but  for  two  orders  of  the  Insects  he  formally 
adopted  a  division  into  families  which  were  regularly  named. 
The  first  (unnamed)  order  ("ordre"),  with  jaws  and  without 
wings  ("  Des  iusectes  pourvus  de  m^choires,  et  sans  ailes"), 
was  divided  into  several  families  (""plusieurs  families  naturelles  "), 
—  "  les  Crustaces,"  "  les  Millepieds,"  "  les  Aracneides,"  and  "  les 
Phtyreides."  The  order  Nevropteres  was  disintegrated  into  three 
families  ("  trois  families  naturelles"),  —  "les  Libelles,"  "les 
Perles,"  and  "  les  Agnathes."  The  representatives  of  the  other 
(six)  orders  were  distributed  directly  into  genera. 

This,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  discover,  was  the  first  time 
in  which  an  order  of  the  animal  kingdom  was  regularly  divided 
into  named  families,  designated  as  such. 

In  1806,  Latreille,  in  his  "Genera  Crustaeeorum  et  Insectorum," 
gave  names  to  families,  but  on  no  uniform  plan,  providing  de- 
scriptive names  for  some,  as  "  Oxxjrhincl"  for  the  Mai<jidean 
crabs, — names  based  on  typical  genera,  with  a  patronymic  ter- 
mination, as  Palltiurinl  and  Astacifii,  and,  in  other  cases,  names 
also  based  on  a  typical  genus  but  with  a  quasi  plural  form,  as 
PaguriL  (In  the  same  work,  it  may  be  well  to  add,  Latreille 
also  admitted  more  categories  than  usual,  using  ten  for  the  ani- 
mal kingdom.  —  Sectio,  Classis,  Legio,  Centutia,  Cohors,  Ordo, 
Familia,  Tribus,  Genus,  and  Species.) 

In  1806,  A.  M.  Constant  Dumeril,  who  had  previously  contrib- 
uted tables  of  classification  to  Cuvier's  "Leqons  d'Anatomie 
Comparee,"  and  published  his  own  "  Siemens  d'Histoire  Xatu- 
relle,"  brought  out  his  "  Zoologie  Analytique."  In  this  volume, 
he  gave  anal3'tical  tables  for  the  entire  animal  kingdom,  and 
admitted  families  for  all  the  classes.  The  families  were  generally 
subordinated  to  orders;  but  when  the  structural  diversity  within 
a  class  did  not  appear  sufficient  to  require  more  than  one  "mute  " 
category,  the  order  was  sacrificed  in  favor  of  the  family.  His 
families  were  generally  very  comprehensive,  often  very  unnatural, 
and  mostly  endowed  with  descriptive  names.  (He  admitted  no 
more  than  five  named  categories  in  the  animal  kingdom,  —  class, 
order,  family,  genus,  and  species.) 

As  we  have  seen,  Cuvier,  Latreille,  Rafinesque,  and  others, 
to  some  extent,  used  names  ending  in  -ides  and  -Ini ;    but  the  first 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  161 

to  fully  recognize  the  advisability  of  using  patronymic  family 
names  universally  was  William  Kirby,  who  has  not  often 
received  the  credit  for  so  doing,  and  is  probably  unknown  to 
most  in  such  connection.  Nevertheless,  in  a  note  to  his  memoir 
on  "  Strepsiptera,  anew  Order  of  Insects  proposed,"  he  explicitly 
introduced  this  important  feature  in  systematic  terminology. 
He  complained  that  Latreille's  names  "have  not  that  harmony 
and  uniformity  of  termination  which  is  necessary  to  make  them 
easil}^  retained  by  the  memory."  Continuing,  he  added,  "If  we 
adopted  a  patronymic  appellation  for  these  sections,  for  instance, 
Coleoptera  Scai-abceidce,  Coleoptera  Stcqyhylinidce,  Coleoptera 
Sj)?i(erid{adcE,  Orthoptera  Gryllidce,  etc.,  it  would  be  liable  to 
no  objection  of  this  kind." 

The  suggestion  thus  made  was  heeded.  The  English  natural- 
ists (especially  William  Elford  Leach  and  John  Edward  Gray) 
soon  applied  the  method  inculcated,  and  from  them  it  has  spread 
to  the  naturalists  of  every  land;  but  the  original  impulse  has  been 
forgotten.  For  this  reason  I  have  recalled  the  memory  of  Kirby 's 
work. 

But  it  was  long  before  the  expediency  of  this  procedure  was 
universally  recognized,  and  even  yet  there  are  dissentients.  One 
objection  was  that  the  termination  -idee  was  not  consistent  with 
Latin  words.  Professor  Agassiz  was  never  reconciled  to  such 
names,  and  gave  names  of  Greek  origin  the  termination  -oidce, 
and  those  of  Latin  the  ending  -ince.  In  his  system,  too,  there 
was  no  distinction  between  families  and  subfamilies,  both  having 
terminations  in  consonance  with  the  origin  of  the  stems,  and  not 
the  taxonomic  value  of  the  groups. 

The  endings  -idee  and  -oidce  have  been  often  supposed  to  be 
identical,  and  even  in  highly  esteemed  dictionaries  (as  "  The 
Imperial  Dictionary  of  the  English  Language")  the  terminal  ele- 
ment of  family  names  ending  in  -idee  is  derived  from  "  cTSos, 
resemblance."  As  already  indicated,  however,  words  so  termi- 
nated should  be  considered  as  patronymics.  But  those  ending 
in  -oidce,  'oielei,  and  -oidea  may  be  assumed  to  be  direct  com- 
ponents with  etSos. 

In  answer  to  the  objection  (by  Burmeister  for  example)  that 
patronymic  names  are  foreign  to  the  genius  of  the  Latin  language, 
or  at  least  of  Latin  prose,  the  fact  that  such  a  poet  as  Vergil  has 
a  large  number  shows  that  there  is  no  pervading  antagonism. 

A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  11 


162  SECTION    F. 


SUBFAMILY. 


Next  to  the  family,  the  term  "  subfamily  "  -was  the  earliest,  and 
has  been  the  one  most  generally  accepted  of  the  groups  now 
adopted.  But  the  name  itself  was  not  used  till  long  after  '•'  family  " 
had  come  into  general  vogue.  The  chief  subdivision  of  the  fam- 
ily had  been  named  tribe,  '■Hrihu"  by  Latreille,  in  1806,  and  he 
continued  to  use  that  term.  C.  S.  Rafinesque,  in  1815,  used  the 
word  subfamily,  "  sous-famille"  for  groups  of  the  same  relative 
rank  as  the  "tribu"  of  Latreille,  but  gave  generally  descriptive 
names,  with  modified  nominative  plural  endings  (e..  g.  Monodac- 
ti/lia'),  although  sometimes  he  named  the  group  after  the  principal 
genus  (e.  ff.  Percidia).  The  subfamily  is  now  general!}'  recog- 
nized, and  its  ending  rendered  by  -ince,  or  more  seldom  -ini  or 
-ina.  This  is  rather  a  termination  for  Latin  adjectives  involving 
the  idea  of  relation  or  pertinence. 

But,  as  has  been  already  urged,  the  language  of  nomenclature 
should  not  be  bound  by  rules  of  strict  philology.  One  of  the 
most  useful  devices  of  scientific  terminology  is  the  establishment 
of  terminations  which  indicate  the  nature  or  value  of  a  group  or 
relation  to  the  group  to  which  some  entity  belongs. 

The  chemist  has  his  terminations  in  -ates^  -ides,  and  -gens, 
and  does  not  deem  it  incumbent  to  defend  his  usage  or  to  aban- 
don his  system,  because  some  one  might  object  to  the  want  of 
classical  models.  Nay,  classical  scholars  themselves  have 
recognized  the  legitimacy  and  usefulness  of  such  a  method. 

The  ending  -klcje,  has  been  shown  to  have  classical  sanction 
for  both  Greek  and  Latin,  -lam  has  only  classical  sanction  for 

Latin  words,  and  there  is  one oidea  or  -oidece  —  for  which  no 

models  are  to  be  found  in  either  language.  But  the  convenience 
of  all  those  endings  as  indicative  at  once  of  the  taxonomic  value 
of  each  group  far  outweighs  any  objection  to  them  from  the 
philological  side.  "We  are  now  confronted  with  the  groups  having 
the  -oidea  ending. 

SUPERFAMILT. 

Experience  has  shown  that  for  the  exhibition  of  difference  in 
value  of  various  groups  and  characters,  more  than  the  generally 
accepted  groups  —  families  and  subfamilies  —  are  desirable. 
Groups  above  the  family,   in  the  generality  of  their  characters, 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  163 

had  been  frequently  adopted.     A  quarter  century  ago,  I  searched 
for  an  available  name  and  notation  for  such  a  group,  and  found 
that  the  groups  which  I  wished  to  recognize  were  most  like  those 
that  Dana  had  recognized  in  the  Crustaceans,  under  the  name  of 
subtribe,  and  given   the  ending   -oidea.     But  the  term    "tribe  " 
had  first  been  given  and  most  generally  used  for  a  subdivision 
of  the  famil}^,  and  consequently  was  ineligible  for  a  group  includ- 
ing the  family.     Other  names  had  been  given  to  such  groups,  but 
there  were  objections  against  them.     In  a  communication  to  the 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  (Volume 
XX.)  I  used  a  new  name  —  superfamily  —  and  the  termination 
-oidea.     The  great  advantage  of  the  name  was  that  it  relieved  the 
memorj',  and  suggested  at  once  what  was  meant  by  relation  to  a 
familiar  standard  —  family.     The  term  has  been  quite  generally 
adopted,  but  there  has  been  diversity  of  usage  in  the  form  of  the 
names,  -oidece  being  frequently  suffixed  to  the  stem,  and  some- 
times a  descriptive  name  has  been  given.     The  only  reason  for 
the  ending  -oidea  is  that  it  was  first  used  in  such  connection; 
-oidece  has  the  advantage  (or  disadvantage?)  that  it  is  in  conso- 
nance with  -idee  and  -inca.     No  provision  has  been  made  by  the 
German  Zoological  Societj^  for  this  category,  their  attention  hav- 
ing been  confined  to  family  and  subfamily  nomenclature.^ 

OTHER    GROUPS. 

Time  does  not  permit  of  the  consideration  of  the  other  groups, 
—  order,  suborder,  superorder,  class,  subclass,  superclass,  branch, 
etc.  Nevertheless,  a  caveat  is  in  order  that  there  appears  to  be 
no  reason  why  the  principle  of  priority  now  so  generally  recog- 
nized for  the  subordinate  groups  should  not  prevail  for  the 
higher.  Why  should  the  name  Amphibia  disappear  and 
Batrachia  and  Reptilia  usurp  its  place?  Amphibia  is  a  far  better 
name  for  the  Batrachia,  and  in  every  way  defensible  for  it.  The 
name  had  especial  relation  to  it  originally,  and  it  was  first  re- 
stricted to  it  as  a  class.  Why  should  the  names  Sauria  and 
Serpeutes  give  place  to  Lacertilia  and  Ophidia?     The  first  are 

1  "  Die  Namen  von  Familien  und  Unterfamilien  werden  fortan  von  dem  giiltigen 
Namen  einer  zu  diesen  Gruppen  gehorigen  Gattung  gebildet,  und  zwar  die  der  Familien 
durch  Anhiingen  derEndung  idee  (Plural  von  ides  [gr.  eiSTjg]  niasc.gen.),  die  der  Unter- 
familien durch  Anhangen  der  Endung  ince  (fem.  gen.)  an  den  Stamm  des  betreflfenden 
Gattungsnamens."    Regeln  .  .  .  von  der  Deutsch.  Zool.  Ges.,  §  28. 


164  SECTION   F. 

names  familiar  to  all,  aud  correctly  formed ;  the  last  are,  at  least, 
strangely  framed.  V^'hy  should  not  Meantia  be  adopted  as  an 
ordinal  name,  by  those  who  regard  the  Sirenids  as  representa- 
tives of  a  distinct  order,  as  did  Linnaeus  ?  Why  should  not  the 
ordinal  names  Bruta,  Ferte,  Glires,  and  Cete  prevail  over  Eden- 
tata, Carnivora,  Rodeutia,  and  Cetacea?  If  the  rules  formulated 
by  the  various  societies  are  applied  to  those  groups,  the  earlier 
names  must  be  revived. 

COMPLAINTS    OF    INSTABILITY    OF    NOMENCLATURE. 

Frequent  are  the  laments  over  the  instability  of  our  systematic 
nomenclature  ;  bitter  the  complaints  against  those  who  change 
names.  But  surely  such  complaints  are  unjust  when  urged  against 
those  who  range  themselves  under  laws.  We  are  forcibly  reminded 
by  such  complaints  of  the  ancient  apologue  of  the  wolf  and  the 
lamb.  The  stream  of  nomenclature  has  indeed  been  much  muddied, 
but  it  is  due  to  the  acts  of  those  who  refused  to  be  bound  by  laws 
or  reason.  The  only  way  to  purify  the  stream  is  to  clear  out  all 
the  disturbing  elements.  In  doing  so,  mud  that  has  settled  for 
a  time  may  be  disturbed,  but  this  is  at  worst  anticipating  what 
would  have  inevitably  happened  sooner  or  later.  "We  are  suffer- 
ing from  the  ignorance  or  misdeeds  of  the  past.  In  opposing  the 
necessary  rectifications  and  the  enforcement  of  the  laws,  extremes 
may  meet;  conservatives  and  anarchists  agree.  But  the  majoi'ity 
may  be  depended  upon  in  time  to  subscribe  to  the  laws,  and  the 
perturbed  condition  will  then  cease  to  be. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  our  nomenclature  should  have  been  so 
wedded  to  systematic  zoology,  and  devised  to  express  the  differ- 
ent phases  of  our  knowledge  or  understanding  of  morphological 
facts.  Even  under  the  binomial  system,  the  disturbing  element 
might  have  been  made  much  less  than  it  is.  The  genera  of  Lin- 
naeus recognized  for  the  animal  kingdom  were  generally  very 
comprehensive ;  sometimes,  as  in  the  case  of  Petromyzon,  Aste- 
rias,  and  Echinus,  answering  to  a  modern  class  ;  sometimes,  like 
Testudo,  Rajia,  Cancer,  Seorjno,  Aranea,  Scolopendra,  and  Julus., 
to  a  modern  order,  or  even  more  comprehensive  group,  and  rarely, 
among  Vertebrates,  to  a  group  of  less  than  family  value.  The 
usage  of  Linnaeus  for  the  animal  kingdom  was  very  different 
from  that  for  the  vegetable  kingdom.  If  the  successors  of  Lin- 
naeus had  been  content  to  take  genera  of  like  high  rank  (equiva- 


ADDRESS    BY    THEODORE    GILL.  165 

lent  to  families,  for  example),  and  give  other  names  to  the 
subdivisions  (or  subgenera)  of  such  genera,  which,  to  use  the 
language  of  Linnaeus,  should  be  mute,  less  change  "would  have 
subsequently  resulted.  But  (Linnaeus  himself  leading)  his  suc- 
cessors successively  divided  a  genus,  gradually  accepting  a  lower 
and  lower  standard  of  value,  till  now  a  genus  is  little  more  than 
a  multiform  or  very  distinct  isolated  species.  Yet  the  change  has 
been  very  gradual.  It  began  by  taking  a  comprehensive  group, 
recognizing  that  the  differences  between  its  representatives  were 
greater  than  those  existing  between  certain  genera  already  estab- 
lished, and  therefore  the  old  genus  was  split  up ;  or  it  was  per- 
ceived that  the  characters  used  to  define  a  genus  were  of  less 
systematic  importance  than  others  found  within  the  limits  of  the  old 
genus,  and,  to  bring  into  prominence  such  a  truth,  the  genus  was 
disintegrated.  The  process  often  repeated,  and  from  successively 
contracted  bases,  has  led  to  the  present  condition. 

The  existing  system  of  restricted  genera,  however,  is  too  firmly 
fixed  to  revert  back  to  a  method  that  might  have  been,  and  which 
indeed  Cuvier  attempted  to  introduce  by  his  revised  Linnoean 
genera  and  their  subgenera.  The  best  thing  to  do  now  is  to  ac- 
cept the  current  system,  purified  as  much  as  possible  by  judicious 
and  inexorably  applied  laws.  Doubtless  in  the  distant  future  a 
less  cumbrous  and  changeable  system  of  notation  will  be  devised, 
but  in  the  mean  time  we  had  best  put  up  with  the  present,  incon- 
venient though  it  be. 


PAPERS  PEAD. 


TuESDAT,  August  25. 

Ok  the  entomological  results  of  the  exploration  of  the  British 
"West  India  Islands  by  the  British  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment OF  Science.  By  L.  O.  Howard,  Dept.  of  Agriculture,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

Warning  colors,  protective  coloration,  and  protective  mimicry.  By 
F.  M.  Webster,  Wooster,  Ohio. 

On  life  zones  in  West  Virginia.  By  A.  D.  Hopkins,  Exper.  Station, 
Morgantown,  W.  Va. 

On  the  variation  of  certain  species  op  North  American  Odonata.  By 
D.  S.  Kellicott,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

A  case  of  excessive  parasitism.  By  L.  0.  Howard,  Dept.  of  Agricul- 
ture, Washington,  D.  C. 

Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  dragonflies  in  Ohio  in  1896.  By  D.  S. 
Kellicott,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

SCTLLARUS  AND  AnEMONIA  A    CASE    OF    SEMI-COMMENSALISM.       By    EdWARD 

L.  Rice,  Middletown,  Conn. 

Wednesday,  August  26. 
Notes  upon  Cordylophora.    By  Prof.  C.  W.  Hargitt,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

Modification  of  the  brain  during  growth.  By  Susanna  Phelps  Gage, 
Ithaca,  N.  Y.     (Published  in  American  Naturalist,  vol.  xxx.  p.  836.) 

Note  on  the  membranous  roof  of  the  prosencephal  and  diencephal  of 
Ganoids.     By  B.  F.  Kingsbury,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Structure  and  morphology  of  the  oblongata  of  fishes.  By  B.  F. 
Kingsbury,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Differentiation  of  work  in  zoology  —  in  secondary  schools.  By 
William  Orr,  Jr.,  Springfield,  Mass. 

Field  work  and  its  utility.    By  Jas.  G.  Needham,  Galesburg,  Ills. 

Appendages  of  an  insect  larva.  By  Agnes  M.  Claypole,  Wellesley, 
Mass. 


168  SECTION   F. 


Thursday,  August  27. 

The  peritoneal  epithelium  in  Amphibia.    By  Isabella  M.  Green,  Ithaca, 

N.  Y. 

The  heart  of  the  lungless  salamanders  of  Cayuga  Lake.  By  Grant 
S.  Hopkins,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (Published  in  American  N^aturalist,  vol.  xxx. 
p.  829.) 

Observations  on  the  chameleon,  Anolis  principalis.  By  Rev.  George 
V.  Reichel,  Brockport,  N.  Y. 

Energy  in  animal  nutrition.  Relative  efficiency  of  animals  as 
machines.  By  Prof.  Manly  Miles,  Lansing,  Mich.  (Published  in  Ameri- 
can Naturalist,  vol.  xxx.  p.  784.) 

Some  abnormal  chick  embryos.  By  Prof.  C.  W.  Hargitt,  Syracuse, 
N.  Y. 

On  a  peculiar  fusion  of  the  gill-filaments  in  certain  Lamelli- 
bbanchs.     B}^  Edward  L.  Rice,  Middletown,  Gt. 

Experibients  upon  heteromorphosis  and  regeneration.  By  Prof.  C.  W. 
Hargitt,  Syracuse,  N.  Y. 

The  penial  structures  of  the  Saurias.  By  Prof.  Edward  D.  Cope, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.     (Published  by  abstract  in  Science,  N.  S.,  iv.  561.) 

The  relationships  of  the  North  American  fauna.  By  Prof.  Theodore 
Gill,  Columbian  University,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Note.  —  The  paper  on  The  bone-fissure  at  Port  Kennedy,  by  Edward 
D.  Cope,  was  given  as  a  public  lecture,  Thursday  evening. 

The  paper  by  Fred  K.  Mixer,  on  A  new  fish  fauna  of  the  waterlime, 
was  withdrawn  to  be  read  in  Section  E. 

Section  adjourned  Thursday  Evening. 


SECTION   G. 


BOTANY. 


OFFICERS    OF   SECTION   G. 


Vice-President  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
N.  L.  Brixton,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Secretary. 
George  F.  Atkinson,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Councillor. 
L.  M.  Underwood,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Sectional  Committee. 

N.  L.  Brixton,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  Vice-President,  1896. 
George  F.  Atkinson,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1896. 
J.  C.  Arthur,  Lafayette,  Ind.,  Vice-President,  1895. 
M.  B.  Waite,  Washington,  D.  C,  Secretary,  1895. 
W.  A.  Kellerman,  Columbus,  Ohio. 
S.  M.  Tract,  Starkville,  Miss. 
D.  F.  Day,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.      . 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
F.  C.  Newcombb,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  Section. 

The  Vice-President   and  Secretary ;  and  T.  C.  McBride,  Iowa  City,  Iowa ; 
L.  R  Jones,  Burlington,  Vermont;  C.  L.  Pollard,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Press  Secretary. 
D.  T.  MacDocgal,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

NATHANIEL  LORD  BRITTON, 

CHAIRMAN   OF   SECTION   G. 


BOTANICAL   GARDENS. 


ORIGIN    AND    DEVELOPMKNT. 


The  cultivation  of  plants  within  small  areas  for  their  healing 
qualities  by  the  monks  of  the  Middle  Ages  appears  to  have  been  the 
beginning  of  the  modern  botanical  garden,  although  these  mediaeval 
gardens  doubtless  took  their  origin  from  others  of  greater  antiquit5\ 
Botanical  gardens  were  thus  primarih'  formed  for  purel}'  utilitarian 
purposes,  although  the  aesthetic  study  of  planting  and  of  flowers 
must  doubtless  have  appealed  to  their  owners  and  visitors.  Their 
function  as  aids  in  scientific  teaching  and  research,  the  one  which 
at  present  furnishes  the  dominating  reason  for  their  existence,  did 
not  develop  much,  if  at  all,  before  the  sixteenth  centuiy,  and  prior 
to  the  middle  of  the  seventeenth  century  a  considerable  number 
existed  in  Europe  in  which  this  function  was  recognized  to  a 
greater  or  less  degree,  of  which  those  at  Bologna,  Montpellier, 
Lej'den,  Paris,  and  Upsala  were  perhaps  the  most  noteworthy. 
The  ornamental  and  decorative  taste  for  planting  bad  meanwhile 
been  slowly  gaining  ground,  as  well  as  the  desire  to  cultivate  rare 
or  unusual  species,  and  during  the  eighteenth  century  attained  a 
high  degree  of  development.  Many  persons  of  wealth  and  influence 
fostered  this  taste  and  became,  through  the  employment  of  men 
skilled  in  botan}'  and  horticulture,  generous  patrons  of  science. 
The  world  was  searched  for  new  and  rare  plants,  which  were 
brought  home  to  Europe  for  cultivation,  and  many  sumptuous  vol- 
umes, describing  and  delineating  them,  were  published,  mainly 
through  the  same  patronage.     The  older  gardens  were  essentially 

(171) 


172  SECTION    G. 

private  institutions,  but  as  the  rights  of  the  people  became  more 
and  more  recognized,  many  existing  establishments  and  an  increas- 
ing number  of  newl}^  founded  ones  became,  to  a  greater  or  less  ex- 
tent, open  to  the  public,  either  through  an  admittance  fee  or  without 
charge.  The  four  main  elements  of  the  modern  botanical  garden 
have  thus  been  brought  into  it  successively  :  — 

1.  The  utilitarian  or  economic. 

2.  The  aesthetic. 

3.  The  scientific  or  biologic. 

4.  The  philanthropic. 

These  four  elements  have  been  given  different  degrees  of  prom- 
inence, depending  mainly  upon  local  conditions,  some  gardens  being 
essentiall}'  aesthetic,  some  mainl}'  scientific,  while  in  our  public 
parks  we  find  the  philanthropic  function  as  the  underlying  feature, 
usualh'  accompanied  by  more  or  less  of  the  aesthetic  and  scientific. 

Tlie  Economic  Element.  —  In  the  broadest  extension  of  this  de- 
partment of  a  botanical  garden  there  might  be  included,  to  advan- 
tage, facilities  for  the  display  and  investigation  of  all  plants  directly 
or  indirectly  useful  to  man,  and  their  products.  This  conception 
would  include  forestr}',  pharmacognosy,  agriculture,  pomology, 
pathology,  and  organic  chemistry,  and,  in  case  the  management 
regards  bacteria  as  plants,  bacteriology. 

The  displa}'  of  the  plants  may  be  effected  by  growing  such  of 
them  as  will  exist  without  protection  in  the  locality'  in  a  plot,  more 
or  less  individualized,  commonly  known  as  the  Economic  Garden, 
while  those  too  tender  for  cultivation  in  the  open  are  grown  in  the 
greenhouses,  either  in  a  separate  house  or  section,  or  scattered 
through  the  several  houses  or  sections,  in  the  temperatures  best 
adapted  to  their  growth.  The  display  of  plant  products,  best 
accompanied  b}'  mounted  specimens  of  the  species  3-ielding  them, 
b}'  photographs  and  by  plates,  is  accomplished  by  the  Economic 
Museum,  where  these  are  arranged  in  glass  or  glass-fronted  cases, 
suitably  classified  and  labelled.  It  is  believed  that  the  most  useful 
results  are  obtained  b}'  arranging  this  museum  by  the  products 
themselves,  and  thus  not  in  biologic  sequence,  but  b}-  bringing  to- 
gether all  drugs,  all  fibres,  all  woods,  all  resins ;  where  the  same 
product  is  used  in  more  than  one  industr}'  the  exhibit  may  be  dupli- 
cated, more  or  less  modified,  without  disadvantage. 

The  investigation  of  economic  plants  and  their  products  is  accom- 
plished through  the  Scientific  Department,  and  few  valuable  results 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  173 

can  be  reached  unless  the  scientific  equipment  is  well  developed. 
The  two  departments  must  work  conjointl}-,  both  on  account  of  the 
necessity-  of  knowing  just  what  species  is  under  investigation,  its 
structure,  distribution,  and  literature,  and  in  order  that  the  most 
approved  and  exact  methods  ma}-  be  used  in  the  research.  Anj- 
idea  that  the  scientific  element  can  be  dispensed  with  in  connection 
with  economic  studies  is  palpabl}-  untenable. 

Teaching  and  research  in  agriculture,  pomology,  and  plant 
pathology  are  so  well  organized  in  America,  through  our  National 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  our  numerous  agricultural  colleges 
and  schools,  that  there  is  no  great  necessity  for  providing  elaborate 
equipments  for  those  branches  in  botanical  gardens.  But  in  case 
the  endowment  of  a  garden  were  sufficiently  large  to  enable  them 
to  be  successfulh-  prosecuted,  in  addition  to  more  necessary  work, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  important  additions  to  knowledge  would 
be  obtained.  On  the  other  hand,  no  such  liberal  allowances  have 
been  made  with  us  for  forestry  or  pharmacognos}',  and  research 
and  instruction  in  these  sciences  must  prove  of  the  greatest  benefit 
to  the  countr}'. 

The  Esthetic  Element.  — The  buildings,  roads,  paths,  and  plant- 
ing of  a  botanical  garden  should  be  constructed  and  arranged  with 
reference  to  tasteful  and  decorative  landscape  effect.  The  possi- 
bilities of  treatment  will  depend  largely  upon  the  topographical 
character  of  the  area  selected  and  the  natural  vegetation  of  the 
tract.  The  buildings  required  are  a  fire-proof  structure  or  struc- 
tures for  museum,  herbarium,  libraries,  laboratories,  and  offices  ;  a 
glass  house  with  compartments  kept  at  several  different  tempera- 
tures for  exhibition,  propagation,  and  experimentation,  or  several 
separate  glass  houses  ;  and  to  these  will  usually  be  added  dwelling- 
houses  for  some  of  the  officers,  a  stable,  and  other  minor  buildings. 
The  character,  number,  and  sizes  of  the  buildings  generally  depend 
on  financial  considerations.  In  placing  the  structures  intended  for 
the  visiting  public,  considerations  of  convenient  access,  satisfactory' 
water  supply,  and  the  distribution  of  crowds  must  be  borne  in  mind, 
in  connection  with  the  landscape  design.  The  planting  should 
follow,  as  nearly  as  possible,  a  natural  treatment,  except  immedi- 
ately around  the  larger  buildings  and  at  the  entrances,  where  con- 
siderable formality  is  desirable  for  architectural  reasons.  It  is 
especially  desirable  that  as  much  natural  treatment  as  possible 
should  be  given  to  the  areas  devoted  to  systematic  planting,  —  her- 


174  SECTION    G. 

baceous  grounds,  fruticetum,  arboretum.  The  rectilinear  arrange- 
ment of  plant  beds  found  in  most  of  the  older  gardens  has  become 
abhorrent  to  landscape  lovers,  and  the  sequence  of  families  desired 
can  usually  be  quite  as  well  obtained  by  means  of  curved-margined 
groups. 

The  cultivation  of  decorative  plants,  and  especially  the  fostering 
of  a  taste  for  them,  and  the  bringing  of  unusual  or  new  species  to 
attention  and  effecting  their  general  introduction,  are  important 
functions  of  a  botanical  gaixlen.  For  the  accurate  determination  of 
these  plants,  information  concerning  their  habits  and  structure,  and 
suggestions  regarding  the  conditions  of  their  growth,  the  sesthetie 
side  must  relj'  on  the  scientific. 

The  Scientific  or  Biologic  Element.  —  The  important  relations  of 
the  scientific  department  to  the  economic  and  aesthetic  have  already 
been  alluded  to.  The  Ubrar}',  herbarium,  museums,  and  laboratories 
are  the  sources  whence  exact  information  regarding  the  name, 
structure,  habits,  life  processes,  and  products  of  plants  are  derived, 
and  they  are  the  more  useful  as  they  are  the  more  complete  and 
thoroughly  equipped.  It  is  practically  impossible  for  any  one 
library  to  have  all  the  literature  of  botany  and  related  sciences, 
any  one  herbarium  to  possess  an  authentic  and  complete  representa- 
tion of  all  species  of  plants,  or  any  one  museum  to  be  thoroughl}' 
illustrative  ;  absolute  perfection  along  these  lines  cannot  be  ob- 
tained, but  the  more  closely  it  is  approximated'  the  better  the 
results.  The  research  work  of  the  scientific  department  should  be 
organized  along  all  lines  of  botanical  inquiry,  including  taxonomy, 
morphology,  anatomy,  physiology,  and  paleontology,  and  the  labora- 
tories should  afford  ample  opportunities  and  equipment  for  their 
successful  prosecution. 

The  arrangement  of  the  areas  devoted  to  systematic  planting,  and 
the  proper  labelling  of  the  species  grown,  are  important  duties  of 
the  scientific  department.  The  sequence  of  classes,  orders,  and 
families  is  usually  made  to  follow  some  "  botanical  system."  It  is 
highly  desirable  that  this  should  be  a  system  which  indicates  the 
natural  relations  of  the  families,  as  understood  at  the  time  the  gar- 
den is  laid  out,  and  be  elastic  enough  to  admit  of  subsequent 
modification  as  more  exact  information  relative  to  those  relation- 
ships is  obtained.  The  weight  of  present  opinion  is  overwhelmingly 
in  favor  of  an  arrangement  from  the  more  simple  to  the  more  com- 
plex, and  this  will  apply  not  only  to  the  systematic  plantations,  but 
to  the  systematic  museum  and  the  herbarium. 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  175 

The  scientific  possibilities  of  a  botanical  garden  are  the  greater 
if  an  organic  or  co-operative  relationship  exists  between  it  and  a 
universit}',  thus  affording  ready  facilities  for  information  on  other 
sciences. 

The  Philanthropic  Element.  —  A  botanical  garden  operates  as  a 
valuable  philanthropic  agency,  both  directly  and  indirectly.  Its 
direct  influence  lies  through  its  affording  an  orderly  arranged  insti- 
tution for  the  instruction,  information,  and  recreation  of  the  people, 
and  it  is  more  efficient  for  these  purposes  than  a  park,  as  it  is  more 
completely  developed  and  liberall}-  maintained.  Its  indirect,  but 
equally  important,  philanthropic  operation  is  through  the  discovery 
and  dissemination  of  facts  concerning  plants  and  their  products, 
obtained  through  the  studies  of  the  scientific  staff  and  by  others 
using  the  scientific  equipment. 


NUMBER    AND    DISTRIBUTION    OF    BOTANICAL    GARDENS. 

There  are  somewhat  over  200  institutions  denominated  botanical 
gardens,  but  on\y  a  few  of  them  meet  the  requirements  of  the  fore- 
going sketch.  Some  are  essentially  pleasure  parks,  with  the  plaiTts 
more  or  less  labelled ;  most  of  them  pay  some  attention  to  tax- 
onomy and  morpholog}',  man}'  to  economic  botau}',  while  a  small 
number  are  admirabl}'  equipped  in  all  branches  of  the  science. 

I  have  drawn  freely  on  Professor  Penhallow's  first  annual  re- 
port of  the  Montreal  Botanical  Garden,  published  in  1886,  for 
the  following  approximate  statement  of  the  number  in  difl'erent 
countries  :  — 

Algeria,  1.  Egypt,  1. 

Australia,  5.  France,  22. 

Austro-Hungary,  13.  Germany,  36. 

Belgium,  5.  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  12. 

Brazil,  2.  Greece,  1. 

Canada,  1.  Guatemala,  1. 

Canary  Islands,  1.  Guiana,  1. 

Cape  of  Good  Hope,  3.  Holland,  4. 

Ceylon,  1.  India,  7. 

Chili,  1.  Italy,  23. 

China,  1.  Japan,  1. 

Cochin  China,  1.  Java,  1. 

Denmark,  2.  Malta,  1. 

Ecuador,  1.  Mauritius,  1. 


176  SECTION    G. 

Natal,  1.  Servia,  1. 

New  Zealand,  1.  Siberia,  1. 

Norway,  1.  Spain,  2. 

Peru,  1.  Straits  Settlements,  1. 

Philippine  Islands,  1.  Sweden,  6. 

Portugal,  3.  Switzerland,  4. 

Reunion,  1.  Tasmania,  1. 

Rouraania,  2.  United  States,  10. 

Russia,  16.  West  Indies,  6. 


NOTES    ON    SOME    FOREIGN    GARDENS. 

1.  Buitenzorg,  Java.  This  is  the  largest  botanical  garden, 
occupying  some  1,100  acu'es,  at  altitudes  from  sea  level  to  about 
6,000  feet.  It  was  founded  by  the  Dutch  government  in  1817,  and 
has  been  well  supported.  Affording  as  it  does  highly  favorable 
conditions  for  the  growth  of  tropical  and  subtropical  plants  under 
natural  conditions,  it  has  yielded  most  important  results,  especially 
in  taxonom}'  and  plant  phj'siology,  many  of  which  have  been  pub- 
lished in  the  ten  large  volumes  of  its  "  Annales." 

2.  The  Royal  Botanic  Gardens  at  Kew  are  situated  on  the  south 
bank  of  the  Thames,  about  six  miles  west  of  Hyde  Park  Corner. 
The}-  are  reached  by  several  railway  routes,  the  time  from  Charing 
Cross  being  about  fort}'  minutes,  b}-  steamer,  and  by  omnibus  lines. 
The  present  area  of  the  gardens  is  about  260  acres,  an  addition 
having  been  made  during  the  past  year.  These  world-famed  gar- 
dens originated  in  the  exotic  garden  of  Lord  Capel,  in  1759.  In 
1840  the}'  were  adopted  as  a  national  establishment  and  opened  as 
a  public  pai'k.  Tbe  botanic  garden  proper  occupies  about  seventy 
acres,  and  the  remainder  is  given  to  arboretum  and  pleasure  grounds. 
There  are  two  main  greenhouses  :  1.  The  palm  house,  362  feet  long, 
tbe  central  dome  rising  66  feet ;  2.  The  temperate  house,  of  which 
the  central  portion  is  212  feet  long,  137  feet  broad,  and  about  60 
feet  high,  flanked  by  wings  which  give  a  total  length  of  about  580 
feet,  the  whole  covering  between  one  and  one  and  one  half  acres  of 
ground.  There  are  also  fourteen  other  houses,  grouped  in  two 
ranges  and  more  or  less  connected,  given  to  special  collections. 
There  are  three  botanical  museums:  1.  Devoted  to  economic  pro- 
ducts ;  2.  to  miscellaneous  products  ;  3.  to  timbers.  There  is  also 
a  large  museum  hall  given  to  the  exhibition  of  floral  paintings  by 
the  late  Marienne  North.     There  is  a  small  laboratory  equipped  for 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  177 

research  in  physiological  botany.  The  herbarinm  and  librarj'  occup}' 
the  old  palace  of  the  King  of  Hanover,  near  the  main  entrance  to 
the  garden,  and  they  are  the  largest  and  most  complete  in  the 
world.  The  herbaceous  ground  is  planted  in  long  parallel  beds,  and 
contains  several  thousand  species.  The  arboretum  is  thoroughly 
illustrative  of  all  trees  that  will  grow  in  the  open  at  Kew,  and  the 
shrubs  are,  for  the  most  part,  cultivated  in  areas  by  themselves. 
There  are  numerous  special  features,  such  as  the  rock  garden,  the 
bamboo  garden,  and  the  American  garden. 

The  research  work  of  Kew  is  principally  economic  and  taxonomic. 
Around  it  centre  the  twent^'-four  botanical  gardens  and  botanical 
stations  of  the  British  colonies,  which  are  manned  chiefly  bj-  men 
who  have  studied  or  worked  at  Kew.  The  principal  publications 
at  present  emanating  from  Kew  are  :  — 

1.  The  Kew  Bulletin  of  Miscellaneous  Information. 

2.  Hooker's  Icones  Plantarum. 

3.  The  Continuation  of  Hooker's  Flora  of  India. 

4.  The  Continuation  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa. 

5.  Annual  Reports. 

6.  The  Index  Kewensis. 

The  monographs  and  separate  writings  of  its  staff  of  scientific 
men  are  too  numerous  to  review  at  this  point. 

3.  The  Ro3'al  Botanical  Garden  of  Berlin  is  situated  in  the  south- 
western part  of  the  citv,  but  a  project  for  moving  it  out  into  the 
countr}-  is  now  being  seriously  considered.  The  palm  house  reaches 
a  height  of  about  ninety  feet,  being  the  highest  one  vet  constructed, 
and  too  high  for  satisfactory  operation.  The  botanical  museum  is 
very  extensive,  and  has  series  of  economic,  s\-stematic,  and  archaeo- 
logical collections.  The  herbarium  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the 
world.  The  systematic  beds  are  arranged  on  a  strictly  modern  se- 
quence, and  portions  of  the  garden  are  devoted  to  plant  geography 
and  plant  biolog}-.  The  arboretum  is  not  extensive.  Among  special 
features  ma}'  be  mentioned  the  alpine  garden  and  the  collections  of 
Cacti.  The  garden  is  an  institute  of  the  Universit}',  where  the  prin- 
cipal laboratories  are  situated.  There  is  also  an  institute  of  plant 
ph3-siolog3',  with  a  small  separate  garden.  The  official  publications 
of  the  Berlin  Garden  are  the  "  Notizblatt"  and  annual  reports.  A 
series  of  volumes  of  '^  Jahrbiicher "  was  issued  some  years  ago. 
The  publications  of  the  garden  staff  are  A'oluminous,  and  cover  all 
lines  of  botanical  inquir}-. 

A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  12 


178  SECTION    G. 

4.  The  long  established  "  Jardin  des  Plantes,"  the  gardens  of 
the  Museum  of  Natural  History  at  Paris,  are  situated  in  the  heart 
of  the  cit^-,  fronting  on  the  Seine.  The  conservatories  are  grouped 
near  the  main  museum  building,  at  one  end  of  the  grounds,  are 
xevy  large,  and  contain  a  great  variet}-  of  plants.  The  botanical 
librar3-,  laboratories,  and  the  enormous  herbarium  are  in  a  separate 
older  building.  The  sj'stematic  beds  are  arranged  in  rows ;  owing 
to  the  limited  size  of  the  area  devoted  to  them  they  are  much 
crowded,  but  contain  a  splendid  assortment  of  species.  But  little 
space  is  given  to  trees  ;  there  are,  however,  some  famous  specimens. 
Many  valuable  contributions  to  the  literature  of  botau}'  along  all 
its  lines  have  emanated  from  this  grand  institution  for  over  one 
hundred  years,  published  for  the  most  part  in  the  "  Anuales  "  and 
"  Archives  "  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History',  and  in  the  Bulletin 
of  the  Botanical  Societ}'  of  France. 

5.  The  Botanical  Garden  of  the  University  of  Vienna  was  estab- 
lished about  1754,  and  is  located  in  the  heart  of  the  cit}'.  There 
are  here  verj'  important  and  extensive  museums,  herbaria,  and 
libraries,  and  one  large  fine  greenhouse.  The  S3'stematic  plantations 
occup3"  the  larger  portion  of  the  tract,  and  special  ai-eas  are  devoted 
to  the  cultivation  of  medicinal  and  other  economic  plants,  to  an 
arboretum  of  native  trees,  and  to  groups  illustrating  plant  geog- 
raph}'.  The  garden  and  associated  laboratories  provide  equipment 
for  the  prosecution  of  all  lines  of  botanical  reseaj*ch. 

6.  The  Botanical  Garden  of  Geneva  was  founded  in  1817,  and  is 
situated  in  the  heart  of  the  city,  near  the  University.  There  are 
two  small  greenhouses,  a  verv  large  and  important  herbarium  and 
librar}',  and  a  small  museum.  The  laboratories  of  the  University 
are  extensive  and  well  equipped,  affording  capital  facilities  for 
work  along;  all  lines  of  botanical  investigation.  The  De  Candolle 
herbarium  and  library,  and  the  Boissier  herbarium  and  library, 
which  are  near  bj-,  afford,  in  connection  with  the  collections  of  the 
garden,  unsurpassed  facilities  for  taxonoraic  stud}'. 

7.  The  Royal  Botanic  Garden  of  Edinburgh  covers  about  sixty 
acres,  of  which  about  one  half  was  added  to  the  older  portion  some 
twelve  years  ago  ;  there  are  possibilities  of  still  further  enlargement. 
The  main  si'eenhouses  have  a  frontage  of  about  two  hundred  feet, 
the  palm  house  rising  some  seventy  feet,  and  there  are  six  small 
special  houses.  The  botanical  museum,  lecture  room,  and  labora- 
tories  are   in  one  building,   the   large  herbarium  and  library  in 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  179 

another.  The  sj'stematic  plantations  of  herbaceous  species  are  ex- 
tensive, the  rock  garden  being  an  especially  strong  feature.  The 
development  of  arboretum  and  fruticetum  in  the  newer  portion  of 
the  tract  has  made  good  progress.  The  institution  is  in  intimate 
relationship  with  the  Universit}-.  nearly  all  the  instruction  in  botanj- 
being  given  at  the  garden.  The  research  work  has  been  extensive, 
along  taxonomic,  morphologic,  and  physiologic  lines. 

8.  The  Eoyal  Botanic  Garden  of  Dublin,  situated  at  Glasnevin, 
just  without  the  cit}-,  was  founded  through  the  influence  of  the  Right 
Honorable  and  Honorable  Dublin  Society',  in  1790,  was  for  many 
years  supported  bj-  this  Society  with  the  aid  of  government  grants, 
and  was  transferred  to  the  Science  and  Art  Department  in  1877. 
It  includes  about  fortj-  acres  of  undulating  land,  bounded  to  the 
north  b}-  the  small  river  Tolka.  There  are  eight  greenhouses,  most 
of  them  rather  old,  but  containing  a  valuable  collection.  There  is 
a  small  botanical  museum  and  herbarium.  The  systematic  her- 
baceous plantations  are  irregularly  shaped  beds,  arranged  in  a 
somewhat  radial  manner.  The  arboretum  and  fruticetum  occup}' 
about  one  half  of  the  area. 

9.  The  Brussels  Botanical  Garden  lies  in  the  heart  of  the  city 
and  embraces  not  more  than  ten  acres  of  land,  of  which  about  one 
half  is  given  to  arboretum.  The  greenhouses  are  large  but  old. 
There  is  a  verj'  extensive  herbarium  and  libraiy.  The  sj'stematic 
beds  are  arranged  as  quadrants  of  a  circle,  separated  by  concentric 
and  radial  patJis.  Special  areas  are  devoted  to  ornamental  and 
economic  plants.  Owing  to  the  restricted  size  of  the  area  available 
a  ver}-  dense  grouping  of  plants  is  necessitated.  The  research 
work  accomplished  here  has  been  mainl}'  taxonomic.  The  Botanical 
Society  of  Belgium  has  its  headquarters  at  the  garden. 

10.  The  Imperial  Botanical  Garden  at  St.  Petersburg  is  in  close 
affiliation  with  the  Academy  of  Sciences  and  the  Universit}'.  There 
is  here  a  famous  herbarium,  a  large  botanical  library  and  museum, 
and  commodious  and  well  stocked  greenhouses.  The  garden  pub- 
lishes "Acta,"  and  man}- reseai-ches  prosecuted  there  are  printed 
in  the  Bulletin  and  Memoirs  of  the  Imperial  Academy. 

11.  The  Royal  Botanic  Garden  of  Trinidad,  situated  at  Port  of 
Spain,  was  established  in  1818,  and  now  occupies  about  sixt3'-three 
acres,  with  some  outlying  plantations.  There  is  a  vast  collection 
of  tropical  plants  in  cultivation,  an  extensive  botanical  libraiy  and 
herbarium,  and  a  small  laboratory.    The  garden  publishes  "  Annual 


180  SECTION    G. 

Eeports  "  and  "  Bulletin,"  dealing  especially  with  topics  of  economic 
application. 

12.  The  Botanical  Department  of  Jamaica,  West  Indies,  operates 
extensive  gardens  at  Kingston,  smaller  ones  at  Castleton,  and  the 
scA-eral  large  Cinchona  plantations.  The  scientific  collections  and 
library  are  valuable.  The  department  publishes  "  Annual  Reports  " 
and  "Bulletin,"  especially  devoted  to  economic  botany. 

13.  McGill  Universit}',  at  Montreal,  Quebec,  carries  on  a  small 
botanical  garden  in  connection  with  its  laboratories.  The  Montreal 
Botanic  Garden,  begun  in  1885  on  about  seventy-five  acres  of 
ground  in  Mount  Ro3'al  Park,  was  soon  abandoned,  owing  to 
political  complications. 

14.  Among  other  foreign  gardens  of  which  mention  must  be 
made,  and  of  which  a  description  would  be  interesting  if  our  time 
allowed,  are  those  at  Munich,  Wiirzburg,  Tubingen,  Stockholm, 
Copenhagen,  Upsala,  Zurich,  Ceylon,  Calcutta,  and  Oxford. 

BOTANICAL    GARDENS    IN    THE    UNITED    STATES. 

The  first  botanical  garden  established  in  America  was  begun  by 
John  Bartram  in  Philadelphia,  in  1728.  In  it  he  placed  a  consider- 
able number  of  plants  obtained  in  the  course  of  his  extensive  travels. 
The  plot  still  remains,  including  the  family  homestead,  somewhat 
modified,  and  it  is  a  pleasure  to  know  that  it  will  be  preserved  as 
public  ground. 

Andr^  Michaux,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  last  centur}',  planted 
gardens  at  Charleston,  S.  C,  and  New  Durham,  N.  J.,  but  they 
were  essentially  nurseries  from  which  he  sent  seeds  and  plants  to 
Europe. 

In  the  year  1801  Dr.  David  Hosack,  then  Professor  of  Botany  and 
Materia  Medica  in  Columbia  College,  purchased  twent}'  acres  of 
ground  in  New  York  City,  and  called  it  the  Elgin  Botanic  Garden  ; 
in  this  tract  he  accumulated,  with  great  labor,  during  the  next  ten 
years,  a  very  large  and  valuable  collection  of  plants.  The  institu- 
tion was  transferred  to  the  State  of  New  York,  through  an  Act  of 
the  Legislature,  m  1810,  and  was  then  known  as  the  Botanic  Gar- 
den of  the  State  of  New  York.  It  was  subsequently  granted  to 
Columbia  College.  Funds  for  its  maintenance  were  not  provided, 
however,  and  it  was  ultimatel}'  abandoned.  Two  catalogues  of  its 
plants  were  issued  by  Dr.  Hosack,  one  in  1806,  and  another  in  1811. 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  181 

The  condition  of  botanical  gardens  in  America  at  tliat  time  is  indi- 
cated b}'  the  following  note  in  Dr.  Hosack's  catalogue  of  180G  :  — 

"  I  learn,  with  pleasure,  that  a  Botanic  Garden  is  proposed  to  be 
established  near  Boston,  and  connected  with  the  Universit}'  of 
Cambridge.  The  Legislature  of  Massachusetts,  with  a  munificence 
which  does  them  honor,  have  granted,  for  this  purpose,  a  tract  of 
land,  the  value  of  which  is  estimated  at  thirtj'  thousand  dollars ; 
and  several  individuals  have  evinced  their  liberality  and  love  of 
science  b}-  voluntary  subscriptions,  to  the  amount  of  fifteen  thousand 
dollars,  towards  the  establishment  and  support  of  that  institution. 
Another  is  also  begun  at  Charleston,  S.  C,  and  a  third  is  contem- 
plated in  New  Jersey,  in  connection  with  the  College  of  Princeton." 

In  the  3'ear  1824  there  was  published  at  Lexington,  Ky.,  the 
' '  First  Catalogues  and  Circulars  of  the  Botanical  Garden  of  Tran- 
sylvania Universit}'  at  Lexington,  Ky.,  for  the  3-ear  1824,"  by 
W.  H.  Richardson,  M.  D.,  President  of  the  Board  of  Managers, 
and  C.  S.  Eafinesque,  Ph.  D.,  Secretar}'.  This  rare  pamphlet, 
which  is  not  recorded  in  Dr.  Call's  very  complete  life  and  writings 
of  Rafinesque,  is  of  twent3'-four  pages,  and  is  printed  alternately'  in 
English  and  French.  It  is  essentiallj'  an  appeal  for  plants  and 
material  for  the  garden,  and  a  list  of  species  that  it  could  furnish  to 
kindred  institutions.  This  garden  was  evidently  short-lived,  inas- 
much as  in  Rafinesque's  ''Neogenyton "  of  the  following  year, 
1825,  he  remarks,  "I  mean,  therefore,  to  indicate  and  propose  in 
this  small  essa}',  many  of  the  numerous  new  genera  of  plants  de- 
tected or  ascertained,  some  of  which  were  indicated  last  year,  1824, 
in  the  Catalogue  of  the  botanical  garden  which  I  have  tried  in  vain 
to  establish  in  Lexington." 

The  principal  gardens  at  present  operated  and  in  course  of  de- 
velopment in  the  United  States  are  as  follows  :  — 

1.  The,  Botanic  Garden  of  Harvard  University,  at  Cambridge, 
Mass.,  founded  in  1805.  There  are  about  seven  acres  of  land 
under  cultivation,  a  small  greenhouse,  and  a  famous  herbarium  and 
library,  from  which  have  flowed  during  the  past  forty  years  volu- 
minous and  invaluable  contributions  to  taxonomy  and  morpholog}', 
especially  of  North  American  plants.  There  is  also  a  small  morpho- 
logic laborator}'.  The  main  laboratories  and  museums  connected 
with  the  institution  are  situated  in  other  of  the  Harvard  buildings, 
a  short  distance  awa}'.  The  system  of  garden,  libraries,  museum, 
laboratories,  and  herbaria  operated  b}'  Harvard  College  is  one  of 


182  SECTION    G. 

the  most  complete  in  existence.  It  is  hard  to  sa}",  indeed,  in  what 
respect  it  is  not  ideal,  except  in  the  rather  wide  distance  separating 
the  several  elements,  and  the  small  amount  of  land  available  for 
planting. 

2.  The  Arnold  Arboretum  of  Harvard  Universit}',  at  Jamaica 
Plain,  Mass.,  was  founded  through  a  bequest  of  $100,000,  made 
about  1870,  by  Mr.  James  Arnold,  of  Providence,  R.  I.,  to  three 
trustees,  to  be  used  for  the  improvement  of  agriculture  or  horticul- 
ture. The  trustees  wisely  determined  to  devote  it  to  forestry  and 
dendrolog}',  and  effected  co-operative  agreements  with  Harvard 
College  and  the  cit}'  of  Boston,  which  have  now  given  us  the 
gi'eatest  tree  museum  in  existence,  freeh'  open  to  the  visiting 
public.  The  planted  area  is  about  one  hundred  and  sixty  acres, 
and  will  be  materially  increased  in  size.  A  small  museum,  librarj', 
and  herbarium  building  has  been  erected  near  the  main  entrance. 
The  great  "  Silva  of  North  America"  and  the  journal  "Garden 
and  Forest"  are  noteworth}'  publications  from  this  noble  insti- 
tution. 

3.  The  Botanic  Gardens  of  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture,  at  Washington,  have  an  extensive  range  of  greenhouses 
and  a  large  tract  of  land  under  cultivation.  The  herbarium  of  the 
department,  now  deposited  with  the  United  States  National  Museum, 
is  ver}'  large,  and  is  at  present  increasing  moi'e  rapidlj'  than  any 
other  in  America.  There  is  a  somewhat  effective  working  libraiy, 
w^hich  greatly  needs  material  enlargement,  and  several  poorly  located 
and  equipped  laboratories,  in  which  a  vast  amount  of  important 
investigation  is  being  accomplished,  under  very  unfavorable  con- 
ditions, which  urgently  demand  improvement.  Publications  in- 
clude :  Bulletin  of  the  Botanical  Division,  Bulletin  of  the  Division 
of  Forestry,  Bulletin  of  the  Division  of  Plant  Pathology  and  Physi- 
ology, Contributions  from  the  United  States  National  Herbarium, 
Year-Book  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  and 
circulars  of  the  several  divisions. 

4.  The  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  at  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  was  estab- 
lished in  1889,  through  the  provisions  of  the  will  of  Mr.  Henry 
Shaw,  who  for  over  thirty  years  previously  had  been  bringing 
together  material  for  it  on  the  land  about  his  residence,  which  was 
known  as  Shaw's  Garden.  There  were  in  all  some  six  hundred  and 
sevent}'  acres  devised  to  the  institution  under  the  will  of  the  gener- 
ous and  philanthropic  founder,  and  from  the  income  yielded  by 


ADDRESS    BY    NATHANIEL    LORD    BRIXTON.  183 

much  of  this  land,  not  nearly  all  the  area  being  required  for  garden 
purposes,  the  institution  derives  its  large  maintenance  fund,  which 
will  certainly  be  greatly  increased  as  the  land  becomes  more  valu- 
able, and  will  supplj-  an  income  sufficient  to  operate  the  institution 
in  the  most  effective  manner.  There  are  several  greenhouses,  a 
very  large  and  ^■aluable  herbarium  and  libraiy,  while  the  laboratories 
of  the  Shaw  School  of  Botany,  at  Washington  Universitj-,  are  in 
close  relationship  to  the  garden.  Much  important  research,  princi- 
palh'  taxonomic,  has  been  prosecuted.  Publications  consist  of 
seven  volumes  of  Annual  Reports,  and  nine  "  Contributions  from 
the  Shaw  School  of  Botany." 

5.  The  Botanical  Garden  of  the  Michigan  Agricultural  College 
was  begun  in  1877.  There  are  now  about  three  acres  under  high 
cultivation,  exclusive  of  the  arboretum  and  decorative  grounds, 
which  together  cover  several  acres.  There  are  several  small  green- 
houses, an  herbarium  of  about  sixt}-  thousand  specimens,  a  good 
botanical  librarj',  and  extensive,  well  equipped  laboratories. 

6.  The  University  of  California,  at  Berkele}',  has  a  botanical 
garden  of  several  acres,  established  some  years  ago,  in  which  a 
large  number  of  plants  are  grown.  It  furnishes  a  valuable  adjunct 
to  the  work  of  the  botanical  department,  which  has  well  appointed 
laboratories,  a  working  library-,  and  a  large  herbarium. 

7.  The  Universitj'  of  Pennsylvania  has  recently  established  a 
garden  of  about  three  acres  in  the  immediate  vicinit}-  of  its  build- 
ing, in  Philadelphia,  and  has  many  species  under  cultivation.  The 
extensive  and  well  appointed  laboratories  of  its  School  of  Biologj', 
good  library  facilities,  and  a  small  herbarium  afford  capital  oppor- 
tunit}'  for  research,  especially  in  physiology'  and  morphology. 

8.  Smith  College,  at  Northampton,  Mass.,  has  also  recently 
established  a  botanical  garden,  on  the  campus. 

9.  The  Buffalo  Botanical  Garden,  in  South  Park,  Buffalo,  N.  Y., 
was  commenced  in  1893,  and  has  since  made  rapid  and  encour- 
aging progress.  A  small  range  of  greenhouses  has  been  built,  and 
others  are  planned.  A  beginning  has  been  made  in  accumulating 
a  libraiy  and  herbarium,  and  much  permanent  planting  has  been 
accomplished. 

10.  The  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  The  establishment  of  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden  was  authorized  b}'  the  Legislature  in 
1891,  and  the  enabling  act  was  amended  in  1894.  The  enterprise 
was  inaugurated  and  the  legislation  procured  b3'  a  committee  of  the 


184  SECTION   G. 

Torrej-  Botanical  Club,  appointed  in  1889.  The  Act  of  Incor- 
poration provided  that,  when  the  corporation  created  should  have 
raised  or  secured  b}'  subscription  a  sum  not  less  than  $250,000,  the 
Commissioners  of  Public  Parks  were  authorized  to  set  apart  and 
appropriate  a  portion  of  one  of  the  public  parks,  not  exceeding  two 
hundred  and  fifty  acres,  and  the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Appor- 
tionment was  authorized  to  issue  bonds,  aggregating  the  sum  of 
$500,000,  for  the  construction  and  equipment,  within  the  grounds, 
of  the  necessary'  buildings.  The  subscription  of  $250,000  required 
by  the  Act  of  Incorporation  was  completed  in  June,  1895,  and 
the  Commissioners  of  Public  Parks,  in  the  following  month,  for- 
mally appropriated  two  hundred  and  fifty  acres  of  the  northern 
part  of  Bronx  Park  for  the  purposes  of  the  Garden.  Since  that 
time  the  preparation  of  plans  for  the  development  of  the  tract  has 
been  steadily'  progressing,  including  designs  for  the  museum  build- 
ing and  a  large  horticultural  house.  This  planning  is  still  in  pro- 
gress, in  charge  of  a  commission  of  architects,  engineers,  gardeners, 
and  botanists,  who  will  complete  their  work  within  a  short  time, 
and  be  read}'  to  submit  a  complete  scheme  to  the  Board  of  Managers 
during  the  coming  autumn.  Meanwhile,  much  preliminary  work 
has  been  accomplished  in  clearing  tlie  ground,  in  grading,  in  the 
planting  of  borders,  in  the  establishment  of  an  extensive  nui'ser}', 
and  in  the  accumulation  of  herbarium,  museum,  and  library  material. 
Through  a  co-operative  agreement  entered  into'  with  Columbia 
Uciversit}',  the  herbarium  and  botanical  librar}'  of  the  University 
will  be  deposited  with  the  Garden,  and  most  of  the  research  and 
graduate  work  of  the  University  in  botany  will  be  carried  on  in  the 
Museum  Building. 

The  endowment  fund  has  been  materially  increased,  and  about 
four  hundred  and  thirty  persons  have  become  annual  members  of 
the  Garden,  contributing  ten  dollars  a  year  each  to  its  support. 
The  publication  of  a  Bulletin  has  been  commenced  by  the  issue,  in 
April,  of  the  first  number  of  Volume  I. 


PAPERS   READ. 


Beginning  Tuesday,  August  25. 

Directive  forces  operative  in  leaf  rosettes.  By  R.  N.  Dat,  Univer- 
sity of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis.  (To  be  publislied  in  Minnesota  Botmiical 
Studies.) 

On  the  bacterial  flora  of  Cheddar  cheese.  By  Prof.  H.  L.  Russell 
University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison.  (To  be  published  in  13th  Report  Wis- 
consin Agrl.  Expt.  Station.) 

The  stigma  and  pollen  of  Aris^ma.  By  Prof.  W.  W.  Rowlee,  Cornell 
University,  Itiiaca,  N.  Y.     (Published  in  Bulletin  of  Torrey  Botanical  Club.) 

Studies  in  nuclear  phenomena,  and  the  development  of  the  asco- 
spores  in  certain  Pyrenomtcetes.  By  Mary  A.  Nichols,  Hunting- 
ton, Indiana.     (Published  in  Botanical  Gazette.) 

On  the  stem  anatomy  of  certain  Onagrace^.  By  Francis  Ramaley, 
University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 

On  Crat^gus  coccinea  and  its  segregates.  By  Dr.  N.  L.  Britton, 
Director  Botanical  Garden,  New  York  City. 

Structures  of  the  embryo-sac.  By  Prof.  J.  M.  Coulter,  University  of 
Chicago.     (To  be  published  in  Botanical  Gazette.) 

Notes  on  the  genus  Amelanchier.    By  N.  L.  Britton,  Director  Botanical 

Garden,  New  York  City. 
Some    CYPERACEiE   new  to    North    America,  with   remarks   on   other 

species.     By  N.  L.  Britton,  Director  Botanical  Garden,  New  York  City. 

On  the  Cardamines  of  the  C.  hirsuta  group.  By  N.  L.  Britton, 
Director  Botanical  Garden,  New  York  City. 

On  the  formation  and  distribution  of  abnormal  resin  ducts  in  Coni- 
fers. By  Dr.  Alex.  P.  Anderson,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 
(To  be  published  in  Foist.  Naturwissenschaftliche  Zeitschrift,  Miinchen.) 

On  an  apparently  undescribed  Cassia  from  Mississippi.  By  C.  L.  Pol- 
lard, U.  S.  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C.      (To  be  published  in 

Bulletin  of  the  Torre  ij  Botanical  Club.) 

Notes  on  the  family  PEzizACEiE  of  Schroter.  By  Elias  J.  Durand, 
Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 


186  SECTION    G. 

A    BACTERIAL    DISEASE     OF    THE     SQUASH     BUG     (AnASA     TRISTIS).        By    B.    M. 

DuGGAR,  Cornell  Univ.  Agrl.  Expt.  Station,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Grasses  of  Iowa.  By  Prof.  L.  H.  Pammel,  Iowa  Agricultural  College,  Ames, 
Iowa. 

A    CONTRIBUTION    TO    OUR    KNOWLEDGE    OF    THE    RELATION    BETWEEN    GROWTH 

AND  TURGOR.     By  Dr.  Edwin  B.  Copeland,  Monroe,  Wisconsin. 

The  relation  between  the  genera  Polygonella  and  Thtsanella,  as 
shown  by  a  hitherto  unobserved  character.  By  John  K.  Small, 
Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 

An  apparently  undescribed  species  of  Prunus  from  Connecticut. 
By  John  K.  Small,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 

The  flora  of  the  summits  of  King's  Mountain  and  Crowder's  Moun- 
tain, North  Carolina.  By  John  K.  Small,  Columbia  University,  New 
York  City. 

Rheotropism  and  the  relation  of  response  to  stimulus.  By  Prof. 
F.  C.  Newcombe,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Some  adaptation  of  shore  plants  to  respiration.  By  Hermann  von 
ScHRENK,  Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

A  comparison  of  the  flora  of  Erie  County,  Ohio,  with  that  of  Erie 
County,  New  York.  By  E.  L.  Moseley,  Ohio  State  Academy  of  Sci- 
ence, Sandusky,  Ohio, 

Sporophyll-transformation  in  dimorphic  ferns.  ,By  Prof.  Georce  F. 
Atkinson,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

The  significance  of  the  compound  ovary.  By  Prof.  C.  E.  Bessey,  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Nebraska. 

The  influence  of  rainfall  upon  leaves.  By  Prof.  D.  T.  McDougal, 
University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 

The  curvature  of  tendrils.  By  Prof.  D.  T.  McDougal,  University  of 
Minnesota,  Minneapolis.  (To  be  published  in  Annals  of  Botany,  Sept., 
189G.) 

Relation  op  the  growth  of  leaves  to  the  carbon  dioxide  of  the 
AIR.  By  Prof.  D.  T.  McDougal,  University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis. 
(To  be  published  in  Journal  of  the  Linn.  Society,  London.) 

A.  comparative  study  of  the  development  of  some  anthracnoses  in 
ARTIFICIAL  cultures.     By  Bertha  Stoneman,  Lakewood,  N.  Y. 

The  habits  of  the  rarer  ferns  of  Alabama.  By  Prof.  L.  M.  Under- 
wood, Columbia  University,  New  York  City.  (To  be  published  in 
Botanical  Gazette.) 

Notes  on  the  allies  of  the  sessile  Trillium.  By  Prof.  L.  M.  Under- 
wood, Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 


BOTANY.  187 

DlSTRIBDTIOX    OF    THE    SPECIES    OF    GyMNOSPORAXGIUM     IN    THE     SOUTH.        By 

Prof.  L.  M.  Underwood,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City,  and  Prof. 
F.  S.  Earle,  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute,  Auburn,  Ala.  (To  be  pub- 
lished in  Botanical  Gazette.) 

Notes  ox  the  pine-inhabiting  species  of  Periderjicm.     By  Prof.  L.  M. 
Underwood,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City,  and  Prof.  F.  S.  Earle, 
Alabama   Polytechnic   Institute,  Auburn,  Ala.     (Published  in  Bulletin  of 
Torrey  Botanical  Club.) 

The  terminology  of  reproduction  and  of  reproductive  organs.  By 
Prof.  C.  E.  Barnes,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wis. 

What  is  the  bark  1  By  Prof.  C.  R.  Barnes,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madi- 
son, Wis. 

The  development  of  the  vascular  elements  in  the  primary  root  of 
INDIAN  CORN.  By  Prof.  W.  W.  Rowlee,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
(To  be  published  in  Bulletin  of  Torrey  Botanical  Club.) 

Some  remarks  on  chalazogamy.  By  Prof.  J.  M.  Coulter,  University  of 
Chicago.     (To  be  published  in  Botanical  Gazette.) 

Ceres-Pulver  :  Jensen's  new  fungicide  for  the  treatment  of  smuts. 
By  Prof.  W.  A.  Kellerman,  Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Parthenogenesis  in  Thalictrum  fendleri.  By  David  F.  Day*,  Buf- 
falo, N.  Y. 

What  should  constitute  a  type-specimen.  By  S.  M.  Tracy,  Director 
Mississippi  Agrl.  Expt.  Station,  Agricultural  College,  Miss. 

Remarks  on  the   northern   species  of  Vitis.     By  Prof.  L.  H.  Bailey", 

Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

The  point  of  divergence  of  Monocotyledons  and  Dicotyledons.  By 
Prof.  C.  E.  Bessey,  University  of  Nebraska,  Lincoln,  Neb. 

The  developjient  of  the  cystocarp  of  Griffithsia  bornetiana.  By 
Aema  a.  Sjiith,  West  Camden,  New  York. 

Morphology  of  the  Canna  flower.  By  Prof.  L.  H.  Bailey,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Distribution  of  plants  on  fresh-water  islands.  (Illustrated  by  lantern 
pictures.)  By  Prof.  Conway  MacMillan,  University  of  Minnesota, 
Minneapolis. 

Section  adjourned  Thursday  evening,  August  27. 


SECTION    H. 


ANTHROPOLOGY. 


OFFICERS    OF   SECTION   H. 


Vice-President  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
Alice  C.  Fletcher,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Secretary. 
George  H.  Perkixs,  Burlington,  Vt. 

Councillor. 
H.  C.  Mercer,  Doylestown,  Pa. 

Sectional  Committee. 

Alice  C.  Fletcher,  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice-President,  189G. 

George  H.  Perkins,  Burlington,  Vt.,  Secretary,  1896. 

F.  C.  Gushing,  Washington,  D.  G.,  Vice-President,  1895. 

W.  W.  TooKER,  Sag  Harbor,  N.  Y.,  Secretary,  1895. 

W.  J.  McGee,  Washington,  D.  G. 

D.  G.  Brinton,  Media,  Pa. 

W.  M.  Beauohamp,  Baldwinsville,  N.  Y. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
J.  McK.  Cattell,  Xew  York. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  the  Section. 

The  Vice-President  and  Secretary ;  and  H.  C.  Hovey,  Newburyport,  Mass. 
Franz  Boas,  New  York ;  Harlan  I.  Smith,   Saginaw,  Mich. 

Press  Secretary. 
A.  F.  HuxTER,  Barrie,  Ontario. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

ALICE  C.  FLETCHER, 

CHAIRMAN   OF   SECTION  H. 


THE  EMBLEMATIC  USE  OF  THE  TREE  IJSf  THE  DAKOTAN 

GEO  UP. 


The  tribes  of  the  Dakotan  or  Siouan  linguistic  stock  aggregate 
in  number  about  45,000  Indians.  Grouped  according  to  a  close 
relationship  of  language,  we  find  in  the  United  States  : 

32,000  in  the  Dakota  ;  4,000  in  the  Omaha,  Ponka,  Quapa, 
Kanza  and  Osage  ;  800  in  the  Iowa,  Otoe  and  Missouri ;  2,200  in 
the  Winnebago ;  and  3,000  in  the  Hidatsa,  Mandan  and  Crow 
tribes.  The  remaining  3,000  are  widely  scattered,  with  the  greater 
part  living  in  the  Provinces  of  Canada. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  seventeenth  century,  a  number  of  tribes 
belonging  to  this  stock  dwelt  on  a  strip  of  the  Atlantic  coast, 
now  within  the  limits  of  North  and  South  Carolina,  extending  as  far 
west  as  the  Alleghanies,  and  north  to  the  Maryland  line,  and  con- 
trolling the  headwaters  of  the  streams  flowing  westward.  They 
were  in  constant  warfare  with  their  Algonquian  and  Iroquoian 
neighbors,  and  were  exterminated  as  tribes  within  the  historic  pe- 
riod. The  majority  of  the  Siouan  Indians  were  already  beyond 
the  Mississippi,  Avhere  they  were  met  by  early  explorers,  and  where 
they  now  dwell.  We  find  the  purport  of  their  traditions  to  be  that 
they  were  slowly  driven  from  their  eastern  home  by  implacable 
enemies,  and  that  once  beyond  the  Mississippi,  they  spread  to  the 
northern  tributaries  of  the  Missouri,  westward  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, and  south  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  where  recent  investigations 
have  brought  to  light  a  remnant  of  the  Biloxi. 

Contact  with  Algonquian,  Iroquoian,  Muskhogean,  Caddoan,  and 

(191) 


192  SECTION    H. 

Kioan  stocks,  during  the  period  of  progress  over  this  vast  tract  of 
country,  has  left  its  traces  in  the  Siouan  rites  and  customs ;  but 
the  uncertainty  that  still  clouds  the  past  history  of  this  people, 
makes  it  difficult  to  determine  when  certain  rites  were  adopted,  or 
to  gauge  with  accuracy  the  modifying  influences  of  other  stocks 
upon  native  usages  and  beliefs.  From  the  scant  records  left  by 
early  travelers,  with  the  fragmentary  nature  of  the  information  stiU 
obtainable  from  the  few  scattered  survivors  of  the  eastern  and 
southern  tribes,  a  full  reconstruction  of  their  social  and  religious 
customs  is  impossible  ;  but  enough  can  be  discerned  to  indicate  that 
the  eastern,  southern  and  western  tribes  were  all  under  the  influence 
of  cults  which  seem  to  have  been  fundamentally  the  same. 

In  this  paper  is  offered  a  slight  contribution  to  the  early  history 
of  social  and  religious  development,  inasmuch  as  in  tracing  the 
emblematic  use  of  the  tree  in  the  Siouan  linguistic  group,  we  follow 
a  people  from  a  comparatively  primitive  condition,  living  in  iso- 
lated bauds,  independently  of  each  other,  to  their  organization 
within  the  tribal  structure,  compacted  by  the  force  of  common  re- 
ligious beliefs. 

That  ideas  are  the  ruling  force  and  "  the  constructive  center" 
of  human  society,  is  readily  conceded  as  applicable  to  our  own  race. 
It  is  equally  true  of  the  Indian  ;  but,  in  according  this  power  to  ideas, 
the  modifying  influence  of  environment  is  not  to  be  overlooked. 
One  cannot  conceive  of  man  apart  from  environment,  his  contact 
with  it  is  the  very  condition  of  being.  As  Herbert  Spencer  has 
phrased  it,  life  is  "  the  continuous  adjustment  of  inner  relations  to 
outer  relations." 

This  "adjustment"  of  man  to  his  environment  is  the  work 
solely  of  ideas,  and  the  process,  as  evinced  in  this  group  of  Indians, 
goes  to  show  that  those  ideas  which  have  formed  "  the  constructive 
center  "  of  the  tribe  are  religious  ideas. 

Indian  religions  seem  to  have  been  subject  to  the  same  laws  that 
have  governed  the  development  and  growth  of  religious  on  the  east- 
ern continent.  There,  we  know  the  several  systems  to  have  been 
begun  with  the  simple  utterances  of  a  seer,  which,  as  they  were 
passed  from  mouth  to  mouth,  became  more  and  more  clouded  with 
interpretations,  gradually  expanded  in  detail,  and  finally  formulated 
into  ceremonials  with  attendant  explanatory  and  dramatic  rites. 
As  time  rolled  into  centuries,  these  ceremonies,  with  their  accessory 
priests,  came  to  be  regarded  as  of  supernatural  origin,  endowed 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  193 

■with  superhuman  power,  and  authorized  to  exercise  control  over  the 
affairs  of  the  tribe  or  nation  ;  but  the  one  living  germ  within  the 
ponderous  incrustation  of  doctrine  and  ceremony,  that  had  accumu- 
lated throughout  the  ages,  was  still  the  surviving,  vitalizing  thought 
of  the  seer. 

Turning  to  America,  to  the  group  of  Indians  of  our  especial 
study,  we  find  traces  of  a  similar  history  ;  for,  penetrating  beneath 
the  varied  forms  of  their  religious  rites,  we  come  upon  a  few  fun- 
damental conceptions  or  thoughts,  the  most  dominant  of  which 
perhaps  is  the  idea  of  the  all-permeating  presence  of  what  we  call 
life,  and  that  this  life  is  the  same  in  kind,  animating  all  natural 
forms  and  objects  alike  with  man  himself.  Coordinate  with  this 
idea,  which  has  received  the  name  of  animism,  is  that  of  the  con- 
tinuity of  life,  that  whatever  has  once  been  endowed  with  it,  must 
continue  to  be  a  recipient  of  it ;  in  other  words,  whatever  has 
once  lived  must  continue  to  live. 

There  is  no  reason  to  think  that  at  any  time  in  the  past,  it  was 
possible  for  the  idea  of  animism,  or  for  any  other  idea,  to  have  fal- 
len into  the  mind  of  every  savage  simultaneously,  as  a  cloud-burst 
drenches  the  plain.  Ideas  have  ever  made  their  way  as  they  do 
now,  slowly,  and  by  being  .communicated  and  talked  over.  The 
idea  of  animism  is  a  very  remarkable  one.  It  has  been  so  built 
into  the  mind  of  the  race,  that  it  is  difficult  to  imagine  a  time  when 
it  was  not ;  and  yet  there  was  such  a  time,  a  time  when  man  stood 
dumbly  wondering  at  the  birds  and  beasts,  assailed  like  himself  by 
hunger,  and  finding  food  from  the  same  supply;  at  the  alternation 
of  day  and  night ;  and  at  the  destructive  and  vivifying  effects  of  the 
storm.  But  these  wondering  observations  were  like  so  many  dis- 
connected fragments  until  some  thoughtful  mind  caught  the  clue 
that  led  to  the  bold  and  clarifying  thought,  that  all  things  were 
animated  by  a  common  life,  and  that  man  was  not  alone  upon  the 
earth  with  strange  and  alien  creatures,  but  was  surrounded  by  forms 
replete  with  life  like  his  own,  and  therefore  of  his  kindred. 

This  mysterious  power  or  permeating  life  was  called  in  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Omaha  and  Ponka  tribes,  Wa-kan-da.  This  word  is 
now  used  to  designate  the  Deity.  The  original  meaning,  while 
conveying  the  idea  of  the  mysterious,  something  hidden  or  un- 
seen, also  implied  the  power  to  bring  to  pass.  Wa-ka?i-da-gi,  an 
adverbial  form  of  the  word,  is  applied  to  the  first  putting  forth  of 
a  new  faculty,  as  when  a  child  first  walks  or  talks,  but  the  word 


194  SECTION    H. 

■wa-ka^i-da-gi  would  not  be  used  to  express  the  resumption  of  fac- 
ulties lost  by  sickness  or  accident. 

Fourteen  years  ago,  while  sitting  with  me  in  his  tent,  a  thought- 
ful old  Dakota  Indian,  who  had  never  come  under  missionary  in- 
fluence, spoke  of  his  native  religion,  in  which  he  was  a  firm  believer. 
He  explained  the  teaching  of  his  fathers,  and  tried  to  make  me 
understand  that  the  mysterious  power  which  animates  all  things, 
is  always  moving  and  filling  the  earth  and  sky.  He  said,  "  Every 
thing  as  it  moves,  now  and  then,  here  and  there,  makes  stops. 
The  bird,  as  it  flies,  stops  at  one  place  to  rest  in  its  flight,  and  at 
another  to  build  its  nest.  A  man  when  he  goes  forth  stops  when 
he  wills,  so  the  mysterious  power  has  stopped.  The  sun,  the  moon, 
the  four  directions,  the  trees,  the  animals,  all  mark  where  it  has 
stopped.  The  Indian  thinks  of  all  these  places,  .  .  .  and  sends  his 
prayers  to  reach  the  mysterious  power  where  it  has  stopped." 

This  Indian  had  evidently  been  taught  that  the  power  pervading 
all  things  was  one  in  kind,  and  possessed  of  a  quality  similar  to 
the  will  power  of  man.  lie  said,  "A  man  when  he  goes  forth, 
stops  when  he  wills  ;  so  the  mj'sterious  power  has  stopped." 

The  Indian  conceives  of  Wa-kau-da  as  endowed  with  like,  though 
greater  powers  than  those  possessed  by  man.  The  prayer  chanted 
by  every  Omaha  when  he  goes  out  to  fast,  seeking  a  vision : — 

"  Wa-kan-da   dhe-dhu   wa-pa-dhin    a-tan-he," 
Wa  kan-da       here  needy  I  stand,   , 

is  an  appeal  to  something  that  is  believed  to  be  capable  of  under- 
standing the  needs  of  a  man,  and  implies  a  conception  of  Wa- 
kaH-da  that  is  anthropomorphic.  But  the  Indian  does  not  appar- 
ently think  of  Wa-kan-da  as  apart  from,  or  outside  of  nature,  but 
rather  as  permeating  it,  and  thus  it  is  that  to  him  all  things  be- 
come anthropomorphized. 

In  a  Ponka  ritual  the  following  address  is  made  to  the  tree,  as 
represented  in  the  framework  of  the  lodge  in  which  the  ceremony 
takes  place  : 

"  Oh  :  Thou  Pole  of  the  Tent,  Ethka ; 

' '  Along  the  banks  of  the  streams,  Ethka  ; 

"With  head  drooping  over,  there  Thou  sittest,  Ethka; 

"Thy  topmost  branches,  Ethka; 

"  Dipping  again  and  again,  in  very  truth,  the  water,  Ethka; 

'•  Thou  Pole  of  the  Tent,  Ethka  ;  (The  Tree  now  speaks.) 

"  One  of  these  little  ones,  Ethka ;   (That  is,  the  suppliant,) 


ADDRESS    EY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  195 

*'  I  shall  set  upon  one  (of  my  branches) ,  Ethka  ; 

'•  The  impurities,  Ethka 

'•  All  I  shall  wash  away,  Ethka." 

The  tree  is  supposed  to  take  the  man  on  its  branches,  as  in  one's 
arms,  and  dip  him  in  the  stream,  "where  "  all  within  the  body  "  is 
"  cleansed." 

Long  life  is  desired,  and  the  Eock  is  invoked  : 

*^  Oh!  Aged  One!  Etlika; 

"  Thou  sittest  as  though  longing  for  something,  Ethka; 

*'  Thou  sittest  like  one  Avith  wrinkled  loins,  P^lthka ; 

"  Thou  sittest  like  one  with  furrowed  brow,  Ethka  ; 

"  Thou  sittest  like  one  with  flabby  arms,  Ethka."  (The  Rock  now 
speaks.) 

"  The  little  ones  (the  people)  shall  be  as  I  am,  whosoever  shall 
pray  to  me  properly"   {i.  e.  ceremonially). 

Many  other  illustrations  could  be  given  to  show  the  Siouan  In- 
dian's anthropomorphic  conception  of  nature. 

With  the  acceptance  of  the  idea  that  all  things  were  quickened 
with  the  same  life,  came  the  belief  that  a  mysterious  relationship 
existed  between  man  and  his  surroundings,  and  it  naturally  followed 
that,  in  his  struggle  for  food  and  safety,  he  should  seek  to  supple- 
ment his  own  strength  by  appealing  to  his  kindred  throughout  nature  ; 
should  "send  his  prayers  to  reach  the  mysterious  power  ay  here  it 
has  stopped  "  Said  a  venerable  Indian  to  me  one  day,  "  The  tree 
is  like  a  human  being,  for  it  has  life  and  grows,  so  we  pray  to  it 
and  put  our  offerings  on  it,  that  the  mysterious  power  may  help 
us." 

Coordinated  with  these  ideas  concerning  nature,  was  that  of  the 
continuity  of  life,  which  could  not  but  lead  to  a  belief  in  dual  worlds 
with  interchanging  relations  :  thus,  we  find  that  these  Indians  were 
firmly  convinced  that  the  dead  camp  in  the  unseen  world,  as  they 
did  while  upon  earth,  each  gens  having  the  same  relative  place  in 
the  tribal  circle,  and  each  person  at  death  going  to  his  own  gens. 

Among  the  Ponkas  the  Ta-ha-u-ton-a-zlii  division  of  the  Ni-ka- 
pa-shna  gens,  whose  totem  is  the  deer,  put  deer-skin  moccasins 
upon  their  dead,  that  they  maybe  recognized  by  their  kindred,  and 
not  lose  their  way  in  the  other  world.  Among  the  Otoes,  when  an 
Indian  dies,  his  face  is  painted  in  a  manner  peculiar  to  his  gens,  by 
one  having  the  hereditary  right  to  perform  this  act,  who  says  to 
the  dead  :  "In  life  you  were  with  those  you  have  now  left  behind. 


196  SECTION    H. 

Go  forward  !  Do  not  look  back  ?  You  have  met  death.  Those  you 
have  left  will  come  to  you." 

The  ancient  chiefs,  who  "  first  took  upon  themselves  the  author- 
ity to  govern  the  people,"  are  still  active,  and  through  the  rituals 
chanted  at  the  installation  of  tribal  officials,  as  through  a  medium, 
they  continue  to  exercise  their  functions  and  to  confer  authority  on 
their  successors.  The  rituals  call  upon  the  animals  which  had  su- 
pernaturally  appeared  to  the  first  rulers,  "The  Crow,  with  frayed 
neck  feathers  ;  The  Wolf,  with  tail  blown  to  one  side ;"  and  they 
appeal  to  both  chiefs  and  animals  to  remember  their  promise,  and 
to  continue  to  guide  the  people  into  safety  and  plenty  through  their 
successors  now  being  ordained. 

The  Legend  of  the  Sacred  Pole  of  the  Omahas,  handed  down 
from  generations,  gives  a  rapid  history  of  the  people  from  the  time 
when  "  they  opened  their  eyes  and  beheld  the  day,"  to  the  com- 
pleted organization  of  the  tribe,  and  the  institution  of  the  I'ites  of 
the  Sacred  Pole.  From  it  we  learn,  that  changes  in  the  daily  life 
and  material  progress  of  the  people  did  not  come  about  through 
miraculous  intervention,  but  through  the  mind  of  their  wise  men  ; 
and  that  every  step  in  the  path  of  progress  was  the  result  of 
"  thought."  "  And  the  people  thought,"  is  the  constant  prelude  to 
every  betterment  or  invention.  By  "  thought "  they  learned  how  to 
make  fire,  to  build  lodges,  to  weave,  and  finally  to  institute  relig- 
ious rites  and  ceremonies. 

To  quote  from  this  Legend  :  '.'  The  people  felt  themselves  weak 
and  poor.  Then  the  old  men  gathered  together  and  said  ;  Let  us 
make  our  children  ciy  to  Wa-ka?i-da.  ...  So  all  the  parents  took 
their  children,  covered  their  faces  with  soft  clay,  and  sent  them 
forth  to  lonely  places  .  .  .  The  old  men  said  You  shall  go  forth  to 
cry  to  "Wa-ka))-da.  .  .  .  When  on  the  hills,  you  shall  not  ask  for 
any  particular  thing,  .  .  .  whatever  is  good,  that  may  Waka?(-da 
give.  .  .  .  Four  days  and  nights  upon  the  hills,  the  youth  shall 
pray,  crying,  and  when  he  stops,  shall  wipe  his  tears  with  the  palms 
of  his  hands,  lift  his  wet  hands  to  heaven,  then  lay  them  on  the 
earth.  .  .  .  This  was  the  people's  first  appeal  to  Wa-ka^-da.  Since 
that  time,  twice  in  the  year,  ...  in  the  spring  .  .  .  and  when 
the  grass  is  yellow,  .   .  .  this  prayer  is  said." 

A  study  of  this  practice,  as  still  found  among  the  tribes,  shows 
that  the  youth,  who  uttered  his  prayer  during  days  and  nights  of 
fasting,  was  not  only  asking  help  from  Wa-kaw-da,  but  was  seek- 


ADDRESS    BY   ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  197 

ing  a  manifestation,  in  a  vision,  of  that  mysterious  power.  The 
form  of  this  manifestation  which  should  come  to  him,  he  believed 
to  be  that  to  which  he  must  appeal  when  iu  need  of  help.  The  sym- 
bol of  this  form,  which  the  youth  ever  after  carried  with  him,  did 
not  in  itself  possess  the  ability  to  help,  but  served  as  a  credential, 
by  which  the  youth  reminded  the  manifestation,  be  it  of  bird  or 
beast,  of  the  promise  believed  to  have  been  received  from  it  in  the 
vision. 

The  dream  and  the  vision  were  not  the  same,  the  dream  of  sleep 
came  unsought  in  a  natural  way,  while  the  manner  in  which  the 
vision  was  siriven  for,  indicates  an  attempt  to  set  aside  and  over- 
ride natural  conditions.  The  natural  dream  has  exercised  an  in- 
fluence in  many  ways,  but  it  has  not  had  the  constructive  force  of 
the  vision. 

The  cry  to  Wa-kan-da  was  the  outcome  of  "  thought  "  during  the 
long  barren  period  of  primitive  life.  Whither  this  "thought" 
had  tended  we  have  seen  in  its  culmination  in  the  ideas  that  all 
things  were  animated  by  the  same  continuous  life,  and  were  re- 
lated to  each  other.  These  generalizing  ideas  were  not  strictly  in 
accord  with  the  evidence  of  man's  senses.  The  Indian  could  not 
help  seeing  the  unmistakable  difference  between  him.self  and  all  other 
objects.  Nor  could  he  help  knowing  that  it  Avas  impossible  for  him 
to  hold  communication,  as  between  man  and  man,  with  the  animals, 
the  Thunder,  etc.  The  ancit-nt  thinkers  and  leaders  met  this  diffi- 
culty by  the  rite  of  the  vision,  with  its  peculiar  preparation.  The 
youth  was  directed  to  strip  off  all  decoration,  to  wear  the  scanti- 
est of  clothing,  to  deny  his  social  instincts,  and  to  go  alone  upon 
the  hills,  or  into  the  depths  of  the  forests;  he  was  to  weep  as  he 
chanted  his  prayer,  and  await  the  failing  of  his  bodily  strength,  and 
the  coming  of  the  vision.  'In  this  vision  he  saw  familiar  things 
under  such  new  conditions,  that  communication  with  them  was  pos- 
sible ;  and  his  belief  in  the  reality  of  his  vision  could  not  but 
reconcile  the  animistic  idea  with  the  normal  evidence  of  the  senses. 

The  psychological  conditions  favorable  to  a  belief  in  the  visions, 
and  the  ethical  influence  of  the  rite  of  fasting,  in  its  results  upon 
the  individual  and  upon  society,  cannot  be  considered  here,  but  the 
constructive  power  exercised  by  the  religious  societies,  which  had 
their  rise  in  the  vision,  claims  a  moment's  attention,  as  pertinent  to 
our  subject. 

From  the  Legend  already  quoted,  as  well  as  from  customs  still 


198  SECTION    H. 

existing  in  these  tribes,  we  learn  that  men  who  had  had  similar  vis- 
ions became  affiliated  into  groups  or  societies,  and  acknowledged  a 
sort  of  kinship,  on  the  basis  of  like  visions.  For  instance,  those 
who  had  seen  the  Bear,  or  the  Elk,  formed  the  Bear  or  the  Elk  so- 
ciety, and  those  to  whom  had  appeared  the  Water  Creatures,  or 
the  Thunder  Beings,  were  gathered  into  similarly  defined  groups. 
Within  these  societies  grew  up  an  orderly  arrangement  or  classi- 
fication of  the  membership,  the  institution  of  initiatory  rites,  a  pre- 
scribed ritual,  and  the  appointment  of  officers. 

An  important  stage  in  the  secular  organization  of  the  people  was 
reached  when  the  acceptance  of  Leaders — "  men  who  took  upon 
themselves  the  authority  to  govern  and  to  preserve  order  " — came  to 
pass.  It  would  seem,  from  the  evidence  of  traditions  and  rituals, 
that  the  establishment  of  these  Leaders,  which  implied  the  segrega- 
tion of  the  people  into  groups  of  followei's,  was  of  slow  growth,  and 
attended  with  rivalries  and  warfare.  During  this  formative  period, 
the  early  Leaders  appear  to  have  used  the  popular  belief  in  the 
supernatural  to  strengthen  their  authority,  so  that  they  came  to 
be  regarded  as  specially  endowed,  and  the  efficacy  of  their  vision 
was  thought  to  extend  over  all  their  followers.  In  this  way  the 
symbol  of  the  Leader's  vision  grew  to  be  recognized  as  sacred  to 
his  kindred,  and  was  finally  adopted  as  the  sign  or  totem  of  a  com- 
mon kinship  or  clan.  This  being  accomplished,  the  taboo  was 
instituted  as  a  simple  and  effectual  reminder  of  the  totem  of  the 
Leader,  and  of  the  mutual  obligations  and  relations  of  the  members 
of  the  clan,  which  were  further  emphasized  by  the  adoption  of  a  set 
of  names  for  each  clan,  all  of  which  referred  to  its  totem.  Amous: 
the  Omahas  and  Ponkas  these  names  are  called  ni-ki-a,  that  is, 
spoken  by  a  chief.  In  the  ni-ki-a  name,  and  the  ceremonies  at- 
tending its  bestowal,  there  is  a  twofold  recognition,  that  of  a  natural 
ancestor,  and  that  of  the  supernatural  manifestation  of  this  ances- 
tor's vision.  We  have  already  seen  a  similar  acknowledgment  of 
a  dual  source  of  authority,  where,  in  the  rituals,  the  chiefs,  and  the 
animals  of  their  visions,  are  both  invoked. 

In  the  clan  organization,  the  totem  came  to  be  representative 
preeminently  of  kinship  ;  and  its  sign,  as  we  have  noted,  was  placed 
upon  the  dead,  that  they  might  be  recognized  by  their  kindred  in 
the  other  world,  and  led  directly  to  their  clan.  The  function  of 
the  totem  was  social,  rather  than  individual ;  the  Indian  depended 
for  his  personal  supernatural  help  upon  his  own  special  vision,  and 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  199 

his  clan  totem  iu  no  way  interfered  with  bis  entrance  into  any  re- 
ligious society. 

The  resemblance  which  exists  between  the  rites  and  rituals  of 
the  religious  societies,  and  those  which  hedge  about  the  office  of 
Chief,  and  Soldier,  and  Herald,  marks  the  influence  the"  societies 
have  exercised  upon  the  development  of  the  tribal  structure. 

The  control  of  the  Thunder  people  runs  like  a  thread  through 
all  the  tribes  of  the  Siouan  group.  The  character  of  their  vision 
was  such  as  easily  to  win  popular  recognition  as  preeminently  au- 
thoritative, and  they  seem  to  have  been  singularly  dominant  from  the 
earliest  time.' 

The  Thunder  gentes  had  charge  of,  or  took  an  important  part  in,  all 
ceremonies  which  pertained  to  the  preservation  of  tribal  autonomy. 
To  them  belonged  the  rituals  and  the  ceremonies  which  inducted  the 
child  into  its  rights  within  the  gens  and  the  tribe ;  the  adoption  of 
captives  and  strangers  ;  and  the  ceremonial  preparation  of  the  tribal 
pipes,  without  which  there  could  be  no  tribal  ceremony  or  enforce- 
ment of  order.  They  had  charge  also  of  the  rites  for  the  preser- 
vation of  crops  from  the  devastation  of  insects  and  marauders. 
These  were  some  of  the  exclusive  functions  of  the  Thunder  gentes  ; 
but  the  rites  of  the  worship  of  Thunder  itself,  and  the  ceremonies 
pertaining  to  war,  of  which  Thunder  was  the  god,  so  to  speak,  were 
in  charge  of  other  than  the  Thunder  gentes. 

In  the  Omaha  tribe  the  Sacred  Tent  of  War  was  set  apart  for 
the  rites  and  ceremonies  connected  with  Thunder.  It  was  pitched 
in  front  of  the  segment  of  the  tribal  circle  occupied  by  the  We-jin- 
shte  gens,  its  Keeper,  It  stood  apart  as  a  special  lodge,  and  was 
regarded  with  awe  by  the  people.  In  it  were  kept  the  Sacred  Shell 
(a  large  Unio  alatus)  ;  the  Wa-in  (a  bird-shaped  bundle  made  of 
raw  hide,  containing  the  skins  of  certain  birds  believed  to  be  as- 
sociated with  Thunder)  ;  the  Pipes  used  in  the  ceremonies  of  war; 
and  a  Pole  of  cedar. 

In  the  myths,  the  cedar  tree  is  spoken  of  as  the  particular  abode 
of  the  Thunder  Birds.  The  Thunder  Beings  had  their  village  amid 
a  forest  of  cedars,  and  the  club  of  these  mythical  beings  was  of 

1  The  members  of  the  Thunder  society  claim  that,  at  death,  they  join  the  Thunder 
Beings,  altliough  they  do  not  therel>y  lose  their  kinship  rights  iu  their  clan  iu  the  other 
world,  ijut  an  Indian  born  into  a  Thunder  gens,  could  not  at  his  death  join  the  Thun- 
der Beings,  unless  they  had  appeared  to  him  in  his  vision.  The  people  believed  that 
the  voices  of  noted  Thunder  men  who  were  dead  could  be  heard  in  the  mutterings  of 
the  approaching  storm. 


200  SKcnoN  H. 

the  same  tree.  Cedar  leaves  were  put  upon  the  War  Pipe  after  it 
was  filled,  so  that  when  it  was  lighted,  it  was  the  aromatic  smoke 
of  the  cedar  that  was  offered  to  the  Four  Directions,  the  Zeuith, 
and  the  Nadir.  The  cedar  Pole,  representative  of  Thunder,  was 
called  Wa-ghdhe  ghe,  which  means  the  power  to  confer  honors 
This  name  refers  to  the  custom  which  prescribed  that  all  war  par- 
ties should  start  from  this  Sacred  Tent  and  on  their  return  report 
to  it ;  and  that  all  honors,  namely,  the  right  to  wear  certain  rega- 
lia indicative  of  a  man's  prowess  in  battle,  should  be  ceremonially 
conferred  in  this  Teut.^ 

The  vital  point,  in  the  ceremony  of  conferring  lioaors,  was 
when  the  warrior,  standing  before  the  Wa-i?i,  and  reciting  his 
deeds  of  batt'e,  at  a  sign  from  the  Keeper,  dropped  a  small 
stick  upon  the  bundle.  If  the  stick  rested  thereon,  it  was  be- 
lieved to  be  held  by  the  Birds,  who  thus  attested  to  the  truth  of 
the  warrior's  claims.  If  it  rolled  off  upon  the  ground,  it  was  the 
Birds  who  discarded  it,  because  the  man  had  spoken  falsely. 
These  Birds,  representatives  of  Thunder,  were  the  judges  of  a 
man's  truthfulness,  and  rewarded  him  by  honors,  or  punished  him 
by  disaster,  even  to  the  tearing  out  of  his  tongue  by  a  lightning 
stroke. 

Naturally  in  course  of  time,  those  warrior  chiefs  who  by  favor 
of  Thunder  had  been  successful  in  war,  whose  truthfulness  had 
been  attested  by  the  Thunder  Birds,  and  who  had  received  their 
regalia,  began  to  assume  for  themselves  some  of  the  authority, 
conceded  by  all  to  Thunder  itself.  A  song  belonging  to  a  Dakota 
chief  says,  "When  1  speak,  it  is  Thunder."  Gradually  the  exer- 
cise of  the  punishing  power  was  extended  to  social  offences ;  as, 
for  instance,  a  man  whose  persistent  evil  conduct  threatened  the 
internal  peace  of  the  gens  or  tribe,  might  suft'er  loss  of  property 
or  even  of  life,  his  fate  being  determined  by  the  warrior  chiefs 
assembled  at  the  Sacred  Tent  around  the  cedar  Pole,  the  repre- 
sentative of  the  Thunder ;  the  function  of  the  chiefs  thus  becom- 
ing augmented  by  affiliation  with  the  supernatural. 

When  the  first  Thunder  was  heard  in  the  spring,  the  ceremonial 
of  the  worship  of  Thunder  took  place  at  the  Sacred  Tent.     The 

»  All  these  re.salia,  which  are  p-acled  in  rank,  refer  to  Thunder.  In  several  of  the 
tribes  these  are  feathers  of  certain  birds,  worn  in  a  particular  manner;  the  peculiar 
painting  of  a  man's  face,  body,  or  weapons;  and.  as  among  the  Osages,  the  tattooing 
of  the  body  and  arms  with  lines  so  drawn  that,  when  the  highest  rank  is  attained,  the 
tattooed  figure  will  represent  the  Thunder  bird  in  outline. 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  201 

"Wa-in  was  opened  and  the  bird  skins  exposed  ;  the  Pipes  were 
smoked,  the  ritual  sung,  and  the  cedar  Pole  anointed.  No  one 
participated  in  these  rites,  except  the  members  of  those  gentes 
whose  totems  were  believed  to  be  related  to  Thunder.  Some  of 
these  totems  were  of  creatures  predatory  in  their  habits,  and 
therefore  allied  to  the  destructive  lightning  ;  others,  like  the  eagle 
and  the  hawk,  could  soar  to  the  very  clouds,  while  the  flying 
swallows  heralded  the  approaching  storm.  This  fancied  kinship 
of  their  totems  was  the  basis  of  recognition  of  a  sort  of  relation- 
ship between  the  gentes  themselves,  which  became  the  ground 
upon  which  these  people  united  in  the  performance  of  ceremonies 
directed  toward  a  common  object  of  worship. 

Although  important  steps  had  been  gained  in  social  develop- 
ment, none  of  the  rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  Sacred  Tent  of  "War 
tended  to  bind  all  the  gentes  together,  but  the  Omaha  ceremony  of 
the  He-di-wa-chi  seems  to  have  been  adapted  to  meet  this  require- 
ment. It  is  impossible  to  state  as  a  fact  that  the  He-di-wa-chi ' 
grew  out  of  the  experience  of  the  people  during  the  centuries 
when  they  were  being  slowly  driven  by  wars,  farther  and  farther 
from  their  eastern  home  ;  but,  according  to  traditions  preserved 
in  the  different  tribes,  it  was  during  this  period  that  group  after 
group  parted  compau}-,  and  the  enfeebled  bands  became  a  tempt- 
ing prey  to  active  enemies.  Nor  was  the  danger  always  from 
without ;  disintegration  sometimes  resulted  from  the  rivalry  of 
ambitious  Leaders,  and,  to  quote  from  the  tradition,  "the  wise 
men  thought  how  they  might  devise  some  plan,  by  which  all  might 
live  and  move  together  and  there  be  no  danger  of  quarrels." 

Many  points  in  its  ceremonial  indicate  that  at  the  time  of  the 
institution  of  the  Ile-di-wa-chi,  the  people  had  entered  upon  agri- 
cultural pursuits,  and  were  not  wholly  dominated  by  those  ideas 
which  had  been  ihe  controlling  power  when  hunting  and  war  were 
the  principal  avocations.  The  He-di-wa-chi  took  place  in  the  sum- 
mer solstice,  or,  according  to  Indian  designation,  at  "the  time 
when  all  the  creatures  were  awake  and  out,"  The  choice  of  the 
tree  from  which  the  Pole,  the  central  object  in  this  ceremony,  was 
to  be  cut,  is  significant.  It  was  either  the  cottonwood  or  the 
willow,  both  remarkably  tenacious  of  life,  sending  forth  shoots 
even  when  cut  down  and  hacked  into  posts.  In  the  Indian's 
words  describing  the  time  when  this  ceremony  was  to  take  place, 
we  catch  a  glimpse  of  a  shadowy  idea  of  peace,  for  when  dan- 


202  SECTION    H. 

ser  stalked  abroad  the  animals  which  were  "awake"  would  not 
be  "out"  but  iu  hiding;  and  in  the  choice  of  the  tree  with  its 
abounding  life,  we  note  the  beginning  of  an  apprehension  of 
the  idea  of  the  conservation  of  life.  This  helps  us  to  open 
out  and  understand  the  terse  and  poetic  expression  of  the  In- 
dian tradition  concerning  this  ceremony,  that  "it  grew  up  with 
the  corn."  The  ideas  embodied  in  this  festival  found  their  birth 
and  growth  in  the  cultivation  of  the  maize,  which  held  the  people 
to  their  fields,  preventing  their  constant  wandering  after  the  wild 
animals,  and  so  inaugurating  village  life,  and  developing  an  ap- 
preciation of  tribal  unity. 

The  first  act  in  the  preparation  of  this  ceremony  was  the  cut- 
ting, by  the  Leader  having  it  in  charge,  of  seven  cottonwood  or 
willow  sticks  which  were  stripped  of  leaves  with  the  exception  of 
a  small  spray  at  the  end  thus  making  a  miniature  pole.  These 
were  sent  to  the  chiefs  of  the  seven  original  gentes  who  in  their 
turn  sent  out  the  men  of  their  gontes  to  cut  similar  sticks  which 
were  to  be  painted  red  and  carried  in  the  great  tribal  dance  about 
the  Pole. 

While  this  was  being  done,  the  Leader  selected  runners  to  rep- 
resent warriors,  who  were  to  go  out  as  a  scouting  party  would  go 
in  search  of  an  enemy,  and  when  thej^  found  the  tree  which  was  to 
be  cut  for  the  Pole,  they  were  to  charge  upon  it  and  strike  it  as 
they  would  strike  a  foe.  In  this  ceremony  of  selection  where  war 
is  so  simulated,  the  recognition  of  the  power  and  authority  of 
Thunder  is  manifest,  for  no  man  could  become  a  wairior  except 
through  his  consecration  to  Thunder,  the  god  of  war.  Moreover,  it 
was  believed  that  no  man  could  fall  in  battle  through  human  agency 
alone  ;  he  fell  because  Thunder  had  designated  him  to  fall.  So  the 
tree,  which  had  been  struck  as  a  foe,  fell  because  Thunder  had 
selected  it.  The  tree  thus  chosen  was  now  approached  by  the 
Leader  who  said,  "  I  have  come  for  you  that  you  may  see  the 
people,  who  are  beautiful  to  behold."  Then  with  elaborate  cere- 
monies, in  which  the  Four  Directions  were  recognized,  the  tree  was 
cut  down;  the  bark  and  branches,  all  but  a  tuft  at  the  top,  were 
removed  and  buried  at  the  foot  of  the  stump,  and  the  Pole,  with 
much  ceremon}',  was  carried  to  the  camp,  where  it  was  painted  by 
the  Leader  in  alternate  bands  of  red  and  black,  symbolic  of  Life 
and  of  Thunder.  "When  this  was  done  the  Leader  said,  "It  is 
finished,  raise  him  up  that  your  Grandfather  (/.  e..  Thunder)  may 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  203 

see  him."*  The  Pole  then,  being  placed  in  position  iu  a  hole  pre- 
pared for  it,  stood  before  the  people  as  approved  by  the  ancient 
Thunder  Beings.  Then  the  Herald  went  forth  to  call  the  people  to 
make  ready  to  welcome  the  Pole  with  dancing  and  gifts. 

Now  the  camp  is  astir  with  preparation  ;  every  one  dons  his  gala 
dress  and  hastens  to  take  his  place  with  his  gens  in  the  tribal 
order,  forming  an  immense  circle  around  the  Pole.  The  singers, 
seated  at  the  foot  of  the  Pole,  strike  up  the  first  of  the  ritual 
songs ;  at  its  close  the  war  cry  is  given  by  all  the  people,  who  then 
advance  a  short  distance  and  halt.  Four  times  the  sons:  is  sunsr, 
four  times  the  cry  is  given,  four  times  the  people  advance  and  halt, 
and  at  the  last  pause  they  are  near  the  Pole.  At  this  point  the 
men  of  the  In-ke-tha-ba  gens,  led  by  two  pipe  bearers,  face  about 
to  the  west,  their  right  side  to  the  Pole,  and  the  women  face  to  the 
east,  with  their  left  to  the  Pole.  Each  of  the  other  geutes  falls 
into  like  order  behind  the  In-ke-tha  ba  men  and  women,  and  when 
the  second  ritual  song  is  begun,  the  entire  double  circle  begins  to 
dance  around  the  Pole.  During  the  dance  four  halts  are  made,  and 
at  these  halts  if  any  dancer  has  passed  beyond  the  line  of  his  gens, 
he  must  return  to  it.  The  songs  become  more  and  more  rapid  in 
measure,  and  the  dance  fuller  of  mirth  and  gaiety.  At  the  close 
of  the  ceremony  the  men,  women  and  children  throw  their  sticks 
at  the  foot  of  the  Pole,  to  which  they  are  tied  and  left  for  the  sun 
and  wind  to  dispose  of. 

The  manner  in  which  the  Pole  was  approached  by  the  whole 
people  in  the  order  of  the  tribal  circle,  with  war  cry  and  charge, 
was  a  recognition  of  the  victories  gained  through  the  war-god 
Thunder.  The  entire  ceremony  was  a  dramatic  teaching  to  old 
and  young  of  the  necessity  of  union  not  only  for  defence,  but  for 
the  preservation  oi  internal  peace  and  order,  in  the  security  of 
which,  industry  might  thrive  and  prosperity  be  within  the  reach  of 
all. 

The  He-di-wachi,  all  the  details  of  Avhich  cannot  here  be  de- 
scribed, is  a  festival  of  joy  ;  the  words  of  the  opening  song  are, 
"Come  and  rejoice  !"  The  whole  scene  vibrates  with  color  and 
motion ;  there  is  no  hint  of  sacrifice,  the  Thunder  selected  tree  is 
a  symbol  of  Life,  held  in  the  fruitful  grasp  of  the  earth,  and 
touched  by  the  beneficent  rays  of  the  sun. 

'  These  words,  in  the  original,  are  of  the  nature  of  an  invocation  and  consecration. 


204  SECTION   H. 

The  so-called  Sun-Dance  of  the  Dakotas  and  Ponkas  seems  to 
have  sprung  from  the  same  parent  stem  that  bore  the  He-di-wa- 
chi ;  but  it  shows  marks  of  the  influence  of  tribal  environment 
during  the  past  few  centuries,  as  well  as  traces  of  contact  with 
other  stocks.  For  a  considerable  period  prior  to  our  first  knowl- 
edge of  the  Dakotas,  these  tribes  had  dwelt  in  the  most  northern 
range  of  the  Siouan  linguistic  stock,  and  had  almost  lost  their 
knowledge  of  the  cultivation  of  corn.  Omaha  traditions  say,  that 
their  own  tribe  turned  back  from  the  region  where  the  Dakotas 
were  when  first  discovered  by  us,  because  corn  would  not  grow 
well  there,  and  they  sought  sites  for  their  villages  farther  south 
where  they  could  raise  the  maize  in  large  and  unfailing  crops. 

The  SuD-Dauce  and  the  He-di-wa-chi  have  fundamental  features 
in  common.  They  take  place  at  the  same  time  of  the  year;  both 
Poles  are  cut  from  the  cottonwood  or  the  willow  tree  ;  the  cere- 
monies attending  the  cutting  and  planting  and  decorating  the 
Poles  are  practically  the  same,  differing  only  in  the  elaboration  of 
detail.  Both  are  consecrated  by  and  to  Thunder,  and  about  both, 
the  tribe  must  gather  in  the  order  of  the  gentes.  The  special 
rites  of  the  Sun-Dance  are  performed  within  a  communal  taber- 
nacle erected  about  the  Pole.  It  is  made  of  one  or  more  poles 
gathered  from  the  tent  of  each  family  in  the  tribe,  and  covered 
with  green  branches.  It  represents  the  living  branches  of  the 
tree,  as  well  as  the  great  congregation  of  the  people,  whose  tents 
enclose  it  in  a  circle  often  more  than  a  mile  in  circumference. 

The  elaborate  character  of  this  ceremony  precludes  the  mention 
of  any  of  its  parts,  except  those  which  pertain  to  the  subject  of 
this  paper. 

The  symbol  placed  upon  the  buffalo  skull,  and  drawn  upon  the 
U-ma-ni — a  space  of  ground  from  which  the  sod  had  been  re- 
moved, and  the  earth  made  fine — is  a  circle  with  four  projecting 
points  equidistant  from  each  other.  This  symbol,  to  quote  from 
Dakota  Indians  who  had  been  instructed  in  this  ceremony,  "repre- 
sents the  tribe  and  the  Four  Directions.  It  means  that,  wher- 
ever the  tribe  may  travel,  it  will  be  kept  whole.  Its  circle  of 
tents  will  not  be  broken,  the  members  of  the  tribe  shall  live  long 
and  increase.  The  symbol  also  stands  for  the  earth,  and  the  un- 
seen winds  that  come  from  the  Four  Directions,  and  cross  over 
the  earth  and  bring  health  and  strength."  The  people  were  told, 
that,  "as  long  as  they  observed  the  ceremony,  they  would  increase 


ADDRESS    BT    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  205 

and  grow  strong,  but  if  they  should  neglect  the  rite,  they  would 
decrease  in  numbers,  lose  their  strength,  and  be  overpowered  by 
their  enemies." 

The  dramatic  character  of  the  adjuncts  of  self  sacrifice  and 
torture  has  diverted  the  attention  of  observers  f  i  om  the  true  pur- 
pose of  the  Sun- Dance,  which  has  been  clouded  in  the  minds  of 
the  people  themselves,  but  has  not  been  lost  sight  of  by  the  In- 
dian priests,  who  still  insist  that  the  ceremony  is  necessary  to  the 
preservation  of  the  people  as  a  tribe. 

The  torture  practised  at  the  Pole  seems  to  be  a  transference  to 
this  ceremony  of  the  ancient  rite  known  as  Hanm-de-pi,  where  the 
man  suspends  himself,  while  seeking  a  vision  through  fasting ;  or 
when,  fixing  his  mind  upon  a  particular  desire,  he  expects  through 
torture  to  render  its  accomplisliment  certain.  Even  in  the  Hanm- 
de-pi,  there  are  indications  of  foreign  influence  which  tended  not 
only  to  keep  alive,  but  to  intensify  the  more  primitive  forms  con- 
nected with  Thunder  worship, — forms  wliich  had  almost  died  out 
in  the  more  southern  tribes,  surviving  only  in  certain  modified 
rites  observed  in  mourning  for  the  dead,  and  the  leading  of  a  war 
party. 

In  the  absence  of  agricultural  avocations  and  their  attendant 
corn  ceremonies,  the  belief  that  the  Pole  was  selected  and  conse- 
crated by  Thunder  came  to  be  more  and  more  pronounced,  as  is 
indicated  by  the  fact  that  the  Thunder  men  only  could  take  charge 
of  the  Sun-Dance,  whereas,  in  the  He-di-wa-clii  it  was  the  red 
corn  people  who  were  the  Keepers  of  the  ritual  and  Leaders  of 
the  ceremony.  It  is  easy  to  see  how,  through  the  influence  of 
Thunder,  originally  represented  in  the  consecration  of  the  Pole 
and  augmented  by  the  dominance  of  the  Thunder  men,  the  tor- 
ture rites  came  to  be  grafted  upon  a  ceremony,  which,  owing  to 
environment,  had  lost  something  of  its  early  significance. 

When  witnessing  the  Sun-Dance,  its  composite  character  was 
impressed  upon  me,  and  the  lack  of  unity  between  the  parts  was 
evident.  Further  study  has  shown  how  different  rites  have  been 
united,  and  what  are  some  of  the  influences  which  have  brought 
about  this  grouping. 

The  Dah-pi-ke  or  Nah-pi-ke  of  the  Hidatsas  resembles  the  Sun- 
Dance.  It  takes  place  at  the  same  season  of  the  year.  The 
Cottonwood  Pole  is  selected  and  cut  with  similar  ceremonies ; 
about  it  the   communal   tabernacle  of  willow  boughs  is  erected, 


20G  SECTION    H. 

and  all  the  people  must  gather  to  the  rites.  Like  the  Sun-Dance, 
it  bears  evidence  of  the  same  influences,  which  have  overlaid  a 
tribal  ceremony  "that  grew  up  with  the  corn,"  with  those  other 
rites  wherein  self-torture  was  practised. 

As  in  the  He-di-wa-chi,  the  tree  or  Pole  of  the  Sun-Dance,  and 
of  the  Dah-pi-ke,  is  left  at  the  close  of  the  ceremony  to  the  de- 
struction of  the  elements,  or  powers,  to  which,  in  the  mind  of  the 
people,  it  belonged. 

In  the  Sacred  Pole  of  the  Omaha  tribe,  we  have  another  off- 
shoot from  the  same  parent  stem.  In  its  rites,  however,  the  fun- 
damental ideas  embodied  in  the  ceremonies  already  considered, 
have  been  still  further  developed  and  specialized.  The  selection 
of  the  Pole,  its  cutting,  decoration,  etc.,  the  season  when  its  cere- 
monies took  place,  and  the  compulsory  attendance  of  the  people, 
were  all  practically  the  same  as  in  the  He-di-wa-chi,  the  Sun- 
Dance,  and  the  Dah-pi-ke. 

In  a  paper  read  before  this  Section  last  year,  the  Sacred  Pole 
was  described.  Your  attention  at  this  time  will  be  called  only  to 
its  peculiar  function  in  reference  to  the  tribal  autonomy. 

A  tradition  in  the  tribe  says  :  ''At  one  time  the  seven  original 
bands  wandered  about  independent  of  each  other ;  each  band  had  a 
pipe  and  a  leader.  The  Hun-ga  gens  thought,  that  if  this  continued 
there  would  be  feuds  between  the  bauds.  .  .  So  the  Sacred  Pole 
was  made,  around  which  the  different  bands  might  gather.  The 
seven  chiefs  were  called  together,  and  they  all  united  and  have 
been  so  ever  since."  The  Legend  corroborates  the  tradition,  for 
it  says  ;  "The  ceremonies  of  the  Sacred  Pole  were  devised  to  hold 
the  people  together." 

The  institution  of  the  Sacred  Pole  marked  a  political  change  in 
the  tribe,  from  the  government  by  hereditary  chieftains  to  an  oli- 
garchy of  seven  chiefs  who  attained  their  position  by  personal 
ability  to  perform  certain  deeds,  called  Wa-dhin-e-dhe.  The  name 
of  the  old  cedar  Pole  of  the  Sacred  Tent  of  War,  VVa-ghdhe-ghe, 
which  as  we  have  seen  meant  "the  power  to  bestow  honors,"  was 
given  to  the  new  Sacred  Pole,  which  became  the  fount  of  honors 
won  in  pence,  for  the  "Wa-dhin-e  dhe  were  not  deeds  of  war; 
for  their  achievement,  industry  and  accumulation  of  propert}^  as 
well  as  valor  were  required.  So  also,  whereas  the  honors,  bestowed 
in  the  Sacred  Tent  of  War,  were  worn  by  the  warrior  himself, 
or  tattooed  upon  his  own  body,  the  ghdhe-ghe,  or  mark  of  honor 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  207 

authorized  by  the  power  represented  in  the  Sacred  Pole,  was 
placed  upon  the  daughter  of  the  successful  aspirant,  the  woman 
being  the  industrial  factor  in  the  tribe.  The  mark  of  honor  con- 
sisted of  two  symbols  :  upon  tlie  forehead  of  the  girl  was  tattooed 
a  small  round  spot  representing  the  sun,  and  upon  her  chest  and 
back,  a  circle  with  four  equidistant  points ;  the  same  symbol  that 
was  made  upon  the  earth  and  the  buffalo  skull  in  the  Sun- Dance, 
and  bearing  the  same  idea,  of  strength  in  unity. 

The  seven  chiefs  who  formed  the  oligarchy  must  act  as  one 
man,  for  without  unanimity  in  their  councils  nothing  could  be 
done.  In  theii'  decisions  all  the  seven  men  must  be  alike  repre- 
sented, and  the  resultant  unity  was  believed  to  be  derived  from 
"Wa-ka?i-da,  present  in  and  acting  through  the  mysterious  Sacred 
Pole.  To  quote  from  the  Legend:  "The  chiefs  are  slow  to 
speak,  ...  no  word  is  without  meaning,  and  every  word  is  uttered 
in  soberness,  .  .  .  believing  the  words  come  from  Wa-ka?i-da,  so 
the  words  of  a  chief  are  few.  They  (the  seven  chiefs)  have  all  one 
heart  and  one  mouth  .  .  .  After  a  question  is  decided,  the  Herald 
proclaims  it  about  the  camp  circle,  .  .  .  none  of  the  people  dare 
dispute  it,  for  they  say.  It  is  the  word  of  our  Chiefs." 

The  two  avocations  upon  which  the  life  of  the  people  depended 
were  agriculture  and  hunting,  and  these  were  controlled  by  the 
ceremonies  of  the  Sacred  Pole.  From  the  Pole  was  decided  the 
time  for  planting  the  corn,  and  about  it  the  ritual  of  the  maize 
was  sung.  The  great  tribal  hunt  was  under  its  immediate  direc- 
tion, the  rules  and  regulations  of  which  were  an  important  part  of 
its  function.  On  this  annual  hunt,  the  people  left  their  village 
and  their  fields  in  the  care  of  a  small  guard  and  followed  the 
herds,  under  the  strict  control  of  the  Chiefs  and  of  a  body  of 
men  called  Soldiers.  During  the  entire  time,  two  months  or  more, 
the  rights  and  inclinations  of  the  individual  were  held  rigidly  sub- 
ordinate to  the  good  of  the  tribe.  The  Sacred  Pole  was  carried 
in  advance  of  the  people,  as  they  moved  from  camp  to  camp. 
From  its  presence  the  runners  went  forth  in  search  of  the  buffalo, 
and  to  it  they  reported  upon  their  return.  At  the  close  of  the 
hunt,  the  ceremony  of  thanksgiving  and  anointing  tlie  Pole  took 
place,  when  the  entire  tribe  gathered  about  this  central  object, 
erecting  a  communal  tent  for  some  of  the  particular  ceremonies 
and  offering  gifts.  Finally,  the  men  enacted  before  it  the  events 
of  their  career,  thus  presenting  a  sort  of  dramatic  current  history 
of  the  tribe. 


208  SECTION   H. 

At  the  inauguration  of  the  Pole  and  its  ceremonies,  to  quote 
from  the  Legend  :  "The  Leader  said,  this  (the  Pole)  belongs  to 
all  the  people,  but  it  shall  be  in  the  keeping  of  one  family."  For 
over  two  centuries  this  Sacred  Pole  was  preserved,  and  its  tent 
was  pitched  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  segment  of  the  tribal 
circle  occupied  by  a  subdivision  of  the  IIu?i-ga  gens,  its  Keepers. 
It  was  regarded  with  fear  and  reverence,  as  the  supernatural  pro- 
tector of  the  people,  as  the  power  that  insured  to  them  an 
abundant  supply  of  food,  and  commanded  the  coordination  of 
the  gentes  and  the  unification  of  the  authority  of  the  Chiefs. 

In  all  these  rapidly  considered  ceremonies,  marking  periods  in 
social  development  of  this  group  of  tribes — development  more  or 
less  modified  by  shifting  environments — we  note  the  constructive 
force  of  the  religious  ideas  of  the  people  :  ideas  which,  repre- 
sented by  the  word  Wa-kan-da  and  its  kindred  terms,  imply  the 
existence  of  an  ever  active,  mysterious  power,  permeating  all  na- 
ture including  mankind,  with  the  same  life,  thus  making  all 
things  related  and  anthropomorphic.  We  have  seen  how  these 
generalizing  ideas  become  concrete,  through  the  medium  of  the 
vision,  and  capable  of  exercising  a  practical,  formative  influence. 
We  have  traced  this  practical,  formative  influence  in  the  unifying 
power  of  the  totem,  which  welds  together  an  extended  though 
partial  kinship  within  the  clan  or  gens.  We  have  seen  it  also 
operative  in  the  religious  societies,  where  an  indestructible  bond 
holds  the  members  together  upon,  a  basis  other  than  that  of  blood 
relationship.  The  same  influence  has  been  found  at  work  in  the 
association  of  certain  clans  for  a  common  worship,  the  tie  of 
their  association  being  a  supposed  relationship  of  their  separate 
totems  to  Thunder,  the  object  of  their  worship.  We  note  also 
that  the  authority  of  Thunder  was  still  further  extended  so  as  to 
embrace  the  entire  tribe,  inasmuch  as  every  man  was  brought 
under  its  control  through  the  rites  and  ceremonies  connected  with 
war.  Furthermore,  we  discern  that  out  of  the  ancient  ceremonies 
connected  with  Thunder,  wherein  primarily  the  cedar  tree  was  the 
mythical  abode  of  the  mystical  Thunder  Beings,  and  later,  the 
cedar  Pole  stood  as  emblematic  of  their  power  and  authority, 
were  evolved  the  ceremonies  that  made  use  of  the  old  symbols, 
but  clothed  them  with  ideas  born  of  newer  conditions. 

In  the  He-di  wa-chi  has  been  found  preserved  the  outline  of  one 
of  the  simplest  and  probably  oldest  ceremonies  instituted  to  draw 
the  people  together  and  unite  them  into  an  organized  body.     And 


ADDRESS    BY    ALICE    C.    FLETCHER.  209 

it  is  apparent  that  the  Sun-Dance,  the  Dah-pi-ke,  and  the  Omaha 
Sacred  Pole,  from  the  same  root,  kept  the  same  fundamental  aim 
in  view,  performing  their  ceremonies  about  the  same  central  ob- 
ject, the  tree  or  Pole,  selected  and  consecrated  by  the  all-powerful 
Thunder,  recognized  as  the  judge  and  rewarder  of  all  the  people. 
We  have  seen  the  Chiefs  summoned  to  the  He-di-wa-chi  by  a  tree 
stick,  sent  from  the  Keeper  of  the  ceremony,  each  Chief  in  turn 
sending  forth  the  men  of  his  gens  to  gather  each  man  sticks  for 
himself  and  family,  and  all  the  people  assembled  and  dancing 
about  the  Pole  by  gentes,  each  one  carrying  his  stick,  which  at  the 
end  of  the  ceremony  was  given  back  to  the  Pole.  A  simple  object 
lesson  :  to  teach  that  the  tribe  was,  like  the  tree,  animated  by  the 
supernatural  mysterious  power ;  and  that  the  Chiefs  were  its  strong 
limbs,  upon  which  the  smaller  branches  grew. 

In  the  Sacred  Pole  ceremonies,  the  constructive  idea  was  still 
further  developed,  until  not  only  unity  of  gentes  was  required,  but 
unity  of  authority  among  the  Chiefs  was  enforced.  This  unity, 
whether  as  demanded  in  the  enunciations  of  the  chiefs,  or,  as  neces- 
sary to  the  formation  of  the  tribe,  to  the  instituting  of  the  relig- 
ious societies,  or  to  the  development  of  the  clan,  depended  upon 
the  conception  of  Wa-kan-da,  as  manifested  iu  concrete  form 
through  the  medium  of  the  Vision.  The  ancient  thinkers  among 
the  Siouan  people,  in  the  long  centuries  of  an  unknown  past,  came 
gradually  to  realize  the  helpfulness  and  power  that  lay  in  social 
unity.  Out  of  this  realization  these  ceremonies  were  slowly 
evolved,  whei-ein  the  Pole,  bearing  the  topmost  branches  of  the 
living  tree,  stood  in  the  midst  of  the  assembled  people,  as  an  em- 
blem of  the  presence  and  authority  of  Thunder,  the  universally 
accepted  manifestation  of  Wa-kawda,  and  also,  in  its  life  and 
growth,  as  typical  of  tribal  unity  and  sti'ength. 


PAPERS  READ. 


Tuesday,  August  25. 
Topic  of  the  day  —  Archeology. 

Result  of  eecent  cave  exploration  in  the  Eastern  United  States.    By 
Henry  C.  Mercer,  Doylestown,  Pa. 

Symbolic  rocks  of  Byfield  and  Newbury,  Mass.  By  Rev.  Horace  C. 
Hovey,  Newburyport,  Mass. 

A  ceremonial  flint  implement  and  its  use  among  the  ancient  tribes  of 
Tennessee.    By  Gen.  Gates  P.  Thruston,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

An  analysis  of  the  decoration  upon  pottery  from  the  Mississippi 
Valley.    By  C.  C.  Willoughby,  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

Some  Indian  rock  and  body  painting  in  Southern  California.  By 
David  P.  Barrows,  Claremont,  Cal. 

Human  relics  from  the  Drift  of  Ohio.  By  Prof.  E.  W.  Claypole, 
Akron,  Ohio. 

Fresh  geological  evidence  of  glacial  man  at  Trenton,  New  Jersey. 
By  Prof.  G.  Frederick  Wright,  Oberlin,  Ohio.  (Published  in  the  .Ameri- 
can Naturalist.) 

Recent  Explorations  in  Honduras  by  the  Peabody  Museum.  By  Prof. 
F.  W.  Putnam,  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (Published  in  Me- 
moirs of  the  Peabody  Museum.) 

Brief  description  of  the  prehistoric  ruins  of  Tzac  Pokoma,  Guate- 
mala.    By  Hon.  John  Rice  Chandler,  Guatemala,  C.  A. 

The  ruins  of  the  temple  of  Tepoztlan.  By  Marshall  H.  Saville, 
Amer.  Mus.  of  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York  City.  (Published  in  Bulletin  of  Ameri- 
can Museum  of  Natural  History.) 

The  preservation  of  local  archeological  evidence.  By  Harlan  I. 
Smith,  Amer.  Museum  of  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York  City. 

Wednesday,  August  26. 

Topic  of  the  day  —  Ethnology. 

Clan  system  of  the  Pueblos.    By  F.  W.  Hodge. 

The  psychic  source  op  myths.  By  Dr.  Daniel  G.  Brinton,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 


212  SECTION   H. 

Onondago  games.     By  Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamp,  Baldwinsville,  N.  Y. 

KooTENAY  Indian  names  of  implements  and  instruments.     By  Dr.  A.  F. 
Chamberlain,  Clark  University,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Meaning  of  the  name  Manhattan.  By  Wm.  Wallace  Tooker,  Sag 
Harbor,  N.  Y. 

Kootenay  Indian  place  names.  By  Dr.  A.  F.  Chamberlain,  Clark  Univer- 
sity, Worcester,  Mass. 

Indian  wampum  records.     By  Dr.  Horatio  Hale,  Clinton,  Ontario. 

Seri  stone  art.  By  Dr.  W.  J.  McGbe,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Washington, 
D.  C. 

The  beginning  of  zooculture.  By  Dr.  W.  J.  McGee,  Bureau  of  Ethnol- 
ogy, Washington,  D.  C. 

Certain  shamanistic  ceremonies  among  the  Ojibvfays.  By  Harlan  I. 
Smith,  Amer.  Museum  of  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York  City. 

Recent  discoveries  and  discussions  as  to  pygmy  races.  By  R.  G.  Hali- 
burton,  care  of  Cunard  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Mescal  plant  and  rite.  By  James  Mooney,  Bureau  of  Ethnology,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

Finland  vapor  baths.     By  H.  W.  Smith. 

Resolution  upon  the  appointment  of  a  committee  to  report  on  "  The 
ethnography  of  the  White  Race  in  the  United  States."  By  Dr. 
Daniel  G.  Brinton,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 


Thursday,  August  27. 

Topics  of  the  day  —  Somatology  and  Psychology. 

Anthropometry  of  the  Shoshone  Indians.     By  Dr.  Franz  Boas,  Amer. 
Museum  of  Nat.  Hist.,  New  York  City. 

Physical  and  mental  measurements  of  students  of  Columbia  Univer- 
sity.    By  Dr.  J.  McKeen  Cattell,  Columbia  University,  New  York  City. 

The  theological  development  of   one  child.     By  Fannie   D.  Bergen, 
Cambridge,  Mass. 

Notes  on  certain  beliefs  concerning  will  power  among  the  Siouan 
tribes.     By  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  Peabody  Museum,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
(This  paper  was  printed  for  private  distribution  by  the  author.) 

The  Papago  time  concept.     By  Dr.  W.  J.  McGee,  Bureau  of  Ethnology, 
Washington,  D.  C. 


ANTHROPOLOGY.  213 

Friday,  August  28. 

Topic  of  the  day  —  General  Anthropology. 

Character  and  food.    By  Rev.  George  V.  Reichel,  Brockport,  N.  Y. 

Aboriginal  occupation  of  New  York.    By  Rev.  W.  M.  Beauchamf,  Bald- 
winsvllle,  N.  Y. 

The  limitations  of  the  anthropologic  method.     By  Dr.  Franz  Boas, 
Amer.  Museum  of  Nat  Hist.,  New  York  City. 

Note.  —  The  arrangement  of  titles  in  this  Section  is  the  same  as  given  in  the 
Preliminary  Programme  of  the  Section.  Several  papers  were  read  out  of  the 
regular  order,  the  authors  not  being  present  when  the  papers  were  first  called. 

The  Section  adjourned  Friday  evening,  August  28, 


RESOLUTIONS   OF   SECTION   H. 

At  the  first  regular  session  of  the  Section  the  following  resolu- 
tion was  offered  by  W.  J.  McGee  on  behalf  of  the  Sectional 
Committee  :  — 

"  Whereas,  This  Section,  the  Association,  the  nation,  and  the 
scientific  world  have  sustained  an  immeasurable  loss  in  the  death 
of  JoRN  G.  BouRKE,  scicntist  and  soldier,  and 

"  Whereas,  The  loss  is  peculiarly  painful  in  the  Section  of  Anthro- 
polog3',  to  which  he  brought  honor,  long  as  a  working  member  and 
later  as  Secretar}^ ;  therefore, 

"  Resolved,  that  this  Section  here  assembled  join  in  an  expression 
of  grief  for  the  death,  and  of  reverence  for  the  memor}',  of  our  asso- 
ciate and  friend." 

A  memorial  of  Capt.  Bourke  by  his  friend  and  collaborator,  Dr. 
Washington  Matthews,  was  read  by  Dr.  Brinton  ;  and  remarks 
of  esteem  and  appreciation  for  the  work  and  character  of  Capt. 
Bourke  were  made  by  Prof.  Putnam,  Prof  Perkins,  and  Miss 
Fletcher. 

The  resolution  was  adopted  b}'  a  rising  vote. 


On  Wednesday,  August  26,  b}^  recommendation  of  the  Sectional 
Committee,  a  Committee  was  appointed  "For  the  purpose  of  ad- 
vancing an  acquaintance  with  the  objects  of  Section  H  among 
both  members  and  non-members."  The  members  of  this  Committee 
are :  J.  McKeen  Cattell,  D.  G.  Brinton,  and  Franz  Boas. 


The  following  resolution  was  presented  by  D.  G.  Brinton  :  — 
"  Whereas,  the  influence  which  the  environment  of  the   New 
World  has  exerted  upon  the  physical  and  mental  development  of 
the  White  Race  is  a  question  of  the  utmost  scientific  and  practical 
importance,  and 

(215) 


216  SECTION    H. 

"  Whereaii^  There  appears  to  be  no  governmental  or  scientific 
bureau  which  is  giving  the  subject  attention  at  the  present  time, 
therefore, 

"  Resolved^  That  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science  appoint  a  Committee  to  organize  an  Ethnographical  In- 
A'estigation  of  the  White  Race  in  the  United  States,  vs-ith  special 
reference  to  tlie  influence  exerted  ujDon  it  in  its  new  surroundings, 
said  Committee  to  report  annuall}-." 

This  resolution  was  adopted  b}'  the  Section,  and  passed  b}'  the 
Council,  and  the  following  Committee  was  appointed :  D.  G. 
Brinton,  J.  McKeen  Cattell,  W.  W.  Newell,  W.  J.  McGee, 
and  Franz  Boas. 


On  Thursda}',  the  following  resolution  was  presented  b}-  Mr. 
McGee  for  the  Sectional  Committee  :  — 

"  Whereas^  Horatio  Hale,  long  an  active  member  and  at  one 
time  a  Vice-President  of  this  Association,  has  made  contributions  to 
Ethnology  and  Philology  entitling  him  to  a  place  in  the  front  ranks 
of  American  Anthropologists,  and 

"  Whereas,  It  seems  fitting  that  Mr.  Hale's  long  and  arduous 
labors  in  behalf  of  science  should  be  recognized  by  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  ;  therefore, 

"  JResolved,  That  Section  H  recommend  to  the  Council  that  Mr. 
Hale  be  made  a  Life  Fellow  of  this  Association." 

This  was  adopted  b}-  the  Section,  and  passed  by  the  Council,  and 
Mr.  Hale  was  made  a  Life  Fellow. 


SECTION    I. 


SOCIAL  AND  ECONOMIC  SCIENCE. 


OFFICERS   OF  SECTION  I. 


Vice-President  and  Chairman  of  the  Section. 
William  R.  Lazenby,  Columbus,  Ohio. 

Secretary. 
EiCHARD  T.  CoLBURN,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Councillor. 
William  H.  Hale,  Brooklyn,  N.  T. 

Sectional  Committee. 

William  R.  Lazenby,  Columbus,  Ohio,  Vice-President. 

R.  T.  Colburn,  Elizabeth,  N.  J.,  Secretary. 

B.  E.  Feenow,  Washington,  D.  C,  Vice-President,  1895. 

William  R.  Lazenby,  Columbus,  Ohio,  Secretary,  1895. 

Charles  E.  West,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

William  H.  Hale,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

James  A.  Skilton,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Member  of  Nominating  Committee. 
James  A.  Skilton,  New  York,  'N.Y. 

Committee  to  Nominate  Officers  of  the  Section. 

Vice-President  and  Secretary  ;  and  S.  F.  Kneeland,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. ;  Charles 
P.  Hart,  Wyoming,  Ohio ;  Esther  Herman,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Press  Secretary. 
R.  T.  Colburn,  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 


ADDRESS 

BY 

VICE-PRESIDENT 

WILLIAM  R.  LAZENBY, 

CHAIKMAN   OF    SECTION  L 


HORTICULTURE  AND  HEALTH. 


I  SHOULD  be  lacking  in  ordinary  sensibility  did  I  not  appreciate 
the  compliment  of  being  elected  Vice-President  of  Section  I  of 
the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

To  be  called  to  this  office  in  an  association  that  has  for  years 
stood  for  the  scientific  thought  and  scientific  progress  of  this 
continent,  —  an  association  whose  list  of  officers  and  members  has 
contained  the  names  of  some  of  the  most  distinguished  men  and 
women  of  our  time,  —  an  association  whose  proceedings  are  an 
index  of  the  marvellous  advances  made  by  scientific  research 
during  the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  —  is  truly  an 
honor  that  any  man  or  woman  might  covet. 

Since  accepting  the  honor,  there  are  two  words  that  have 
appealed  to  me  with  equal  force  and  signal  persistency. 

These  words  are  responsibility  and  opportunity.  The  former  I 
have  tried  to  discharge  in  an  earnest  effort  to  secure  papers,  and 
arrange  an  equally  interesting  and  profitable  program  for  this 
sectional  meeting,  and  the  latter  I  try  to  meet  in  the  address 
which  follows. 

This  year  the  title  of  Section  I  is  changed,  and  its  scope  en- 
larged. It  is  no  longer  the  Section  of  Economic  Science  and 
Statistics,  but  the  Section  of  Social  and  Economic  Science. 

This  change  was  precipitated  by  a  series  of  resolutions  pre- 
sented before  the  Brooklyn  meeting  of  1894.  The  purport  of 
the  resolutions  was,  that  inasmuch  as  the  stated  object  no  less 

(219) 


220  SECTION   I. 

than  the  true  function  of  the  American  Association  is  to  promote 
the  advancement  of  all  science,  including  the  science  of  society, 
it  -was  in  duty  bound  to  aid  and  assist  all  desirable  reforms,  to  the 
end  that  the  progress  of  modern  society,  by  the  application  of 
scientific  principles  and  methods,  might  be  advanced,  and  its 
perpetuity  insured. 

At  the  same  meeting  an  amendment  to  the  Constitution  was 
proposed,  which  changed  the  name,  as  already  stated,  and  so 
enlarged  the  field  as  to  include  all  those  branches  of  knowledge 
which  deal  with  the  political,  commercial,  economic,  and  social 
life  of  mankind.  This  amendment  was  adopted  at  the  Spring- 
field meeting  of  last  year,  and  we  now  meet  for  the  first  time 
as  a  section  of  social  and  economic  science.  Permit  me  to  add, 
that,  in  my  judgment,  the  all-inclusive  term  "social  science" 
would  have  been  sufficient,  for  the  word  "  economic"  only  defines 
a  branch  of  the  larger  science  already  named. 

We  live  in  an  era  of  reforms.  At  first,  man  was  a  reformer  by 
primal  necessity.  He  transformed  or  reformed  nature  to  meet  his 
bodily  wants.     His  life  was  a  mere  struggle  for  existence. 

In  time  he  turned  his  eyes  inward,  and  studied  himself.  He 
first  diml}'^  saw  that  there  were  higher  ends  and  nobler  purposes 
than  mere  sensual  enjoyment.  He  slowly  learned  that  his  pas- 
sions and  appetites  were  created  to  serve  and  sustain,  not  to 
master  and  destroy. 

Then  turning  his  eyes  outward,  and  scanning  his  relation  to 
others,  he  found,  not  justice,  much  less  love  and  good  will,  but 
necessity  on  the  one  hand,  and  advantage  on  the  other,  controlled 
the  dealings  of  man  with  man.  He  met  no  recognition  of  the 
brotherhood  of  the  human  race.  But  progress  is  a  law  of  our 
being,  and  we  have  now  reached  a  point  where  ethical  laws  are 
being  applied  to  practical  life. 

To  this  end  are  the  various  special  reforms  of  this  day  and 
generation  mainly  directed.  There  are  reforms  in  church  and 
state  polity,  reforms  in  municipal  government,  educational 
reforms,  prison  reforms,  dress  reforms,  reforms  in  eating  and 
drinking,  and  numerous  other  special  reform  movements,  which 
challenge  our  attention. 

What  the  true,  genuine  reform  spirit  of  our  age  is  seeking  to 
establish  is  the  equality  of  human  rights;  an  equality  that  disre- 
gards all  disparities  of  race,  sex,  or  color,  of  strength,  kuowl- 


ADDRESS    BY    WILLIAM    R.    LAZENBY.  221 

edge,  or  creed;  an  equality  that  is  plainly  and  tersely  expressed 
in  the  Declaration  of  Independence:  — 

"  We  hold  these  truths  to  be  self-evident :  that  all  men  are  created  equal ; 
that  they  are  endowed  by  their  Creator  with  certain  unalienable  rights  ;  that 
among  these  are  life,  liberty,  and  the  pursuit  of  happiness." 

As  a  people  we  may  be  selfish,  short-sighted,  and  sinful,  yet 
there  is  a  strong  undercurrent  of  moral  obligation  to  live  for  the 
highest  good  of  humanity,  to  co-operate  with  that  "  power 
which  makes  for  righteousness." 

Through  all  the  folly  and  evils  of  our  time  there  comes  to 
every  discerning  ear  a  voice  which  speaks  to  us  in  no  uncertain 
tone.  Its  message  is  this :  teach  the  child  and  you  will  not  be 
obliged  to  hang  the  man;  find  the  vagrant  orphan  a  home,  and 
teach  him  a  useful  trade,  and  you  will  not  have  to  punish  him  as 
a  thief,  or  watch  him  as  a  criminal ;  furnish  work  to  all  who  need 
it,  and  there  will  be  few  to  support  as  tramps,  paupers,  and 
parasites ;  remove  temptation  from  the  path  of  the  weak,  and  you 
will  not  be  obliged  to  punish  them  for  having  stumbled  and 
fallen ;  it  is  better  to  counsel  than  to  condemn,  —  better  to  lift 
up  than  to  crush  down,  —  better  to  be  shielded  by  love  and  grat- 
itude than  to  be  protected  by  soldiers  and  police.  Thus  testifies 
the  moral  genius  of  our  age.  Let  us  try  to  understand  and 
heed  it. 

The  great,  all-embracing  reform  of  our  age  and  country,  one 
that  naturally  follows  the  banishment  of  human  chattelhood  from 
our  soil,  —  one  that  is  palpably  demanded  by  every  instinct  of 
justice  and  humanity, —  is  that  which  will  lift  the  industrial  classes 
from  the  plane  of  servility  to  one  of  self-respect,  self-guidance, 
and  independence.  Its  object  is  to  lift  the  laborer,  not  out  of 
labor,  but  out  of  ignorance,  inefficiency,  and  want.  This  great 
end  cannot  be  attained  at  once,  but  the  development  of  a  truer 
and  more  profound  social  and  economic  science  should  help  to 
pave  the  way. 

The  socialist  has  his  dream  of  an  ideal  world.  He  believes  it 
possible  to  have  a  social  and  industrial  order,  wherein  all  freely 
serve,  and  all  are  served  in  return ;  where  no  drones  or  sensualists 
can  abide;  where  education  is  as  free  and  common  as  air  and 
sunshine,  where  nothing  but  service  secures  approbation,  and 
nothing  but  merit  wins  esteem ;  where  mental  development  and 


222  SECTION    I. 

moral  culture  is  the  aim,  as  well  as  possible  attainment  of  all. 
Is  such  an  order  possible?     What  says  social  science? 

It  may  be  well  to  repeat  here  the  question  discussed  by  Vice- 
President  Fernow  at  the  last  meeting  of  this  Section. 

Have  we  a  social  and  economic  science?  Have  we  enough 
obsei*vations,  facts,  laws,  principles,  subservient  to  social  and 
economic  conditions,  —  so  well  arranged  and  classified  as  to 
warrant  the  use  of  the  term  science?  I  believe  we  have.  Let  me 
not  be  misunderstood.  I  am  not  a  teacher  of  such  science.  I 
rank  low  in  the  class  of  learners.  What  I  know  of  science  as 
applicable  to  society  and  economics  is  slight  indeed.  Yet  I  know 
there  is  such  a  science,  and  I  believe  that  each  succeeding  year 
enlarges,  improves,  and  perfects  it. 

If  some  of  the  recent  applications  of  this  science  appear  shallow 
and  seem  almost  to  partake  of  the  nature  of  quackery,  this  should 
not  bar  the  way  to  our  advance  to  the  acquisition  and  develop- 
ment of  a  true  social  and  economic  science,  which  shall  be 
neither  shallow  nor  empirical. 

In  this  spirit,  and  with  no  little  hesitation,  I  present  a  few 
thoughts  on  "Horticulture  and  Health." 

Ours  is  an  eminently  practical  age.  The  energy  of  our  people 
is  mainly  expended  in  the  production,  manufacture,  and  distribu- 
tion of  articles  that  nourish  the  body,  gratify  the  senses,  or'  in 
some  way  contribute  to  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  mankind. 

Mind  is  steadily  dominating  inatter,  and  this  extension  of  the 
sovereignty  of  man  over  the  material  forces  of  the  earth  we  call 
civilization. 

The  art  of  horticulture  consists  primarily  in  transforming 
by  means  of  cultivation,  crude  and  worthless  materials  into  sub- 
stances valuable  as  food  products,  or  useful  in  ministering  to 
our  love  of  the  beautiful.  This  raw  material  is  furnished  by  the 
soil,  and  such  substances  as  may  be  added  thereto,  together  with 
certain  elements  of  the  air. 

Etymologically  speaking,  horticulture  means  the  cultivation  of 
a  garden.  The  real  scope  of  this  definition  depends  upon  the 
meaning  of  the  word  garden.  According  to  philology,  this  word 
comes  directly  from  the  Anglo-Saxon  gyrdon.,  to  enclose.  It 
is  the  root  of  the  verb  to  gird,  meaning  to  encircle. 

Gardening  and  horticulture,  like  farming  and  agriculture,  are 
synonymous  terms.     We  should  remember,  however,  that  the  full 


ADDRESS    BY    WILLIAM    R.    LAZENBT.  223 

scope  of  the  meauiug  of  a  word  is  not  determined  by  its  deriva- 
tion. This  must  be  sought  in  its  general  use  and  common  appli- 
cation. By  this  standard  horticulture  readily  separates  itself  into 
four  great  divisions,  each  of  which  may  be  many  times  sub- 
divided. 

These  principal  divisions  are:  — 
I.    Pomology,  or  fruit  culture. 
II.    Olericulture,  or  vegetable  gardening. 

III.  Floriculture. 

IV.  Landscape-horticulture. 

The  first  two  of  the  above  divisions  belong  to  the  realm  of 
industrial  or  domestic  art.  The  third,  floriculture,  is  both  an 
industrial  and  a  fine  art.  While  the  last,  landscape-horticul- 
ture, lies  wholly  within  the  province  of  fine  art. 

Horticulture  is  more  than  a  mere  trade.  It  is  more  than  a 
productive  industry.  Its  successful  practice  is  based  upon  great 
laws  which  have  been  deduced  from  the  natural  and  physical 
sciences. 

Many  of  these  laws  may  be  arrested,  modified,  or  set  in  motion 
at  will. 

The  horticulturist,  as  he  learns  that  the  control  of  these  laws  is 
largely  in  his  own  hands,  becomes  an  enthusiastic  student  and 
investigator,  and  can  scarcely  fail  to  develop  a  love  for  rural 
life,  —  a  love  that  is  deep  and  abiding.  Horticulture  may  justly 
rank  as  a  science,  as  well  as  an  art.  Not  to  speak  of  the  science 
of  the  propagation  of  plants,  or  the  science  of  tillage,  the  great 
fundamental  principles  of  evolution  are  exemplified  in  horticul- 
ture as  nowhere  else.  Over  6,000  species  of  plants  are  cultivated 
by  the  horticulturist,  and  these  have  produced  almost  an  infinite 
number  of  distinct  forms.  ^ 

In  these  forms,  with  their  wonderful  and  intricate  variations, 
we  can  study  the  laws  of  genesis,  and  the  master  mind  of 
Bailey  and  others  are  rapidly  reducing  the  wealth  of  facts  found 
in  greenhouse,  garden,  aud  orchard  to  the  semblance  of  an 
orderly,  systematic,  and  progressive  science.  The  influence  of 
natural  and  artificial  selection,  the  effect  of  soil,  climate,  and 
moisture  upon  development,  the  transmission  of  acquired  char- 
acters, the  formation  of  new  species,  are  revealed  in  horticulture 
as  in  an  open  book.  Here  facts  take  the  place  of  conjecture,  and 
demonstration  is  substituted  for  theory. 


224  SECTION    I. 

In  discussing  the  relation  that  horticulture  bears  to  health,  not 
physical  health  alone,  but  intellectual  and  spiritual  health,  have 
been  considered.  In  like  manner,  the  products  of  horticulture, 
as  well  as  horticulture  as  a  vocation  or  recreation,  are  taken  into 
account.  First,  let  us  consider  the  effects  of  the  use  of  our 
common  garden  and  orchard  products,  as  a  part  of  an  every-day 
diet. 

There  is  a  great  deal  of  talk  about  health  and  diet  that  is 
equally  foolish  and  hurtful;  —  foolish  because  it  subserves  no 
good  end,  and  hurtful  because  it  tends  to  fortify  the  pernicious 
idea  that  our  bodies  are  in  such  wretched  condition  as  to  need 
constant  tinkering,  and  that  some  sort  of  self -medication  is  a 
positive  duty. 

Like  malaria,  this  affection  is  everywhere.  How  shall  it  be 
treated  ?  In  the  place  of  this  wide-spread  delusion  there  should 
be  an  inbuilt  conviction  that  there  are  certain  articles  known  as 
foods,  in  the  choice  of  which  and  in  the  quantity  used  each  one 
has  daily  opportunity  to  exercise  the  virtues  of  common  sense 
and  moderation.     But  foods  are  not  medicines. 

A  medicine  is  something  which  is  taken  into  the  body  to  pro- 
duce a  certain  specific  and  unusual  effect,  the  object  being  to 
counteract  some  injurious  tendency  or  abnormal  state.  If  taken 
when  not  needed,  its  effect  is  likely  to  be  directly  injurious.  In 
order  to  maintain  strength  and  vigor,  and  repair  waste,  the 
normally  healthy  body  craves  what  is  tvholesome,  not  what  is 
medicinal.  When  a  thing  has  real  medicinal  value,  it  is  almost 
certain  to  be  unwholesome  as  a  general  article  of  diet.  There 
is  an  old  tradition,  — even  now  quite  generally  believed,  although 
gradually  fading  away,  —  that  anything  that  affords  us  simple 
physical  pleasure  is  dangerous,  if  not  absolutely  sinful. 

So  when  one  eats  freely  of  fruits,  he  does  not  feel  justified  in 
simply  saying  he  does  so  because  he  finds  them  agreeable,  he 
likes  and  craves  them,  but  is  constrained  to  look  wise  and  sol- 
emnly observe  that  "  fruits  are  very  healthy."  Some  even  go  so 
far  as  the  German  prince,  and  have  for  each  bodily  ailment  a 
different  variety  of  fruit.  The  prince  said,  "  Whenever  I  meet 
with  any  misfortune  or  aflfliction,  and  am  disposed  to  give  way 
to  my  grief,  I  order  a  young  goose  nicely  roasted,  and  eat  as 
much  thereof  as  I  can:  I  always  find  that  I  rise  from  the  table 
far  less  unhappy."     Let  us  banish  the  idea  of  making  a  drug- 


ADDRESS    BY    "WILLIAM    R.    LAZKNBY.  225 

Store  of  our  fruit-gardens  and  orchards,  and  cease  looking  upon 
the  family  fruit-basket  as  a  sort  of  homceopathic  pill-box! 

"  Blessed  are  they  that  hunger  and  thirst,"  can  be  said  as  truly 
of  our  bodily  wants  as  of  our  spiritual  necessities:  not  blessed 
because  they  shall  be  medicated,  but  because  "  they  shall  be 
filled,"  —  filled  with  what  tastes  good,  with  what  gives  genuine 
and  lasting  pleasure. 

In  satisfying  our  hunger  for  fruit,  —  fruit  that  is  well  matured, 
juicy,  and  fine  flavored,  —  we  get  perhaps  the  highest  form  of 
palate  gratification  with  the  least  possible  digestive  effort. 

Our  ordinary  fruits  contain  the  following  substances  in  greater 
or  less  proportions :  — 

1.  A  large  percentage  of  water. 

2.  Sugar^  in  the  form  of  grape  and  fruit  sugar. 

3.  Free  oryanic  acids,  varying  slightly  according  to  the  kind 
of  fruit.  For  example,  the  predominating  acid  is  malic  in  the 
apple,  tartaric  in  the  grape,  citric  in  the  lemon. 

4.  Protein  or  albuminoids,  substances  containing  nitrogen, 
■which  resemble  the  white  of  eggs,  and  are  its  equivalent  in  food 
value. 

5.  Pertose,  the  sul)stance  which  gives  firmness  to  fruit,  and 
which  upon  boiling  yields  various  fruit  jellies. 

6.  Cellulose  or  verjetahle  fibre,  the  material  that  forms  the  cell 
walls,  and  which  is  found  in  all  parts  of  plants. 

7.  A  very  small  percentage  of  ash  or  mineral  salts. 

The  substances  named  above  are,  with  the  exception  of  cellu- 
lose, essential  constituents  of  a  perfect  diet.  The  percentages 
of  the  different  nutrients  are  so  small,  however,  that  most  of  our 
fruit  has  little  actual  food  value.  For  example,  the  nutrients 
contained  in  the  strawberry,  according  to  analyses  made  at  the 
Ohio  State  University,  are  as  follows :  — 

Carbohydrates 8.0  per  cent. 

Protein        3    "      " 

Fat 0    "      " 

It  has  been  estimated  that  the  minimum  daily  ration  of  nutri- 
ents for  a  man  of  average  weight,  performing  an  ordinary  day's 
work,  is :  — 

Carbohydrates 500  grams,  or  17.6  ounces. 

Protein 118      "       "4.2      " 

Fat 36       "        "2.0       " 

A.  A.  A.  S.,  VOL.   XLV.  15 


226  SECTION    I. 

A  simple  calculation  will  show  that  a  person  would  have  to 
consume  about  200  ounces,  or  13  pounds,  of  strawberries  daily 
in  order  to  obtain  the  proper  amount  of  carbohydrates  from  this 
source. 

In  order  to  secure  the  necessary  amount  of  protein  from  the 
same  source,  a  daily  consumption  of  1400  ounces,  or  88  pounds, 
of  strawberries  would  be  required. 

This  would  be  a  task  that  even  the  most  ardent  admirer  of  this 
fruit  could  scarcely  be  prevailed  upon  to  attempt.  Take  another 
illustration  from  the  vegetable,  rather  than  the  fruit  garden. 

The  nutrients  contained  in  the  tomato  are  as  follows:  — 

Carbohydrates 2.5  per  cent. 

Protein 8    " 

Fat 4    " 

Applying  the  same  calculation  as  before  will  show  that  one 
would  have  to  eat  500  ounces,  or  31.2  pounds,  of  tomatoes  each 
day  for  the  requisite  fat;  he  would  have  to  eat  525  ounces,  or 
32.8  pounds,  for  the  necessary  protein,  and  for  the  carbohydrates 
it  would  require  704.4  ounces,  or  about  44  pounds.  In  other 
words,  if  one  should  eat  44  pounds  of  tomatoes  every  day,  he 
would  consume  slightly  more  fat  and  protein  than  were  absolutely 
necessary  for  a  day's  supply,  and  just  about  the  right  amount  of 
carbohydrates. 

Tills  demonstrates  that,  however  valuable  strawberries  and 
tomatoes  may  be  as  a  part  of  an  every-day  diet,  they  cannot  be 
considered  as  foods.  Their  actual  nutrient  value  is  exceedingly 
low.  In  order  to  support  life  and  maintain  strength,  straw- 
berries and  tomatoes  must  be  eaten  in  connection  with  other 
substances  which  have  more  concentrated  nutrients.  Wherein 
does  their  dietetic  value  consist?  Let  us  briefly  consider.  The 
qualities  which  render  fruit  and  many  of  the  more  delicate  garden 
vegetables  wholesome,  and  cause  us  to  have  a  natural  appetite 
for  and  hence  to  enjoy  them,  are  their  acid  juiciness  and  flavor. 
The  juice  is  mainly  water,  but  it  comes  to  us  in  a  grateful  and 
refreshing  form.  The  flavor  is  due  in  part  to  the  organic  acids 
already  mentioned,  but  mainly  to  certain  volatile  oils  or  aromatic 
ethers.  It  is  to  these  latter  that  those  delicate  characteristic 
flavors  of  various  varieties  of  fruit  are  chiefl}'  due. 

Chemistr}^  and  ph3'siology  have  taught  us  that,  when  these 
"  fruity  acids,"  oils,   and  ethers   are  taken  into  the  body,   they 


ADDRESS    BY    WILLIAM    R.    LAZENBY.  227 

undergo  oxidation,  which  process  tends  to  lower  the  temperature 
of  the  blood,  or  at  least  to  modify  our  temperature  sensations, 
and  thus  correct,  or  allay,  any  slight  feverishness  that  may  exist. 
They  also  tend  to  keep  the  organs  of  secretion,  the  liver,  kid- 
neys, etc.,  in  a  healthy  condition.  We  are  justified,  therefore,  in 
saying  that  fruits  are  "  cooling,  aperient,  and  grateful."  In 
our  climate,  subject  as  we  are  to  rapid  changes  and  extremes 
of  temperature,  passing  abruptly,  as  we  often  do,  from  an  arctic 
winter  to  a  tropical  summer,  the  physical  system  is  naturally 
more  or  less  debilitated. 

In  this  condition  we  are  predisposed  to  malarial  troubles,  par- 
ticularly if  we  live  where  the  drainage  is  poor.  Fruits  and  acid 
vegetables  are  found  to  be  good  correctives  for  this  debilitated 
condition  of  the  system.  The  free  acids  of  fruits,  especially 
citric  and  malic  acids,  are  highly  antiseptic  bodies.  They  tend 
to  prevent  disease  germs  from  finding  a  lodgment  and  develop- 
ing in  the  body. 

The  full  beneficial  effects  of  these  acids  are  only  to  be  found  in 
mature  fruits.  Green,  unripe  fruits,  although  they  have  an 
abundant  supply  of  acids,  are  usually  injurious,  on  account  of 
their  indigestibility.  This  arises,  mainly,  from  the  coarse  and 
hard  condition  of  the  cellulose.  When  fruits  are  perfectly  devel- 
oped and  properly  matured  the  cellulose  is  soft  and  fine.  We 
know  that  unripe  fruit  is  not  wholesome.  It  digests  slowly, 
often  ferments  in  the  stomach,  and  is  the  cause  of  painful  dis- 
orders. It  is  unwise  to  take  into  our  stomachs  that  which  will 
ferment  and  decompose;  it  is  certainly  no  less  unwise  to  eat 
over-ripe  or  wilted  fruit,  in  which  these  destructive  changes  have 
already  begun.  The  question  is  often  asked  whether  such  or 
such  a  fruit  is  health]/,  even  when  the  question  has  no  special 
reference  to  the  condition  of  the  fruit  itself.  All  fruits  that  are 
eaten  ought  to  be  healthy.  That  is,  they  should  be  well  matured, 
sound,  and  free  from  disease.  As  a  rule,  such  "healthy  fruits" 
are  for  most  of  us  n-ho/esome,  although  they  are  neither  food  nor 
medicine. 

The  best  results  possible  from  the  dietetic  use  of  fruits  and 
vegetables  come  from  eating  those  that  are  fresh,  healthy,  and 
properly  matured,  and  which  have  been  produced  by  our  own 
skill  and  industry. 

I  am  dwelling  too  long  upon  the  relations  of  the  products  of 
horticulture  to  health. 


228  SECTION    I. 

Let  us  consider  how  horticulture  as  a  vocation  stands  related  to 
the  ph3'sical,  intellectual,  and  moral  well-being  of  mankind. 
In  order  to  maintain  physical  strength  and  vigor,  at  least  four 
things  are  needful.  These  are  pure  air,  nutritious  food,  unbroken 
sleep,  and  muscular  exercise. 

That  vocation  which  comes  the  nearest  to  supplying  these  requi- 
sites of  good  health  can  scarcely  be  other  than  a  desirable 
one.  Judged  by  this  standard,  horticulture  stands  at  the  very 
head  of  the  list.  Its  quiet,  its  segregation  from  strife  and  jealous 
rivalry,  its  unequalled  opportunities  for  nature  study,  make  it 
at  once  attractive  and  healthful.  Blessed  is  he  who  works  in 
greenhouse,  garden,  or  orchard.  As  a  rule,  his  day's  exertion 
ends  with  the  evening  twilight,  and  he  rises  each  morning  with 
his  physical  energies  renewed  for  fresh  activity.  To  him  is 
given  that  full  measure  of  health  only  vouchsafed  to  those  who 
spend  most  of  their  waking  hours  in  the  free,  pure  air,  and 
renovating  sunshine  of  the  open  country. 

Health  is  not  only  wealth,  but  happiness,  and  the  superior 
advantages  of  horticulture  as  a  healthful  vocation  cannot  be  too 
strongly  urged. 

Floriculture  and  small  fruit  culture  are  pre-eminently  adapted 
to  women.  There  are  few  indusrtries  where  fairer  returns  for 
capital  and  labor  expended  are  more  certain:  few  that  can  be  So 
well  begun  with  small  means,  and  still  remain  capable  of  indefi- 
nite extension.  Fine  fruits  and  flowers  are  in  universal  demand. 
They  are  the  necessities  of  the  rich  and  the  appreciated  luxuries 
of  the  poor. 

Our  densely  populated  commercial  centres,  our  thronged  and 
fashionable  summer  resorts,  are  rarely  if  ever  adequately  sup- 
plied with  them.  As  a  rule,  they  take  all  they  can  get,  and  then 
look  around  for  more.  You  might  double  the  largest  annual 
yield  of  good  berries,  or  fine  roses  or  carnations,  with  profit  to 
the  producers.  The  home  market  for  products  of  this  sort  is 
signally  elastic,  the  demand  ever  keeping  well  abreast  of  the 
supply. 

The  same  is  true  of  winter  forced  vegetables.  In  the  light  of 
a  personal  experience  of  over  twenty  years,  I  can  confidently 
affirm  that  the  vocation  of  horticulture,  when  wisely  and  ener- 
getically followed,  is  a  profitable  one.  I  believe  there  are  few 
pursuits  which  afford  as  bright  prospects,  or  as  full  an  assur- 
ance of  reward  for  intelligent  persistent  effort,  as  does  this. 


ADDRESS    BY    WILLIAM    R.    LAZENBV.  229 

Listen  to  a  few  facts.  The  vegetable  forcing-houses  belonging 
to  the  horticultural  department  of  the  Ohio  State  University 
have  an  aggregate  glass  area  of  a  little  less  than  4,000  square 
feet.  There  are  two  plain  structures  which  could  be  built  at  the 
present  time  for  about  $900  each.  The  total  bencli  space  in 
these  two  houses  is  a  trifle  more  than  one  twentieth  of  an  acre. 
During  the  past  five  years  the  annual  sales  from  these  forcing- 
houses  have  averaged  about  if  600. 

The  following  are  among  the  more  important  crops  commer- 
cially grown  the  past  3'ear,  and  the  receipts  of  each:  — 

Lettuce        .$406  10 

Radishes 52.25 

Beets        45.00 

Cucumbers       48.50 

Hyacintlis        59.25 

Total 611.10 

When  we  consider  that  these  forcing-houses  are  used  but  little 
more  than  one  half  of  the  year  the  result  attained  is  encouraging. 
It  should  be  stated  that  in  addition  to  the  above  crops  there  were 
grown  in  less  quantities,  and  chiefly  for  experimental  purposes, 
parsley,  peppers,  egg-plant,  cauliflower,  string-beans,  onions, 
and  a  few  other  vegetables,  including  mushrooms,  as  well  as  a 
somewhat  smaller  list  of  flowering  plants. 

The  cultivation  of  the  small  fruits  is  likewise  peculiarly  suit- 
able for  women.  It  is  a  business  for  both  old  and  young. 
Examples  are  not  wanting  to  show  signal  successes  attained  in 
strawberry',  currant,  and  gooseberry  culture,  by  women  as  well 
as  men,  when  begun  in  the  decline  of  life. 

Small  fruit  culture  is  an  industry  that  especially  commends 
itself  to  poor  women  who  are  struggling  to  support  their  chil- 
dren in  frugal  independence.  Almost  any  one  can  obtain  control 
of  a  cottage  with  a  half-acre,  more  or  less,  of  warm,  southward- 
sloping  land,  which  can  be  planted  with  early  vegetables  and 
small  fruits,  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  a  source  of  continuous  profit. 
If  a  small  forcing-house  can  be  added,  and  to  this  can  be 
accorded  that  constant  supervision  without  which  no  industry  is 
likely  to  prosper,  it  will  be  an  added  source  of  revenue.  In  this 
way  many  a  widow  could  find  a  healthful,  congenial  occupation, 
which  did  not  require  her  to  spend  her  days  away  from  home,  or 


230  SECTION    I. 

subject  her  to  the  caprices  of  a  selfish  or  thoughtless  employer. 
I  believe  there  is  no  other  occupation  in  which,  for  the  capital 
invested,  success  is  so  nearly  certain  as  in  horticulture.  Of 
every  one  hundred  men  who  embark  in  trade,  carefully  collected 
statistics  report  that  at  least  ninety  fail.  Why?  Mainly  because 
competition  is  so  sharp  and  traffic  so  enormously  overdone.  If 
one  hundred  men  endeavor  to  support  themselves  and  families  by 
merchandise  in  a  town  which  affords  adequate  business  for  only 
ten,  it  is  absolutely  certain  that  a  large  majority  must  fail,  no 
matter  how  able  their  management  or  how  economical  their  liv- 
ing. On  the  other  hand,  the  number  of  horticulturists  in 
almost  any  community  might  be  doubled  without  necessarily 
dooming  one  to  failure,  or  even  abridging  his  income.  If  one 
half  of  the  day  laborers  in  the  country  were  to  embark  in  horti- 
culture to-morrow,  I  do  not  believe  it  would  render  the  industry 
one  whit  less  profitable,  while  it  could  scarcely  fail  to  add  to  the 
health,  wealth,   and  comfort  of    all. 

I  shall  have  little  to  say  regarding  the  relation  of  horticulture 
to  intellectual  health.  Any  true  knowledge  of  the  art  or 
practice  must  be  based  upon  science. 

The  horticulturist  stands  face  to  face  with  problems  which 
require  for  their  solution  the  amplest  knowledge  of  nature's  law^, 
the  fullest  command  of  science,  and  the  best  efforts  of  the  human 
intellect.  In  this  art  study  and  mental  acquisition,  together 
with  a  habit  of  observation  and  reflection,  are  equally  essential 
and  serviceable.  However  it  may  be  with  others,  the  horticul- 
turist imperatively  needs  a  knowledge  of  the  character  and  con- 
stitution of  the  soil  he  tills,  and  the  plants  he  cultivates,  and  the 
laws  which  govern  their  relations  to  each  other. 

Geology,  chemistry,  and  botany  ai-e  the  sciences  which  unlock 
for  him  the  secrets  of  nature,  and  a  knowledge  of  these  is  among 
the  most  vitally  urgent  of  his  needs. 

Horticulture  is  an  intellectual  pui'suit,  and  in  its  practice  the 
strongest  minds  may  find  scope  for  profitable  employment.  The 
one  who  chooses  this  profession  must  keep  his  mind  open  and  his 
mental  faculties  alert  by  constant  observation  and  study.  Hor- 
ticulture is  esteemed  by  all,  because  every  useful  vocation  is 
respected  in  proportion  to  the  measure  of  intellect  it  requires  and 
rewards,  and  never  can  rise  above  this  level. 

The  relation  of  horticulture  to  moral  and  spiritual  health  de- 


ADDRESS    BY    AVILLIAM    R.    LAZENBY.  231 

serves  a  more  extended  consideration.  The  horticulturist  deals 
directly  with  nature,  and  finds  little  or  no  temptation  to  juggle  or 
stoop  to  trickery.  "  Whatsoever  a  man  soweth,  that  shall  he 
also  reap,"  is  immediately  and  palpably  true  in  his  case.  Nature 
never  has  been  and  never  can  be  cheated. 

The  horticulturist,  acting  as  a  horticulturist,  soon  comes  to 
realize  that  his  success  depends  upon  absolute  verity,  and  he  is 
not  likely  to  be  lured  from  the  straight  path  of  integrity  and 
righteousness.  When  he  goes  into  the  markets  and  becomes  a 
trader  he  is  subjected  to  the  same  temptations  as  others,  and  may 
be  enticed  into  some  of  the  many  devious  ways  of  rascality.  The 
whole  tendency  of  his  vocation,  however,  conduces  most  directly 
to  a  reverence  for  honest}^  and  truth.  It  is  likewise  conducive  to 
a  genuine  independence  and  thorough  manliness  of  character. 

The  horticulturist  is  not  obliged  to  swallow  any  creed,  support 
any  pai'ty,  or  defer  to  any  prejudice,  in  order  to  successfully 
follow  his  calling. 

He  may  be  a  democrat,  republican,  populist,  or  prohibitionist; 
a  gold-bug  or  a  silverite;  a  free-trader  or  a  protectionist;  Chris- 
tian or  infidel;  yet  his  fruit  and  flowers  will  sell  for  exactl}'  what 
they  are  worth.  Social  intolerance  of  adverse  opinions  is  never 
directed  toward  him. 

But  it  is  horticulture  as  a  fine  art  that  has  the  most  abiding 
influence.  Who  can  measure  the  effect  of  the  landscape-horticul- 
ture of  our  parks  and  public  grounds,  or  estimate  the  value  of 
the  external  adornment  of  the  home? 

Horticulture  is  nature's  best  interpreter,  and  through  this  art 
the  blinded  ej^es  may  be  opened,  the  dormant  aesthetic  powers 
awakened,  and  the  heart  inade  ready  for  a  just  appreciation  of  the 
beautiful.  It  is  well  to  bring  art  into  our  homes,  to  adorn  and 
decorate  them  with  painting  and  sculpture;  but  we  must  not 
forget  that  the  sense  of  beauty  must  be  cultivated  before  the 
treasures  of  art  can  be  made  our  own.  If  I  were  called  upon  to 
point  out  one  of  the  most  serious  weaknesses  in  our  modern 
system  of  education,  I  should  answer,  "  Its  failure  to  accustom 
the  eyes  of  childhood  and  youth  to  the  beautiful  in  nature." 
The  beo;inning  of  .all  true  education  should  be  a  love  of  nature, 
and  nature-study  ought  to  be  the  dominant  note  in  every  educa- 
tional system. 

What   a  wealth  of   beauty   there    is    in   tree   and   shrub    and 


232  SECTION    I. 

flower,  —  a  beauty  of  which  we  never  tire,  and  which  "  is  its  own 
excuse  for  being !  "  When  the  art  of  horticulture  arranges  trees 
and  shrubs,  flowers  and  lawn,  so  as  to  present  an  expressive 
picture  to  the  eye,  the  beauty  is  multiplied,  and  this  development 
of  the  beautiful  is  the  end  and  aim  of  all  landscape-horticulture. 

The  claims  of  horticulture  in  answering  our  spiritual  needs  are 
no  less  than  they  are  in  answering  our  phj^sical  necessities. 

In  the  first  and  most  essential  of  human  arts  we  are  beginning 
to  recognize  one  of  the  last  and  most  useful  of  human  sciences. 

Hoiv  and  where  and  ivhen  can  this  art  and  science  best  do  its 
appointed  work? 

It  is  a  part  of  my  social  creed  that  there  need  be,  and  should 
be,  no  paupers  who  are  not  infantile,  imbecile,  or  disabled. 
Yet  the  world  is  full  of  men  and  women  doing  nothing,  mainly 
because  they  don't  know  how  to  do  anything.  To  correct  this, 
youth  should  be  a  season  of  instruction  in  some  trade  or  useful 
art,  as  well  as  in  letters  and  various  sciences.  There  should  be 
a  blending  of  labor  with  study,  of  training  with  teaching,  so  as 
to  preserve  health  of  body  and  vigorous  activity  of  mind. 

The  pupil  or  student  should  be  enabled  to  nearly  or  quite  make 
his  way  through  high  school,  academy,  and  college,  and  go  forth 
qualified  to  face  adversity  and  maintain  a  healthful  independence. 
One  step  toward  the  accomplishment  of  this  desired  end  would  be 
the  introduction  into  our  country  schools  of  manual  training  in 
horticulture.  The  land  required  could  be  easily  secured,  and  the 
necessary  equipment  in  the  way  of  tools,  seeds,  etc.  would  not 
be  expensive. 

The  work  undertaken  in  these  training  schools  should  embrace 
the  cultivation  of  fruits,  vegetables,  flowers,  shrubs,  and  trees. 
In  connection  with  the  above  the  various  operations  of  propagat- 
ing plants  by  seeds,  cuttings,  budding,  grafting,  etc.,  should  be 
thoroughly  taught.  The  collection  and  planting  of  weeds,  the 
breeding  of  the  more  common  injurious  insects,  and  the  use  of 
remedies,  the  study  of  bees  and  useful  birds,  a  practical  ac- 
quaintance with  our  native  trees  and  shrubs,  and  other  similar 
subjects,  might  form  a  part  of  the  instruction  and  training. 

The  introduction  of  such  a  course  would  mean  an  impiovement 
of  our  schoolhouse  grounds,  and  the  adornment  of  these  would 
have  an  elevating  effect  upon  the  whole  community. 

If   we   have   beautiful    school    buildings,  with    beautiful    sur- 


ADDRESS    BY    WILLIAM    R.    LAZKNBY.  233 

roundings,  the  inference  is  almost  irresistible  that  we  shall  have 
teachers  and  pupils  of  greater  refinement.     To  develop  all  the 
faculties  of    body  and    mind   is  the  aim  of    modern    education 
Manual  training  in  horticulture  can  signally  aid  in  securing  this 
end. 

I  sincerely'  hope  that  the  obvious  advantages  of  forming  horti- 
cultural colonies  will  be  widely  and  rapidly  impi'oved.  It  would 
correct  the  unhealthy  congestion  of  our  towns  and  cities.  In  no 
other  way  can  so  many  be  provided  with  homes,  regular  employ- 
ment, and  good  living.  By  a  horticultural  colony  I  mean  the 
association  of  from  one  hundred  to  five  hundred  families,  in  the 
purchase  of  a  suitably  located  tract  of  land,  embracing  about  one 
acre  for  each  individual.  The  location,  which  should  be  reason- 
ably near  some  large  commercial  centre,  and  the  purchase  of  this 
land  should  be  intrusted  to  the  most  capable  and  honest  members 
of  the  association.  It  should  be  carefully  surveyed  and  divided 
into  a  few  small  lots,  centrally  located,  for  the  necessary  mechan- 
ics and  merchants,  but  mainlj'  into  areas  of  from  one  to  ten  acres 
for  horticulture.  Ample  reservations  of  the  best  sites  should 
be  made  for  a  schoolhouse,  town  hall,  and  public  park.  The 
streets  should  be  embowered  with  shade  trees,  and  every  owner 
of  a  lot  or  garden  should  be  encouraged  to  beautify  and  adorn  it. 

I  believe  such  a  co-operative  effort  would  secure  a  modest  but 
comfortable  home  for  any  family  that  could  contribute  from  $300 
to  $500.  If  the  contribution  ranged  from  $500  to  $1,000,  a 
proportionally  better  home  could  be  secured.  Some  of  the 
advantages  of  such  colonization  over  the  isolated  system  of 
taking  up  a  homestead  may  be  summarized  as  follows:  — 

First.  —  One  tenth  of  the  land  required  under  the  old  system 
would  be  found  abundant. 

SeconcJ.  —  It  could  be  far  better  selected  with  reference  to  mar- 
kets, and  more  suitable  allotments  for  fruits,  garden  vegetables, 
floriculture,  nursery,  etc.  could  be  made. 

Third.  —  Few  draught  animals  and  little  expensive  machinery 
would  be  required. 

And,  finally,  man's  social  and  gregarious  instincts  would  be 
satisfied. 

While  ignorance  and  miseducation  ruin  thousands,  I  believe 
that  poverty  resulting  from  involuntary  idleness  sends  more  men 
and  women  to  perdition  than  any  other  cause. 


234  SECTION    I. 

Horticulture  may  never  become  a  universal  panacea  for  desti- 
tution and  crime,  yet  I  have  a  joyful  trust  that  thousands  will  be 
awakened  by  it  to  a  larger  and  nobler  conception  of  the  true 
mission  of  labor,  and  by  its  practice,  along  the  path  of  simple, 
honest,  pei'sistent  work,  life  may  be  made  easier,  and  men  and 
women  healthier  and  happier. 


PAPERS  READ. 

Beginning  Tuesday,  August  25. 


The    monetary   standard.     By    Dr.   W.   H.    Hale,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.     (Pub- 

lislied  in  Bachelor  of  Arts.) 

Competition   of    the    sexes    and  its    results.      By   Lawrence    Irwell, 
Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Fashion,  a  study.     By  Prof.  S.  Edward  Warren,  Newton,  Mass. 

Citizenship,  its  privileges  and  duties.     By  Dr.  Stillman  F.  Kneeland, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

An  inheritance  for  the  waifs.     By  Dr.  C.  F.  Taylor,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

The    proposed   sociological   institution.     By   James   A.    Skilton,   New 
York,  N.  Y.     (Published  in  Journal  of  Sociologi/.) 

What  is  true  money  ?     By  Edward  Atkinson,  Boston,  Mass. 

The  value  of  the  social  settlement.      By  Aaron  B.  Keeler,  Buffalo. 
N.  Y. 

Human  reciprocity.  —  The  vanishing  neighborship.    By  Mary  J.  Eastman, 
Washinj^ton,  D.  C. 

Relics  of  ancient   (legal)  barbarism.     By  Dr.  Stillman   F.  Kneeland, 
Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

The  crime  against  labor.     By  Edward  Atkinson,  Boston,  Mass. 

Suicide  legislation.     By  Wm.  Lane  O'Neill,  LL.  D.,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Better  distribution  of  weather  forecasts.     By  J.  H.  Miller,  Cairo,  111. 

The  Section  adjourned  Wednesday,  August  26. 


EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 


REPORT   OF   THE   GENERAL   SECRETARY. 


General  Session,  Monday  Morning,  August  24. 

The  first  General  Session  of  tlie  Forty -fiftli  Meeting  of  tlie  American  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Advancement  of  Science  was  called  to  order  at  10  a.  m.,  Monday, 
August  24,  1896,  in  the  Chapel  of  the  High  School  Building,  BuflFalo,  N.  Y., 
by  tlie  retiring  President,  Edward  W.  Morlet,  who  introduced  President-elect 
Edward  D.  Cope  in  the  following  words:  — 

It  is  a  little  difficult  to  believe  that,  only  two  centuries  ago,  a  man  could 
master  all  of  tlie  exact  and  precise  knowledge  which  had  then  been  attained  by 
tiie  human  race.  But  it  is  only  two  hundred  years  since  Leibnitz  lived;  and 
it  was  said  of  Leibnitz  that  he  drove  all  the  sciences  abreast.  Science  has  now 
become  much  too  varied  and  extensive  for  any  similar  mastery  ;  we  must  be 
specialists,  each  familiar  with  some  chosen  fraction  of  science;  and,  for  most 
of  us,  the  fraction  is  a  small  one. 

Some  evils  may  come  from  this.  I  do  not  think  they  have  become  very  sen- 
sible within  our  Association.  Many  of  us  can,  at  least,  feel  an  intelligent  and 
cordial  sympathy  with  the  aims  of  those  sections  which  are  the  most  remote 
from  our  own.  Within  a  somewhat  narrower  range,  we  can  also  comprehend 
the  problems  and  results  of  others  ;  and  within  the  smaller  circle  which  touches 
our  own,  we  can  even  understand  methods,  as  well  as  results  and  objects. 

But  when  a  chemist  has  to  introduce,  as  his  successor  in  office,  a  student  of 
paleontology,  he  can  speak  with  no  critical  fulness  of  knowledge.  His  words 
must  be  few  and  general. 

It  is  no  small  matter  that  our  President-elect  is  well  known  to  us  as  an 
accomplished  editor  and  a  skilful  writer.  But  his  principal  work  has  been  more 
important  than  this.  He  has  adorned  and  enriched  the  sciences  of  Comparative 
Anatomy,  of  Osteology,  and  of  Paleontology  with  many  and  important  addi- 
tions. I  may  allude  to  tiie  new  light  which  he  has  thrown  on  the  origin  of  the 
vertebrate  structure.  It  is  the  high  and  well  established  reputation  which  such 
labors  have  conferred  on  him  which  has  commanded  our  suffrages  for  the  office 
which  he  now  accepts. 

Professor  Edward  D.  Cope,  it  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  yield  to  you  the 
chair  of  the  President  of  this  Association. 

President  Cope  then  took  the  chair,  and  called  upon  Bishop  Charles  H. 
Fowler,  D.  1).,  of  tiie  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  to  pronounce  the  invocation. 

(237) 


238  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

After  the  invocation  President  Cope  introduced  His  Honor,  Mayor  Edgar  B. 
Jewett,  Chairman  of  the  Local  Committee,  who  welcomed  the  Associa- 
tion to  Buffalo  in  these  words:  — 

Mr.  Chairman'   and  Members   of   the   American    Association   for  the 
Advancement  of  Science, — 

In  the  name  of  the  people  of  Buffalo  I  extend  to  you  a  sincere  and  hearty 
welcome. 

We  are  mindful  of  the  distinguished  honor  you  have  done  us  by  choosing 
Buffalo  for  the  fourth  time  as  the  place  for  holding  the  Convention,  and  hope 
that  you  will  have  no  cause  to  regret  your  choice. 

It  is  a  pleasure  to  us  to  entertain  in  our  humble  way  men  who  have  dedicated 
their  lives,  as  you  have  done,  to  the  cause  of  science. 

I  hope  this  session  will  be  full  of  profit  to  you  all ;  that  you  will  be  enriched 
in  knowledge  by  reason  of  having  attended  it. 

I  trust  that  the  cause  of  your  noble  professions  will  not  so  completely  absorb 
you  as  to  make  you  indifferent  to  the  many  and  varied  charms  of  the  city  of 
Buffalo  at  this  season  of  the  year. 

If  you  will  look  about  during  your  stay  with  us,  you  will  find  that  Buffalo  is 
a  large  and  busy  city.  Her  citizens  are  quiet,  thrifty,  industrious,  law-abiding, 
and  liberty-loving.  They  are  conservative  in  business  affairs,  but  open-hearted 
and  most  hospitably  inclined  toward  tlie  strangers  who  are  within  our  gates. 
It  is  a  city  of  individual  homes,  and  not  of  tenements.  It  is  a  city  of  comfort, 
and  not  of  show,  of  sincerity,  and  not  of  sham  ;  of  neatness,  cleanliness,  sobriety, 
and  health.  Our  doors  are  open  wide  to  you,  and  we  hope  that  you  will  see  as 
much  as  possible  of  our  city  during  your  stay. 

Should  you  desire  to  know  the  cause  of  tiie  stability,  contentment,  and  con- 
servatism of  our  people,  I  would  refer  you  to  the  resident  districts  with  their 
miles  and  miles  of  individual  homes,  more  of  them  than  any  other  city  in  the 
country  can  boast. 

Again  I  extend  to  you,  most  cordially,  the  freedom  of  the  citj',  hoping  you 
will  be  pleased  with  our  humble  efforts  to  entertain  you,  that  you  will  carry 
away  pleasant  memories  of  your  visit  to  Buffalo,  and  a  desire  to  come  again  at 
some  future  time.  • 

President  Cope  then  introduced  Dr.  Roswell  Park,  President  of  the  Buf- 
falo Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  who  gave  the  following  address  of  welcome  :  — 

The  members  of  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences  have  done  me  the 
great  honor  to  make  me  their  spokesman  upon  this  occasion  in  extending  to  you 
their  most  cordial  welcome  to  our  fair  city.  How  fair,  how  pleasant  it  is,  you 
may  better  realize  when  I  remind  you  that,  with  more  than  one  third  of  a  million 
of  inhabitants,  we  liad  during  the  recent  hot  season  only  two  deaths  from  heat 
prostration,  wliile  New  York  City  had  during  the  same  time  about  seven  hundred. 
But  though  we  had  the  lowest  mean  temperature  of  any  city  in  the  country  dur- 
ing the  heated  term,  we  nevertheless  hope  to  show  you  that  our  welcome  is  not 
gauged  by  the  thermometer,  nor  our  hospitality  regulated  by  isothermal  lines. 
As  citizens  we  are  proud  of  our  city,  and  it  is  not  our  smallest  boast,  by  any 
means,  that  you  meet  here  now  for  the  fourth  time.  We  would  ask  those  who 
have  been  here  before  to  compare  our  present  with  our  past,  and  see  with  what 


REPORT  OF  THK  GENERAL  SECRETARY.  239 

rapid  strides  we  are  becoming  one  of  the  largest  and  most  prosperous  cities  of 
the  continent. 

It  would  surprise  you  if  I  told  you  all  our  commercial  prosperity.  Let  it  not 
provoke  a  smile  when  I  say  that  more  tonnage  enters  and  leaves  our  harbor  than 
any  otlier  harbor  in  the  world,  save  Liverpool.  Li  fact,  it  is  nearly  as  large  as 
that  of  the  whole  Atlantic  coast. 

With  such  commercial  prosperity,  you  might  naturally  expect  to  find  here 
great  institutions  of  learning.  Such,  indeed,  we  have,  but  perhaps  tliey  are  less 
conspicuous  in  a  city  where  business  interests  dominate  as  they  do  with  us. 

Among  our  prominent  educational  influences  we  include,  and  modestly  men- 
tion, first,  our  own  Society.  This  was  chartered  in  1863,  three  years  before 
your  first  meeting  in  this  city.  Our  first  President  was  Judge  Clinton,  whose 
name  stands  high  on  the  honor  roll  of  New  York  State.  You  see  while  your 
Association  was  resting  during  the  period  of  civil  strife,  from  1860  to  1866,  and 
holding  no  meetings,  our  Society  was  born. 

Not  the  least  of  our  pleasant  recollections  in  seeing  you  now  is  the  remem- 
brance that  after  the  period  of  your  inactivity  was  over,  your  first  meeting  was 
held  in  Buffalo,  and  that  79  men  met  here  in  1866  and  practically  reorganized 
your  Association.  We  have  not  forgotten  that  at  that  meeting  Prof.  Barxard 
presided,  that  in  1876  Prof.  Rogers  was  in  the  chair,  and  that  in  1886  Prof . 
Morse  was  President.  Nor  are  we  likely  soon  to  forget  Prof.  Cope,  who  now 
adorns  the  position.  I  know  well  that  of  the  early  Presidents  Prof.  Ja.mes 
Hall  alone  survives,  —  he  of  whom  our  State  is  also  and  justly  proud.  By  a 
coincidence  of  no  import  whatever,  and  probably  of  interest  only  to  myself,  it 
happens  that  my  father  of  the  same  name  was,  in  1848,  one  of  the  founders 
of  your  Association,  his  name  appearing  as  such  in  the  first  volume  of  your 
Proceedings.  You  can  imagine  then  that  it  gives  his  son  a  peculiar  pleasure  to 
extend  to  j'ou  this  welcome. 

Our  own  avowed  object  is  tlie  promotion  and  study  of  tiie  natural  sciences 
througii  the  formation  of  a  museum  and  library,  the  procurement  of  lecturers, 
etc.  Working,  as  we  must,  with  practically  no  endowment  nor  revenue,  we  are 
not  ashamed  of  the  size  of  the  collection  both  of  books  and  specimens,  with 
which  our  somewhat  ample  rooms  are  well  filled,  —  to  which  rooms  we  cordially 
invite  you  at  all  times,  and  particularly  after  tiie  formal  exercises  of  this  even- 
ing, when  they  will  be  open  for  an  informal  reception  to  your  officers  and  mem- 
bers by  the  citizens  of  Buffalo. 

The  specimens  in  our  cases  number  some  27,000 ;  our  working  library  con- 
sists of  3,500  volumes.  In  our  museum,  the  collections  of  which  we  are  partic- 
ularly proud  are  those  of  American  Bison,  nothing  equal  to  it  being  in  existence  ; 
our  collection  of  local  fossils ;  of  eggs ;  Judge  Clinton's  large  lierbarium  ;  tiie 
Wadsworth  collection  of  minerals,  valued  at  §30,000,  which  is  unrivalled  in 
some  respects;  and  the  Riggs  collection  of  Mound  Builders'  pottery. 

We  really  have  been  a  large  influence  in  our  community.  Last  year  our 
rooms  were  visited  by  some  30,000  people.  Tiie  school  children  of  the  city  and 
their  teachers  have  always  been  particularly  welcome.  Our  meetings  are  held 
regularly  during  the  active  seasons,  and  lectures  have  been  given  under  our 
auspices  by  many  eminent  men  ;  and  so  it  happens  that,  though  few  scientific 
societies  in  the  country  have  had  more  uphill  work,  we  are  yet  proud  of  what 
we  have  accomplished  with  our  means. 


240  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

Buffalo  is  a  great  convention  city.  Its  all  around  activity  has  brought  here 
this  summer  all  sorts  and  conditions  of  organizations.  Even  the  politicians  in- 
fest it.  To  this  fact  it  is  due  that  city  aid  has  been  denied  us  in  doing  all  that 
we  wished  to  do  for  your  pleasure  and  entertainment.  We  Iiave  had  to  depend 
solely  upon  our  good  friends,  who  have  not  disappointed  us,  and  we  are  able  to 
beguile  a  number  of  your  leisure  hours.  It  is  our  particular  hope  that  j'ou 
ma}'  visit  Niagara  Falls  with  us  at  the  conclusion  of  the  meeting,  in  order  that 
you  may  see  what  man  has  done  in  harnessing  nature,  and  enjoy  the  river  trip, 
which  is  not  surpassed  by  any  excursion  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  either  for 
study  of  nature's  scenic  effects  or  the  marvels  of  man's  ingenuity.  The  power 
works  and  the  carborundum  manufactory  will  there  be  open  for  your  inspection, 
with  perhaps  other  recent  enterprises.  But  before  you  go  there  we  want  you 
to  visit  certain  of  our  home  institutions.  Our  water  works  are  well  worth  a 
trip  that  you  may  see  how  the  problem  of  supplying  a  large  city  with  an  abun- 
dance of  pure  water  is  beautifully  and  simply  solved.  The  Buffalo  Library 
building,  in  which  is  to  be  found  our  own  home,  contains  a  large  public  library, 
maintained  without  city  aid  and  watched  over  by  a  talented  librarian,  Mr. 
Larned,  whom  we  always  delight  to  honor.  On  the  upper  floor  of  the  same 
building  the  Historical  Society  has  its  quarters,  where  you  may  find  many  in- 
teresting relics  of  flie  days  when  different  races  and  nations  contested  bitterly 
for  possession  of  what  is  now  our  frontier.  Indeed,  were  this  the  place  and 
time  to  go  into  local  history  much  might  be  told  you,  only  a  portion  of  which 
has  been  related  in  story  or  sung  in  verse. 

A  little  farther  up  town  j'ou  will  find  the  Grosvenor  Library,  a  large  reference 
library,  housed  in  its  new  quarters,  which  are  admirable  of  their  kind.  To  the 
medical  contingent  of  3'our  Association,  which  lias  always  afforded  tempting 
company  for  medical  men,  the  University  of  Buffalo,  which  has  just  celebrated 
its  semi-centennial,  offers  a  fine  museum,  a  large  library,  and  a  peculiarly  at- 
tractive building  for  its  medical  school,  which  you  are  also  invited  to  inspect. 
When  last  you  met  here,  by  the  way,-  our  University  was  solely  a  medical 
school.  Now  it  has  five  professional  schools  and  700  students,  another  evi- 
dence of  our  scientific  growth.  The  Niagara  University  also  maintains  here 
a  medical  department,  the  two  universities  for  the  present  completing  and 
rounding  out  our  list  of  technical  educational  institutions. 

Aside  from  tiiese  matters,  there  are  connected  with  our  home  society  a  num- 
ber of  smaller  affiliated  clubs,  each  devoted  to  some  particular  form  of  nature 
study.  It  will  be  their  pleasure  to  render  such  attention  to  those  of  your  mem- 
bers who  are  similarly  interested  as  time  and  weather  may  permit  in  the  way 
of  excursions  to  some  of  the  many  points  of  interest  in  the  neighborhood. 

I  am  further  authorized  by  special  vote  of  its  directors  to  extend  to  the  regis- 
tered members  of  the  Association  the  hospitality  of  the  Buffalo  Club  during 
the  week  of  this  meeting.  Cards  of  invitation  are  in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary, 
and  will  be  issued  to  every  one  who  registers. 

It  has  been  stated,  and  most  justly,  that  associated  action  is  the  mainspring  of 
progress  and  advancement,  both  in  science  and  in  commercial  enterprise.  No 
more  conspicuous  illustration  of  the  truth  of  this  assertion  can  be  met  with  than 
this  society  can  furnish.  Recognized  at  home  as  the  leading  organization  of  the 
continent,  and  abroad  as  the  peer  of  any  foreign  society,  you  have  done  in  the 


REPORT  OF  THE  GENERAL  SECRETARY.  241 

past,  as  you  will  continue  to  do  in  the  future,  most  noble  and  conspicuous 
good.  I  can  only  conclude  these  heartfelt  and  inadequate  remarks  by  wishing 
you  as  successful  a  meeting  this  year  as  you  have  had  iu  tlie  past,  and  in  assur- 
ing you  that  Buffalo's  citizens  take  pride  in  welcoming  you  here,  and  in  ex- 
tending you  every  hospitalitj'.  We  particularly  hope,  too,  that  in  1906  we  may 
have  the  great  pleasure  of  greeting  you  here  again. 

In  reply  to  the  addresses  of  welcome,  Priesident  Cope  said  :  — 

Mr.  Matoe,  Ladies  axd  Gentlemen  of  the  Local  Committee,  and 
Citizens  of  Buffalo, — 

I  utter  the  sentiments  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of 
Science  in  expressing  our  pleasure  at  being  once  again  in  your  beautiful  city. 
We  feel  at  home  here,  as  we  know  tliat  we  are  among  friends  who  imderstand 
our  motives  and  our  objects.  But,  inasmuch  as  we  represent  the  entire  nation, 
I  will  give  a  brief  outline  of  the  objects  of  the  Association  and  the  aims  which 
it  has  in  view.  Our  principal  occupation  is  that  of  original  scientific  research, 
although  many  of  us  are  of  necessity  teachers  of  scientific  knowledge.  The 
primary  object  of  the  Association  is,  however,  not  teaching  only,  but  the  ad- 
vancement of  science  by  the  increase  of  knowledge.  We  seek  to  penetrate  the 
unknown  and  to  build  up  a  system  bj'  which  we  may  understand  with  certainty 
tlie  mutual  relations  of  the  various  parts  of  the  universe,  including  ourselves. 
Although  many  facts  are  known  and  some  laws  have  been  discovered,  more 
facts  remain  unknown  and  we  have  not  yet  ascertained  many  of  the  highest 
principles  of  nature.  Original  research  furnishes  the  material  for  teaching  and 
the  matter  which  is  contained  in  books.  Much  money  is  devoted  in  this  country 
to  the  building  of  libraries  and  of  schools,  but  not  much  is  given  for  the  pur- 
pose of  supplying  the  knowledge  which  is  to  be  taught  in  the  schools  and  from 
which  books  are  made. 

The  motives  of  tlie  original  investigator  vary  with  his  3'ears,  but  the  taste  for 
research  is  generally  developed  early  in  life.  In  some  it  is  a  love  of  the  beauti- 
ful, whether  it  be  the  beauty  of  a  perfect  mechanism  or  the  beauty  of  form  that 
attracts  him.  In  some,  it  is  the  desii-e  to  know,  and  in  others  it  is  a  high  inter- 
est in  the  problem  of  human  origin  and  destiny.  In  many  it  is  the  same  feeling 
which  prompts  the  adventurous  explorer  to  enter  a  new  region,  not  knowing 
wliat  he  will  find,  but  believing  tliat  whatever  is,  is  right. 

The  services  rendered  by  science  are  twofold.  They  have  a  value  either 
material  in  their  character  or  utilitarian,  or  they  have  a  mental  value,  inas- 
much as  knowledge  serves  to  clear  the  mind  of  fears  and  doubts  and  so  to 
promote  human  happiness.  The  true  man  of  science  is  not  influenced  by  utilita- 
rian considerations,  but  he  pursues  the  truth  wherever  it  may  lead,  knowing  bj' 
experience  that  its  benefits  are  many  and  sometimes  unexpected.  Another 
benefit  which  the  cultivation  of  science  promotes  is  the  formation  of  correct 
habits  of  thought.  The  rational  faculty  of  mind  is  of  very  ancient  origin,  and 
developed  early  in  the  history  of  man.  But  its  use  in  the  early  stages  of  human 
development  has  been  largely  n  jn-ion,  that  is,  in  advance  of  knowledge,  rather 
than  as  a  digester  of  knowledge  after  its  acquisition.  In  other  words,  the  scien- 
tific method  consists  not  in  the  use  of  abstract  reason,  but  in  a  reasonable  use 
of  the  results  of  observation  and  experiment.  This  is  the  lesson  which  the 
A.  A.  A.  S.  VOL.  XLV.  16 


242  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

liistory  of  science  teaches  mankind,  that,  if  we  wish  to  know  the  actual  state  of 
affairs,  our  course  is  first  to  observe  the  facts,  and  then  to  draw  our  inference 
from  them,  and  not  to  describe  tlie  universe  from  our  inner  consciousness  as  we 
think  it  ought  to  be.  All  the  results  attiiined  by  science  have  been  due  to  ad- 
herence to  this  method.  However,  it  is  not  forbidden  to  entertain  lijpotheses 
before  discover}-,  if  such  hypotlieses  are  not  valued  for  more  than  they  are 
worth.  Another  service  which  we  imagine  tliat  science  renders  to  the  com- 
munity is  the  example  which  it  offers  of  the  reward  of  labor.  The  scientific 
man  loves  to  work,  not  only  for  the  sake  of  acquisition,  but  also  because  of  the 
pleasure  there  is  in  work  as  an  activity  of  tlie  human  organism.  By  it  we 
learn  that  by  work  only  can  great  results  be  accomplisiied,  and  the  law  of  con- 
servation and  correlation  of  energy  teaches  that  something  cannot  be  made  out 
of  nothing. 

In  our  educational  function  we  hope  by  example  to  show  that  the  mental 
life  is  as  worth  living  and  affords  as  much  pleasure  as  the  physical  life.  This 
is  a  lesson  on  which  it  is  necessary  to  continually  insist,  and  since  mankind  is 
constantly  prone  to  imagine  that  mental  activity  and  tiiought  are  uninteresting 
or  painful,  in  spite  of  tlie  fact  that  they  afford  pleasure  of  a  iiigli  class  and  one 
conservative  of  tlie  entire  organism. 

Second.  We  wish  to  emphasize  the  desirability  of  free  tiiought  on  all  sub- 
jects whatsoever,  with  the  necessary  condition  that  thought  sliall  be  careful  and 
judicial.  Tiiought  so  applied  to  our  practical  affairs  must  be  in  the  highest 
degree  beneficial  in  every  direction,  both  personal  and  national.  We  expressly 
repudiate  two  common  types  of  thought.  One  of  these  attempts  to  prove  by 
reasoning,  if  not  by  reason,  a  contention  in  which  a  person  has  especial  interest. 
It  is  to  be  feared  that  this  habit  of  mind  is  too  common,  and  it  implies  a  lack  of 
honesty  of  purpose  which  is  entirel^^  foreign  to  the  scientific  spirit.  The  other 
type  of  thinking  to  which  we  object  is  the  acceptance  of  allegations  concerning 
matters  of  fact  and  theory,  upon  insufficient  evidence,  or  iipon  authority  only. 
Both  of  tiiese  methods  lead  to  inaccurate  results,  and  from  both  the  scientific 
method  protects  us.  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say  that  the  future  of  science  will  be 
greater  than  its  past,  and  thai  it  affords  a  career  to  those  who  are  adapted  for 
it,  which  promises  a  high  degree  of  happiness  and  benefit.  I  believe  that  in 
this  country,  with  our  facilities  in  various  directions,  tiie  pursuit  of  science  will 
become  a  more  conspicuous  part  of  our  national  life  than  it  is  now,  and  I  am 
sure  that  nothing  is  more  desirable  for  our  national  life  than  that  this  should 
be  the  case.  In  the  cultivation  of  science  we  see  the  cultivation  of  honesty,  of 
industry,  and  of  trutii,  all  qualities  which  are  essential  to  the  prosperity  of  a 
people. 

Fellow  citizens  of  Buffalo,  we  thank  you  for  the  very  material  aid  which  you 
are  rendering  us  in  the  attempt  to  develop  this  enterprise. 

The  Permanent  Secretary  read  the  list  of  members  deceased  since  the 
last  meeting.  This  list  is  printed  in  full  in  another  part  of  the  volume,  and  in- 
cludes the  names  of  deceased  members  which  have  not  previously  been  entered 
on  the  printed  lists. 

During  the  past  year  the  Association  has  lost  three  of  its  founders  and  one  of 
its  past  Presidents. 


REPORT    OF    THE    GENERAL    SECRETARY.  243 

The  following  announcements  were  made  by  the  General  Secretary  . — 

1.  A  vacancy  exists  in  the  Vice-Presidency  for  Section  A,  by  reason  of  the 
absence  of  Prof.  Wm.  E.  Stoky,  owing  to  tlie  sickness  of  iiis  wife.  Nomination 
to  this  position  will  be  made  by  the  Council  at  the  General  Session  on  Tues- 
day. As  Vice-President  Story's  address  is  not  prepared,  the  announcement  for 
the  afternoon  should  be  cancelled. 

2.  Prof.  A.  C.  Gill,  Secretary  of  Section  E,  lias  resigned  on  account  of  his 
journey  to  Greenland. 

3.  The  death  of  Capt.JoiiN  G.  Bourke,  U.  S.  A.,  the  Secretary  of  Section  H, 
already  announced  by  the  Permanent  Secretary,  creates  a  vacancy  in  that 
office. 

4.  Sections  E  and  H  are  directed  by  the  Council  to  fill  the  vacancies  in  the 
Secretarysliip  of  each. 

5.  The  CocNCiL  directs  that  the  following  communications  be  read:  — 

Editorial  Rooms  of  The  Iron  Age,  New  York-,  April  16, 1896. 

American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass. 

Gentlemen,  —  At  the  request  of  Professor  A.  v.  Kerpelt,  I  take  pleasure  iu  forwarding  to  you 
the  enclosed  invitation  to  attend  the  Mining  and  Geological  Congress  at  Budapest. 

Yours  truly, 

C.  KmCHHOF, 

Edi/or  The  Ikon  Age. 

(6.  Bulyovszky-utcza)  Budapest,  February  20, 1896. 
To  THE  Members  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  :  — 

The  Metropolitan  City  and  residence  of  the  King  of  Hungary  is  preparing  to  solemnize  this 
their  millennium  by  a  series  of  great  festivities. 

A  thousand  years  have  passed  since  our  country  has  sprung  into  existence  and  has  assured  its 
liberty  in  the  very  heart  of  Europe. 

After  many  hard  struggles  which  often  threatened  our  total  annihilation,  we  have  firmly  held 
our  ground,  and  are  now  going  to  extend,  in  an  intellectual  and  ethical  point  of  view,  the  construc- 
tion of  our  public  life. 

We  mountaineers  and  geologists  will  do  our  share  in  the  demonstration  Ijy  convoking  our 
colleagues  from  abroad  to  debate  with  them  on  subjects  of  mutual  scientific  interest. 

We  have  therefore  decided  to  hold,  on  the  25th  and  26th  of  September,  1896,  a  Mining  and  Geo- 
logical Congress  in  connection  with  the  Millennial  National  Exhibition,  and  we  hope  to  welcome 
all  those  of  our  friends  and  colleagues  who  may  choose  to  take  part  therein. 

We  presume  that  our  National  Exhibition  alone  will  afford  some  interest  to  those  not  fully 
acquainted  with  the  situation  of  our  country,  but  we  shall  feel  happy  if  our  invitation  will  also  re- 
sult in  inducing  the  participation  in  discussions. 

It  is  proposed  that  on  the  days  destined  for  the  meetings  of  this  Congress  the  rich  Exhibition 
of  Industry  and  Agriculture,  as  well  as  its  most  interesting  historical  features,  shall  be  visited 
under  professional  guidance. 

According  to  the  number  of  foreign  and  home  members,  discussions  will  be  opened  in  special 
sections,  for  which  reason  we  have  decided  to  constitute  the  following  sections:  («)  Geology, 
(6)  Coal-Mining,  (c)  Metal-Mining,  (d\  Preparation  of  Metal  Ores  in  a  wet  way,  (e)  Proceedings 
of  extracting  metal,  (./ )  Iron-ore  Mining  and  Metallurgy,  ((/)  Hock-salt  Mining,  (/O  Mintage, 
and  (i)  Mining  Legislation. 

Lectures  a.s  well  as  the  discussions  to  be  held  can  be  made  not  only  in  Hungarian,  but  also  in 
German,  French,  and  English. 

Notices  of  lectures  to  be  given  at  latest  until  the  1st  of  April  «.  c,  and  rough  copies  of  the  same 
to  be  sent  to  the  undersigned  Committee,  the  latest  until  the  Ist  of  July  a.  c,  in  order  to  give  time 
to  have  them  translated  into  other  languages  and  to  have  them  put  into  print. 


244  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

After  the  closing  of  the  Congress,  excursions  of  two  to  three  days'  duration  will  be  made  into 
some  of  our  most  important  coiil  mines,  iron  works,  and  interesting  gold  districts. 

In  the  name  of  tlie  Executive  Committee,  I  have  the  honour  of  inviting  you  to  partalie  in  our 
Congress,  and  hope  you  will  be  largely  represented  by  members  who,  by  lectures  and  arguments  on 
questions  of  national  economical  importance,  will  enliven  our  discussions  and  add  to  the  success 
of  this  Congress. 

Finally,  I  beg  to  observe  that  notice  of  participation  can  be  registered  at  ray  office  (Budapest  VII. 
Bulyovszky-utcza  6)  until  the  1st  of  July  a.  c. ,  and  that  our  Committee  will  also  undertake  to  pro- 
vide suitable  lodgings  for  the  members  if  required  to  do  so. 

We  are,  with  great  respect, 

Truly  yours, 

A.  V.  Kerpelt, 
President,  Executive  Committee. 

The  Buffalo  Library,  Buffalo,  N.  T.,Matj  18, 1896. 
Peof.  F.  W.  Potxam, 

Secret.uit  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Salem,  Mass.:  — 
Di-AR  Sir,  — 

Agreeably  to  a  resolution  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Managers  of  the  Buffalo  Library.  I  beg  to 
extend  to  your  Association  the  privileges  of  the  Library  during  the  convention  to  be  held  in  this 
city  in  August  next. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Joseph  L.  Hunricker, 

Corresponding  Secretary. 

6.  Bliss  Bros.,  photographers,  request  the  members  of 'the  Association  to  as- 
semble on  tlie  steps  at  tlie  northwest  corner  of  tlie  High  School  on  Tuesday, 
August  25,  at  12  :  15  p.  m. 

7.  The  Council  recommends  that  daily  sessions  be  held  from  10  to  12  a.m., 
and  from  2  to  5  p.  m.,  on  Monday,  Tuesday,  Wednesday,  Thursday,  and  Friday. 

The  recommendation  was  unanimously  adopted. 

8.  Tlie  Council  has  arranged  for  the  following  lectures'  to  be  given  compli- 
mentary to  the  citizens  of  Buffalo  in  the  Chapel  of  the  High  School :  — 

Wednesday,  8  p.  m.     Dr.  J.  W.  Spencer  on  "  Niagara  as  a  Time  Piece." 
Thursday  evening,  8  p.m.     Mr.  Mercer  and  Ur.  Cope,  on  the  "  Results  of 

Cave  Explorations  in  the  United  States,  and  their  bearing  on  the  antiquity  of 

Man." 

9.  Tiie  Council  has  authorized  Sections  F  and  G  to  hold  a  joint  session  on 
Wednesdiiy  afternoon  at  2  o'clock. 

10.  The  Council  has  elected  seventy-one  new  Members  ;  also  tliree  Associate 
Members  for  the  present  meeting,  viz.  Victor  Gutzu,  of  Bucliarest,  Rou- 
mania  ;  Seiryu  Mine,  of  Tokyo,  Japan  ;  and  Miss  M.vry  Foster,  of  London. 

11.  The  Council  has  authorized  special  excursions  offered  to  Sections  E,  F, 
and  (i. 

A  resolution  offered  by  W.  PI.  Hale,  relative  to  the  semi-centennial  celebra- 
tion of  the  founding  of  tlie  Association,  was  referred  to  the  Council. 

After  announcements  by  the  Local  Secretary,  regarding  railroad  certificates, 
excursions,  and  receptions,  the  session  adjourned. 


REPORT  OF  THE  GENERAL  SECRETARY.  245 


Evening  Session,  Monday,  August  24. 

Tlic  Association  convened  in  tlie  Cliapel  of  tlie  High  Sclio"!  at  8  p.  m. 
President  Cope  in  tlie  tliair.  Tlie  President  introduced  Prof.  Edw.  W. 
MoKLEY.  tlie  Petirinif  President,  wlio  delivered  an  address  njion  "  A  completed 
chapter  in  the  history  of  the  atomic  theor}-."  [The  address  is  printed  in  full 
elsewliere  in  this  volume.] 

After  the  address  tlie  Association  adjourned  to  the  rooms  of  the  Buffalo 
Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  where  an  informal  reception  was  held,  affording 
members  an  opportunity  to  inspect  the  collections  and  rooms  of  the  Society. 

General  Session,  Tuesday  Morning,  August  25. 

The  Association  was  called  to  order  at  10  a.  m.  by  President  Cope  in  the 
Chapel  of  the  High  School. 

The  General  Secretary  announced  :  — 

1.  The  nomination  by  the  Council  of  Alexander  Macfarlane,  of  Austin, 
Te.xas,  as  a  Vice-President  of  the  Association  and  Chairman  of  Section  A.  The 
Secretary  was  directed  to  cast  the  ballot  of  the  Association  for  the  nominee, 
and  he  was  declared  duly  elected. 

2.  The  election  by  the  Council  of  nineteen  new  Members. 

The  Treasurer  read  an  abstract  of  his  report,  which  is  printed  in  full  else- 
where in  this  volume. 

After  announcements  of  temporary  interest  by  the  General  and  Local 
Secretaries,  the  Session  adjourned. 

A  reception  from  8  to  11  p.m.  was  tendered  the  Association  by  the  Buffalo 
Society  of  Natural  Sciences  in  the  rooms  of  the  Twentieth  Century  Club. 

General  Session,  Wednesday  Morning,  August  26. 

The  Association  met  at  10  a.  m.  in  the  usual  place,  President  Cope  in  the 
chair. 
The  General  Secretary  made  tlie  following  announcements  :  — 

1.  The  Council  has  elected  seventeen  new  Members. 

2.  The  Council  directs  the  reading  of  the  following  conmiunication,  and 
commends  the  matter  to  the  individual  generosity  of  members,  since  the  funds 
of  the  Association  do  not  warrant  any  grant:  — 

Pasteur  Monument  Committee  of  the  United  States, 
Cosmos  Club,  Washington,  D.  C. 
It  has  been  decided  to  erect  in  one  of  the  squares  of  Paris  a  monument  to  the  memory  of  M. 
Pasteur.  Statue.*  or  busts  will  also,  no  doubt,  be  located  at  his  birtbpliire  and  in  other  cities.  The 
Paris  committt-e  has,  however,  wi.-ely  determined  that  the  statue  obtained  through  international 
effort  shall  be  located  at  Paris,  where  it  will  be  seen  by  the  greatest  number  of  his  countrymen  and 
also  by  the  greatest  number  of  his  admirers  from  other  lands.  The  Paris  committee  has  for  hon- 
orary members  the  President  of  the  Kepublic  and  his  Cabinet,  together  with  about  one  hundred 
and  sixty  of  the  most  prominent  ofBcials,  scientists,  and  other  distinguished  citizens  of  France. 
The  active  members  of  the  committee  are  :  —  .1.  Bertrand,  President,  member  of  the  French  Acad- 
emy, Perpetual  .Secretary  of  the  Academy  of  Sciences.  J.  Simon,  I'ice- President ,  member  of  the 
French  Academy,  Perpetual  Secretary  of  the  Academy  of  Moral  and  Political  Science.  Grancher, 
Secretary,  member  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine,  Professor  in  the  Faculty  of  Medicine.  Bruardel, 
member  of  the  Academy  and  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine,  Dean  of  the  Faculty  of  Medicine.     A. 


246  EXECUTIVE  PROCEEDINGS. 

Christophle,  Honorary  Governor  of  the  Credit  Foncier,  Deputy  from  I'Oruie.  Count  Delaborde, 
Perpetual  Secretary  of  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts.  Duclaux,  member  of  the  Academy  of  Science 
and  of  the  Academy  of  Medicine.  Magnin,  Governor  of  the  Banlc  of  France,  Vice-President  of  the 
Senate.  Baron  A.  de  Uoth.*cbild,  banker.  Roux,  Assi.^tant  Director  of  the  Pasteur  Institute. 
Wallon,  Perpetual  Secretary  of  the  Academy  of.  Inscriptions  and  Belles-Lettres. 

The  Pai'is  committee  has  kindly  extended  the  opportunity  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  to 
assist  in  this  tribute  of  appreciation  and  love,  and  has  authorized  the  organization  of  the  Pasteur 
Monument  Committee  of  the  United  States. 

The  members  of  this  committee  gladly  accept  the  privilege  of  organizing  the  subscription,  and 
of  receiving  and  transmitting  the  funds  which  are  raised. 

We  believe  it  is  unnecessary  to  urge  any  one  to  subscribe.  The  contributions  of  Pasteur  to 
science  and  to  the  cause  of  humanity  were  so  extraordinary,  and  are  so  well  known  and  so  thor- 
oughly appreciated  in  America,  that  our  people  only  need  the  opportunity  in  order  to  demonstrate 
their  deep  interest. 

All  can  unite  in  honoring  Pasteur.  He  was  .such  an  enthusiastic  investigator,  so  simple,  so  mod- 
est, so  lovable,  and  yet  so  earnest,  so  great,  so  successful,  —  his  ideals  were  so  high  and  his  efforts  to 
ameliorate  the  condition  of  humanity  were  so  untiring,  that  we  anticipate  an  enthusiastic  response 
from  the  whole  civilized  world.  The  United  States  will  vie  with  the  foremost  of  nations  in  this 
tribute.  Chemists,  zoologists,  physicians,  and  all  others  interested  in  science,  will  wish  to  be  repre- 
sented. No  one  is  expected  to  subscribe  an  amount  so  large  that  it  will  detract  in  the  least  from 
the  pleasure  of  giving.  A  large  number  of  small  subscriptions  freely  contributed  and  showing  the 
popular  appreciation  of  this  eminent  Frenchman  is  what  we  most  de.«ire. 

It  is  our  purpose  to  do  our  work  as  largely  as  po.ssible  through  .societies  or  other  organizations. 
We  prefer  to  have  each  organization  appoint  one  of  its  members  as  an  associate  member  of  this 
committee,  with  authorization  to  collect  and  forward  the  subscriptions.  The  amounts  thus  far 
subscribed  by  individuals  vary  from  fifty  (50)  cents  to  ten  (10)  dollars.  It  is  hoped  that  no  one  who 
is  interested  will  hesitate  to  place  his  name  upon  the  list  because  he  cannot  give  the  maximum 
amount. 

Please  let  this  receive  your  early  attention,  and  in  that  way  assist  our  committee,  which  must 
conduct  correspondence  with  the  societies  of  the  entire  country. 

D.  E.  Salmon,  Chairman. 

E.  A.  DE  ScHWEiNiTZ,  Secntcri/. 

Tlie  following  communication  received  by  the  Council  was  referred  to  Sec- 
tion F  for  report  :  — 

The  Joint  Commission  of  the  Scienfijic  Societies  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
Office  of  the  Sccrctanj,  May  5,  1896. 
F.  W.  Pdtnam, 

Permanent  Secretary  American  Association  for  thk  Advancement  op  Science  :  — 
Dear  Sir:  — 

There  is  now  pending  before  Congress  legislation  looking  to  the  restriction,  if  not  practictil  pro- 
hibition, of  vivisection  in  the  District  of  Columbia.  This  pernicious  legislation,  ostensibly  aimed 
at  abuses  which  do  not  exist  here,  would,  as  you  know,  do  iucalculable  injury  to  original  biologi- 
cal and  medical  research,  and  should  it  become  law  will  undoubtedly  be  made  the  basis  of  similar 
demands  upon  State  legislatures.  The  accompanying  resolutions  are  sent  you  by  order  of  the 
Executive  Committee  of  the  Joint  Commission  in  the  hope  that  your  Society  will  take  similar  steps 
to  prevent  affirmative  action  by  Congress. 

A  copy  of  all  resolutions  adopted  should  be  sent  to  the  President  of  the  Senate,  the  Speaker  of 
the  Hou.se,  and  to  Dr.  E.  A.  de  Schweinitz,  Agricultural  Department,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Respectfully, 

J.  Stanley-  Brown, 

Secretary. 

3.    The  following  resolution,  reported  by  Section  F,  has  been  approved  by 
the  Council  and  is  recommended  to  the  Association  for  adoption:  — 
The  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  at  its  annual 


REPORT    OF    THE    GENERAL    SECRETARY.  247 

meeting  lield  at  Bnffali),  August  24tli  to  28th,  1896,  desires  to  present  to  the 
Congress  of  the  United  States,  its  protest  against  legislation  on  the  suhject  of 
vivisection.  The  membership  of  tliis  Association  is  composed  of  experts  and 
authorities,  and  persons  interested  in  different  branches  of  Science,  in  all  num- 
bering nearly  two  thousand.  These  members  cotne  from  all  parts  of  the  country, 
and  represent  many  diverse  interests. 

Whereas:  This  Association  was  organized  for  the  purpose  of  advancing 
science,  of  diffusing  scientific  information,  and  exciting  wide-spread  interest  on 
the  part  of  the  public  in  scientific  progress  ;  therefore  be  it 

Resolced :  That  this  Association  deprecates  any  legislation  on  the  part  of  the 
Government  which  would  tend  in  the  slightest  degree  to  discourage  the  advance- 
ment of  science,  more  especially  biological,  chemical,  and  medical  science,  at 
this  time,  when  greater  results  are  promised  than  ever  before  in  the  history  of 
the  world.     And 

Whereas:  The  health  and  welfare  of  men  and  animals  are  vitallj'  affected  by 
the  results  of  animal  experiments,  and  such  experiments  have  effected  a  saving 
of  many  millions  of  dollars  in  animal  property,  and  are  the  basis  of  our  knowl- 
edge of  hygiene  and  preventive  medicine,  and  in  part  of  surgery ;  therefore 
be  it 

Resolved:  That  while  deprecating  cruelty  and  needless  vivisection  experi- 
ments in  the  public  schools,  this  Associatioti  believes  that  those  who  are  trained 
in  biological  research  are  the  ones  wlio  are  best  able  to  decide  as  to  the  wisdom 
and  utility  of  animal  experimentation,  and  deems  that  the  legislation  contem- 
plated by  Senate  Bill  1552  would  be  unwise,  and  would  tend  to  retard  the 
increase  of  knowledge  of  the  means  of  mitigation  of  the  sufferings  of  men  and 
animals. 

The  resolutions  were  unanimously  adopted. 

The  following  communication  relating  to  the  creation  of  the  office  of  Director 
in  Chief  of  the  scientific  divisions  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agricul- 
ture was  referred  to  a  committee  for  report :  — 

TJie  Joint  Commission  of  the  Scientific  Societies  of  Washington,  D.  C. 
Office  of  the  Secretary,  March  7. 
Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam, 

Perm.  Sec't  A.  A.  A.  S. 
Dear  Sir,  — 

Acting  In  accordance  with  in.'tructiona  from  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Joint  Commission 
of  the  Scientific  Societies  of  Washington,  I  have  the  honor  to  transmit  herewith  a  copy  of  a  series 
of  resolutions.  adopteJ  by  the  Commission,  in  the  hope  tliat  your  Society  may  find  it  agreeable  to 
take  such  steps  as  it  may  deem  proper  to  promote  the  passage  of  so  worthy  a  measure. 

Very  respectfully, 

J.  Stanley  Brown, 

Secretary. 

4.  The  following  report  and  resolution,  submitted  by  the  committee,  has  been 
approved  by  the  Council  and  recommended  to  the  Association  for  adoption  :  — 

Your  Committee  has  carefully  considered  the  communication  from  the  Joint 
Commission  referred  to,  and  has  consulted  sundry  other  papers  sent  on  from 
Washington  by  persons  interested  in  the  raovment  in  question.  That  there  has 
been  in  Washington  a  movement  towards  the  creation  of  such  an  office  is  prob- 
ably familiar  to  all  the  members  of  the  Council.     The  Committee  is  informed 


248  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

tliat  a  circular  letter  from  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  has  been  sent  to  many 
of  the  members  of  the  Council,  and  an  editorial  in  "  Science  "  has  probably 
familiarized  otiiers  with  the  matter.  The  Department  of  Agriculture  has  fur- 
tiier  been  in  correspondence  with  many  scientific  organizations  in  the  country 
which  could  be  regularly  reached,  and  all  have  expressed  themselves  as  favor- 
ing the  plan. 

In  brief,  the  plan  is  tlie  outgrowth  of  the  unsatisfactory  condition  of  affairs 
which  has  existed  in  the  Department  of  Agriculture  for  some  3'ears, —  in 
fact,  since  the  great  development  of  its  scientific  work  which  has  taken  place 
within  the  last  decade.  The  officer  having  immediate  supervision  of  the  scien- 
tific divisions  is  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  Agriculture.  This  oflBce  is  filled  by 
Presidential  appointment  for  a  term  of  four  years,  and  it  has  been  found  by 
experience  that  it  takes  the  person  appointed  to  fill  this  office  about  one  year 
to  familiarize  himself  with  the  details  of  the  work,  and  that  no  sooner  does  he 
become  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  conditions  than  his  term  of  office 
expires  and  a  new  man  is  appointed.  Further,  there  is  no  certainty  that  the 
appointee  to  fill  the  office  of  Assistant  Secretary  of  Agriculture  will,  in  every 
case,  be  a  man  of  broad  scientific  opinions,  and  able  to  satisfactorily  supervise 
the  work  of  the  scientific  divisions. 

The  great  necessity  for  the  existence  of  an  officer  of  broad  attainments,  whose 
term  of  ofl[ice  would  not  be  limited,  and  who  could  act  in  an  advisory  and  con- 
trolling manner,  becomes  at  once  apparent.  There  are  at  present  in  the  De- 
partment two  large  bureaus,  namely,  the  Weather  Bureau,  and  the  Bureau 
of  Animal  Industry,  and  eight  divisions,  engaged  in  purely  scientific  work.  Of 
the  two  thousand  men  employed  in  tiie  Agricultural  Department,  nine  hundred 
and  ninety-three  are  engaged  chiefly  in  scientific  and  technical  work.  And  of 
the  $2,400,000  appropriated  annually,  $1,700,000  is  appropriated  for  work  of  this 
class. 

In  view  of  the  evident  desirability  of  legislation  in  the  direction  indicated,  an 
amendment  to  the  appropriation  bill  was  introduced  in  the  United  States  Senate, 
May  13th,  1896,  and  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  Agriculture  and  For- 
estry. It  received  a  favorable  report  from  the  Committee,  but  no  action  was 
taken  by  the  Senate  on  account  of  the  approaching  close  of  the  session. 

It  is  hoped  that  favorable  action  may  be  reached  during  the  next  session  of 
Congress,  and  to  this  end  it  is  proposed  to  submit  to  Congress  the  opinions  of 
prominent  individuals  and  scientific  organizations.  The  proposition  has  been 
warmly  approved  by  the  following  persons  and  organizations:  — 

President  Oilman  and  the  scientific  faculty  of  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

President  Dwight  and  the  scientific  faculty  of  Yale. 

Seventeen  members  of  the  scientific  faculty  of  the  University  of  Michigan. 

President  Eliot  and  Professor  Shaler  of  Harvard. 

Presidents  Scliurman,  of  Cornell;  Low,  of  Columbia;  Warren,  of  Boston; 
Walker,  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology ;  Hall,  of  Clark ;  Can- 
field,  of  Ohio;  MacLean,  of  Nebraska;  Chaplin,  of  Washington  (St.  Louis); 
and  many  other  heads  of  colleges,  directors  of  agricultural  experiment  stations, 
members  of  scientific  faculties,  various  academies  of  science  and  scientific  socie- 
ties, the  Joint  Commission  of  the  Scientific  Societies  of  Washington,  Mr.  Theo- 
dore Roosevelt,  and  other  gentlemen  identified  with  the  cause  of  Civil  Service 
Keform. 


REPORT    OF    THE    GENERAL    SECRETARY.  249 

III  view,  tlierefore,  of  tlie  obvigus  good  to  the  cause  of  science  which  will 
result  from  this  proposed  legislation,  and  in  view  of  the  practically  unanimous 
indorsement  which  it  has  received  from  prominent  educators  and  men  of  science 
throughout'  the  countr}-,  and  in  further  view  of  the  fact,  which  is  none  the  less 
true,  although  it  has  not  been  publicly  mentioned,  that  this  movement  is  in  the 
direction  of  the  co-ordination  of  scientific  work  under  the  general  government, 
it  seems  to  your  Committee  that  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  can  imhesitatingiy  approve. 

Your  Committee,  therefore,  recommends  that  the  Council  recommend  to  the 
Association  the  adoption  of  the  following  resolution: 

Resolved:  That  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
heartil}'  approves  the  proposition  to  create  the  office  of  Director  in  Chief  of 
scientific  bureaus  and  investigations  in  the  Department  of  Agriculture,  to  be 
filled  by  a  broadly  educated  and  experienced  scientific  man  ;  provided  that  such 
appointment  shall  be  made  only  on  the  nomination  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences,  the  legally  constituted  adviser  of  the  government  in  matters  relating 
to  Science. 

The  report  and  resolution  were  unanimously  adopted. 

After  announcements  by  the  Local  Secretary  the  session  adjourned. 


Evening  Session,  Wednesday,  August  26. 

The  Association  met  at  8  p.  m.  in  the  Chapel  of  the  High  School,  with  Presi- 
dent Cope  in  the  chair. 

A  public  lecture,  complimentary  to  the  citizens  of  Buffalo,  was  delivered  by 
Mr.  J.  W.  Spencer,  on  "  Niagara  as  a  time-piece,"  illustrated  by  lantern 
slides. 


General  Session,  Thursday  Morning,  August  27. 

The  Association  met  at   10  a.  ji.  in  the  usual  place,  the  President  in  the 
chair. 

The  General  Secretary  made  the  following  announcements  :  — 

1.  Mr.  J.  Bishop  Tingle,  of  Aberdeen,  Scotland,  has  been  elected  by  the 
Council  an  Associate  Member. 

2.  Two  new  Members  have  been  elected  by  the  Council. 
-3.  The  Council  has  received  the  following  letter  :  — 

Iroquois  Hotel,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.,  August  26/A,  1896. 
Prof.  F.  W.  Putnam  :  — 
Dear  Sir,  — 
President  Cope's  appeal  this  morning  for  assistance  to  honor  the  late  scientist  PASTF.nR  met 
with  no  response,  owing  to  our  depleted  treasury.     It  occurs   to  nie  to  give  cause  for  regret,  as  it 
might  be  construed  as  want  of  sympathy. 

Enclosed  please  find  check  for  the  above  appeal. 

The  letter  contained  a  check  for  §100.     (Applause.)     It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  name  the  donor,  for  those  who  have  been  often  at  the  meetings  of  the  Asso- 


250  EXECUTIVK    PROCEEDINGS. 

ciation  will  have  recognized  already  the  generous  hand  of  Mrs.  Esther  Herr- 
MAX.     (Great  applause.) 

In  this  connection,  the  Council  has  authorized  the  Treasurer  to  receive  and 
transmit  contributions  to  the  Pasteur  Monument  Fund  in  the  name  of  the 
Association. 

4.  The  Committee  to  wliich  was  referred  a  communication  on  the  metric  sys- 
tem has  submitted  the  following  resolution,  which  has  been  approved  by  the 
ConxciL,  and  is  recommended  to  the  Association  for  adoption. 

Resolved :  That  A.  A.  A.  S.  is  now,  as  it  always  has  been,  earnestly  in  favor 
of  reform  in  weights  and  measures,  and  it  urges  upon  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States  the  desirability  of  further  legislation  looking  to  the  early  adop- 
tion of  the  metric  system. 

The  resolution  was  unanimously  adopted. 

5.  The  Council  has  adopted  the  following  recommendation  of  Section  C  :  — 
First.     That  the  officers  of  Section  C  and  of  the  American  Chemical  Society 

be  authorized  to  prepare  together  the  programme  for  the  next  meeting  ;  tliat  the 
first  two  da\'s  of  the  meeting  be  officially  the  meeting  of  the  American  Chemi- 
cal Society,  allowing,  however,  opportunity  for  the  organization  of  the  Section 
and  the  Vice-President's  address. 

Second.  That  the  courtes}'  of  readin?  papers  in  Section  C  be  extended  to 
the  members  of  the  American  Chemical  Societ}-,  and  that  the  same  courtesy  be 
extended  to  members  of  Section  C  by  tlie  American  Chemical  Society. 

6.  The  following  communication  from  Mr.  Stiles  was  referred  to  Section  F  :  — 

U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture ^  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry, 
Washington,  D.  C,  August  20, 1896. 

Prof  F.  W.  Putnam, 

Sec"t  Americax  Association  foe  the  Advancement  of  Science,  Bcff.vlo,  X.  T. 

Dear  Sir  :  — 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Third  International  Zoologicral  Congress,  held  at  Leyden  in  September,  1895, 
an  international  commission  of  five  members  was  appointed  to  study  all  of  the  codes  of  zoological 
nomenclature  proposed  in  various  countries,  to  compare  these  codes  with  the  present  inter- 
national code,  and  to  report  at  the  next  International  Congress  in  England,  1898,  any  recommen- 
dations and  amendments  to  the  International  Code  which  the  commission  should  think  advisable ; 
also  to  make  an  official  translation  of  the  code  from  the  French  into  English  and  German. 

The  members  of  this  commission  are  Dr.  Sclater,  England ;  Dr.  Raphael  Blanch.a.rd,  France  : 
Prof.  VicroR  Carus,  Germany  ;  Prof.  Jentink,  Holland ;  Dr.  Stiles,  United  States. 

Upon  returning  from  the  Congress  to  this  country  I  immediately  suggested  to  certain  -American 
zoologists  the  advisability  of  the  appointment  of  an  American  advisory  board,  to  which  I  might 
submit  for  approval  or  disapproval  all  the  propositions  I  intend  to  support  in  the  meetings  of  the 
International  Commission,  and  as  the  plan  met  with  favor  I  have  addressed  certain  scientific 
societies  requesting  of  each  the  appointment  of  a  representative  upon  this  advisory  board.  In  re- 
sponse to  these  requests  the  following  gentlemen  have  thus  far  been  appointed  : 

By  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  Dr.  Dall. 

By  the  Society  of  .\merican  Naturalists,  Prof  Cope. 

By  the  .\merican  Ornithologists'  Union,  Dr.  Allen. 

By  the  National  Academy  of  Science,  Prof.  Gill. 

By  the  Royal  Society  of  Canada,  Prof  Ramsay  Wright. 

In  accordance  with  the  general  plan  as  set  forth  in  this  letter  and  in  the  enclosed  clipping  [from 
Science,  1895,  pp  6C5-6],  1  respectfully  request  that  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  appoint  one  of  its  zoological  members  as  a  representative  upon  this  advisory 
board.     In  making  this  request,  I  agree  that  my  vote  upon  any  given  proposition  in  the  Interna- 


REPORT    OF    TIIK    GENERAL    SECRKTART.  251 

tional  Commission  sliall  be   governed  by  this  julvisory  board,  should  the  occasion  arise  that  my 
personal  opinion  upon  that  proposition  differs  from  the  opinion  of  the  advisory  board. 
Hoping  that  the  Association  will  be  willing  to  appoint  the  repi-esentative  desired,  I  remain, 
Very  respectfully,  yours, 

Ch.  Wardeil  Stiles, 

Zoologist  Ilnrcau  of  Animal  Inilustrii  rind  U.  S.  Government 

lieleijate  to  flic  Third  International  Zoological  Congress. 

Section  F  recommended  the  appointment  of  Dr.  A.  S.  Packard,  of  Providence, 
R.  I.,  as  a  member  of  tiie  American  Advisory  Board  proposed  by  Dr.  Stiles, 
and  liie  Couxcil  lias  made  tlie  appointment. 

After  announcements  by  tlie  Local  Secretary,  the  session  adjourned. 

Evening  Session,  Thursday,  August  27. 

At  8  o'clock  the  Association  met  in  the  same  place,  President  Cope  in  the 
chair.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  Mr.  Mercer,  tlie  public  lecture,  compli- 
mentary to  the  citizens  of  Buffalo,  was  delivered  by  Prof.  E.  D.  Cope,  on 
"  The  results  of  cave  explorations  in  the  United  States,  and  their  bearing  on  the 
antiquity  of  man." 


General  Session,  Fridat  Morning,  August  28. 

The  Association  met  at  10:30  a.  3I.,  President  Cope  in  the  chair. 

The  General  Secretary  made  the  following  announcements  :  — 

1.  The  following  communication  to  the  Council  from  Section  II  was  re- 
ferred to  the  Section,  witii  a  request  that  the  Section  nominate  the  committee 
tlierein  referred  to. 

Whereas :  the  influence  which  the  environment  of  the  New  World  has  exerted 
upon  the  physical  and  mental  development  of  the  White  Race,  is  a  question  of 
the  utmost  scientific  and  practical  importance ;  and 

Whereas:  there  appears  to  be  no  governmental  or  scientific  bureau  which  is 
giving  the  study  of  this  subject  attention  at  the  present  time  ;  flierefcre 

Resolved:  That  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
appoint  a  committee  to  organize  an  Ethnographic  Investigation  of  the  White 
Race  in  the  United  States,  with  special  reference  to  the  influence  exerted 
upon  it  in  its  new  surroundings,  said  committee  to  report  annually  to  tiie 
Association. 

Section  H  recommends  the  appointment  of  the  following  gentlemen  to  serve 
as  a  committee  on  Ethnographical  Investigation  of  the  White  Race  in  America, 
in  accordance  with  the  action  of  the  Council  :  D.  G.  Buinton,  J.  McK.  Cat- 
tell,  W.  W.  Newell,  W  J  McGee,  and  Franz  Boas. 

These  gentlemen  have  accordingly  been  appointed  by  the  Council. 

2.  The  Council  has  adojued  the  following  resolution,  received  from 
Section  E  :  — 

Resolved:  That  Section  E  requests  the  Council  of  the  American  Association 
for  the  Advancement  of  Science  to  permit  and  autiiorize  the  officers  of  Section 
E  to  make  such  arrangements  with  the  Geological  Society  of  America  for  the 


252  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

meeting  of  1897  tliat  tlie  Geological  Society  may  occupy  a  portion  of  the  time 
usually  assigned  to  the  Section. 

3.  The  Council,  upon  request  of  Section  E,  has  appointed  the  following 
gentlemen  as  delegates  to  the  International  Geological  Congress,  to  be  held  in 
St.  Petersburg  in  1897,  and  has  authorized  them  to  fill  b\'  a  majority  vote 
any  vacancy  which  may  occur :  E.  D.  Cope,  James  Hall,  B.  K.  E.merson,  W.  N. 
Rice,  and  C.  D.  Walcott. 

4.  The  following  report,  from  the  Committee  on  Standards  of  Measurement, 
has  been  adopted  by  the  Council,  and  the  grant  therein  named  made. 

In  view  of  the  absence  of  any  properl}-  constructed  and  authenticated  stand- 
ards of  electrical  measurement  prepared  under  the  provisions  of  the  law  of  1894, 
this  Committee  recommends  that  it  be  authorized  to  construct  such  standards, 
and  that,  to  pay,  in  part,  the  necessary  expenses  incident  to  this  work,  the  sum 
of  fifty  dollars  be  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Committee,  from  current  funds  in 
the  possession  of  the  Treasurer;  it  being  understood  that  any  standards  thus 
constructed  or  material  acquired  shall  remain  the  property  of  the  A.  A.  A.  S. 
until  otherwise  disposed  of  by  theCouxciL. 

5.  The  Committee  on  Grants  has  recommended,  and  the  Council  has  made, 
the  following  grants  :  — 

To  Woods  Hole  Biological  Laboratory,  $100. 

To  Prof.  Francis  C.  Phillips,  for  Investigation  of  Properties  of 
Natural  Gas,  -^oO. 

To  Dr.  L.  A.  Bauer,  for  Investigations  in  Terrestrial  Magnetism  in 
connection  with  the  Magnetic  Survey  of  Maryland,  §50. 

6.  The  following  report  of  a  Committee  appointed  by  the  Council  has  been 
adopted : 

Whereas:  It  is  explicitly  stated  in  Article  11  of  the  Constitution  of  the 
American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  that  the  "  Vice-Presi- 
dents shall  be  chairmen  for  their  respective  sections  " :  and. 

Whereas :  It  has  grown  to  be  the  custom  in  the  daily  programmes  to  ignore 
the  constitutional  title  "Chairman"  in  referring  to  tlie  presiding  oificers  of 
the  sections,  thus  bringing  about  a  certain  misconception  in  the  minds  of 
those  not  familiar  with  the  Constitution :  therefore,  be  it 

Resolved :  That  the  Council  instruct  the  Permanent  Secretary,  in  pre- 
paring programmes  and  other  matter  relating  to  the  Association,  to  use  the 
term  Vice-President  in  expressing  the  relation  of  the  presiding  officer  of 
any  section  to  the  Association,  and  the  title  Chairman  in  expressing  his 
relation  to  his  section.  Where  both  relations  are  to  be  expressed,  the  term 
Vice-President  should  precede  the  name,  and  Chairman  should  follow.  Where, 
moreover,  it  seems  necessary  to  refer  to  those  officers,  as  in  the  list  of  special 
committees  of  the  Association  (page  5  of  the  Constitution,  etc.),  they  shall 
be  termed  Vice-Presidents  for  the  sections,  and  not  Vice-Presidents  of  the 
sections. 

7.  The  Council  has  received  the  following  report  from  the  Library  Com- 
mittee.which  it  directs  to  be  read  for  the  information  of  members  :  — 

June  20,  1896. 
The  Committee  on  tlie  Library  of  the  .Association  respectfully  reports  that,  in  accordance  with 
the  agreement  entered  into  with  the  authorities  of  the  University  of  Cincinnati,  the  Library  was 


REPOUT  OF  THE  GENERAL  SECnETAKY.  253 

packed  and  forwarded  to  Cinciunati  early  in  the  spring  of  the  current  year.  As  the  new  Science 
building  of  the  University  will  not  be  completed  until  September,  it  has  been  necessary  to  post- 
pone until  then  the  arrangement,  classification,  and  cataloguing  of  the  collection.  Proper  provision 
has  been  made  for  all  of  these  matters,  so  that  in  a  few  months  the  Library  will  be  in  the  proper 
condition  for  consultation,  cither  on  the  spot  or  by  those  at  a.  distance. 

Respectfully  submitted, 

Alfred  Sprikger, 

"Wm.  L.  Dudley, 

T.  H.  Norton, 

a.  w.  botler, 

Thomas  Frknch,  Jr. 

8.  In  response  to  a  request  from  the  National  Educational  Association,  the 
following  Committee  lias  been  appointed  by  tlie  Cooncil  to  cooperate  with  a 
committee  of  that  body  in  tiie  consideration  of  tlie  coordination  and  simplifica- 
tion of  science  requirements  for  entrance  to  college  :  li-  S.  Take,  II.  S.  Cab- 
hart,  A.  S.  Packard,  C.  F.  Mabery,  and  C.  E.  Bessky. 

9.  The  Council  has  elected  one  new  Member,  making  a  total  for  the  present 
meeting  of  110. 

10.  In  accordance  with  the  following  proposal  from  Section  H,  the  Codxcil 
has  elected  Horatio  Hale,  of  Clinton,  Ont.,  a  Life  Fellow  of  the  Association. 

Section  H  presents  the  following  resolution  adopted  at  the  afternoon  session  :  — 

Whereas:  Horatio  Hale,  long  an  active  member  and  at  one  time  Vice-Presi- 
dent of  this  Association,  has  made  contributions  to  ethnology  and  philology 
entitling  him  to  a  place  in  the  first  rank  of  American  anthropologists  ;  and 

Whereas:  it  seems  fitting  that  Mr.  Hale's  long  and  arduous  labors  in  behalf 
of  science  should  be  recognized  by  the  A.  A.  A.  S. ;  therefore, 

Resolved :  That  Section  H  recommend  to  the  Council  that  Horatio  Hale  be 
made  a  Life  Fellow  of  the  Association. 

11.  The  Council  has  elected  the  following  Members  to  be  Fellows  of  the 
Association :  — 

Austen,  Prof.  Peter  T.,  99  Livingston  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (44).     C 

Bacon,  Chas.  A.,  Beloit,  Wis.  (30).     A 

Barnes,  David  Leonard,  A.  M.,  Suite  1750,  Monadnock  Building,  Chicago,  111. 

(43).     D 
Barnum,  Miss  Charlotte  C,  144  Humphrey  St.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (36).     A 
Bigelow,  Willard  Dell.  Chem.  Div.,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Washington,  1).  C.  (44).     C 
Blair,  Andrew  A.,  406  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (44).     C 
Bleile,  Albert  M.,  M.  D.,  342  S.  Fourth  St.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (37).     F 
Boye,  Martin  H.,  M.  D.,  Coopersburg,  Lehigh  Co.,  Pa.  (1).     C 
Boynton,  Prof.  C.  Smith,  69  North  Prospect  St.,  Burlington,  Vt.  (44).     C 
Bromwell,  Wm.,  Port  Deposit,  Md.  (40).     C 
Bull,  Prof.  Storm,  Madison,  Wis.  (44).     D 
Campbell,  Prof  .Edw.  I).,  Ann  Arl)or,  Mich.  (44).     C 
Cattell,    Prof   James    McKeen,    Columbia    College,    New    York,    N.    Y.    (44). 

BFHI 
Chalmot,  G.  de,  Spray,  N.  C.  (44).     C 

Chase,  Frederick  L.,  Yale  Univ.  Observ.,  New  Haven,  Conn.  (43).     A 
Cochran,  C.  B.,  Food  Inspector  to  State  Board  of  Agric,  514  South  High  St., 

West  Chester,  Chester  Co.,  Pa.  (43).     C 


2o4  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

Collins,  William  H.,  Haverford  College,  Haverford,  Pa.  (41).     A 

Dains,  Frank  Burnett,  Wesleyan  Univ.,  Middletown,  Conn.  (41).     C 

Dana,  James  Jackson,  Lt.  Col.  and  Brevet  Brig.  Gen.  U.  S.  Army,  "  Cosmos 

Club,"  1520  n  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington  D.  C.  (40). 
Daniells,  Prof.  William  W.,  Prof.  Cliem  ,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.  (42).     C 
Davis,  C.  H.,  Commander  U.  S.  Navy,  Chief  Intelligence  Officer,  Navy  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
DiXAVELL,  Epes  S.,  Cambridge,  Mass.  (1).     HF  (Founder.) 
DuPont,  Francis  G.,  Wilmington,  Del.  (33).     A  B  D 

Earle,  F.  S.,  Prof.  Biol.,  Ala.  Polytechnic  Institute,  Auburn,  Ala.  (39).     G 
Eastman,  Charles  Rochester,  Mus.  Comp.  Zoology,  Cambridge,  ^Mass.  (41).     E 
Eichelberger,    William    Snyder,    Ph.  D.,    Wesleyan   Univ.,  Middletown,  Conn. 

(41).     A 
Ewell,  Ervin  E.,  Dept.  of  Agric,  Chem.  Div.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).     C 
Ferry,  Ervin  S.,  Instructor  in  Physics,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.  (41). 
Flather,  Prof.  John  J.,  160  South  St.,  La  Fayette,  Ind.  (44).     D 
Frankforter,  Prof.  Geo.  B.,  Univ.  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minn.  (43).     C 
Gill,  Augustus  Herman,   Mass.  Inst.   Technology,  Back   Bay,   Boston,    Mass. 

(44).     C 
Goss,  Prof.  Wm.  F.  M.,  La  Fayette,  Ind.  (39).     D 
Greene,  Prof.  Edward  Lee,  Prof.  Botany,  Catholic  Univ.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

(42).     G 
Gudeman,  Edward,  Ph.D.,  care  Amer.  Glucose  Co.,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.  (40).     C 
Hall,  Arthur  G.,  63|  S.  Division  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (41).     A  B 
Hallock,  Albert  P.,  Ph.D.,  440  First  Ave.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (31).     C 
Halsted,  Prof.  George  Bruce,  Austin,  Texas  (43). 
Harrington,  Prof.  Mark  W.,  Pres.  University  of  Washington,  Seattle,   Wash. 

(40).     B 
Harris,  Prof.  E.  P.,  Amherst  College,  Amherst,  Mass.  (44). 

Haskell,  Eugene  E.,  U.  S.  Engineer  Office,  Sault  Ste.  Marie,  Mich.  (39).     A  B  D 
Hayes,  Charles  WiUard,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (41).     E 
Hedrick,  Henry  B.,  A.B.,  Nautical  Almanac  Office,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40). 
Hillyer,  Homer  W.,  Ph.  D.,  Univ.  of  Wis.,  Madison,  Wis.  (42).     C 
Hodgkins,  Prof.  H.  L.,  Columbian  University,  Wasliington,  D.  C.  (40).     AB 
Holland,  Rev.  W.  J.,  D.  D.,  Ph.  D.,  Pittsburg,  Pa.  (37).     F 

HuBBAKD,  Prof.  Oliver  Payson,  65  W.  19th  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (1).  (Founder.) 
Humphrey,  James  Ellis,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.,  Baltimore,  Md.  (44).     G 
Hunter,  Andrew  Frederick,  Barrie,  Out.,  Can.  (38).     BHI 
Kober,  Geo.  Martin,  M.  D.,  1819  Q  St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C.  (40).     H 
Lambert,  Preston  A.,  422  Walnut  St.,  South  Bethlehem,  Pa.  (41).     A 
Langenbeck,  Karl,  27  Orchard  St.,  Zanesville,  Ohio  (39).     C 
Leach,  Miss  Mary  F.,  Mt.  Holyoke  College,  Holyoke,  Mass.  (44J.     C 
Lewis,  John  E.,  Ansonia,  Conn.  (40).     ABB 
Lord,  Prof.  H.  C,  Ohio  State  Univ.,  Columbus,  Ohio  (44).     A 
Lowell,  Percival,  53  State  St.,  Boston,  Mass.  (36).     A 
Lyford,  Edwin  F.,  Springfield,  Mass.  (33).     B  CH 
McClintock,  Emory,  Morristown,  N.  J.  (43) . 
Markley,  Joseph  L.,  Ph.  D.,  50  Thompson  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (40). 


REPORT    OK    THE    GENERAL    SECRETARY.  255 

Moulton,  Prof.  Chas.  W.,  Pouglikeepsie,  N.  Y.  (44).     C 

Nardroff,  Ernest  R.  von,  360"  Tompkins  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (44).     B 

Newcombe,  Frederick  Ciias.,  51  E.  Liberty  St.,  Ann  Arbor,  Midi.  (4:3).     G 

Noyes,  Miss  Mary  C,  Ph.  D.,  Lake  Erie  Seminary,  Painesville,  Ohio  (43). 

Olds,  Prof.  George  D.,  Amherst,  Mass.  {'iS).     A 

Palaclie,   Charles,  Instr.  in   Min.  and  Petrog.,  Harv.  Univ.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

(44).     E 
Parsons,  Prof.  C.  Lathrop,  Durham,  N.  H.  (41). 
Patterson,  Geo.  VV.,  Jr.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.  (44). 
Patton,  Horace  B,  Golden,  Col.  (37).     E 

Peale,  Albert  C,  M.  D.,  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C.  (36).    E 
Perry,  Arthur  C,  22G  Ilalsey  St.,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).     A  B 
Pupin,  Dr.  M.  I.,  Columbia  College,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (44).     B 
Raymond,  Prof.  Wm.  G.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Inst.,  Troy,  N.  Y.  (44).     D 
Rotch,  A.  Lawrence,  Readville,  Mass.  (39). 
Seymour,  Paul  Henry,  care  Walter  W.  Seymour,  7030  Stewart  Ave.,  Chicago, 

111.  (44).     C 
Shaw,  Professor  James  Byrnie,  1030  Grove  St.,  Jacksonville,  111.  (43).     A 
Smith,  Harlan  I.,  Amer.  Museum  Nat.  Hist.,  Central  Park,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

(41).     H 
Speyers,  Clarence  L.,  Rutgers  College,  New  Brmiswick,  N.  J.  (36).     C 
Squibb,  Edward  R.,  M.  D.,  152  Columbia  Heights,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y.  (43).     C 
Talbot,  Henry  P.,  Mass.  Inst.  Tech.,  Back  Bay,  Boston,  Mass.  (44K     C 
Thurston,  R.  C.  Ballard,  Louisville,  Ky.  (o6).     E 
Trenholm,  Hon.  W.   L.,  Pres.  Amer.  Surety  Co.,   160  Broadway,  New   York, 

N.  Y.  (35). 
Ward,  Samuel  B.,  M.  D.,  Albany,  N.  Y.  (29).     F  C  A 
Whitfield,  J.  Edward,  406  Locust  St.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  (44).     C 
Woodman,  Dr.  Durand,  80  Beaver  St.,  New  York,  N.  Y.  (41). 

12.  The  Council  nominates  as  Honorary  Fellow  Wolcott  Gibbs,  Professor 
Emeritus,  Harvard  University,  of  Newport,  R.  I. 

The  Secretary  was  unanimously  directed  to  cast  the  ballot  of  the  Associa- 
tion for  Professor  Gibus,  and  he  was  declared  elected  an  Honorary  Fellow. 

13.  The  Council  has  appointed  as  Auditors  for  1897  Emory  J.  McClin- 
TOCK  and  B.  A.  Gould. 

14.  The  Nominating  Committee  recommends  that  the  following  be  elected 
officers  of  the  Association  for  the  next  meeting :  — 

President. 

WoLCOTT  GiHiis,  of  Newport,  R.  I. 

Vice-Presidents  and  Chairmen  of  Sections. 

A.  Mathematics  and  Astronomy.  —  W.  W.  Beman,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

B.  Physics.  —  Carl  Barus,  of  Providence,  R.  I. 

C.  Chemistry.  —  W.  P.  Mason,  of  Troy,  N.  Y. 

D.  Mechanical  Science  and  Engineering.  —  John  Galbraith,  of  Toronto, 

Canada. 

E.  Geology  and  Geography.  —  I.  C.  White,  of  Morgantown,  W.  Va. 


256  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

F.  Zoology.  —  G.  Brown  Goode,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

G.  Botany.  —  George  F.  Atkinson,  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 
H.     Anthropology.  —  "W  J  McGee,  of  Washington,  D.  C. 

I.     Social  and  Economic  Science.  ^  Richard  T.  Colburn,  of  Elizabeth,  N.  J. 

Permanent   Secretary. 

F.  W.  Putnam,  of  Cambridge,  Mass.    [Holds  over.] 

General  Secretary. 

Asaph  Hall,  Jr.,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Secretary   of  the   Council. 
D.  S.  Kellicott,  of  Columbus,  Oliio. 

Secretaries   of  the   Sections. 

A.  Mathematics  and  Astronomy.  — James  McMahon,  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

B.  Physics. —  Frederick  Bedell,  of  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

C.  Chemistry.  —  P.  C.  Freer,  of  Aim  Arbor,  Mich. 

D.  Mechanical  Science  and  Engineering.  —  John  J.  Flather,  of  La  Fay- 

-    ette,  Ind. 

E.  Geology  and  Geography.  —  C.  H.  Smyth,  Jr.,  of  Clinton,  N.  Y. 

F.  Zoology.  —  C.  C.  Ndtting,  of  Iowa  City,  Iowa. 

G.  Botany.  — F.  C.  Newcombe,  of  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

H.     Anthropology.  —  Harlan  I.  Smith,  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 
I.     Social  and  Economic  Science.  — Archibald  Blue,  of  Toronto,  Can. 

Treasurer. 
R.  S.  Woodward,  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

15.  The  following  amendments  to  the  Constitution  have  been  approved  and 
recommended  by  the  Council,  to  be  voted  upon  at  tlie  next  meeting:  — 

To  Article  9  add  :  "  but  all  general  ofBcers  shall  serve  until  their  successors 
are  elected." 

To  Article  20  add  :  "  The  Council  shall  have  power  to  adjourn  a  meeting  when 
it  shall  deem  the  reasons  for  so  doing  sufficient;  and  when  such  adjournment 
shall  take  place  before  the  regular  election  of  officers,  those  in  office  shall  con- 
tinue to  serve  until  such  election  occurs." 

That  Article  22  be  amended  by  changing  the  name  of  Section  I  from  Social 
and  Economic  Science  to  Sociology. 

16.  The  following  additional  amendments  were  proposed  bj-  Professor 
Woodward  :  — 

In  Article  9,  first  and  second  lines,  for  "in  General  Session,"  read  "by  the 
Council." 

In  Article  17,  line  5,  strike  out  "nomination  of,"  "  and  election,"  and  "in 
General  Session." 

In  Article  19,  line  3,  for  "  nominate  "  read  "  elect " ;  line  5,  for  "  recommend  " 
read  "  fix." 

In  Article  20,  line  .3,  for  "  Association  "  read  "  Council." 


REPORT    OF    THE    GENERAL    SECRETARY.  257 

Alter  Articles  34  and  35  to  form  one  Article,  reading  as  follows :  "  The 
annual  assessment  for  members  and  Fellows  sliall  be  five  dollars.  On  the 
election  of  any  member  as  a  Fellow,  an  additional  fee  of  two  dollars  shall  be 
paid. 

In  Article  37,  strike  out  the  word  "admission." 

The  amendments  proposed  by  Prof.  Woodward  were  referred  to  the 
Council. 

17.  Invitations  for  the  meeting  of  1897  have  been  received  from  Seattle,  San 
Francisco,  Indianapolis,  Detroit,  Denver,  Minneapolis,  Nashville,  Columbus, 
and  Toronto. 

The  Nominating  Committee,  having  carefully  considered  all  the  conditions, 
recommends  for  adoption  by  the  Association  the  following  resolution  :  — 

Resolved:  That  the  meeting  for  1897  be  only  a  formal  meeting;  that  it  be 
held  in  the  city  of  Toronto  on  August  17  of  that  year,  and  that  the  Association 
join  in  welcoming  the  B.  A.  A.  S.  to  the  continent  of  America. 

After  prolonged  debate  the  following  substitute  was  adopted :  — 

Resolved :  That  the  meeting  of  the  Association  for  1897  be  held  as  usual,  but 
that  the  time  and  place  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  tlie  Council. 

The  Permanent  Secretary  was  directed  to  return  proper  acknowledgments 
for  the  several  invitations  received. 

After  announcements  by  the  Local  SECRETARit  and  Mr.  Gilbert,  the  session 
adjourned. 

Evening  Session,  Friday,  August  28. 

The  final  session  of  the  Forty-fifth  Meeting  convened  at  8.20  p.  m.  in  the 
usual  place,  President  Cope  in  the  chair. 

The  General  Secretary  having  left  the  city,  the  Acting  General  Secretary, 
Asaph  Hall,  Jr.,  made  the  following  announcements  :  — 

1.  The  Council  has  voted,  upon  recommendation  of  the  Committee  upon  the 
Policy  of  the  Association,  — 

1.  That  the  Permanent  Secretary  be  instructed  that  in  future  the  Proceed- 
ings of  the  Association  shall  be  restricted  to  that  part  of  the  volume  which 
would  remain  after  ehminating  (1)  all  papers  read  in  sections  and  abstracts 
thereof,  and  (2)  the  list  of  deceased  members  except  on  their  first  announce- 
ment; but  shall  include  such  reports  of  committees  as  may  be  specially  directed 
by  the  Council  ;  also  that,  as  far  as  possible,  to  each  title  shall  be  added  where 
the  paper  is  published  in  full. 

II.  Thrat  the  Permanent  Secretary  be  empowered  to  make  such  arrange- 
ments for  the  programme  of  the  next  meeting  as  may  be  found  expedient. 

III.  That  the  Sectional  Committees  should  consider  it  as  part  of  their 
duties  to  secure  co-operation  of  scientific  institutions  and  societies  in  their 
respective  sections. 

2.  The  Council  has  approved  the  following  banks  as  depositories  for  the 
funds  of  the  Association  :  Cambridge  Savings  Bank,  Cambridge,  Mass.;  Insti- 
tution for  Savings  of  Merchants'  Clerks,  Metropolitan  Savings  Bank,  Emigrant 
Industrial  Savings  Bank,  and  the  Fifth  Avenue  Bank,  all  of  New  York,  N.  Y. 

3.  The  Council  has  fixed  the  bond  of  the  Treasurer  at  $100,  with  security 
to  be  approved  by  the  President  and  Permanent  Secretary. 

A.  A.  A.  8.   VOL.  XLV.  17 


258  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

4.    The  Council  has  selected  Detroit  as  the  place  of  the  next  meeting,  begin 
ning  on  the   second    Monday  in  August.      The    Association  is  to  adjourn  to 
Toronto  for  the  purpose  of  joining  in  the  welcome  to  the  British  Association 
for  tlie  Advancement  of  Science  on  August  18th. 

The  Permanent  Secretary  then  gave  the  statistics  of  the  meeting,  and 
some  reminiscences  of  the  preceding  meetings  in  Buffalo. 

Mr.  W.  J.  McGee  offered  the  following  resolution  of  thanks  to  the  various 
bodies  concerned  in  the  entertainment  of  the  Association:  — 

Whereas :  This  forty -fiftli  meeting  of  tiie  A.  A.  A.  S.,  and  the  fourth  held  in 
the  beautiful  city  of  tlie  thunder-speaking  river,  has  been  of  pleasant  savor  and 
will  long  be  of  sweet  memory ;  and 

Whereas:  The  pleasure  and  success  of  this  memorable  meeting  are  due  to 
good  offices  of  various  persons  and  institutions  of  Buffalo;  therefore 

Resolved :  Tliat  the  Association  hereby  express  grateful  appreciation  to  these 
large-hearted  and  broad-minded  men  and  women,  and  to  the  institutions  they 
have  made,  as  follows  : 

To  His  Honor  Edgar  B.  Jewett,  Mayor  of  Buffalo,  and  through  liim  to  the 
municipality  and  citizens,  for  a  welcome  to  the  hospitable  gates  of  the  city. 

To  the  Buffalo  Society  of  Natural  Sciences,  its  officers  and  members,  and  es- 
pecially to  its  President,  Dr.  Roswell  Park,  for  initiating  the  movement  for  the 
meeting  here,  and  for  constant  aid  and  numberless  courtesies. 

To  the  Hon.  Henry  P.  Emerson,  Superintendent  of  Education,  for  the  use  of 
the  commodious  high  school  building  as  a  place  of  meeting. 

To  the  Hon.  T.  Guilford  Sniitli,  President  of  the  Buffalo  Library  Association 
for  various  courtesies,  including  the  use  of  rooms  in  the  Library  building. 

To  the  Local  Committee,  including  the  special  committees,  and  particularly  to 
Mr.  Dorr,  the  local  secretary,  for  their  tireless  efforts  to  make  our  stop  pleasant 
and  profitable. 

To  tlie  Ladies'  Reception  Committee  for  many  courtesies,  and  the  special 
privilege  of  a  visit  to  the  attractive  Twentieth  Century  Club. 

To  the  Buffalo  Club  for  hospitality  and  good  cheer;  and 

To  all  and  several  of  the  good  people  of  Buffalo,  for  their  kindness  is  sweet 
unto  our  hearts.     May  they  accept  our  thanks  as  we  treasure  their  courtesies. 

The  resolutions  were  seconded  warmly  in  brief  addresses  by  Prof.  Franklin 
C.  Robinson,  Prof.  B.  K.  Emerson,  and  Rev.  Horace  C.  Hovey,  and  were 
passed  unanimously. 

The  Association  then  adjourned. 

Charles  R.  Barnes, 

General  Secretary. 


REPORT    OF   THE    PERMANENT    SECRETARY.  259 


REPORT   OF   THE   PERMANENT   SECRETARY. 


For  the  fourth  time  the  citizens  of  Buffalo  welcomed  the  Association  to  their 
rapidly  growing  city.  333  members  and  associates  were  in  attendance  from 
tlie  following  places :  Buffalo,  13,  and  other  parts  of  New  York,  92;  Ohio,  31 ; 
Massachusetts,  29;  District  of  Columbia,  23;  Pennsylvania,  22;  Indiana,  13; 
Iowa,  12  ;  Michigan,  11 ;  Connecticut,  8;  Canada,  8  ;  Minnesota,  8;  Wisconsin, 
7  ;  Illinois,  6  ;  West  Virginia,  4  ;  Missouri,  4 ;  Georgia,  3 ;  Nebraska,  3 ;  Louisi- 
ana, 8;  New  Hampshire,  3;  Virginia,  3;  Alabama,  3;  South  Carolina,  2;  Ken- 
tucky, 2;  Maine,  2;  Utali,  2;  Maryland,  2;  North  Carolina,  2;  California,  2 
Kansas,  1 ;  Missouri,  1 ;  South  Dakota,  1 ;  Mississippi,  1 ;  Tennessee,  1 ;  Rou- 
maniJl,  1  ;  Japan,  1. 

During  the  meeting  there  were  given  the  Presidential  Address,  and  the  ad- 
dresses of  eight  Vice-Presidents.  Public  lectures  complimentary  to  the  citizens 
of  Buffalo  were  given  on  two  evenings  of  tlie  week.  270  papers  were  pre- 
sented before  the  sections  as  follows :  A,  12  ;  B,  32  ;  C,  53  ;  D,  18 ;  E,  42 ;  F, 
23  ;  G,  44  ;  H,  33 ;  I,  13. 

Several  important  changes  in  the  Constitution  were  proposed  (see  Report  ot 
General  Secretary,  pages  266,  257)  to  wiiich  the  attention  of  members  is  espe- 
cially called.  While  many  of  these  proposed  changes  are  radical  in  their 
character,  there  is  no  doubt  that  some  of  them  are  progressive,  and  if  adopted 
will  lead  to  a  change  in  the  policy  of  the  Association  which  may  bring  it  more 
in  touch  with  the  scientific  spirit  of  the  times.  It  is  important,  however,  that 
every  member  should  carefully  consider  these  propositions,  which  will  be  voted 
on  at  the  meeting  of  1897.  Attention  is  also  especially  called  to  the  vote  of 
the  Council  (see  Report  of  General  Secretary,  page  257)  by  which  the  present 
volume  of  Proceedings  contains  the  titles  only  of  the  papers  read  before 
the  Sections.  Further  changes  in  the  character  of  future  volumes  have  been 
suggested. 

In  compliance  with  the  request  of  Sections  C  and  E,  it  was  agreed  by  the 
Council  that  the  general  plan  for  the  meeting  of  1897  should  be  as  follows. 
Each  Section  of  the  Association  is  authorized  to  unite  with  such  affiliated  soci- 
eties as  deemed  desirable,  with  the  understanding  tliat  such  united  meetings 
shall  not  interfere  with  the  General  Session  nor  with  the  delivery  of  the  presi- 
dential Address  on  the  first  day  of  the  meeting,  nor  with  the  organization  of  the 
Sections  and  the  Addresses  of  the  Vice-Presidents.  With  these  provisions,  two 
days  of  the  week  may  be  given  to  the  Affiliated  Societies,  and  the  remainder  of 
the  week  to  the  Meetings  of  the  Sections.  The  members  of  the  Association 
may  take  part  in  the  meetings  of  the  affiliated  societies,  and  the  members  of  the 


260  EXECUTIVE  PROCEEDINGS. 

societies  are  invited  to  take  part  in  the  meetings  of  tlie  Sections.  The  object  of 
tliis  arrangenu'nt  is  to  bring  about  a  closer  union  and  co-operation  between  the 
affiliated  societies  and  the  Association,  and  to  concentrate  the  work  of  all  within 
one  week. 

During  tJie  recent  Christmas  holidays  Section  H  held  an  informal  meeting  in 
Kew  York,  and  a  proposition  will  be  made  at  tlie  next  meeting  in  relation  to 
authorizing  any  section  to  hold  a  winter  meeting  at  such  time  and  place  as  its 
officers  may  designate  ;  such  meetings  to  be  managed  entirely  by  the  officers  of 
the  sections,  and  the  Association  as  a  body  not  to  be  in  any  way  involved  by 
any  act  of  a  section.  It  is  thought  that  such  meetings  in  the  winter  will  have 
a  tendency  to  concentrate  the  work  of  scientists  in  the  several  departments 
and  to  do  away  with  the  organization  of  special  societies  which  have  already 
become  so  numerous  as  to  divert  the  labors  of  scientists  into  various  channels, 
whereas  unity,  it  is  thought,  would  better  accomplish  their  aims. 

The  plan  of  issuing  a  general  programme  for  each  section  some  time  before 
each  meeting  of  the  Association,  which  was  inaugurated  for  the  Buffalo  Meet- 
ing, has  so  many  advantages  that  it  was  decided  to  continue  the  plan.  The 
Council  therefore  authorized  the  Permanent  Secretary  to  make  such  arrange- 
ments for  the  programmes  as  may  be  found  expedient.  The  vote  requesting  and 
authorizing  the  Sectional  Committees  to  prepare  preliminary  programmes  for 
the  coming  meeting  continues  in  force,  and  the  Permanent  Secretary  earnestly 
requests  the  several  committees  to  begin  this  work  at  once.  The  full  prelimi- 
nary programme  for  the  week,  including  the  programme  of  such  affiliated 
societies  as  will  unite  with  the  respective  sections,  should  be  issued  by  the 
middle  of  June.  Delay  on  the  part  of  the  sectional  committees  in  preparing 
the  copy  for  the  preliminary  programmes  for  the  Buffalo  Meeting  prevented 
the  plan  from  acting  with  full  force  at  that  meeting ;  but  now  that  the  first  step 
has  been  taken,  it  will  be  comparatively  easy  for  the  committees  to  accomplish 
the  work  this  year. 

All  signs  point  to  a  successful  meeting  in  Detroit,  with  a  large  gathering  of 
members  who  will  afterward  be  cordially  received  in  Toronto,  wliere  they  will 
join  in  welcoming  the  members  of  the  British  Association  to  America. 

A  most  cordial  invitation  was  again  received  by  the  Association  from  San 
Francisco  to  hold  its  next  meeting  in  that  city.  Careful  consideration  was 
given  to  this  matter  by  the  Council  and  the  Nominating  Committee,  but  owing 
to  the  fact  that  the  British  Association  is  to  meet  in  Toronto  in  1897,  it  was 
considered  imdesirable  for  the  American  Association  to  hold  a  meeting  so  far 
away  as  the  Pacific  Coast.  It  is  believed  that  an  interchange  of  courtesies 
between  the  two  associations  is  highly  desirable,  and  would  be  expected  on  the 
part  of  each.  For  this  reason  the  Council  was  empowered  to  designate  the 
time  and  place  of  the  meeting  of  1897.  At  the  closing  session,  the  Council  an- 
nounced that  it  had  voted  to  accept  the  invitation  from  Detroit,  and  that  the 
forty-sixth  meeting  of  the  Association  would  be  held  in  that  city,  beginning 
with  the  Council  meeting  on  Saturday,  August  7,  and  the  opening  General 
Session  on  Monday  morning,  August  9.  It  was  also  decided  that  at  the  close  of 
the  week  the  Association  should  adjourn  to  Toronto  for  the  purpose  of  joining 
in  the  welcome  to  the  British  Association  on  August  18. 

Invitations  to   hold  the  meetings  of  '97  and  '98  were  also  received  from 


REPORT    OF    THE    PERMANENT    SECRETARY.  261 

Indianapolis,  Nashville,  Columbus,  St.  Paul  and  Minneapolis,  Denver,  and 
Seattle.  Owing  to  the  reasons  above  stated,  the  tlianks  of  the  Association  were 
voted  to  the  several  institutions  and  public  bodies  joining  in  these  invitations, 
and  tlie  hope  was  expressed  that  they  might  be  renewed  in  future  years. 

Of  the  110  members  elected  since  the  Springfield  Meeting  and  during  the 
Buffalo  Meeting,  2  have  declined  membership,  71  have  perfected  their  member- 
ship, as  have  5  who  were  elected  at  the  Springfield  Meeting,  and  1  who  was 
elected  at  tlie  Brooklyn  Meeting;  18  have  paid  their  arrears  and  the.se  have 
been  restored  to  the  roll ;  1  more  founder  of  the  Association  has  been  added  to 
the  list  of  fellows  as  a  life  fellow  ;  1  honorary  fellow  has  been  elected ;  making 
97  names  added  to  the  roll  since  the  Springfield  volume  was  published. 

From  the  Springfield  list  24  names  (including  3  founders  of  the  Association, 
1  honorary  fellow,  and  1  life  fellow)  have  been  transferred  to  the  list  of  deceased 
members ;  37  members  and  fellows  have  resigned ;  and  147  have  been  omitted 
for  arrearages;  making  a  deduction  of  208  from  the  list. 

57  members  have  been  transferred  to  the  roll  of  fellows  (two  of  these  are 
founders  of  the  Association  who  were  made  life  fellows). 

The  following  is  a  comparative  statement  of  the  roll  as  printed  in  the  Brook- 
lyn and  Springfield  volumes,  and  in  the  present  volume  :  — 

Brooklyn.  Springfield.  Buffalo. 

Living  patrons 2  2  2 

Corresponding  members    .     .          2  1  1 

Members 1042  1115  991 

Living  honorary  fellows    .     .           1  3  3 

Fellows 755  792  805 

1802  1913  1802 
Honorary  life  members  (founders) 

included  in  above                          8  8  6 

The  distribution  of  publications  since  the  last  report  is  as  follows  :  — 

Memoir  No.  1 :  exchange,  1  copy. 

Proceedings  :  Vols.  1-43  :  delivered  to  members,  271 ;  sold,  13 ;  exchanges,  93 ; 
duplicate  copy  to  member,  1  ;  presented,  3  ;  =  381. 

Bought,  2 ;  received  as  donation,  2  ;  =  4. 

Vol.  44:  delivered  to  members,  1376;  to  subscribers,  4;  sold,  2G;  exchanges, 
247 ;  presented,  4 ;  =  1657. 

Subscription  has  been  received  for  1  copy  of  Vol.  45. 

The  following  statements  by  the  Treasurer  and  Permanent  Secretary  show 
the  condition  of  the  invested  funds,  and  the  receipts  and  expenditures.  It  will 
be  noticed  that  the  cash  account  of  tiie  Permanent  Secretary,  in  accordance 
with  the  new  arrangement  of  closing  the  year  on  December  31,  covers  the 
period  from  August  1  to  the  end  of  the  year  1895,  including  the  Springfield 
Meeting.  Thus  the  Report  for  the  year  1896,  including  the  Buffalo  Meeting, 
will  be  presented  at  the  Detroit  Meeting  and  will  be  printed  in  the  next 
volume. 

The  year  1898  will  bring  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  Association.  At  a 
meeting  of  the  Association  of  Geologists  and  Naturahsts  held  in  Boston  in  1847 


262  EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 

it  was  voted  to  extend  the  scope  of  the  Association  and  to  reorganize  under  the 
name  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  the  first 
meeting  of  the  new  association' to  be  lield  in  Philadelpliia  in  1848.  This  meet- 
ing was  duly  lield,  and  Professor  William  B.  Rogers  presided  as  President  of 
the  Association  of  Geologists  and  Naturalists  until  the  Constitution  of  the  new 
association  was  adopted,  when  he  resigned  the  chair  to  Professor  W.  C.  Redfield, 
the  President-elect  of  the  new  association.  Thus  Boston  and  Philadelphia  each 
have  a  special  claim  to  the  Jubilee  Meeting  of  the  Association.  It  is  certainly 
befitting  that  special  arrangements  should  be  made  for  this  occasion ;  and  we 
have  a  right  to  expect  that  a  large  number  of  scientists  from  abroad  would  join 
in  celebrating  the  semi-centennial  anniversary  of  an  Association  which  has 
beyond  all  question  done  its  full  part  in  giving  "  a  stronger  and  more  general 
impulse  and  more  systematic  direction  to  scientific  research  "  in  America. 

F.  W.  Putnam, 

Permanent  Secretary. 
December  31,  1896. 


REPORT   OF   THE  TREASURER. 


In  compliance  with  article  15  of  the  Constitution,  I  have  the  lionor  to  submit 
the  following  report  showing  receipts,  disbursements,  and  disposition  of  funds 
of  the  Association  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1896. 

Receipts  have  come  into  the  keeping  of  the  Treasurer  from  three  different 
sources,  namely:  first,  from  life  membership  commutations;  secondly,  from 
subscriptions  to  the  General  Fund  of  the  Association ;  and,  thirdly,  from  inter- 
est on  funds  of  the  Association  deposited  in  savings  banks.  The  amount 
received  from  life  membership  commutations  was  SS300.00  ;  the  amount  received 
from  subscriptions  to  the  General  Fund  was  -^302.00 ;  and  the  amount  received 
as  interest  was  §199.39;  making  a  total  of  receipts  for  the  year  of  $801.39. 

Disbursements,  in  accordance  witli  the  directions  of  the  Council  of  the  Associ- 
ation, were  made  as  follows  :  grants  for  research  for  the  year  1894-95,  $400.00  ; 
grants  for  research  for  the  year  1895-96,  $200.00 ;  and  grant  to  the  journal 
Science,  $750.00;  making  a  total  of  disbursements  for  the  year  of  •'51,350.00. 

The  excess  of  expenditures  over  receipts  was,  therefore,  $548.61. 

The  details  of  receipts,  disbursements,  and  disposition  of  funds  are  shown  in 
tlie  statement  which  follows. 


TREASURER'S    REPORT.  263 

The  Treasurer  in  Account  with 
The  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science. 

Dr. 

1896. 

June  30.     To  balance  from  last  account $5,932.12 

To  amount  received  from  life  membership  commutations  300.00 

To  amount  received  from  subscriptions  to  General  Fund  302.00 

To  interest  on  funds  deposited  in  savings  banks  as  follows : 
From  Cambridge  Savings  Bank,  Cambridge,  Mass.     $10.42 
From  Emigrant  Industrial  Bank,  New  York  .     .     .       43.53 
From  Institution  for  Savings  of  Merchants'  Clerks, 

New  York 80.80 

From  Metropolitan  Savings  Bank,  New  York    .     .       64.64 

199.39 

Total  $6,733.51 

Cr. 

Sept.  16,  1895.     By  cash  paid  Professor  F.  W.  Putnam  for  research 

grants  of  the  year  1894-95 $400.00 

Sept.  26,  1895.     By  cash  paid  Professor  H.  C.  Bumpus  as  grant  to 

Wood's  Holl  Biological  Laboratory 100.00 

Nov.    12,  1895.     By  cash  paid  J.  McK.  Cattell,  Editor  of  the  journal 

Science 750.00 

Dec.      6,  1895.    By  cash  paid  Professor  Wm.  A.  Rogers  as  grant  for 

research 100.00 

June  30,  1896.    By  cash  on  deposit  in  banks  as  follows  :' 

In  Cambridge  Savings  Bank,  Cambridge, 

Mass $306.34 

In    Emigrant  Industrial    Savings    Bank, 

New  York 1,318.53 

In   Institution   for  the  Savings  of  Mer- 
chants' Clerks,  New  York 2,080.80 

In  Metropolitan  Savings  Bank,  New  York    1,664.64 
In  The  Fifth  Avenue  Bank,  New  York  13.20 

-5,383.51 

Total  $6,733.51 

R.  S.  Woodward,  Treasurer. 
New  York,  N.  Y.,  June  30,  1896. 


I  have  examined  the  foregoing  account,  and  certify  that  it  is  correctly  cast 

and  properly  vouched. 

Emory  McClintock,  Auditor. 
New  York,  August  20,  1896. 


264 


EXECUTIVE    PROCEEDINGS. 


F.   W.   PUTNAM, 

In  Account  with  the  American 

From  August  \st 


$27  24 


Dr. 

To  Balance  from  last  account 

Admission  fees,  Springfield  Meeting  and  previous      .  $555  00 

Associate  Members,  Springfield  Meeting 96  00 

Tellowship  fees 88  00 

678  Assessments,  Springfield  Meeting 2,034  00 

400            «             Brooklyn  Meeting 1,200  00 

60              "            Meetings  previous  to  Brooklyn  .     .  180  00 

13              "            for  Buffalo  Meeting 39  00 

Publications  sold  and  binding  . 

Miscellaneous  receipts 

Life  Membership  commutation 


4,192  00 

,75  37 

4  22 

50  00 


Cambridge,  1896,  May  9. 


$4,348  83 
I  have  examined  this  account,  and 


CASH    ACCOUNT. 


265 


-PERMANENT  SECRETARY, 
Association  fob  the  Advancement  of  Science. 
to  December  3lst,  1895. 


Cr. 


By  Publication :  — 

On  account  of  printing  2500  copies  of  Proceedings, 

Vol.  44,  composition,  presswork,  and  paper   .     .     $1,321 

Illustrations 39 

Extra  copies,  addresses  and  reports  from  the  Vol.  .  62 

Illustrations  for  Vol.  43 10 

Back  volumes  of  Proceedings  bound 55 

"              "              purchased   ....  43 

By  Expenses  of  Springfield  Meeting  :  — 

General  expenses 

Printing  500  copies  Constitution,  List  of  Members,  etc 

Section  C 

D 

"        Y 

I 

By  General  Office  Expenses  :  — 

Rent  of  office,  6  months  to  Dec.  31,  1895    .... 

Printing  circulars,  cards,  etc 

'        Type  writing 

Petty  expenses 

Express 

Postage  and  Post  Office  box 

Telegrams 

By  Salaries :  — 

Permanent  Secretary  to  Dec.  31,  1895 

Assistant  "  "         " 

Janitor 

By  addition  to  Research  Fund,  Life  Member's  Commu- 
tation, transferred  to  Treasurer 

By  balance  to  new  account 


31 
31 
55 
99 
39 
75 


223  54 

72  60 

69  25 

4  60 

85 

19  80 

54  00 

54  75 

10  00 

2  93 

57  91 

151  51 

2  83 

520  83 

300  00 

41  67 

§1,533  30 


390  64 


333  93 


862  50 

50  00 

1,178  46 

$4,348  83 


certify  that  it  is  correctly  cast,  and  properly  vouched  for. 

B.  A.  Gould,  Auditor. 


INDEX. 


PAGE 

Act  of  Incorporation ' xx 

Address  of  Retiring  President 1 

"        Vice-President,  Section  B 29 

"            "            «            "         C 55 

"            "            «            "         D 85 

"            "            "            "         E 101 

"            «            "            "         F 135 

"            «            "            "         G 171 

«            •«            "         H 191 

"            "            "            "         I 219 

Affiliated  Societies 259 

Agricultural  Department,  Director  in  Chief,  scientific  division      .     .     .  247 

Amendments  to  the  Constitution,  proposed 2G6,  257,  259 

Auditors  appointed 255 

Banks  of  deposit 257 

Barnes,  C.  R.,  General  Secretary,  report 237 

Bauer,  L.  A.,  Grant  from  Research  Fund 252 

Bourke,  J.  G.,  memorial  exercises  in  honor  of 215 

British  Association,  Toronto  Meeting 258,  260 

Britton,  X.  L.,  Address 171 

Chairman  of  Section,  application  of  term 252 

Chemical  Literature,  Indexing 77 

Committee  on  indexing  Chemical  Literature,  Fourteenth  Annual  Report  77 

"      Library,  Report 252 

"          "      Metric  System,  Report 250 

"          "      Standard  Measurements,  Report 252 

•'          to  co-operate  with  National  Educational  Association     .     .     .  253 

Committees  of  the  Association vii 

Constitution xxi 

"  proposed  amendments 256, 257, 259 

Cope,  E.  D.,  lecture  by 251 

"           Reply  to  addresses  of  welcome 241 

"           takes  the  chair 237 

Corresponding  Members  of  the  Association xxxi 

Council  Buffalo  Meeting vi 

Deceased  Members Ixxxii,  242 

Detroit  Meeting 257,258,260 

"          "          advance  programme 260 

"         "         officers 255 

(267) 


268  INDEX. 

PAGE 

Educational  Association,  International,  Committee  to  co-operate  with  .  258 

Emerson,  B.  K.,  Aildress 101 

"            "        remarks 258 

Etlmograpliic  investigation  of  the  White  Race  in  the  United  States      .  215,251 

Executive  Proceedings 237 

Fellows  elected 253 

Fellows  of  the  Association Ivii 

Fiftieth  anniversary  of  foundation  of  Association 262 

Fletcher,  Alice  C,  Address 191 

Founders  of  the  Association Ivi 

Fowler,  Bishop  C.  H.,  Invocation 237 

Geological  Congress,  International,  at  St.  Petersburg 131,252 

"          Survey  of  New  York,  60th  Anniversary 128 

Gibbs,  Wolcott,  elected  Hon.  Life  Fellow 81,  255 

Gill,  Theodore,  Address .  135 

Grants  from  Research  Fund 252 

Hale,  Horatio,  Life  Fellow 216 

Resolutions  in  honor  of 216,  253 

Hall,  James,  exercises  in  honor  of 128 

Hart,  E.,  Report  on  Glucinum 81 

Herrman,  Esther,  Contribution  to  Pasteur  Monument 249 

Honorary  Fellows  of  the  Association Ivii 

Hovey,  H.  C,  Remarks 258 

Indexing  Chemical  Literature 77 

Invitations  for  next  Meeting 257,  261 

Jewett,  Edgar  B.,  Mayor,  Address  of  welcome 238 

Jubilee  Meeting 262 

Lazenby,  W.  R.,  Address 219 

Lecture  by  E.  D.  Cope 251 

'•   J.  W.  Spencer 249 

Library  Committee,  report 252 

"       of  Association 252 

Local  Committees,  Buffalo  Meeting viii 

Macfarlane,  Alexander,  elected  Vice-President 25,  245 

Marvin,  F.  O.,  Address 85 

Mayor  of  Buffalo,  Address  of  welcome 238 

McGee,  W.  J.,  Resolutions  of  Thanks 258 

Mees,  Carl  Leo,  Address 29 

Meeting  of  1897 257,  260 

Meetings  of  Association  of  Geologists  and  Naturalists x 

"        of  the  Association xi 

Members,  comparative  statement 261 

deceased 242 

"         of  the  Association       xxxi 

Metric  System,  report  of  committee 250 

Mining  and  Geological  Congress  at  Budapest 243 

Morley,  E.  W.,  Address 1,  245 

"          "        Introduces  President-elect 237 


INDEX.  2G9 

PAGE 

Nominating  Committee,  Report 255,  257 

Noyes,  W.  A.,  Address 55 

Officers  for  Detroit  Meeting 255 

Officers  of  Buffalo  Meeting v 

"        Meetings  of  Association xiii 

Section  A 24 

B 28 

C 54 

D 84 

E 100 

F 134 

•'             "        G 170 

H 190 

I 218 

Papers  ordered  to  be  printed  by  title 257,  259 

Park,  Roswell,  Address  of  welcome 238 

Pasteur  Monument  Committee 245 

"              "          contribution  of  Esther  Herrman 249 

Patrons  of  the  Association xxxi 

Permanent  Secretary,  Cash  account 259 

Instructions  to 257 

"                "           Programme  for  next  meeting 257 

"                "           Report 259 

"                 "            Statistics  of  the  Association 259 

"                 "            Statistics  of  the  meeting 258 

Phillips,  Francis  C,  Grant  from  Research  Fund 252 

President  Morley,  Address 1,245 

Proceedings  of  Association,  papers  published  by  title 257,  259 

Programme  for  Detroit  Meeting 260 

Publications,  distribution 259 

Putnam,  F.  W.,  Report 259 

Report  of  General  Secretary 287 

"       Committee  on  Metric  System 250 

"               "           on  Standards  of  Measurements 252 

"        Permanent  Secretary 259 

Treasurer 262 

Resolution  of  Section  H,  Ethnographic  Investigation,  etc 251 

Resolutions 81,131,215,246,247,250,251,258 

of  Thanks 258 

"            passed  by  Section  C 81 

E 131 

"                 "       "        "       11 215 

Retiring  President,  Address 1 

Robinson,  F.  C,  remarks 258 

Secretary,  Section  E,  vacancy 243 

H,       "          243 

Sectional  Committees  to  secure  co-operation 257 

Section  A,  Officers 24 


270  INDEX. 

PAGE 

Section  A,  Titles  of  papers 25 

B,  Officers 28 

"        "    Titles  of  papers 49 

C,  Officers 54 

"    Resolutions 81 

"        "    Titles  of  papers 71 

"       D,  Officers 84 

"       "    Titles  of  papers 97 

E,  Officers 100 

"        "    Resolutions 131 

"    Titles  of  papers 127 

r,  Officers 134 

"        "    Titles  of  papers 167 

G,  Officers 170 

"    Titles  of  papers 185 

H,  Officers 190 

"        "    Resolutions 215 

"    Titles  of  papers 211 

I    Officers 218 

"   Titles  of  papers 285 

Spencer,  J.  W.,  Lecture  by 249 

Story,  W.  E 25 

Thanks  voted 258,  261 

Titles  of  papers  read,  Section  A 25 

"          "         "          "        B 49 

Cb              tt             t(              it           r^  tj-i 

"          "         "          "        D 97 

"  "         "  «        E '     127 

«          "         "          "        F ■ 167 

«          "         "          "        G     .  ■ 185 

«          "          "          "        H 211 

"          "         "          «'        I 2.35 

Treasurer,  Bond  of 257 

Report 262 

Vice-President,  application  of  the  term 252 

"      Britton,  Address 171 

"            "     Emerson,      " 101 

"            "     Fletcher,      " 191 

«            "      Gill,              " 135 

«            "     Lazenby,      " 219 

"     Marvin,        " 85 

"            "      Mees,            " 29 

"            "     Noyes,          " 55 

"            "      Section  A,  vacancy 243 

Woods  Hole  Laboratory,  Grant  from  Research  Fund 252 

Woodward,  R.  S.,  report 262 

Zoological  Congress,  Third  International 250 


O^J*- 


A6  i 


0 


p 

Sci 

A 

V.  &5 

1896 

Physical  & 
Applied  Sci. 
Serials 


American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science 

Summarized  pr6ceedings. 
V.  U5   (1896) 


I 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY 


I 


STORAGE